Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 16, 2007
Registration No. 333-      
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Bermuda   6331   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
Validus Holdings, Ltd.
19 Par-La-Ville Road
Hamilton HM11 Bermuda
(441) 278-9000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
registrant’s principal executive offices)
CT Corporation System
111 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10011
(212) 590-9200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to
 
         
Edward J. Noonan
Jeff Consolino
Validus Holdings, Ltd.
19 Par-La-Ville Road
Hamilton HM11 Bermuda
(441) 278-9000
  Michael A. Becker, Esq.
John Schuster, Esq.
Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
(212) 701-3000
  Gary I. Horowitz, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Ave.
New York, New York 10017
(212) 455-2000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                         
            Proposed
    Proposed Maximum
     
      Amount to be
    Maximum Offering
    Aggregate Offering
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered     Registered     Price per Unit     Price(1)(2)     Registration Fee(2)
Common Shares, $0.10 par value per common share                 $200,000,000     $21,400
                         
 
(1) Includes shares to cover over-allotments, if any, pursuant to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion.
Dated January 16, 2007.
 
           Shares
 
(VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD. LOGO)
 
Validus Holdings, Ltd.
Common Shares
 
 
 
 
This is an initial public offering of common shares of Validus Holdings, Ltd. Validus Holdings, Ltd. is offering           common shares. The selling shareholders named in this prospectus are offering an additional          common shares. Validus Holdings, Ltd. will not receive any of the proceeds from the common shares sold by the selling shareholders. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares.
 
We currently estimate that the initial public offering price per common share will be between $      and $     . Our common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VR,” subject to official notice of issuance.
 
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 to read about factors that you should consider before buying our common shares.
 
 
 
 
                 
    Per share     Total  
 
Initial public offering price
  $       $    
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders
  $       $  
 
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than           common shares, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional           common shares from the selling shareholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The shares will be ready for delivery on or about          , 2007.
 
 
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
 
 
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2007.


 

Table of Contents
 
         
    Page
 
  1
  10
  24
  26
  27
  28
  29
  30
  32
  49
  52
  71
  83
  87
  89
  97
  99
  101
  111
  116
  116
  116
  117
  EX-3.1: MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
  EX-4.2: CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT OF MEMORANDUM
  EX-10.1: SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT
  EX-10.2: FOUNDER AGREEMENT
  EX-10.3: ADVISORY AGREEMENT
  EX-10.4: FORM OF WARRANT
  EX-10.8: 9.069% JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE DEBENTURES
  EX-10.9: FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
  EX-10.15: INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT
  EX-10.16: RISK REPORTING AND INVESTMENT ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT
  EX-10.17: DISCRETIONARY ADVISORY AGREEMENT
  EX-10.19: FORM OF RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.20: FORM OF RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.21: FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
  EX-10.22: FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
  EX-21.1: SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
  EX-23.3: CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different information. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common shares.
 
The selling shareholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our common shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The distribution of this prospectus and the public offering of our common shares in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of our common shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. This prospectus does not constitute, and may not be used in connection with, an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities offered by this prospectus by any person in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful for such person to make such an offer or solicitation.
 
Common shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 and the Exchange Control Act of 1972, and related regulations of Bermuda which regulate the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the Bermuda Monetary Authority, which we refer to herein as the “BMA,” must approve all issuances and transfers of securities of a Bermuda exempted company. We have received from the BMA permission for the issue of our common shares and for the free transferability of our common shares as long as the common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or other appointed stock exchange. Any other transfers remain subject to approval by the BMA. The BMA accepts no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.


ii


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information described more fully elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making an investment decision with respect to our common shares. References in this prospectus to the terms “we,” “us,” “our company” or other similar terms mean Validus Holdings, Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries and “Validus” means Validus Holdings, Ltd. References in this prospectus to “$” are to United States dollars. The consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which we refer to as “U.S. GAAP.” Unless otherwise stated, all figures assume that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common shares. For your convenience, we have provided a glossary, beginning on page G-1, of selected reinsurance and other related terms.
 
Our Company
 
Overview
 
We are a specialized Bermuda-based provider of reinsurance, conducting our operations worldwide through our wholly-owned subsidiary Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. (“Validus Re”). We concentrate on first-party risks , which are property risks and other reinsurance lines commonly referred to as short-tail in nature. We believe these markets are currently characterized by diminished underwriting capacity and increased demand levels as a consequence of significant natural catastrophes in 2004 and 2005, which resulted not only in substantial industry losses but also in constriction of available capacity as rating agency and risk modeling firms recalibrated the amount of capital required to support a given risk level. This diminished underwriting capacity has resulted in attractive pricing levels, favorable terms and conditions and the opportunity for a new reinsurance organization to enter the market with broad acceptance by clients and intermediaries . We have assembled a senior management team with significant industry expertise and longstanding industry relationships and were fully operational by December 2005. As a result, we were able to underwrite $217.4 million in gross premiums written during the January 2006 renewal period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we underwrote $475.3 million in gross premiums written. As of September 30, 2006, our total assets, total capitalization and total shareholders’ equity were $1.62 billion, $1.27 billion and $1.12 billion, respectively. Our net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $114.0 million, which produced an annualized 25.8% return on average equity in the third quarter. We are well positioned to take advantage of current market situations; we have also built our operations so that we may effectively take advantage of future market conditions as they develop.
 
We seek to establish ourselves as a leader in the global reinsurance market. Our principal operating objective is to utilize our capital efficiently by underwriting short-tail reinsurance contracts with superior risk and return characteristics, while maintaining a lean operating structure in the favorable regulatory and tax environment of Bermuda. Our primary underwriting objective is to construct a portfolio of short-tail reinsurance contracts which maximize our return on equity subject to prudent risk constraints on the amount of capital we expose to any single extreme event. We manage our risks through a variety of means, including contract terms, portfolio selection, diversification criteria and proprietary and commercially available third-party vendor models. Our primary risk measure, however, is the aggregate amount of contract limits to which we expose our capital. We believe this approach allows us to more precisely measure and price exposures that we underwrite.
 
We were formed in October 2005 and registered as a Class 4 reinsurer by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in November 2005. Our initial investor, which we refer to as our founding investor, is Aquiline Capital Partners LLC, a private equity firm dedicated to investing in financial services companies. Other sponsoring investors include private equity funds managed by Goldman Sachs Capital Partners, Vestar Capital Partners, New Mountain Capital and Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity.


1


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe we distinguish ourselves from our competitors as follows:
 
  •      Focus on Short-Tail Lines of Reinsurance.   Substantially all of our $475.3 million in gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 are in short-tail lines. Since inception we have focused on writing short-tail reinsurance risks, which is an area where we believe prices and terms provide an attractive risk adjusted return and our management team has proven expertise. We believe based on industry data that rates for U.S.  property catastrophe insurance are at the highest levels recorded, as measured by rate on line. Conversely, we believe that rates for most casualty or long-tail lines of business are declining and do not afford equivalent attractive risk adjusted returns at this point in the underwriting cycle .
 
  •      Management with Proven Industry Leadership Experience.   Our executive management team has an average of 21 years of industry experience and senior expertise spanning multiple aspects of the global reinsurance business. Edward J. Noonan, our chairman and chief executive officer, has 27 years of industry experience and was previously president and chief executive officer of American Re-Insurance Company. George P. Reeth, our deputy chairman and president, has 30 years of industry experience and previously served as chairman and chief executive officer of Willis Re Inc., a division of Willis Group Holdings Limited. Conan M. Ward, our chief underwriting officer, has 15 years of insurance industry experience and was previously executive vice president of the Global Reinsurance division of Axis Capital Holdings, Limited.
 
  •      Highly Skilled Underwriters and Analytical Staff.   Since the Company’s inception, management’s objective has been to target underwriting and technical staff who can differentiate our company through expertise and experience and who can apply analytical rigor to our goal of building a diversified portfolio of reinsurance risks. We currently employ eight underwriters in the property catastrophe, international property, marine and other specialty lines areas. These underwriters have an average of 16 years of industry experience and have produced $475.3 million in gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 while evaluating over 3,000 submissions and declining approximately 60% of the risks presented to them. Our risk analytics staff is comprised of 14 individuals, many of whom have advanced technical degrees, including four PhDs and three Masters degrees in related fields.
 
  •      Concentrated Investor Group with Strong Industry Insight. Aquiline Capital Partners and our five largest shareholders have an equity ownership interest in our company of approximately 80.0%. Members of our investor group have been sponsoring investors in previous Bermuda insurance and reinsurance companies (including GCR Holdings Limited; AXIS Capital Holdings Limited; Allied World Assurance Company Holdings, Limited; and Montpelier Re Holdings Limited) and have participated in the formation, governance, initial public offering and, in some cases, sale processes for these entities. In addition, management holds an approximate 5.5% ownership interest in the company and has similar experience in the full range of such activities at American Re-Insurance Company, Willis Group Holdings Limited and AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, among other companies.
 
  •      Substantial Capital with No Prior Liabilities or Contingencies.   We commenced operations with approximately $1.0 billion of equity capital and augmented our equity through the placement of $150.0 million of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures in June 2006. As we are a newly formed company, our balance sheet is unencumbered by any historical losses relating to the 2005 hurricane season, the events of September 11, 2001, asbestos or other legacy exposures affecting our industry. As a result, we have no risk that deteriorating loss reserves related to legacy exposures prior to our formation will impact our future financial results.
 
  •      Timely Response to Market Dislocation and Capacity Shortage.   We entered the global reinsurance market during a period of imbalance between the supply of underwriting capacity


2


Table of Contents

  available for reinsurance on catastrophe-exposed property, marine and energy risks and demand for such reinsurance coverage. Our business strategy was responsive to these capacity needs and as of January 1, 2006 a significant portion of our current underwriting and analytical staff was in place, including six underwriters and four catastrophe modellers and risk analytic experts. As a consequence, we believe we developed an industry reputation for thorough and timely quotes for difficult technical risks. A significant volume of property catastrophe business is written in the January 1 renewal period and we believe the combination of our available capacity, staffing levels and management leadership permitted us to underwrite an attractive portfolio of catastrophe-exposed risks at January 1, 2006. Our gross premiums written for the three months ended March 31, 2006 were $248.2 million, of which $217.4 million was underwritten at January 1. We believe based on publicly-available information that our premium volume at the January 1, 2006 renewal date exceeded that of many of our competitors, many of whom we believe were either capacity constrained based on their 2005 losses and reduced risk appetites or not yet adequately organized to respond to submissions.
 
  •      Balanced, Diverse Book of Short-Tail Reinsurance.   We seek to balance and diversify our portfolio both by line of business and by geography. Of our $475.3 million in gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, $230.2 million (48.4%) is property catastrophe reinsurance. Among other property coverages, we wrote $57.7 million (12.1%) of property pro rata and $41.2 million (8.7%) of property per risk. We also underwrote $98.0 million (20.6%) of marine reinsurance and $48.2 million (10.2%) of other specialty lines. The other specialty lines of reinsurance we underwrite — such as aerospace, life and accident & health, terrorism and workers’ compensation catastrophe coverages — are short-tail and provide us with risk diversification as they are generally non- accumulating with our property risks. We actively manage our exposures by geographic zone to maintain a diverse portfolio of underlying risks. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we wrote $214.2 million of gross premiums written in the United States (45.1% of total gross premiums written), $92.4 million in territories outside the United States (19.4%) and $42.4 million on a worldwide basis including the United States (8.9%). The remaining $126.3 million of our gross premiums written (26.6%) related to our marine and aerospace lines of business, which we do not classify by geographic area as risks may span multiple zones and risk exposures may not reside at fixed locations in some cases.
 
  •      Effective Use of Third-party Capital.   In May 2006, Validus entered into a collateralized quota share retrocession treaty with Petrel Re Limited (“Petrel Re”), a newly-formed Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Petrel Re assumes a quota share of certain lines of marine and energy and other lines of business underwritten by the Company for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years. Petrel Re is a separate legal entity of which Validus has no equity investment, management or board interests, or “related party” relationships. This “ sidecar ” relationship provides the Company with the capacity to increase premiums written in specific programs where favorable underwriting opportunities are seen. A specified portion of this incremental business is then ceded to Petrel Re and fees are earned for the services provided in underwriting the original business. The equity investor in Petrel Re is First Reserve Corporation, a leading private equity firm with a 25-year history of investing exclusively in the energy industry. We believe that the quality of our underwriting and analytical staff, as well as our management, was one of the primary reasons that First Reserve Corporation selected us as the cedant to Petrel Re when it organized and funded the vehicle.


3


Table of Contents

Our Strategy
 
We aim to create franchise value for our company and to maximize sustainable long-term growth in shareholder value by pursuing the following strategies:
 
  •      Build on Our Already Established Market Position.   We believe that our company is widely accepted by intermediaries and ceding clients as an important provider of targeted short-tail reinsurance lines. We base this belief on subjective feedback we receive from intermediaries and ceding clients as well as objective data such as our $475.3 million in gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 or over 3,000 submissions received from inception to date. We approach the January 1 renewal season as the incumbent on contracts which represented $217.4 million of gross premiums written to us in 2006. Our intention is to build on our already established market position to further establish ourselves as a premier provider of global specialized short-tail reinsurance.
 
  •      Assess Underwriting Decisions Based on Incremental Return on Equity.   Our principal operating objective is to utilize our capital efficiently by underwriting short-tail reinsurance contracts with superior risk and return characteristics. We have developed Validus Capital Allocation and Pricing System (“VCAPS”), a proprietary computer-based system for modeling, pricing, allocating capital and analyzing catastrophe-exposed risks, and that also enables us to model various contract features, all on an expedited basis. VCAPS permits us to make underwriting decisions based on incremental return on capital.
 
  •      Prudently Manage Risk Accumulations.   We believe expertise in risk management is intrinsic to building a successful reinsurance organization. We have employed a chief risk officer — Stuart W. Mercer — since the formation of the company. Mr. Mercer manages a staff of 13, including four PhDs. Our primary risk measure is the aggregate amount of contractual limits to which we expose our capital. While we believe this is a more conservative risk tolerance than many of our competitors and while it may serve to diminish our profit potential in low loss years, we believe in higher loss years we will lose a smaller proportion of our capital.
 
  •      Employ All Forms of Capital Efficiently.   We aim to underwrite as much attractively priced business as is available and manage all forms of capital accordingly. In the current hard market for catastrophe-exposed lines of reinsurance, we have raised in excess of $1.0 billion in common equity in our initial capitalization and then augmented this capital with the creation of a $200.0 million collateralized quota share sidecar facility, Petrel Re in May 2006 and the placement of $150.0 million of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures in June 2006. In addition to the prudent use of financial leverage, we intend to actively manage our capital by evaluating the returns available in the short-tail reinsurance lines, assessing returns in complementary lines of business and, where appropriate and subject to applicable law and rating agency and other considerations, returning excess capital to shareholders.


4


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Business and This Offering
 
We face certain risks that you should also consider. These risks could materially affect our ability to implement our strategy and include:
 
  •      We have a limited operating history and our historical financial results do not accurately indicate our future performance.   We were formed in October 2005 and were fully operational by December 2005. We, therefore, have a limited operating and financial history. We then began underwriting with risks attaching no earlier than January 1, 2006. It has been reported that among the last 20 years, 2006 has produced the third-lowest level of insured losses, after 1997 and 1988. As of December 31, 2006, we have not experienced any catastrophe events such as those experienced by the industry in 2004 and 2005 and the events of September 11, 2001, and as a result we cannot provide assurances as to how our business model or risk controls would respond to such events. There is limited historical financial and operating information available to help you evaluate our past performance or make a decision about an investment in our common shares. As a recently formed company, we face substantial business and financial risks and may suffer significant losses. As a result of these risks, it is possible that we may not be successful in the continued implementation of our business strategy or completing the development of the infrastructure necessary to run our business. In addition, particularly as a recently-formed company, our business strategy may change and may be affected by acquisition, joint venture or other business, investment and/or growth opportunities that may, in the future, become available to us or that we may pursue.
 
  •      Claims arising from unpredictable and severe catastrophic events could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.   Our reinsurance operations expose us to claims arising out of unpredictable natural and other catastrophic events, such as hurricanes, windstorms, tsunamis, severe winter weather, earthquakes, floods, fires, explosions, acts of terrorism and other natural and man-made disasters. One or more catastrophic or other events could result in claims that substantially exceed our expectations.
 
  •      We depend on ratings by A.M. Best Company.   Our financial strength rating could be revised downward, which could affect our standing among brokers and customers and cause our premiums and earnings to decrease. Third-party rating agencies, such as A.M. Best Company, assess and rate the financial strength of insurers and reinsurers based upon criteria established by the rating agencies, which criteria are subject to change. Our financial strength rating is subject to periodic review, and may be revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of A.M. Best in response to a variety of factors, including a minimum capital adequacy ratio, management, earnings, capitalization and risk profile.
 
  •      The reinsurance business is historically cyclical, and we expect to experience periods with excess underwriting capacity and unfavorable premium rates and policy terms and conditions.   The reinsurance business historically has been characterized by periods of intense competition on price and policy terms due to excessive underwriting capacity as well as periods when shortages of capacity permit favorable premium rates and policy terms and conditions, and as a result we may experience significant fluctuations in operating results.
 
For more information about these and other risks relating to our business and this offering, please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10. You should carefully consider these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in our common shares.
 
Principal Executive Offices and Corporation Information
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 19 Par-La-Ville Road, Hamilton HM11 Bermuda. Our telephone number is (441) 278-9000. Our internet address is: http://www.validusre.bm. Information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.


5


Table of Contents

The Offering
 
 
Issuer Validus Holdings, Ltd.
 
Common shares offered by us            common shares.
 
Common shares offered by the selling shareholders            common shares(1).
 
Common shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering            common shares(2).
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $      million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $      per common share, representing the midpoint of the offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriters’ discount and fees and expenses of the offering. We intend to use such net proceeds for general corporate purposes and to support future growth of our reinsurance operations.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders.
 
Dividend policy We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common shares at an initial rate of $      per common share payable in the first full fiscal quarter end after the date hereof. The timing and amount of any cash dividends, however, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory, rating agency and contractual constraints or restrictions and any other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy,” “Business — Regulation” and “Description of Share Capital — Dividends.”
 
Voting rights Shareholders have one vote for each voting common share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, there are provisions in our Bye-laws that reduce the voting rights of common shares that are owned, directly, indirectly or by attribution, by a person or group to the extent that such person or group holds more than 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on a matter.
 
NYSE symbol Our common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VR,” subject to official notice of issuance.
 
Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus:
 
  •      assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option; and
 
  •      assumes an initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
 
(1) Does not include           common shares that the underwriters may purchase from the selling shareholders upon the exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common shares from the selling shareholders.


6


Table of Contents

(2) Of these shares,          will be voting common shares and          will be non-voting common shares. In addition, certain of our shareholders have warrants to purchase in the aggregate 14,796,810 common shares, which may be voting or non-voting, and certain of our employees have restricted shares and stock options to acquire an aggregate of 6,165,337 voting common shares as of September 30, 2006. Unvested restricted shares are not considered to be outstanding in the above table but do accumulate dividends and may be voted. See “Capitalization.”


7


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information
 
The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the period ended and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2006 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
You should read the following summary consolidated financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The following table presents results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006:
 
                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
Revenues
               
Gross premiums written
  $ 116,505     $ 475,284  
Reinsurance premiums ceded
    (38,892 )     (64,051 )
                 
Net premiums written
    77,613       411,233  
Change in unearned premiums
    14,885       (209,872 )
                 
Net premiums earned
    92,498       201,361  
Net investment income
    16,272       40,369  
Net realized losses on investments
    (154 )     (894 )
Foreign exchange gains
    369       1,061  
                 
Total revenues
    108,985       241,897  
Expenses
               
Losses and loss expenses
    11,577       67,058  
Policy acquisition costs
    10,638       24,574  
General and administrative expenses(1)
    13,641       31,007  
Finance fees
    3,453       5,136  
Fair value of warrants issued
          77  
                 
Total expenses
    39,309       127,852  
                 
Net income
    69,676       114,045  
                 
Comprehensive income
               
Unrealized gains arising during the period
    7,353       190  
Adjustment for reclassification of losses realized in income
    154       894  
                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 77,183     $ 115,129  
                 
Earnings per share (2)
               
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding
               
Basic
    102,344,600       102,331,833  
Diluted
    102,623,533       102,511,504  
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.68     $ 1.11  
                 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.68     $ 1.11  
                 
Selected financial ratios
               
Losses and loss expenses ratio (3)
    12.5%       33.3%  
                 
Policy acquisition cost ratio(4)
    11.5%       12.2%  
General and administrative expense ratio(5)
    14.8%       15.4%  
                 
Expense ratio(6)
    26.3%       27.6%  
                 
Combined ratio(7)
    38.8%       60.9%  
                 
Annualized return on average equity(8)
    25.8%       14.6%  
                 


8


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth summarized balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2006:
 
                         
          As of December
 
    As of September 30, 2006     31, 2005  
    Actual     As adjusted(9)     Actual  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Summary Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Investments at fair value
  $ 1,279,614     $       $ 610,800  
Cash and cash equivalents
    87,457               398,488  
Total assets
    1,624,890               1,014,453  
Unearned premiums
    244,172       244,172        
Reserve for losses and loss expenses
    63,211       63,211        
Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures
    150,000       150,000        
Total shareholders’ equity
    1,121,707               999,806  
Book value per common share(10)
  $ 10.96     $       $ 9.78  
Diluted book value per common share(11)
    10.70               9.67  
 
Notes
 
(1) General and administrative expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 include $250,000 and $750,000, respectively, related to our Advisory Agreement with Aquiline.
 
(2) Stock options which carry an average exercise price of $10.00 per option are anti-dilutive and consequently are not included in weighted average diluted shares outstanding. SFAS No. 123R requires that any unrecognized stock-based compensation expense that will be recorded in future periods be included as proceeds for purposes of treasury stock repurchases, which is applied against the unvested restricted shares balance.
 
(3) Calculated by dividing losses and loss expenses by net premiums earned .
 
(4) Calculated by dividing policy acquisition costs by net premiums earned.
 
(5) Calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premiums earned.
 
(6) Calculated by combining the policy acquisition cost ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio .
 
(7) Calculated by combining the loss ratio , the policy acquisition cost ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio.
 
(8) Annualized return on average equity is calculated by dividing the net income for the period by the average shareholders’ equity during the period. Quarterly average shareholders’ equity is the average of the beginning and ending shareholders’ equity balances. Nine month average shareholders’ equity is the average of the beginning, ending and intervening quarter end shareholders’ equity balances.
 
(9) In the “As Adjusted” column, the calculation of basic and diluted book value per share reflects payment of total fees and expenses, including underwriting discounts and commissions of $      million. The “As Adjusted” column also gives effect to this offering of our common shares at an assumed public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the application of the net proceeds thereof, as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(10) Book value per common share is defined as total shareholders’ equity divided by the number of common shares outstanding as at the end of the period, giving no effect to dilutive securities.
 
(11) Diluted book value per common share is calculated based on total shareholders’ equity plus the assumed proceeds from the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, divided by the sum of common shares, unvested restricted shares, options and warrants outstanding (assuming their exercise).


9


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our common shares involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in our common shares. Additional risks not presently known to us or which we currently deem immaterial may also adversely affect our business or results of operations and/or the value of our common shares. Any of the risks described below could have a significant or material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition and result in a corresponding decline in the market price of our common shares. You could lose all or part of your investment.
 
This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
Risks Related to Our Company
 
We have a limited operating history and our historical financial results do not accurately indicate our future performance.
 
We were formed in October 2005 and were fully operational by December 2005. We, therefore, have a limited operating and financial history. We then began underwriting with risks attaching no earlier than January 1, 2006. It has been reported that among the last 20 years, 2006 has produced the third-lowest level of insured losses, after 1997 and 1988. As of December 31, 2006, we have not experienced any catastrophe events such as those experienced by the industry in 2004 and 2005 and the events of September 11, 2001, and as a result we cannot provide assurances as to how our business model or risk controls would respond to such events. There is limited historical financial and operating information available to help you evaluate our past performance or make a decision about an investment in our common shares. As a recently-formed company, we face substantial business and financial risks and may suffer significant losses. As a result of these risks, it is possible that we may not be successful in the continued implementation of our business strategy or completing the development of the infrastructure necessary to run our business. In addition, particularly as a recently-formed company, our business strategy may change and may be affected by acquisition, joint venture or other business, investment and/or growth opportunities that may, in the future, become available to us or that we may pursue.
 
Claims arising from unpredictable and severe catastrophic events could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
 
Our reinsurance operations expose us to claims arising out of unpredictable natural and other catastrophic events, such as hurricanes, windstorms, tsunamis, severe winter weather, earthquakes, floods, fires, explosions, acts of terrorism and other natural and man-made disasters. Many observers believe that the Atlantic basin is in the active phase of a multi-decade cycle in which conditions in the ocean and atmosphere, including warmer-than-average sea-surface temperatures and low wind shear, enhance hurricane activity. This increase in the number and intensity of tropical storms and hurricanes can span multiple decades (approximately 20 to 30 years). These conditions may translate to a greater potential for hurricanes to make landfall in the U.S. at higher intensities over the next five years. The frequency and severity of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable.
 
The extent of losses from catastrophes is a function of both the number and severity of the insured events and the total amount of insured exposure in the areas affected. Increases in the value and concentrations of insured property, the effects of inflation and changes in cyclical weather patterns may increase the severity of claims from catastrophic events in the future. Claims from catastrophic events could reduce our earnings and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year, which could adversely affect our financial condition, possibly to the extent of eliminating our shareholders’ equity. Our ability to write new reinsurance policies could also be affected as a result of corresponding reductions in our capital.


10


Table of Contents

Underwriting is inherently a matter of judgment, involving important assumptions about matters that are unpredictable and beyond our control, and for which historical experience and probability analysis may not provide sufficient guidance. One or more catastrophic or other events could result in claims that substantially exceed our expectations and materially adversely effect our financial condition or results of operations.
 
We depend on ratings by A.M. Best Company. Our financial strength rating could be revised downward, which could affect our standing among brokers and customers, cause our premiums and earnings to decrease and limit our ability to pay dividends on the common shares.
 
Third-party rating agencies, such as A.M. Best Company, assess and rate the financial strength of reinsurers based upon criteria established by the rating agencies, which criteria are subject to change. The financial strength ratings assigned by rating agencies to insurance and reinsurance companies represent independent opinions of financial strength and ability to meet policyholder obligations and are not directed toward the protection of investors. Ratings have become an increasingly important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. Insurers and intermediaries use these ratings as one measure by which to assess the financial strength and quality of insurers and reinsurers. These ratings are often a key factor in the decision by an insured or intermediary of whether to place business with a particular insurance or reinsurance provider. These ratings are not an evaluation directed toward the protection of investors or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our common shares.
 
In December 2005, A.M. Best assigned a financial strength rating of “A−” (Excellent) to us. A.M. Best financial strength ratings currently range from “A++” (Superior) to “F” (In Liquidation) and include 15 separate ratings categories, of which “A−” (Excellent) is the fourth highest ratings category. A.M. Best publications indicate that an “A−” (Excellent) financial strength rating is assigned to companies that, in A.M. Best’s opinion, have demonstrated excellent overall performance when compared to the standards established by A.M. Best and have demonstrated a strong ability to meet their obligations to policyholders. Our financial strength rating is subject to periodic review by, and may be revised downward or revoked at the sole discretion of, A.M. Best in response to a variety of factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to, a minimum capital adequacy ratio, management, earnings, capitalization and risk profile. Although we may seek additional financial strength ratings from other nationally recognized statistical ratings organizations, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain or maintain any particular insurance rating.
 
If our financial strength rating is reduced from its current level by A.M. Best, our competitive position in the reinsurance industry would suffer, and it would be more difficult for us to market our products. A downgrade could result in a significant reduction in the number of reinsurance contracts we write and in a substantial loss of business as our customers, and brokers that place such business, move to other competitors with higher financial strength ratings.
 
It is increasingly common for our reinsurance contracts to contain terms that would allow the ceding companies to cancel the contract for the remaining portion of our period of obligation if our financial strength rating is downgraded below “A−” (Excellent) by A.M. Best. We cannot predict in advance the extent to which this cancellation right would be exercised, if at all, or what effect any such cancellations would have on our financial condition or future operations, but such effect could be material.
 
The indenture governing our Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures would restrict us from declaring or paying dividends on our common shares if we are downgraded by A.M. Best to a financial strength rating of “B” (Fair) or below or if A.M. Best withdraws its financial strength rating on any of our material insurance subsidiaries.
 
A downgrade of the Company’s A.M. Best financial strength rating below “B++” (Fair) would also constitute an event of default under our credit facilities. Either of these events could, among other things, reduce the Company’s financial flexibility.


11


Table of Contents

If our risk management and loss limitation methods fail to adequately manage our exposure to losses from catastrophic events, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
We manage our exposure to catastrophic losses by analyzing the probability and severity of the occurrence of catastrophic events and the impact of such events on our overall reinsurance and investment portfolio. We use various tools to analyze and manage the reinsurance exposures we assume from ceding companies and risks from a catastrophic event that could have an adverse effect on our investment portfolio. VCAPS, our proprietary risk modeling software, enables us to assess the adequacy of risk pricing and to monitor our overall exposure to risk in correlated geographic zones. VCAPS is new and relatively untested and we cannot assure you the models and assumptions used by the software will accurately predict losses. Further, we cannot assure you that it is free of defects in the modeling logic or in the software code. In addition, we have not sought copyright or other legal protection for VCAPS.
 
In addition, much of the information that we enter into our risk modeling software is based on third-party data that we cannot assure to be reliable, as well as estimates and assumptions that are dependent on many variables, such as assumptions about demand surge and storm surge, loss adjustment expenses , insurance-to-value and storm intensity. Accordingly, if the estimates and assumptions that we enter into our proprietary risk model are incorrect, or if our proprietary risk model proves to be an inaccurate forecasting tool, the losses we might incur from an actual catastrophe could be materially higher than our expectation of losses generated from modeled catastrophe scenarios, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
We also seek to limit our loss exposure through loss limitation provisions in our policies, such as limitations on the amount of losses that can be claimed under a policy, limitations or exclusions from coverage and provisions relating to choice of forum, which are intended to assure that our policies are legally interpreted as we intend. We cannot assure you that these contractual provisions will be enforceable in the manner we expect or that disputes relating to coverage will be resolved in our favor. If the loss limitation provisions in our policies are not enforceable or disputes arise concerning the application of such provisions, the losses we might incur from a catastrophic event could be materially higher than our expectations, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
The reinsurance business is historically cyclical, and we expect to experience periods with excess underwriting capacity and unfavorable premium rates and policy terms and conditions.
 
The reinsurance industry has historically been cyclical. Reinsurers have experienced significant fluctuations in operating results due to competition, frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic events, levels of underwriting capacity, underwriting results of primary insurers, general economic conditions and other factors. The supply of reinsurance is related to prevailing prices, the level of insured losses and the level of industry surplus which, in turn, may fluctuate, including in response to changes in rates of return on investments being earned in the reinsurance industry.
 
As a result, the reinsurance business historically has been characterized by periods of intense competition on price and policy terms due to excessive underwriting capacity as well as periods when shortages of capacity permit favorable premium rates and policy terms and conditions. Premium levels may be adversely affected by a number of factors which fluctuate and may contribute to price declines generally in the reinsurance industry. Because premium levels for many products have increased over the past several years, the supply of reinsurance has increased and is likely to increase further, either as a result of capital provided by new entrants or by the commitment of additional capital by existing reinsurers. Continued increases in the supply of reinsurance may have consequences for the reinsurance industry generally and for us, including fewer contracts written, lower premium rates, increased expenses for customer acquisition and retention , and less favorable policy terms and conditions.
 
The cyclical trends in the industry and the industry’s profitability can also be affected significantly by volatile and unpredictable developments, such as natural disasters (such as catastrophic hurricanes, windstorms, tornados, earthquakes and floods), courts granting large awards for certain damages, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the investment environment that affect market prices of investments and inflationary pressures


12


Table of Contents

that may tend to affect the size of losses experienced by insureds and primary insurance companies. We expect to experience the effects of cyclicality, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we underestimate our reserve for losses and loss expenses, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Our success depends on our ability to accurately assess the risks associated with the businesses and properties that we reinsure. If unpredictable catastrophic events occur, or if we fail to adequately manage our exposure to losses or fail to adequately estimate our reserve requirements, our actual losses and loss expenses may deviate, perhaps substantially, from our reserve estimates.
 
We estimate the risks associated with our outstanding obligations, including the risk embedded within our unearned premiums. However, under U.S. GAAP, we are not permitted to establish reserves for losses and loss expenses (or loss reserves ), which include case reserves and incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves, with respect to our property catastrophe reinsurance until an event which gives rise to a claim occurs. As a result, only reserves applicable to losses incurred up to the reporting date may be set aside on our financial statements, with no allowance for the provision of loss reserves to account for possible other future losses with respect to our catastrophe-exposed reinsurance.
 
Our reserve estimates do not represent an exact calculation of liability. Rather, they are estimates of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost. These estimates are based upon actuarial and statistical projections and on our assessment of currently available data, predictions of future developments and estimates of future trends and other variable factors such as inflation. Establishing an appropriate level of our loss reserve estimates is an inherently uncertain process. It is likely that the ultimate liability will be greater or less than these estimates and that, at times, this variance will be material. Our reserve estimates are refined continually as experience develops and claims are reported and settled. Establishing an appropriate level for our reserve estimates is an inherently uncertain process. In addition, as we operate solely through intermediaries, reserving for our business can involve added uncertainty arising from our dependence on information from ceding companies which, in addition to the risk of receiving inaccurate information involves an inherent time lag between reporting information from the primary insurer to us. Additionally, ceding companies employ differing reserving practices which adds further uncertainty to the establishment of our reserves. Moreover, these uncertainties are greater for reinsurers like us than for reinsurers with a longer operating history, because we do not yet have an established loss history. The lack of historical information for the Company has necessitated the use of industry loss emergence patterns in deriving IBNR. Further, expected losses and loss ratios are typically developed using vendor and proprietary computer models and these expected loss ratios are a material component in the calculation deriving IBNR. Actual loss ratios will deviate from expected loss ratios and ultimate loss ratios will be greater or less than expected loss ratios. Because of these uncertainties, it is possible that our estimates for reserves at any given time could prove inadequate.
 
To the extent we determine that actual losses and loss adjustment expenses from events which have occurred exceed our expectations and the loss reserves reflected in our financial statements, we will be required to reflect these changes in the current period. This could cause a sudden and material increase in our liabilities and a reduction in our profitability, including operating losses and reduction of capital, which could materially restrict our ability to write new business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and potentially our A.M. Best rating.
 
We rely on key personnel and the loss of their services may adversely affect us. Our operating location may be an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel.
 
Various aspects of our business depend on the services and skills of key personnel of the Company. We enter into employment contracts and take other steps to encourage the retention of these individuals, and to identify and retain additional personnel, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain our key personnel and other employees.


13


Table of Contents

Our operating location may be an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians) may not engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Our success may depend in part on the continued services of key employees in Bermuda. A work permit may be granted or renewed upon demonstrating that, after proper public advertisement, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian or a holder of a permanent resident’s certificate or holder of a working resident’s certificate) is available who meets the minimum standards reasonably required by the employer. The Bermuda government’s policy places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to certain exemptions for key employees. A work permit is issued with an expiry date (up to five years) and no assurances can be given that any work permit will be issued or, if issued, renewed upon the expiration of the relevant term. If work permits are not obtained, or are not renewed, for our principal employees, we would lose their services, which could materially affect our business.
 
We may require additional capital or credit in the future, which may not be available or only available on unfavorable terms.
 
We monitor our capital adequacy on a regular basis. The capital requirements of our business depend on many factors, including our premiums written, loss reserves, investment portfolio composition and risk exposures, as well as satisfying regulatory and rating agency capital requirements. Our ability to underwrite is largely dependent upon the quality of our claims paying and financial strength ratings as evaluated by independent rating agencies. To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to fund our future operating requirements and/or cover claim losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or limit our growth. Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are unfavorable to us. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our shareholders could result, and, in any case, such securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our outstanding securities. If we are not able to obtain adequate capital, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
In addition, as an alien reinsurer (not licensed in the United States), we are required to post collateral security with respect to any reinsurance liabilities that we assume from ceding insurers domiciled in the United States in order for U.S. ceding companies to obtain full statutory and regulatory credit for our reinsurance. Other jurisdictions and non-U.S. ceding insurers may have similar collateral requirements. Under applicable statutory provisions, these security arrangements may be in the form of letters of credit, reinsurance trusts maintained by trustees or funds-withheld arrangements where assets are held by the ceding company . We intend to satisfy such statutory requirements by providing to primary insurers letters of credit issued under our credit facilities. To the extent that we are required to post additional security in the future, we may require additional letter of credit capacity and we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain such additional capacity or arrange for other types of security on commercially acceptable terms or on terms as favorable as under our current letter of credit facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness — Credit Facilities.” Our inability to provide collateral satisfying the statutory and regulatory guidelines applicable to primary insurers would have a material effect on our ability to provide reinsurance to third parties and negatively affect our financial position and results of operations.
 
Security arrangements may subject our assets to security interests and/or require that a portion of our assets be pledged to, or otherwise held by, third parties. Although the investment income derived from our assets while held in trust typically accrues to our benefit, the investment of these assets is governed by the investment regulations of the state of domicile of the ceding insurer.
 
Competition for business in our industry is intense, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to gain market share and our business may be materially adversely affected.
 
The reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We face intense competition, based upon (among other things) global capacity, product breadth, reputation and experience with respect to particular lines of business, relationships with reinsurance intermediaries, capital and perceived financial strength (including independent rating agencies’ ratings), innovation, quality of service and price. We compete with major global insurance and reinsurance companies and underwriting syndicates, many of which have extensive experience


14


Table of Contents

in reinsurance and may have greater financial, marketing and employee resources available to them than us. Other financial institutions, such as banks and hedge funds, now offer products and services similar to our products and services through alternative capital markets products that are structured to provide protections similar to those provided by reinsurers. These products, such as catastrophe-linked bonds, compete with our products. In the future, underwriting capacity will continue to enter the market from these identified competitors and perhaps other sources. After the events of September 11, 2001, and then again following the three major hurricanes of 2005 (Katrina, Rita and Wilma), new capital flowed into Bermuda, and much of these new proceeds went to a variety of Bermuda-based start-up companies. The full extent and effect of this additional capital on the reinsurance market will not be known for some time and market conditions could become less favorable. Increased competition could result in fewer submissions and lower rates, which could have an adverse effect on our growth and profitability. If we are unable to compete effectively against these competitors, we may not be able to gain market share.
 
In addition, insureds have been retaining a greater proportion of their risk portfolios than previously, and industrial and commercial companies have been increasingly relying upon their own subsidiary insurance companies, known as captive insurance companies, self-insurance pools, risk retention groups, mutual insurance companies and other mechanisms for funding their risks, rather than risk transferring insurance. This has put downward pressure on insurance premiums.
 
Loss of business from one or more major reinsurance brokers could adversely affect us.
 
We market our reinsurance on a worldwide basis primarily through reinsurance brokers, and we depend on a small number of reinsurance brokers for a large portion of our revenues. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, our business was primarily sourced from the following brokers: Guy Carpenter & Co. (35.8%), Willis Re Inc. (21.1%), Aon Re Inc. (17.1%), and Benfield Group Ltd. (14.0%). These four brokers provided a total of 88.0% of our gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Loss of all or a substantial portion of the business provided by one or more of these brokers could adversely affect our business.
 
We assume a degree of credit risk associated with certain of our reinsurance brokers.
 
In accordance with industry practice, we frequently pay amounts owed on claims under our policies to reinsurance brokers and the brokers, in turn, pay these amounts over to the ceding insurers and reinsurers that have reinsured a portion of their liabilities with us. In some jurisdictions, if a broker fails to make such a payment, we might remain liable to the ceding insurer or reinsurer for the deficiency notwithstanding the broker’s obligation to make such payment. Conversely, in certain jurisdictions, when the ceding insurer or reinsurer pays premiums for these policies to reinsurance brokers for payment to us, these premiums are considered to have been paid and the ceding insurer or reinsurer will no longer be liable to us for these premiums, whether or not we have actually received them. Consequently, we assume a degree of credit risk associated with certain brokers.
 
Our success depends on our ability to establish and maintain effective operating procedures and internal controls.
 
Our success is dependent upon our ability to establish and maintain operating procedures and internal controls (including the timely and successful implementation of information technology systems and programs) to effectively support our business and our regulatory and reporting requirements. We may not be successful in such efforts. Even if and when implemented, as a result of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide full assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company will be detected.


15


Table of Contents

We may be unable to purchase retrocessional reinsurance in the future, and if we successfully purchase retrocessional reinsurance, we may be unable to collect, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We purchase retrocessional reinsurance , including that provided by Petrel Re, in order that we may offer cedants greater capacity, and to mitigate the effect of large and multiple losses upon our financial condition. A reinsurer’s insolvency or inability or refusal to make timely payments under the terms of its reinsurance agreement with us could have an adverse effect on us because we remain liable to our client. From time to time, market conditions have limited, and in some cases have prevented, reinsurers from obtaining the types and amounts of retrocessional reinsurance that they consider adequate for their business needs. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain our desired amounts of retrocessional reinsurance or negotiate terms that we deem appropriate or acceptable or obtain retrocessional reinsurance from entities with satisfactory creditworthiness.
 
We are a new company and the information technology systems necessary to run our business have not been fully tested. In addition, VCAPS, our proprietary modeling in software, is new and is relatively untested.
 
The performance of our information technology systems is critical to our business and reputation and our ability to process transactions and provide high quality customer service. Such systems are and will continue to be a very important part of our underwriting process. We make use of commercially available catastrophe models, licensing the models of all three major vendors, and we enhance the output from these models with our proprietary software, VCAPS. We cannot be certain that we will be able to replace these service providers or consultants, if necessary, without slowing our underwriting response time, or that our proprietary technology, once established, will operate as intended. A defect or error in our information technology systems could result in a loss or delay of revenues, higher than expected loss levels, diversion of management resources, harm to our reputation or an increase in costs. VCAPS is new and we cannot assure you the models and assumptions used by the software will accurately predict losses. Further, we cannot assure you that it is free of defects in the modeling logic or in the software code. In addition, we have not sought copyright or other legal protection for VCAPS. Further, to date, we have limited back-up and disaster recovery for our information technology systems.
 
The preparation of our financial statements will require us to make many estimates and judgments, which are even more difficult than those made in a mature company.
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management believes the items that require the most subjective and complex estimates are (1) reserve for losses and loss expenses and (2) premiums. Due to the Company’s short operating history, loss experience is limited and reliable evidence of changes in trends of numbers of claims incurred, average settlement amounts, numbers of claims outstanding and average losses per claim will necessarily take many years to develop. Following a major catastrophic event, the possibility of future litigation or legislative change that may affect interpretation of policy terms further increases the degree of uncertainty in the reserving process. The uncertainties inherent in the reserving process, together with the potential for unforeseen developments, including changes in laws and the prevailing interpretation of policy terms, may result in losses and loss expenses materially different than the reserves initially established. Changes to prior year reserves will affect current underwriting results by increasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be redundant or decreasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be insufficient. The Company expects volatility in results in periods in which significant loss events occur because U.S. GAAP does not permit insurers or reinsurers to reserve for loss events until they have occurred and are expected to give rise to a claim. As a result, the Company is not allowed to record contingency reserves to account for expected future losses. The Company anticipates that claims arising from future events will require the establishment of substantial reserves from time to time.


16


Table of Contents

An inability to implement, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in a timely and satisfactory manner could cause the price of our common shares to fall.
 
We are presently evaluating our existing internal controls with respect to the standards adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. We cannot be certain at this time that we will be able to successfully and satisfactorily complete the procedures, certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 by the time that we are required to file our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, which is the first time that our management and our outside auditors will be required to deliver reports on our internal controls and procedures in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Uncertainty as to our ability to comply with such requirements or any material weaknesses uncovered as a result of such procedures could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common shares. In addition, we may incur increased costs associated with such procedures or a diversion of internal resources necessary to prepare for or comply with such requirements.
 
Risks Related to Taxation
 
We may be subject to U.S. tax.
 
We are organized under the laws of Bermuda and presently intend to structure our activities to minimize the risk that we would be considered engaged in a U.S. trade or business. No definitive standards, however, are provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations or court decisions regarding activities that constitute the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. Because that determination is essentially factual, we cannot assure you that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will not contend that we are engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If we were found to be so engaged, we would be subject to U.S. corporate income and branch profits tax on our earnings that are effectively connected to such U.S. trade or business.
 
If Validus Re is entitled to the benefits of the income tax treaty between the U.S. and Bermuda (the “Bermuda Treaty”), it would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any income protected by the Bermuda Treaty unless that income is attributable to a permanent establishment in the U.S. The treaty clearly applies to premium income, but may be construed as not protecting other income such as investment income. If Validus Re were found to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and were entitled to the benefits of the treaty in general, but the treaty were found not to protect investment income, a portion of Validus Re’s investment income could be subject to U.S. tax. See “Certain Tax Considerations — U.S. Taxation — Taxation of Validus and its Subsidiaries.”
 
U.S. persons who hold common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on our undistributed earnings and profits.
 
Controlled Foreign Corporation Status.   Validus should not be a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) immediately following the offering because its organizational documents provide that if the common shares owned, directly, indirectly or by attribution, by any person would otherwise represent more than 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all Validus’s common shares, the voting rights attached to those common shares will be reduced so that such person may not exercise and is not attributed more than 9.09% of the total voting power of the common shares. We cannot assure you, however, that the provisions of the Organizational Documents will operate as intended and that Validus will not be considered a CFC. If Validus were considered a CFC, any shareholder that is a U.S. person that owns directly, indirectly or by attribution, 10% or more of the voting power of Validus may be subject to current U.S. income taxation at ordinary income tax rates on all or a portion of Validus’s undistributed earnings and profits attributable to “subpart F income.” Any gain realized on sale of common shares by such 10% shareholder may also be taxed as a dividend to the extent of Validus’s earnings and profits attributed to such shares during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while Validus was a CFC (with certain adjustments). See “Certain Tax Considerations — U.S. Taxation — Taxation of Shareholders — CFC Provisions.”


17


Table of Contents

Related Person Insurance Income.   If the related person insurance income (“RPII”) of any of Validus’s non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries were to equal or exceed 20% of that subsidiary’s gross insurance income in any taxable year, and U.S. persons were treated as owning 25% or more of the subsidiary’s stock, by vote or value, a U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns any common shares on the last day of such taxable year on which the 25% threshold is met would be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes that person’s ratable share of that subsidiary’s RPII for the taxable year. The amount includible in income is determined as if the RPII were distributed proportionately to U.S. holders on that date, regardless of whether that income is distributed. The amount of RPII includible in income is limited by such shareholder’s share of the subsidiary’s current-year earnings and profits, and possibly reduced by the shareholder’s share of prior year deficits in earnings and profits. The amount of RPII earned by a subsidiary will depend on several factors, including the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by that subsidiary. Although we do not believe that the 20% threshold will be met for our non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries, some of the factors that might affect that determination in any period may be beyond our control. Consequently, we cannot assure you that we will not exceed the RPII threshold in any taxable year.
 
If a U.S. person disposes of shares in a non-U.S. insurance corporation that had RPII (even if the 20% threshold was not met) and the 25% threshold is met at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition, and the U.S. person owned any shares at such time, any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as a dividend to the extent of the holder’s share of the corporation’s undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the holder owned the shares (possibly whether or not those earnings and profits are attributable to RPII). In addition, the shareholder will be required to comply with specified reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned. We believe that those rules should not apply to a disposition of common shares because Validus is not itself directly engaged in the insurance business. We cannot assure you, however, that the IRS will not successfully assert that those rules apply to a disposition of common shares. See “Certain Tax Considerations — U.S. Taxation — Taxation of Shareholders — RPII Provisions.”
 
U.S. persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if Validus is considered a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
If Validus is considered a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. holder who owns common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences, including a greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and an interest charge on certain taxes that are deferred as a result of Validus’s non-U.S. status. We currently do not expect that Validus will be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the current taxable year or the foreseeable future because, through Validus Re, it intends to be predominantly engaged in the active conduct of a global reinsurance business. We cannot assure you, however, that Validus will not be deemed to be a PFIC by the IRS. No regulations currently exist regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such provisions may be forthcoming. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such guidance would have on an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. See “Certain Tax Considerations — U.S. Taxation — Taxation of Shareholders — PFIC Provisions.”
 
Changes in U.S. tax laws may be retroactive and could subject a U.S. holder of common shares to other adverse tax consequences.
 
The tax treatment of non-U.S. companies and their U.S. and non-U.S. insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries has been the subject of Congressional discussion and legislative proposals in the U.S. We cannot assure you that future legislative action will not increase the amount of U.S. tax payable by us. If that happens, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
In addition, the U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations, including those regarding whether a company is engaged in a U.S. trade or business or is a PFIC, or whether U.S. holders would be required to include “subpart F income” or RPII in their gross income, are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. No regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies are currently in effect, and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements


18


Table of Contents

interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when, or in what form, such regulations or pronouncements may be provided, and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.
 
We may become subject to taxes in Bermuda after March 28, 2016, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Under current Bermuda law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. We have received from the Minister of Finance under The Exempted Undertaking Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to us or to any of our operations or shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 28, 2016. We could be subject to taxes in Bermuda after that date. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any property leased to us. We and Validus Re each pay annual Bermuda government fees; Validus Re pays annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.
 
The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development and other multinational organisations are considering measures that might increase our taxes and reduce our net income.
 
The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development, which is commonly referred to as the OECD, has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes in countries around the world. In the OECD’s report dated 18 April 2002 and updated as of June 2004, Bermuda was not listed as an uncooperative tax haven jurisdiction because it had previously committed to eliminate harmful tax practices and to embrace international tax standards for transparency, exchange of information and the elimination of any aspects of the regimes for financial and other services that attract business with no substantial domestic activity. We are not able to predict what changes will arise from the commitment or whether such changes will subject us to additional taxes.
 
Risks Related to Laws and Regulations Applicable to Us
 
If we become subject to insurance statutes and regulations in addition to the statutes and regulations that currently apply to us, there could be a significant and negative impact on our business.
 
We currently conduct our business in a manner such that we expect Validus will not be subject to insurance and/or reinsurance licensing requirements or regulations in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. Although we do not currently intend for Validus Re to engage in activities which would require it to comply with insurance and reinsurance licensing requirements outside of Bermuda, should we choose to engage in activities that would require us to become licensed in such jurisdictions, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so or to do so in a timely manner. Furthermore, the laws and regulations applicable to direct insurers could indirectly affect us, such as collateral requirements in various U.S. states to enable such insurers to receive credit for reinsurance ceded to us.
 
The insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework of Bermuda recently has become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions, including the United States. We are not able to predict the future impact on our operations of changes in the laws and regulations to which we are or may become subject.
 
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.
 
As a public company, we will incur significant levels of legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a privately-owned company. The U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, particularly Section 404, and related rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock


19


Table of Contents

Exchange regulate corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect compliance with these public company requirements will increase our costs and make some activities more time-consuming than they have been in the past when we were a privately-owned company. Furthermore, the cost of compliance could be material to us because of our size and scale of operations.
 
Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares
 
Because we are a holding company and substantially all of our operations are conducted by our main operating subsidiary, Validus Re, our ability to meet any ongoing cash requirements and to pay dividends will depend on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other cash payments or obtain loans from Validus Re.
 
We conduct substantially all of our operations through Validus Re. Our ability to meet our ongoing cash requirements, including any debt service payments or other expenses, and pay dividends on our common shares in the future, will depend on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other cash payments or obtain loans from Validus Re and will also depend on the financial condition of Validus Re. The inability of Validus Re to pay dividends in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our cash requirements could have a material adverse effect on us and the value of our common shares. Validus Re is a separate and distinct legal entity that has no obligation to pay any dividends or to lend or advance us funds and may be restricted from doing so by contract, including other financing arrangements, charter provisions or applicable legal and regulatory requirements or rating agency constraints. The payment of dividends by Validus Re to us is limited under Bermuda law and regulations.
 
Although we may declare dividends to our shareholders, it is uncertain when, if ever, such dividends will be declared. Future dividend declarations and payments and stock repurchases will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, the capital needed to satisfy current and projected business opportunities. In addition, the indenture governing our Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures would restrict us from declaring or paying dividends on our common shares if we are downgraded by A.M. Best to a financial strength rating of “B” (Fair) or below or if A.M. Best withdraws its financial strength rating on any of our material insurance subsidiaries. See “Description of Share Capital — Dividends.”
 
There has been no public market for our common shares and we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop.
 
Prior to the closing of this offering, there has been no public trading market of our common shares. Our common shares have been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “VR”, subject to official notice of issuance. If an active trading market does not develop and continue after the closing of this offering, your investment may become less liquid and the market price of the common shares may decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price per common share was determined by negotiation among us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after completion of this offering. The price of our common shares after the closing of this offering may fluctuate widely, depending upon many factors, including:
 
  •      the perceived prospects for the insurance industry in general;
 
  •      differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors;
 
  •      changes in the share price of public companies with which we compete;
 
  •      news about our industry and our competitors;
 
  •      changes in general economic or market conditions;
 
  •      broad market fluctuations; and
 
  •      regulatory actions.


20


Table of Contents

 
Our common shares may trade at prices significantly below the initial public offering price and holders of the common shares may experience difficulty in reselling, or an inability to sell, the common shares.
 
Future sales of our common shares may affect their market price and the future exercise of options and warrants may result in immediate and substantial dilution of the common shares.
 
Our Bye-laws authorize our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of common shares and preferred shares without stockholder approval. Specifically, we have an authorized share capital of 1,000,000,000 shares ($0.10 par value per share), which can consist of common shares and/or preference shares, as determined by our Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has the right to issue the remaining shares without obtaining any approval from our stockholders and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designation of such series. Any issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common shares and could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing the payment of any dividends (including any liquidating dividends) and any change in control of us. If a significant number of either common or preferred shares are issued, it may cause the market price of our common shares to decline.
 
We, certain of our officers and directors and the selling shareholders have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is           days after the date of the prospectus, except with the prior written consent of          . We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our common shares, or the availability of common shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our common shares, including after the expiration of the          -day lock-up period. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market following our initial public offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common shares at a time and price which you deem appropriate. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-up Agreements.”
 
Our classified board structure may prevent a change in our control.
 
Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors. The current terms of the directors expire in 2008, 2009 and 2010. Until three years following this offering, each year one class of directors is elected by the shareholders. Until that three year period has elapsed, the staggered terms of our directors may reduce the possibility of a tender offer or an attempt at a change in control, even though a tender offer or change in control might be in the best interest of our shareholders.
 
Future sales of our common shares may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
 
After this offering, we will have           common shares outstanding, of which approximately           shares will be “restricted securities” subject to the volume limitations and other conditions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the “Securities Act.” Furthermore, after this offering certain of our sponsoring shareholders and their transferees will have the right to require us to register these common shares under the Securities Act for sale to the public, either in an independent offering pursuant to a demand registration or in conjunction with a public offering, subject to a “lock-up” agreement of no more than 180 days. Following any registration of this type, the common shares to which the registration relates will be freely transferable. In addition, after this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common shares issued or reserved for issuance under the Long Term Incentive Plan. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our common shares, or the availability of common shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our common shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market following this offering, or the perception that sales of this type could occur, could depress the market price of our common shares and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common shares at a time and price that you deem appropriate.


21


Table of Contents

There are provisions in our Bye-laws that reduce the voting rights of voting common shares that are held by a person or group to the extent that such person or group holds more than 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on a matter.
 
In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each voting common share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and for so long as, the common shares of a shareholder, including any votes conferred by “controlled shares” (as defined below), would otherwise represent more than 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on a matter, including an election of directors, the votes conferred by such shares will be reduced by whatever amount is necessary such that, after giving effect to any such reduction (and any other reductions in voting power required by our Bye-laws), the votes conferred by such shares represent 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on such matter. “Controlled shares” include, among other things, all shares that a person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 958 of the Code, or Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)). Upon completion of our initial public offering, there will be           common shares outstanding, of which           common shares would confer votes that represent 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote generally at an election of directors. An investor who does not hold, and is not deemed under the provisions of our Bye-laws to own, any of our common shares may therefore purchase up to           common shares without being subject to voting cutback provisions in our Bye-laws.
 
In addition, we have the authority under our Bye-laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining ownership of controlled shares by such shareholder.
 
There are regulatory limitations on the ownership and transfer of our common shares.
 
The BMA must approve all issuances and transfers of securities of a Bermuda exempted company like us. We have received permission from the BMA to issue our common shares, and for the free transferability of our common shares as long as the common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange or other appointed exchange, to and among persons who are residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes. Any other transfers remain subject to approval by the BMA and such approval may be denied or delayed.
 
As a shareholder of our company, you may have greater difficulties in protecting your interests than as a shareholder of a U.S. corporation.
 
The Companies Act 1981 (the “Companies Act”), which applies to our company, differs in material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Taken together with the provisions of our Bye-laws, some of these differences may result in your having greater difficulties in protecting your interests as a shareholder of our company than you would have as a shareholder of a U.S. corporation. This affects, among other things, the circumstances under which transactions involving an interested director are voidable, whether an interested director can be held accountable for any benefit realized in a transaction with our company, what approvals are required for business combinations by our company with a large shareholder or a wholly-owned subsidiary, what rights you may have as a shareholder to enforce specified provisions of the Companies Act or our Bye-laws, and the circumstances under which we may indemnify our directors and officers.
 
We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or against our directors and executive officers.
 
We were incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and our business is based in Bermuda. In addition, certain of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and a portion of our assets and the assets of such persons may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. As such, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process within the United States upon us or those persons, or to recover against us or them on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and


22


Table of Contents

officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial application under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda; however, a Bermuda court may impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages, on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.
 
We have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman, our special Bermuda counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, or original actions brought in Bermuda against us or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Further, we have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may decline to enforce the judgments of U.S. courts. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Bermuda courts as contrary to public policy in Bermuda. Because judgments of U.S. courts are not automatically enforceable in Bermuda, it may be difficult for you to recover against us based upon such judgments.


23


Table of Contents

 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
All forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in such statements. This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, both with respect to us and our industry, that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Statements that include the words “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “project,” “anticipate,” “will,” “may” and similar statements of a future or forward-looking nature identify forward-looking statements.
 
We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
  •      unpredictability and severity of catastrophic events;
 
  •      our ability to obtain and maintain ratings, which may be affected by our ability to raise additional equity or debt financings, as well as other factors described herein;
 
  •      adequacy of our risk management and loss limitation methods;
 
  •      cyclicality of demand and pricing in the reinsurance market;
 
  •      our limited operating history;
 
  •      our ability to successfully implement our business strategy during “soft” as well as “hard” markets;
 
  •      adequacy of our loss reserves;
 
  •      continued availability of capital and financing;
 
  •      our ability to identify, hire and retain, on a timely and unimpeded basis and on anticipated economic and other terms, experienced and capable senior management as well as underwriters, claims professionals and support staff;
 
  •      acceptance of our business strategy, security and financial condition by rating agencies and regulators, as well as by brokers and reinsureds;
 
  •      competition, including increased competition, on the basis of pricing, capacity, coverage terms or other factors;
 
  •      potential loss of business from one or more major reinsurance brokers;
 
  •      our ability to implement, successfully and on a timely basis, complex infrastructure, distribution capabilities, systems, procedures and internal controls, and to develop accurate actuarial data to support the business and regulatory and reporting requirements;
 
  •      general economic and market conditions (including inflation, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates) and conditions specific to the reinsurance markets in which we expect to operate;
 
  •      the integration of businesses we may acquire;
 
  •      accuracy of those estimates and judgments utilized in the preparation of our financial statements, including those related to revenue recognition, insurance and other reserves, reinsurance recoverables, investment valuations, intangible assets, bad debts, income taxes, contingencies, litigation and any determination to use the deposit method of accounting, which, for a relatively new insurance and reinsurance company like our company, are even more difficult to make than those made in a mature company because of limited historical information;
 
  •      acts of terrorism, political unrest and other hostilities or other unforecasted and unpredictable events;


24


Table of Contents

 
  •      availability to us of retrocessions to manage our gross and net exposures and the cost of such retrocessions;
 
  •      the failure of retrocessionaires , producers or others to meet their obligations to us;
 
  •      the timing of loss payments being faster or the receipt of reinsurance recoverables being slower than anticipated by us;
 
  •      changes in domestic or foreign laws or regulations, or their interpretations;
 
  •      changes in accounting principles or the application of such principles by regulators; and
 
  •      statutory or regulatory or rating agency developments, including as to tax policy and matters and reinsurance and other regulatory matters such as the adoption of proposed legislation that would affect Bermuda-headquartered companies and/or Bermuda-based insurers or reinsurers.
 
In addition, other general factors could affect our results, including: (a) developments in the world’s financial and capital markets and our access to such markets; (b) changes in regulations or tax laws applicable to us, including, without limitation, any such changes resulting from the recent investigations relating to the insurance industry and any attendant litigation; and (c) the effects of business disruption or economic contraction due to terrorism or other hostilities.
 
The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included herein or elsewhere including the Risk Factors beginning on page 10. All of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements, and there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us or our business or operations. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.


25


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $      million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $      per common share, representing the midpoint of the offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriters’ discount and fees and expenses of the offering. We intend to use such net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including a $3.0 million payment to Aquiline in connection with the termination of our Advisory Agreement with them, and to support future growth of our reinsurance operations.
 
We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders, including any proceeds received by them in connection with any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares.


26


Table of Contents

 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common shares at an initial rate of $      per common share payable in the first full fiscal quarter end after the date hereof. The timing and amount of any cash dividends, however, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory, rating agency and contractual constraints or restrictions and any other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.
 
We are a holding company and have no direct operations. Our ability to pay dividends depends, in part, on the ability of Validus Re to pay dividends to us. Validus Re is subject to significant regulatory restrictions limiting its ability to declare and pay dividends, as well as rating agency and other considerations. See “Business — Regulation — Bermuda” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares — Because we are a holding company and substantially all of our operations are conducted by our main operating subsidiary, Validus Re, our ability to meet any ongoing cash requirements and to pay dividends will depend on our ability to obtain cash dividends or other cash payments or obtain loans from Validus Re.”


27


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2006 and as adjusted as of that date to give effect to the issuance by us of common shares in this offering. This table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                 
    September 30, 2006  
          As
 
    Actual     adjusted  
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
Credit facility(1)
  $     $  
Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures(2)
    150,000       150,000  
                 
Total debt
    150,000       150,000  
                 
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common shares, $0.10 par value per common share, 1,000,000,000 common shares authorized; 102,344,600 common shares issued and outstanding,          as adjusted
    10,234          
Additional paid-in capital
    1,045,947          
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,189          
Retained earnings
    64,337          
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    1,121,707          
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 1,271,707     $  
                 
Book value per common share
  $ 10.96     $  
                 
Diluted book value per common share(3)
  $ 10.70     $  
                 
Debt to capitalization ratio(4)
    11.8%       %  
                 
 
 
(1) For a description of our credit facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness — Credit Facilities.”
 
(2) For a description of our Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness — Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures.”
 
(3) Diluted book value per share is calculated based on total shareholders’ equity plus the assumed proceeds from the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, divided by the sum of shares, options, warrants and unvested restricted shares (assuming their exercise).
 
(4) The ratio of debt to total capitalization, excluding the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures, is 0.0% actual and 0.0%, as adjusted.


28


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
The initial public offering price per common share is higher than our net tangible book value per common share. Net tangible book value per common share represents the amount of tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of common shares outstanding. Dilution in net tangible book value per common share represents the difference between (1) the amount per common share paid by purchasers of our common shares in this offering and (2) the net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering. As of September 30, 2006, our net tangible book value was approximately $1,121.7 million or $10.96 per common share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
                 
Assumed initial offering price per common share
          $    
Net tangible book value per common share before this offering
  $ 10.96               
Increase attributable to this offering
               
                 
Net tangible book value per common share after this offering
                
                 
Dilution per common share to new investors
          $  
                 
 
The following table sets forth the number of our common shares issued, the total consideration paid and the average price per common share paid by our existing shareholder and new investors, after giving effect to the issuance of           common shares in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $      per share (before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses payable by us).
 
                                         
                            Average
 
                            price per
 
    Common shares issued     Total consideration     common
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     share  
 
Existing Shareholders
    102,344,600       %     $ 1,023,446,000       %     $ 10.00  
New Investors
                                       
                                         
Total
            100%               100%          
 
The foregoing tables do not give effect to:
 
(a) common shares that may be issued pursuant to outstanding warrants;
 
(b) common shares that may be issued pursuant to options that have been granted to our employees;
 
(c) unvested restricted shares that have been granted to our employees; and
 
(d) additional common shares available for future issuance under our stock option and incentive plans.


29


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the period ended and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2006 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
You should read the following summary consolidated financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The following table presents results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006:
 
                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and
 
    per share amounts)  
 
Revenues
               
Gross premiums written
  $ 116,505     $ 475,284  
Reinsurance premiums ceded
    (38,892 )     (64,051 )
                 
Net premiums written
    77,613       411,233  
Change in unearned premiums
    14,885       (209,872 )
                 
Net premiums earned
    92,498       201,361  
Net investment income
    16,272       40,369  
Net realized losses on investments
    (154 )     (894 )
Foreign exchange gains
    369       1,061  
                 
Total revenues
    108,985       241,897  
Expenses
               
Losses and loss expenses
    11,577       67,058  
Policy acquisition costs
    10,638       24,574  
General and administrative expenses(1)
    13,641       31,007  
Finance fees
    3,453       5,136  
Fair value of warrants issued
          77  
                 
Total expenses
    39,309       127,852  
                 
Net income
    69,676       114,045  
                 
Comprehensive income
               
Unrealized gains arising during the period
    7,353       190  
Adjustment for reclassification of losses realized in income
    154       894  
                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 77,183     $ 115,129  
                 
Earnings per share (2)
               
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding
               
Basic
    102,344,600       102,331,833  
Diluted
    102,623,533       102,511,504  
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.68     $ 1.11  
                 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.68     $ 1.11  
                 
Selected financial ratios
               
Losses and loss expenses ratio(3)
    12.5%       33.3%  
                 
Policy acquisition cost ratio(4)
    11.5%       12.2%  
General and administrative expense ratio(5)
    14.8%       15.4%  
                 
Expense ratio(6)
    26.3%       27.6%  
                 
Combined ratio(7)
    38.8%       60.9%  
                 
Annualized return on average equity(8)
    25.8%       14.6%  
                 


30


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth summarized balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and September 30, 2006:
 
                         
          As of December 31,
 
    As of September 30, 2006     2005  
    Actual     As adjusted(9)     Actual  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Summary Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Investments at fair value
  $ 1,279,614     $       $ 610,800  
Cash and cash equivalents
    87,457               398,488  
Total assets
    1,624,890               1,014,453  
Unearned premiums
    244,172       244,172        
Reserve for losses and loss expenses
    63,211       63,211        
Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures
    150,000       150,000        
Total shareholders’ equity
    1,121,707               999,806  
Book value per common share(10)
  $ 10.96     $       $ 9.78  
Diluted book value per common share(11)
    10.70               9.67  
 
 Notes
 
(1) General and administrative expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 include $250,000 and $750,000, respectively, related to our Advisory Agreement with Aquiline.
 
(2) Stock options which carry an average exercise price of $10.00 per option are anti-dilutive and consequently are not included in weighted average diluted shares outstanding. SFAS No. 123 requires that any unrecognized stock-based compensation expense that will be recorded in future periods be included as proceeds for purposes of treasury stock repurchases, which is applied against the unvested restricted shares balance.
 
(3) Calculated by dividing losses and loss expenses by net premium earned.
 
(4) Calculated by dividing policy acquisition costs by net premium earned.
 
(5) Calculated by dividing general and administrative expenses by net premium earned.
 
(6) Calculated by combining the policy acquisition cost ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio.
 
(7) Calculated by combining the loss ratio, the policy acquisition cost ratio and the general and administrative expense ratio.
 
(8) Annualized return on average equity is calculated by dividing the net income for the period by the average shareholders’ equity during the period. Quarterly average shareholders’ equity is the average of the beginning and ending shareholders’ equity balances. Nine month average shareholders’ equity is the average of the beginning, ending and intervening quarter end shareholders’ equity balances.
 
(9) In the “As Adjusted” column, the calculation of basic and diluted book value per share reflects payment of total fees and expenses, including underwriting discounts and commissions of $      million. The “As Adjusted” column also gives effect to this offering of our common shares at an assumed public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the application of the net proceeds thereof, as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(10) Book value per common share is defined as total shareholders’ equity divided by the number of common shares outstanding as at the end of the period, giving no effect to dilutive securities.
 
(11) Diluted book value per common share is calculated based on total shareholders’ equity plus the assumed proceeds from the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, divided by the sum of common shares, options, warrants and unvested restricted shares outstanding (assuming their exercise).


31


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following is a discussion and analysis of the Company’s consolidated results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the Company’s consolidated financial condition and liquidity and capital resources at September 30, 2006. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
 
The Company was recently formed and has limited historical financial and operating information. Insurance and reinsurance companies face substantial risk in their initial stages of development. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” In addition, for a variety of reasons, including the Company’s recent formation and relatively few significant catastrophe events in the first nine months of 2006, the Company’s historical financial results may not accurately indicate future performance.
 
Executive Overview
 
The Company’s principal operating subsidiary, Validus Re, operates as a Bermuda-based provider of short-tail reinsurance products on a global basis. The Company’s strategy is to concentrate on short-tail reinsurance risks, which is an area where management believes current prices and terms provide an attractive risk adjusted return and the management team has proven expertise. The Company’s profitability in any given period is based upon premium and investment revenues less net losses and loss expenses, acquisition expenses and operating expenses. Financial results in the insurance and reinsurance industry are influenced by the frequency and/or severity of claims and losses, including as a result of catastrophic events, changes in interest rates, financial markets and general economic conditions, the supply of insurance and reinsurance capacity and changes in legal, regulatory and judicial environments.
 
Premiums are a function of the number and type of contracts written, as well as prevailing market prices. Renewal dates for reinsurance business tend to be concentrated at the beginning of quarters, and the timing of premiums written varies by line of business. Most property catastrophe business is written in the January 1, April 1, June 1 and July 1 inception and renewal periods, while other lines are written throughout the year. Written premiums are generally highest in the first quarter and lowest during the fourth quarter of the year. Gross premiums written for pro rata programs are initially recorded as estimates and are adjusted as actual results are reported by the cedant during the period. Earned premiums do not necessarily follow the written premium pattern as certain premiums written are earned ratably over the contract term, which is ordinarily twelve months, although many pro rata contracts are written on a risks attaching basis and are generally earned over a 24 month period, which is the risk period of the underlying (twelve month) policies. Premiums are generally due in monthly or quarterly installments.
 
The following are the primary lines in which the Company conducts business:
 
Property:   Validus underwrites property catastrophe reinsurance, property per risk reinsurance and property pro rata reinsurance.
 
Property Catastrophe :   Property catastrophe includes reinsurance for insurance companies’ exposures to an accumulation of property and related losses from separate policies, typically relating to natural disasters or other catastrophic events. Property catastrophe reinsurance is generally written on an excess of loss basis, which provides coverage to primary insurance companies when aggregate claims and claim expenses from a single occurrence from a covered peril exceed a certain amount specified in a particular contract. Under these contracts, the Company provides protection to an insurer for a portion of the total losses in excess of a specified loss amount, up to a maximum amount per loss specified in the contract. In the event of a loss, most contracts provide for coverage of a second occurrence following the payment of a premium to reinstate the coverage under the contract, which is referred to as a reinstatement premium . The coverage provided under excess of loss reinsurance contracts may be on a worldwide basis or limited in scope to specific regions or geographical areas. Coverage can also vary from “all property” perils , which is the most expansive form of coverage, to more limited coverage of specified perils such as windstorm-only coverage. Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically “all risk” in nature, providing protection against losses from earthquakes and hurricanes, as well as other natural and man-made catastrophes such as floods, tornadoes, fires and storms. The predominant exposures


32


Table of Contents

covered are losses stemming from property damage and business interruption coverage resulting from a covered peril. Certain risks, such as war or nuclear contamination may be excluded, partially or wholly, from certain contracts.
 
Property Per Risk :   Property per risk provides reinsurance for insurance companies’ excess retention on individual property and related risks, such as highly-valued buildings. Risk excess of loss reinsurance protects insurance companies on their primary insurance risks on a “single risk” basis. A “risk” in this context might mean the insurance coverage on one building or a group of buildings or the insurance coverage under a single policy which the reinsured treats as a single risk. Coverage is usually triggered by a large loss sustained by an individual risk rather than by smaller losses which fall below the specified retention of the reinsurance contract. Such property risk coverages are generally written on an excess of loss basis, which provides the reinsured protection beyond a specified amount up to the limit set within the reinsurance contract.
 
Property Pro Rata :   In property pro rata contracts the reinsurer shares the premiums as well as the losses and expenses in an agreed proportion with the cedant.
 
Marine:   We underwrite reinsurance on marine risks covering damage to or losses of marine vessels or cargo, third-party liability for marine accidents and physical loss and liability from principally offshore energy properties. Validus underwrites marine reinsurance on an excess of loss basis, and to a lesser extent, on a pro rata basis.
 
In May 2006, Validus entered into a collateralized quota share retrocession treaty with Petrel Re, a newly-formed Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Petrel Re assumes a quota share of certain lines of marine and energy and other lines of business underwritten by the Company. Petrel Re is a separate legal entity of which Validus has no equity investment, management or board interests, or related party relationships.
 
Other Specialty Lines:   Validus underwrites other lines of business depending on an evaluation of pricing and market conditions, which include aerospace, terrorism, life and accident & health and workers’ compensation catastrophe. The Company seeks to underwrite other specialty lines with very limited exposure correlation with its property, marine and energy portfolios. With the exception of the aerospace line of business, which has a meaningful portion of its gross premiums written volume on a proportional basis, the Company’s other specialty lines are currently written on an excess of loss basis.
 
Income from the Company’s investment portfolio is primarily comprised of interest on fixed maturity investments net of investment expenses and net realized gains/losses on the sale of investments. A significant portion of the Company’s contracts provide short-tail reinsurance coverage for damages resulting mainly from natural and man-made catastrophes, which means that the Company could become liable for a significant amount of losses on short notice. Accordingly, the Company has structured its investment portfolio to preserve capital and maintain a high level of liquidity, which means that the large majority of the Company’s investment portfolio consists of shorter term fixed maturity investments. The Company’s fixed income investments are held as available for sale. Under U.S. GAAP, these securities are carried at fair value, and unrealized gains and losses on these securities are not included in investment income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income, but are included in other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.
 
The Company’s expenses consist primarily of losses and loss expenses, acquisition costs, general and administrative expenses, and finance fees related to debentures and our credit facility. Organizational expenses and expenses associated with the issuance of warrants were also incurred in the first quarter of 2006 as well as in the period ended December 31, 2005.
 
Losses and loss expenses are a function of the amount and type of reinsurance contracts written and of the loss experience of the underlying risks. Reserves for losses and loss expense include a component for outstanding case reserves for claims which have been reported and a component for losses incurred but not reported. The uncertainties inherent in the reserving process, together with the potential for unforeseen developments, may result in losses and loss expenses materially different than the reserve initially established. Changes to prior year loss reserves will affect current underwriting results by increasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be redundant or decreasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be


33


Table of Contents

insufficient. Adjustments resulting from new information will be reflected in income in the period in which they become known. The Company’s ability to estimate losses and loss expenses accurately, and the resulting impact on contract pricing, is a critical factor in determining profitability.
 
Since the lines of business underwritten have large aggregate exposures to natural and man-made catastrophes, Validus expects that claims experience will predominantly be the result of relatively few events of significant severity. The occurrence of claims from catastrophic events is likely to result in substantial volatility in, and could have a material adverse effect on, the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and ability to write new business.
 
Acquisition costs consist principally of brokerage expenses and commissions which are driven by contract terms on reinsurance contracts written, and are normally a specific percentage of premiums. Under certain contracts, cedants may also receive profit commissions which will vary depending on the loss experience on the contract. Acquisition costs are presented net of commissions or fees received on any ceded premium, including premium ceded to Petrel Re.
 
General and administrative expenses are generally comprised of fixed expenses which do not vary with the amount of premiums written or losses incurred. Applicable expenses include salaries and benefits, professional fees, office, risk management, and stock compensation expenses. Stock compensation expenses include costs related to the Company’s long-term incentive plan, under which restricted stock and stock options are granted to certain employees.
 
Company Formation, Business Outlook and Trends
 
The global property and casualty insurance and reinsurance industry has historically been highly cyclical. During the latter half of the 1990s, the industry experienced excess capacity for writers of insurance and reinsurance, which resulted in highly competitive market conditions. After this extended period of intense competition and eroding premium rates, the reinsurance markets began experiencing improvements in rates, terms and conditions for reinsurers in the first quarter of 2000. Continuing improvements through 2001 extended to the primary insurance industry and were accelerated by the events of September 11, 2001. While 2002 and 2003 proved to be relatively uneventful catastrophe years, the reinsurance markets were again significantly affected by natural catastrophe losses in 2004 and 2005. Taken together, 2004 and 2005 set a record for most Atlantic-basin tropical storms, hurricanes, major hurricanes (defined as category 3 or higher on the Saffir-Simpson Hurricane Intensity Scale ) and major hurricanes making U.S. landfall. The 2005 Atlantic-basin hurricane season was the costliest on record, with Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma each generating in excess of $10 billion in insured losses and Katrina responsible for an estimated $45 billion in insured losses, which places it as the most costly natural catastrophe on record.
 
Management believes property and other reinsurance premiums have historically risen in the aftermath of significant catastrophic losses. As loss reserves are established, industry surplus is depleted and the industry’s capacity to write new business diminishes. At the same time, management believes that there is a heightened awareness of exposure to natural catastrophes on the part of cedants, rating agencies and catastrophe modeling firms, resulting in an increase in the demand for reinsurance protection. The large industry losses led to an increase in the perception of catastrophe risk by market participants creating a supply/demand imbalance for reinsurance capacity. Validus was formed in October 2005 to take advantage of these opportunities; we have also built our operations so that we may effectively take advantage of future market conditions as they develop.
 
In the aggregate, Validus has observed substantial increases in premium rates in 2006 compared to 2005 levels. Such rate increases were most significant in the United States catastrophe-exposed lines of business. For risks outside of the U.S., or for risks which were not substantially exposed to catastrophes, rate increases were more modest, or, in some cases, rates have decreased. Capital provided by new entrants or by the commitment of additional capital by existing reinsurers may increase the supply of reinsurance which could affect pricing. An increase in the supply of reinsurance could moderate rate increases.
 
In the nine months ended September 30, 2006 the Company has generally observed significant price increases in peak U.S. property zones, particularly on business exposed to hurricanes and earthquakes. These increases are primarily a result of the impact of the catastrophic hurricanes that affected the southeastern


34


Table of Contents

U.S. in 2004 and 2005. Management believes these supply and demand pressures which have exerted upward pressure on prices in peak U.S. property zones will remain in the near term.
 
Following significant losses from Hurricane Ivan in 2004 and Hurricanes Katrina and Rita in 2005, the marine and energy reinsurance accounts have experienced material price increases and more restrictive conditions. Losses resulting from Katrina affected nearly all lines of business written within the marine class and retrocessional capacity has been reduced sharply. Management believes that many reinsurers withdrew from marine and energy business and remaining reinsurers increased pricing and tightened conditions across all sectors. In addition to rate increases, coverage terms have become more restrictive including increased use of mutually exclusive pillars and other parametric devices.
 
Outside of property business in U.S. peak zones, there has been less upward movement in reinsurance prices in the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The pricing of worldwide property catastrophe business may increase as updated catastrophe vendor models are released and adapted outside of the U.S. However, to the extent risks are not correlated with peak zone modeled catastrophe losses, there may not be a shortfall of capacity available which may diminish or preclude rate increases.
 
Since we underwrite global specialty property reinsurance and have large aggregate exposures to natural and man-made disasters, claim experience has been the result of relatively few events of high magnitude. The occurrence of claims from catastrophic events is likely to result in substantial volatility in, and could have a material adverse effect on, the Company’s financial condition and results and ability to write new business. This volatility will affect results for the period in which the loss occurs because U.S. accounting principles do not permit reinsurers to reserve for such catastrophic events until they occur. Catastrophic events of significant magnitude historically have been relatively infrequent, although management believes the property catastrophe reinsurance market has experienced a higher level of worldwide catastrophic losses in terms of both frequency and severity in the period from 1992 to the present. We also expect that increases in the values and concentrations of insured property will increase the severity of such occurrences in the future. The Company seeks to reflect these trends when pricing contracts.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported and disclosed amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management believes the following accounting policies are critical to the Company’s operations as the application of these policies requires management to make significant judgments. Management believes the items that require the most subjective and complex estimates are (1) reserve for losses and loss expenses and (2) premiums.
 
Reserve for Losses and Loss Expenses.   For most insurance and reinsurance companies, the most significant judgment made by management is the estimation of the reserve for losses and loss expenses. The Company establishes its reserve for losses and loss expenses to cover the estimated liability for both reported and unreported claims.
 
Loss reserve estimations for insurance business are not precise in that they deal with the inherent uncertainty of future events. Estimating loss reserves requires management to make assumptions regarding future reporting and development patterns, frequency and severity trends, claims settlement practices, potential changes in the legal environment and other factors such as inflation. These estimates and judgments are based on numerous factors, and may be revised as additional experience or other data becomes available, as new or improved methodologies are developed or as current laws change.
 
Reserving for reinsurance business introduces further uncertainties. As predominantly a broker market reinsurer for both excess of loss and proportional contracts, the Company must rely on loss information reported to brokers by primary insurers who must estimate their own losses at the policy level, often based on incomplete and changing information. The information received varies by cedant and may include paid losses, estimated case reserves, and an estimated provision for incurred but not reported losses (“IBNR reserves”).


35


Table of Contents

Additionally, reserving practices and the quality of data reporting may vary among ceding companies which adds further uncertainty to the estimation of ultimate losses.
 
A time lag is inherent in reporting from the original claimant to the primary insurer to the broker and then to the reinsurer, especially in the case of excess of loss reinsurance contracts due to the accumulation of losses required prior to reaching the Company’s attachment point . Also, the combination of low claim frequency and high severity make the available data more volatile and less useful for predicting ultimate losses. In the case of proportional contracts, the Company relies on an analysis of a contract’s historical experience, industry information, and the professional judgment of underwriters in estimating reserves for these contracts. In addition, if available, ultimate loss ratio forecasts as reported by cedants are incorporated, normally on a three or six month lag.
 
As a result of the time lag described above, the Company must estimate IBNR reserves, which consist of a provision for additional development in excess of the case reserves reported by ceding companies, as well as a provision for claims which have occurred but which have not yet been reported to us by ceding companies. Because of the degree of reliance that is necessarily placed on ceding companies for claims reporting, the associated time lag, the low frequency/high severity nature of much of the business underwritten, and the varying reserving practices among ceding companies, reserve estimates are highly dependent on management judgment and therefore uncertain. During the loss settlement period, which may be several years in duration, additional facts regarding individual claims and trends often will become known, and current laws and case law may change.
 
The reserve for losses and loss expenses includes both a component for outstanding case reserves for claims which have been reported and a component for IBNR reserves. IBNR reserves are estimated by management using various actuarial methods. These methods are based on the assumption that ultimate losses vary proportionately with premiums. Expected losses and loss ratios are typically developed using vendor and proprietary computer models. The information used in the models is derived by underwriters and actuaries during the initial pricing of the business, supplemented by industry data available from organizations, such as statistical bureaus and consulting firms, where appropriate. Management expects to incorporate over time the Company’s own loss experience in establishing reserves. Expected losses and loss ratios consider, among other things, rate increases and changes in terms and conditions that have been observed in the market. Other methodologies are also used by the Company in the reserving process for specific types of claims or events, such as catastrophic or other specific major events. These include vendor catastrophe models, and analyses of specific industry events, such as large claims or lawsuits. Ceding company reports on IBNR reserves are also taken into account in making the Company’s estimates. The Company utilizes a reserving methodology that calculates a point estimate for ultimate losses. The point estimate represents management’s best estimate of ultimate losses and loss expenses. The Company does not utilize range estimation in the loss reserving process. The extent of reliance on management judgment in the reserving process differs as to whether the business is insurance or reinsurance and as to whether the business is written on an excess of loss or on a pro rata basis. The Company reviews its reserving assumptions and methodologies on a quarterly basis. The two most critical assumptions in establishing reserves are loss emergence patterns and expected loss ratios. Management anticipates that the loss estimates will be subject to an annual corroborative review by independent actuaries using generally accepted actuarial principles.
 
Due to the Company’s short operating history, loss experience is limited and reliable evidence of changes in trends of numbers of claims incurred, average settlement amounts, numbers of claims outstanding and average losses per claim will necessarily take many years to develop. The lack of historical information for the Company has necessitated the use of industry loss emergence patterns in deriving IBNR. Further, expected losses and loss ratios are typically developed using vendor and proprietary computer models and these expected loss ratios are a material component in the calculation deriving IBNR. Actual loss ratios may deviate from expected loss ratios and ultimate loss ratios will be greater or less than expected loss ratios. In addition, due to the nature of the business, this information is not routinely provided by the cedants for every contract. For catastrophic events, the Company considers aggregate industry loss reports and catastrophe model projections in addition to ceding company estimates and other factors as described above. For other lines, industry loss ratio and development pattern information is utilized in conjunction with the Company’s own experience.


36


Table of Contents

To the extent industry data is relied upon to aid in establishing reserve estimates, there is a risk that the data may not match the Company’s risk profile or that the industry’s reserving practices overall differ from that of the Company and its cedants. In addition, reserving can prove especially difficult should a significant loss event take place near the end of an accounting period, particularly if it involves a catastrophic event. These factors further contribute to the degree of uncertainty in the reserving process.
 
Management’s best estimate of the gross reserve for losses and loss expenses at September 30, 2006 was $63.2 million. The following tables show the effect on gross reserves for losses and loss expenses as of September 30, 2006 of a five and ten percent change in the two most critical assumptions in establishing reserves: (1) loss emergence patterns and (2) expected loss ratios. The reserves resulting from the changes in the assumptions are not additive and should be considered separately. The following tables vary the assumptions employed therein independently.
 
Gross reserve for losses and loss expenses at September 30, 2006 — Sensitivity to
loss emergence patterns
 
         
    Reserve for losses
 
Change in assumption
  and loss expenses  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
10% favorable
  $ 56.9  
5% favorable
    60.1  
No change (selected)
    63.2  
5% unfavorable
    66.4  
10% unfavorable
    69.5  
 
Gross reserves for loss and loss expenses at September 30, 2006 — Sensitivity to
expected loss ratios
 
         
    Reserve for losses
 
Change in assumption
  and loss expenses  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
10% favorable
  $ 60.5  
5% favorable
    61.8  
No change (selected)
    63.2  
5% unfavorable
    64.6  
10% unfavorable
    65.9  
 
Following a major catastrophic event, the possibility of future litigation or legislative change that may affect interpretation of policy terms further increases the degree of uncertainty in the reserving process.
 
The uncertainties inherent in the reserving process, together with the potential for unforeseen developments, including changes in laws and the prevailing interpretation of policy terms, may result in losses and loss expenses materially different than the reserves initially established. Changes to prior year reserves will affect current underwriting results by increasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be redundant or decreasing net income if the prior year reserves prove to be insufficient. The Company expects volatility in results in periods that significant loss events occur because U.S. GAAP does not permit insurers or reinsurers to reserve for loss events until they have occurred and are expected to give rise to a claim. As a result, the Company is not allowed to record contingency reserves to account for expected future losses. The Company anticipates that claims arising from future events will require the establishment of substantial reserves from time to time.
 
Management believes that the reserve for losses and loss expenses is sufficient to cover expected claims within the terms of the policies and agreements with insured and reinsured customers on the basis of the methodologies used to estimate those reserves. However, there can be no assurance that actual losses will not exceed total reserves. The reserve for losses and loss expenses and the methodology of estimating such reserve are regularly reviewed and updated as new information becomes known. Any resulting adjustments are reflected in income in the period in which they become known.


37


Table of Contents

Management’s best estimate of the gross reserve for losses and loss expenses at September 30, 2006 was $63.2 million. The following table sets forth a breakdown between gross case reserves and gross IBNR by line of business at September 30, 2006.
 
                         
    At September 30, 2006  
                Total gross reserve
 
                for losses and
 
    Gross case reserves     Gross IBNR     loss expenses  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Property
  $ 14,759     $ 31,858     $ 46,617  
Marine
    839       11,118       11,957  
Other specialty
                       
Aerospace
    14       3,337       3,351  
Life and A&H
          58       58  
Terrorism
          980       980  
Workers’ compensation
          248       248  
                         
Total other specialty
    14       4,623       4,637  
                         
Total
  $ 15,612     $ 47,599     $ 63,211  
                         
 
Premiums.   Assumed reinsurance premium is written on an excess of loss or on a pro rata basis. Reinsurance contracts are generally written prior to the time the underlying direct policies are written by cedants and accordingly cedants must estimate such premiums when purchasing reinsurance coverage. For excess of loss contracts, the deposit premium is defined in the contract. The deposit premium is based on the ceding companies’ estimated premiums, and this estimate is the amount recorded as written premium in the period the risk incepts. In the majority of cases, these contracts are adjustable at the end of the contract period to reflect the changes in underlying risks during the contract period. Subsequent adjustments, based on reports by the ceding companies of actual premium, are recorded in the period they are determined, which would normally be reported within six months to one year subsequent to the expiration of the contract.
 
For pro rata contracts, an estimate of written premium is recorded in the period in which the risk incepts. The premium estimate is based on information provided by ceding companies and management’s judgment. At the inception of the contract the ceding company estimates how much premium they expect to write during the year. As these are pro rata contracts, gross premiums written related to these contracts is a function of the amount of premium the ceding company estimates they will write. Subsequent adjustments will be recorded when the actual premium is reported by the ceding company. Reporting by the ceding company may be on a three or six month lag and it may be significantly different than the estimate.
 
The Company evaluates the appropriateness of these premium estimates based on the latest information available, which includes actual reported premium to date, the latest premium estimates as provided by cedants and brokers, historical experience, management’s professional judgment, information obtained during the underwriting renewal process, as well as a continuing assessment of relevant economic conditions. Adjustments to premium estimates will be recorded in the period in which they become known. Adjustments to original premium estimates could be material and may significantly affect earnings in the period they are determined.
 
Where contract terms on excess of loss contracts require the reinstatement of coverage after a ceding company’s loss, the mandatory reinstatement premiums are recorded as written and earned premiums when the loss event occurs. Pro rata contracts generally do not contain provisions for the reinstatement of coverage.
 
Management includes an assessment of the creditworthiness of cedants in the review process above, primarily based on market knowledge, reports from rating agencies, the timeliness of cedants’ payments and the status of current balances owing. Based on this assessment, management believes that as at September 30, 2006 no provision for doubtful accounts is necessary.
 
For pro rata contracts and excess of loss contracts written on a losses occurring basis premium income is generally earned ratably over the expected risk period, usually 12 months. For all other contracts,


38


Table of Contents

comprising contracts written on a risks attaching basis, premiums are generally earned over a 24 month period due to the fact that some of the underlying exposures may attach towards the end of the contract, and such underlying exposures generally have a 12 month coverage period. The portion of the premium related to the unexpired portion of the policy at the end of any reporting period is reflected on the balance sheet in unearned premiums .
 
Segment Reporting
 
Management has determined that the Company operates in a single business segment.
 
Results of Operations
 
Validus Holdings, Ltd. and Validus Re were formed on October 19, 2005, and Validus Re commenced operations on December 16, 2005. Neither company had any prior operating history. Accordingly, no comparable results from prior periods exist. The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31. Financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
For the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
The following table presents results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006:
 
                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Gross premiums written
  $ 116,505     $ 475,284  
Reinsurance premiums ceded
    (38,892 )     (64,051 )
                 
Net premiums written
    77,613       411,233  
Change in unearned premiums
    14,885       (209,872 )
                 
Net premiums earned
    92,498       201,361  
         
Losses and loss expenses
    11,577       67,058  
Policy acquisition costs
    10,638       24,574  
General and administrative expenses
    13,641       31,007  
                 
Total underwriting expenses
    35,856       122,639  
         
Underwriting income
    56,642       78,722  
Net investment income
    16,272       40,369  
Finance fees
    (3,453 )     (5,136 )
                 
      69,461       113,955  
Fair value of warrants issued
          (77 )
Net realized losses on investments
    (154 )     (894 )
Foreign exchange gains
    369       1,061  
                 
Net income
    69,676       114,045  
Comprehensive income
               
Unrealized gains arising during period
    7,353       190  
Adjustment for reclassification of losses realized in income
    154       894  
                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 77,183     $ 115,129  
                 
Selected ratios
               
Net premiums written/Gross premiums written
    66.6%       86.5%  
         
Losses and loss expenses ratio
    12.5%       33.3%  
                 
Policy acquisition cost ratio
    11.5%       12.2%  
General and administrative expense ratio
    14.8%       15.4%  
                 
Expense ratio
    26.3%       27.6%  
                 
Combined ratio
    38.8%       60.9%  
                 


39


Table of Contents

Underwriting income is a non-GAAP measure that is reconciled to net income in the table above by the addition of net investment income and foreign exchange gains and the subtraction of finance fees, fair value of warrants issued and net realized losses on investments. Annual incentive compensation for the 2006 performance year as approved by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors is set in reference to underwriting income.
 
Gross Premiums Written
 
In the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006, gross premiums written were $116.5 million and $475.3 million, respectively. Gross premiums written were primarily driven by the property line which accounted for $80.1 million and $329.0 million of gross premium written for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006, respectively. Details of gross premiums written by line of business are provided below:
 
                                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    Gross premiums
          Gross premiums
       
    written
    Gross premiums
    written
    Gross premiums
 
    (Dollars in thousands)     written (%)     (Dollars in thousands)     written (%)  
 
Property
  $ 80,078       68.8%     $ 329,043       69.2%  
Marine(1)
    28,463       24.4%       97,980       20.6%  
Other specialty
                               
Aerospace
    5,670       4.9%       29,100       6.1%  
Life and A&H(2)
    154       0.1%       1,729       0.4%  
Terrorism
    1,055       0.9%       14,029       3.0%  
Workers’ compensation(2)
    1,085       0.9%       3,403       0.7%  
                                 
Total other specialty
    7,964       6.8%       48,261       10.2%  
                                 
Total
  $ 116,505       100.0%     $ 475,284       100.0%  
                                 
 
 
(1) The Marine line of business includes our offshore energy risks.
 
(2) Written on an excess of loss basis.
 
Looking ahead to subsequent quarters, the amount of premiums the Company will write is difficult to predict. Various factors will continue to affect the Company’s appetite and capacity to write risk. These include the pricing required to meet return targets, evolving industry-wide capital requirements and other considerations. In addition, the mix of business will significantly affect ultimate premium volume.
 
Reinsurance Premiums Ceded
 
Reinsurance premiums ceded for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 were $38.9 million and $64.1 million, respectively. On May 8, 2006, Validus Re entered into a collateralized quota share retrocession treaty with Petrel Re, a newly-formed Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Petrel Re assumes a quota share of certain lines of marine and energy business and other lines of business underwritten by Validus Re for unaffiliated third parties for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years. This relationship provides the Company with the capacity to increase premiums written in specific programs where favorable underwriting opportunities are seen. A specified portion of this incremental business is then ceded to Petrel Re and fees are earned for the services provided in underwriting the original business. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, premium of $35.4 million and $44.5 million, respectively, was ceded to Petrel Re.


40


Table of Contents

Net Premiums Written
 
Net premiums written for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $77.6 million and $411.2 million, respectively. Net premiums written were primarily derived from the property line, net of reinsurance. Details of net premiums written by line of business are provided below:
 
                                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    Net premiums written
    Net premiums
    Net premiums written
    Net premiums
 
    (Dollars in thousands)     written (%)     (Dollars in thousands)     written (%)  
 
Property
  $ 62,433       80.4%     $ 295,853       72.0%  
Marine(1)
    7,216       9.3%       67,119       16.3%  
Other specialty
                               
Aerospace
    5,670       7.3%       29,100       7.1%  
Life and A&H(2)
    154       0.2%       1,729       0.4%  
Terrorism
    1,055       1.4%       14,029       3.4%  
Workers’ compensation(2)
    1,085       1.4%       3,403       0.8%  
                                 
Total other specialty
    7,964       10.3%       48,261       11.7%  
                                 
Total
  $ 77,613       100.0%     $ 411,233       100.0%  
                                 
 
 
(1) The Marine line of business includes our offshore energy risks.
 
(2) Written on an excess of loss basis.
 
The ratio of net premiums written to gross premiums written was 66.6% for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 86.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Reinsurance premiums ceded to Petrel Re in the third quarter is the principal reason for the decrease in this ratio as Petrel Re was not formed until May 15, 2006.
 
Change in Unearned Premiums
 
Change in unearned premiums for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $14.9 million and $(209.9 million), respectively. This reflects the fact that most contracts are written on a one year basis, with the premiums earned over twelve months.
 
Net Premiums Earned
 
Net premiums earned for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $92.5 million and $201.4 million, respectively. The large difference between net premiums written and net premiums earned during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 reflects that most contracts are written on a one year basis, with the premiums earned over twelve months, except contracts written on a risks-attaching basis are generally earned over 24 months.
 
Losses and Loss Expenses
 
Losses and loss expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $11.6 million and $67.1 million, respectively. The loss ratio, which is defined as losses and loss expenses divided by net premiums earned, was 12.5% for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 33.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The amount recorded represents management’s estimate of expected losses and loss expenses on premiums earned. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 this was due to incurred-but-not-reported reserves of $47.6 million and case reserves of $15.6 million. The Company paid losses of $5.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Details of loss ratios by line of business are provided below.
 


41


Table of Contents

                 
    Loss ratio  
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
 
Property
    13.7%       34.4%  
Marine(1)
    6.5%       27.3%  
Other specialty Aerospace
    20.3%       69.2%  
Life and A&H
    (11.9)%       5.6%  
Terrorism
    10.0%       10.3%  
Workers’ compensation
    16.6%       14.2%  
                 
Total other specialty
    14.9%       37.2%  
                 
Total
    12.5%       33.3%  
                 
 
 
(1) The Marine line of business includes our offshore energy risks.
 
The following tables set forth a reconciliation of gross and net reserves for losses and loss expenses by line of business for the nine months ended September 30, 2006:
 
                                         
    Gross reserve for losses and loss expenses  
                Incurred related to
             
          Incurred related to
    current year for
    Gross paid during
       
          prior years for the
    the nine months
    the nine months
       
    Gross reserve at
    nine months ended
    ended
    ended
    Gross reserve at
 
    December 31,
    September 30,
    September 30,
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2005     2006     2006     2006     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Property
  $     $     $ 48,413     $ (1,796 )   $ 46,617  
Marine(1)
                12,184       (227 )     11,957  
Other specialty
                                       
Aerospace
                7,111       (3,760 )     3,351  
Life and A&H
                58             58  
Terrorism
                980             980  
Workers’ compensation
                248             248  
                                         
Total other specialty
                8,397       (3,760 )     4,637  
                                         
Total
  $     $     $ 68,994     $ (5,783 )   $ 63,211  
                                         
 
 
(1) The Marine line of business includes our offshore energy risks.
 
                                         
    Net reserve for losses and loss expenses  
                Incurred related to
             
          Incurred related to
    current year for
    Net paid during
       
          prior years for the
    the nine months
    the nine months
       
    Net reserve at
    nine months ended
    ended
    ended
    Net reserve at
 
    December 31,
    September 30,
    September 30,
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2005     2006     2006     2006     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Property
  $     $     $ 47,961     $ (1,796 )   $ 46,165  
Marine(1)
                10,700       (227 )     10,473  
Other specialty
                                       
Aerospace
                7,111       (3,760 )     3,351  
Life and A&H
                58             58  
Terrorism
                980             980  
Workers’ compensation
                248             248  
                                         
Total other specialty
                8,397       (3,760 )     4,637  
                                         
Total
  $     $     $ 67,058     $ (5,783 )   $ 61,275  
                                         
 
 
(1) The Marine line of business includes our offshore energy risks.

42


Table of Contents

The Company did not make any significant changes in the assumptions or methodology used in its reserving process during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
At September 30, 2006, gross and net reserves for losses and loss expenses were estimated using the methodology as outlined in the Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates above.
 
Management has determined that the gross reserve for losses and loss expenses at September 30, 2006 was $63.2 million.
 
The following table sets forth a breakdown between case reserves and IBNR by line of business at September 30, 2006:
 
                         
                Total gross reserve
 
                for losses and loss
 
    Gross case reserves     Gross IBNR     expenses  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Property
  $ 14,759     $ 31,858     $ 46,617  
Marine(1)
    839       11,118       11,957  
Other specialty
                       
Aerospace
    14       3,337       3,351  
Life and A&H
          58       58  
Terrorism
          980       980  
Workers’ compensation
          248       248  
                         
Total other specialty
    14       4,623       4,637  
                         
Total
  $ 15,612     $ 47,599     $ 63,211  
                         
 
 
(1) The Marine line of business includes our offshore energy risks.
 
Policy Acquisition Costs
 
Policy acquisition costs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $10.6 million and $24.6 million, respectively. Policy acquisition costs include brokerage, commission and excise tax and are generally driven by contract terms and are normally a set percentage of premiums. Policy acquisition costs as a percent of net premiums earned were 11.5% for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 12.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
General and Administrative Expenses
 
General and administrative expenses for the three and nine months periods ended September 30, 2006 were $13.6 million and $31.0 million, respectively. General and administrative expenses are generally comprised of salaries and benefits, stock compensation expense, professional fees, rent and office expenses. General and administrative expenses as a percent of net premiums earned were 14.8% for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 15.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Management expects the general and administrative expense ratio to decrease as certain start-up expenses are discontinued and as earned premium increases.
 
Underwriting Income
 
The underwriting results of an insurance or reinsurance company are often measured by reference to its underwriting income. Underwriting income is a measure of profitability that takes into account net premiums earned and other insurance related income as revenue and net loss and loss expenses, policy acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses as expenses. Underwriting income for the three and nine months periods ended September 30, 2006 was $56.6 million and $78.7 million, respectively.
 
The underwriting results of a reinsurance company are also often measured by reference to its combined ratio , which is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. The net loss ratio is calculated by dividing losses and loss expenses incurred (including estimates for incurred but not reported losses) by net premiums earned. The expense ratio is calculated by dividing acquisition costs combined with general and


43


Table of Contents

administrative expenses by net premiums earned. The following table presents the loss ratio, acquisition expense ratio, general and administrative expense ratio, expense ratio and combined ratio for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
 
Losses and loss expenses ratio
    12.5%       33.3%  
                 
Policy acquisition cost ratio
    11.5%       12.2%  
General and administrative expense ratio
    14.8%       15.4%  
                 
Expense ratio
    26.3%       27.6%  
                 
Combined ratio
    38.8%       60.9%  
                 
 
Net Investment Income
 
Net investment income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $16.3 million and $40.4 million, respectively. Net investment income is comprised of accretion of premium or discount on fixed maturities, interest on coupon-paying bonds, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by investment management fees. The components of net investment income for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 is as presented below.
 
                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Fixed maturities and short-term investments
  $ 15,799     $ 36,026  
Cash and cash equivalents
    1,150       5,770  
                 
Total investment income
    16,949       41,796  
Investment expenses
    (677 )     (1,427 )
                 
Net investment income
  $ 16,272     $ 40,369  
                 
 
Investment management fees incurred relate to BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BlackRock”) and Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P. and its affiliates (“GSAM”). Each of Merrill Lynch & Co, Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) and Goldman Sachs is a major shareholder of Validus. BlackRock is considered a related party due to its agreement in February 2006 to merge with Merrill Lynch Investment Managers. Accounting and investment management fees earned by BlackRock at September 30, 2006 were $897,000. Investment management fees earned by GSAM at September 30, 2006 were $635,000. Management believes that the fees charged were consistent with those that would have been charged by unrelated parties.
 
Annualized effective investment yield is based on the weighted average investments held calculated on a simple period average and excludes net unrealized gains (losses), foreign exchange gains (losses) on investments and the foreign exchange effect of insurance balances. The Company’s annualized effective investment yield was 5.04% for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 4.53% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Because Validus provides short-tail reinsurance coverage for losses resulting mainly from natural and man-made catastrophes, the Company could become liable to pay substantial claims on short notice. Accordingly, the investment portfolio has been structured to preserve capital and provide a high level of liquidity, which means that the large majority of the investment portfolio contains short term fixed maturity investments, such as U.S. government and agency bonds, U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, corporate debt securities and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.
 
A portion of the Company’s fixed maturities were in an unrealized loss position at September 30, 2006. The Company evaluates these investments to determine whether such securities’ values are other-than-temporarily-impaired given the length of time the security has been impaired, the expected maturity of the investment, the significance of the decline, the liquidity, business prospects and overall financial condition of the issuer and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment to recovery. During the quarter ended September 30, 2006 there were no fixed maturity securities that were deemed to be other-than-temporarily-impaired.


44


Table of Contents

Finance Fees
 
Interest on long-term debentures for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $3.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively, which was attributable to interest expense on the $150.0 million Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures issued in June 2006 as detailed in the Capital Resources section below. The Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures bear a fixed interest rate of 9.069%. Finance fees also include the amortization of debt offering costs and offering discounts and fees related to our credit facility. The Company expects that finance fees will increase in future years where the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures are outstanding for the full nine month period.
 
Fair Value of Warrants Issued
 
The Company’s founder and sponsoring investors provided their insurance industry expertise, resources and relationships during the fourth quarter of 2005 to ensure that the Company would be fully operational with key management in place in time for the January 2006 renewal season. The warrants represent, in the aggregate, 12.0% of the fully diluted shares of the Company (assuming exercise of all options, warrants and any other rights to purchase Common Stock) and are subject to adjustment such that the warrants will continue to represent, in the aggregate, 12.0% of the fully diluted shares of the Company until such time as the Company consummates the offering contemplated by this prospectus. In consideration for the founder’s and sponsoring investors’ commitments, the Company issued as at September 30, 2006 warrants to the founding shareholder and sponsoring investors to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 14,796,810 common shares. Of the total issued, 15,037 warrants were issued in February 2006 to the founding shareholder and sponsoring investors to maintain the allocation at 12% of the fully diluted shares of the Company. Of the total issued, 2,725,079 of the warrants are to purchase nonvoting common stock. The warrants will expire ten years from the date of issue and will be exercisable at a price per share of $10.00, equal to the price per share paid by investors in the private offering.
 
The warrants may be settled using either the physical settlement or net-share settlement methods. The warrants have been classified as equity instruments, in accordance with EITF 00-19: “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” The warrants were initially measured at an aggregate fair value of $75,091,000 and recorded as an addition to additional paid-in capital. The founding shareholder’s warrants in the amount of $26.0 million were accounted for as a deduction from additional paid-in capital and the balance of $49.1 million was reported as a fair value of warrants issued expense. The additional warrants issued in the nine months ended September 30, 2006 increased the fair value to $75,168,000 with the increase of $77,000 recorded as a warrant issued expense.
 
Net Realized Losses on Investments
 
Net realized losses on investments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 were $154,000 and $894,000, respectively. Net realized losses resulted from the sale of fixed maturity investments.
 
Foreign Exchange Gains
 
Foreign exchange gains resulted from the effect of the fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates on the translation of foreign currency balances combined with realized losses resulting from the receipt of premium installments in foreign currencies. The foreign exchange gains during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 are primarily due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar resulting in gains on translation arising out of receipts of non-U.S. dollar premium installments. Certain premiums receivable and liabilities for losses incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are exposed to the risk of changes in value resulting from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and may affect financial results in the future.
 
Net Income
 
Net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $69.7 million and $114.0 million, respectively. Net income for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 was principally due to underwriting income which reflected a relatively low level of catastrophic events plus net investment income, partially offset by finance fees.


45


Table of Contents

Financial Condition and Liquidity
 
Validus Holdings, Ltd. is a holding company and conducts no operations of its own. The Company relies primarily on cash dividends and other permitted payments from Validus Re to pay finance fees and other holding company expenses. There are restrictions on the payment of dividends from Validus Re to the Company. The Company does not currently pay a dividend to shareholders. The Bermuda Companies Act 1981 limits the Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders. Any determination to pay future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon results of operations and cash flows, financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends, and any other factors the Board of Directors deems relevant.
 
Capital Resources
 
Shareholders’ equity at September 30, 2006 was $1,121.7 million. On June 15, 2006, the Company participated in a private placement of $150.0 million of junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures due 2036 (the “Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures”). The Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures mature on June 15, 2036, are redeemable at the Company’s option at par beginning June 15, 2011, and require quarterly interest payments by the Company to the holders of the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures. Interest will be payable at 9.069% per annum through June 15, 2011, and thereafter at a floating rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 355 basis points. The proceeds of $150.0 million from the sale of the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures, after the deduction of commissions paid to the placement agents in the transaction and other expenses, will be used by the Company to fund ongoing reinsurance operations and for general working capital purposes. Debt issuance costs of $3.8 million are deferred as an asset and amortized to income over the five year optional redemption period.
 
The Company’s contractual obligations and commitments as at September 30, 2006 are set out below.
 
                                         
    Payment due by period  
          Less than
                More than
 
    Total     1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     5 years  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Reserve for losses and loss expenses (1)
  $ 63,211     $ 33,479     $ 21,883     $ 6,151     $ 1,698  
Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures (including interest payments) (2)
    214,617       13,604       27,207       23,806       150,000  
Operating lease obligations
    3,538       222       1,658       1,658        
                                         
Total
  $ 281,366     $ 47,305     $ 50,748     $ 31,615     $ 151,698  
                                         
 
 
(1) The reserve for losses and loss expenses represents an estimate, including actuarial and statistical projections at a given point in time of an insurer’s or reinsurer’s expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of claims incurred. As a result, it is likely that the ultimate liability will differ from such estimates, perhaps significantly. Such estimates are not precise in that, among other things, they are based on predictions of future developments and estimates of future trends in loss severity and frequency and other variable factors such as inflation, litigation and tort reform. This uncertainty is heightened by the short time in which the Company has operated, thereby providing limited claims loss emergence patterns specifically for the Company. The lack of historical information for the Company has necessitated the use of industry loss emergence patterns in deriving IBNR. Further, expected losses and loss ratios are typically developed using vendor and proprietary computer models and these expected loss ratios are a material component in the calculation deriving IBNR. Actual loss ratios will deviate from expected loss ratios and ultimate loss ratios will be greater or less than expected loss ratios. During the loss settlement period, it often becomes necessary to refine and adjust the estimates of liability on a claim either upward or downward. Even after such adjustments, ultimate liability will exceed or be less than the revised estimates. The actual payment of the reserve for losses and loss expenses will differ from estimated payouts.
 
(2) The Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures mature on June 15, 2036.


46


Table of Contents

Debt and Financing Arrangements
 
As Validus Re is not an admitted insurer or reinsurer in the U.S., the terms of certain U.S. insurance and reinsurance contracts require Validus Re to provide letters of credit or other acceptable forms of collateral to clients.
 
The following table details the Company’s and Validus Re’s borrowings and credit facilities as at September 30, 2006.
 
                 
          In use/
 
    Commitment     outstanding  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
9.069% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures
  $ 150,000     $ 150,000  
364-day $100 million revolving credit facility
    100,000        
$200 million letter of credit facility
    200,000        
                 
Total
  $ 450,000     $ 150,000  
                 
 
On March 14, 2006, the Company entered into a 364-day $100.0 million revolving credit facility and a three-year $200.0 million letter of credit facility, each provided by a syndicate of commercial banks. Associated with each of these bank facilities are various covenants that include, among other things, (i) the requirement under the revolving credit facility that the Company at all times maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth of at least 65% of consolidated net worth calculated as of the effective date, (ii) the requirement under the letter of credit facility that the Company initially maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth of at least 65% of consolidated net worth calculated as of the effective date, and thereafter to be increased quarterly by an amount equal to 50% of consolidated net income (if positive) for such quarter plus 50% of any net proceeds received from any issuance of common stock of the Company during such quarter and (iii) the requirement under each of the facilities that the Company maintain at all times a consolidated total debt to consolidated total capitalization ratio not greater than 0.30:1.00. The Company was in compliance with the covenants at September 30, 2006.
 
Regulation
 
Validus Re is registered under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda (“the Act”). Under the Act, Validus Re is required annually to prepare and file Statutory Financial Statements and a Statutory Financial Return. The Act also requires Validus Re to meet minimum solvency requirements. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, Validus Re satisfied these requirements.
 
Bermuda law limits the maximum amount of annual dividends or distributions payable by Validus Re to the Company and in certain cases requires the prior notification to, or the approval of, the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Subject to such laws, the directors of Validus Re have the unilateral authority to declare or not to declare dividends to the Company. There is no assurance that dividends will be declared or paid in the future.
 
Ratings
 
The Company’s ability to underwrite business is dependent upon the quality of claims paying and financial strength ratings as evaluated by independent rating agencies. Validus Re was assigned a rating of “A−” (Excellent) by A.M. Best Company in December 2005. This rating is not an evaluation directed to investors in the Company’s securities or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold the Company’s securities. Ratings may be revised or revoked at the sole discretion of A.M. Best. In the normal course of business, the Company evaluates its capital needs to support the volume of business written in order to maintain claims paying and financial strength ratings. Financial information is regularly provided to rating agencies to both maintain and enhance existing ratings. In the event of a downgrade below “A−” (Excellent) by A.M. Best, the Company believes its ability to write business would be materially adversely affected.
 
The indenture governing our Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures would restrict us from declaring or paying dividends on our common shares if we are downgraded by A.M. Best to a financial


47


Table of Contents

strength rating of “B” (Fair) or below or if A.M. Best withdraws its financial strength rating on any of our material insurance subsidiaries.
 
A downgrade of the Company’s A.M. Best financial strength rating below “B++” (Fair) would also constitute an event of default under our credit facilities and a downgrade by A.M. Best could trigger provisions allowing some cedants to opt to cancel their reinsurance contracts. Either of these events could, among other things, reduce the Company’s financial flexibility.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Validus is not party to any off-balance sheet transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement as defined by Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K to which an entity unconsolidated with the Company is a party that management believes is reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on its financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that the Company believes is material to investors.
 
Investments
 
A significant portion of contracts written provide short-tail reinsurance coverage for losses resulting mainly from natural and man-made catastrophes, which could result in a significant amount of losses on short notice. Accordingly, the Company’s investment portfolio is structured to preserve capital and provide significant liquidity, which means the investment portfolio contains a significant amount of relatively short term fixed maturity investments, such as U.S. government securities, U.S. government-sponsored enterprises securities, corporate debt securities and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.
 
Substantially all of the fixed maturity investments held at September 30, 2006 were publicly traded. The average duration of the Company’s fixed maturity portfolio was 1.1 years and the average rating of the portfolio was AA+ at September 30, 2006.
 
Cash Flows
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the Company generated net cash from operating activities of $189.8 million. Cash flows from operations generally represent premiums collected, investment earnings realized and investment gains realized less losses and loss expenses paid and underwriting and other expenses paid. Cash flows from operations may differ substantially, however, from net income.
 
Sources of funds primarily consist of the receipt of premiums written, investment income and proceeds from sales and redemptions of investments. In addition, cash will also be received from financing activities. Cash is used primarily to pay losses and loss expenses, brokerage commissions, excise taxes, general and administrative expenses, purchase new investments, and payment of premiums retroceded. For the period from inception until September 30, 2006, the Company has had sufficient resources to meet its liquidity requirements.
 
As of September 30, 2006, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $87.5 million.
 
Validus has written certain business that has loss experience generally characterized as having low frequency and high severity. This results in volatility in both results and operational cash flows. The potential for large claims or a series of claims under one or more reinsurance contracts means that substantial and unpredictable payments may be needed within relatively short periods of time. As a result, cash flows from operating activities may fluctuate, perhaps significantly, between individual quarters and years.
 
In addition to relying on premiums received and investment income from the investment portfolio, the Company intends to meet these cash flow demands by carrying a substantial amount of short and medium term investments that would mature, or possibly be sold, prior to the settlement of expected liabilities. The Company cannot provide assurance, however, that it will successfully match the structure of its investments with its liabilities.


48


Table of Contents

 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
Cyclicality of the Industry
 
Historically, insurers and reinsurers have experienced significant fluctuations in claims experience and operating costs due to competition, frequency of occurrence or severity of catastrophic events, levels of underwriting capacity, general economic conditions and other factors. The supply of insurance and reinsurance is related to prevailing prices, the level of insured losses, the level of industry surplus, the availability of capital markets substitutes for reinsurance and clients’ desire to retain (as opposed to cede) risk. The level of industry surplus, in turn, may fluctuate in response to loss experience and reserve development as well as changes in rates of return on investments being earned in the insurance and reinsurance industry. As a result, the insurance and reinsurance business historically has been a cyclical industry characterized by periods of intense competition on price and policy terms due to excess underwriting capacity as well as periods when shortages of capacity permit favorable premium rates and policy terms and conditions.
 
During periods of excess underwriting capacity, competition generally results in lower pricing and less favorable policy terms and conditions for insurers and reinsurers. During periods of diminished underwriting capacity, industry-wide pricing and policy terms and conditions become more favorable for insurers and reinsurers. Underwriting capacity, as defined by the capital of participants in the industry as well as the willingness of investors to make further capital available, is affected by a number of factors, including:
 
  •      loss experience for the industry in general, and for specific lines of business or risks in particular,
 
  •      natural and man-made disasters, such as hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, floods, fires and acts of terrorism,
 
  •      trends in the amounts of settlements and jury awards in cases involving professionals and corporate directors and officers covered by professional liability and directors and officers liability insurance,
 
  •      a growing trend of plaintiffs targeting property and casualty insurers in class action litigation related to claims handling, insurance sales practices and other practices related to the insurance business,
 
  •      development of reserves for mass tort liability, professional liability and other long-tail lines of business,
 
  •      investment results, including realized and unrealized gains and losses on investment portfolios and annual investment yields, and
 
  •      ratings and financial strength of market participants.
 
Industry Background
 
For several years prior to 2000, the property and casualty market faced increasing excess capital capacity, year-over-year rate decreases and coverage increases. Beginning in 2001, adverse reserve development primarily related to asbestos liability, under-reserving, unfavorable investment returns and losses from the events of September 11, 2001 significantly reduced the industry’s capital base. A number of traditional insurance and reinsurance competitors exited certain lines of business. In addition, the low interest rate environment of recent years reduced the investment returns of insurers and reinsurers, underscoring the importance of generating underwriting profits.
 
The events of September 11, 2001 altered the insurance and reinsurance market landscape dramatically. The losses related to the events of September 11, 2001 represented one of the largest insurance losses in history, with insurance payments for losses estimated to be approximately $35.6 billion. Prior to the events of September 11, 2001, the largest insured catastrophic event was Hurricane Andrew, with approximately $20 billion of losses.
 
Following September 11, 2001, premium levels for many insurance products increased and terms and conditions improved. As a result of the increase in premium levels and the improvements in terms and


49


Table of Contents

conditions, the supply of insurance and reinsurance increased from 2001 to 2005. This, in turn, caused premium levels to decrease or rise more slowly in some cases.
 
Recent Industry Trends
 
On August 29, 2005, Hurricane Katrina struck Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and surrounding areas, creating industry-wide losses incurred of approximately $45.0 billion, which makes Hurricane Katrina the costliest natural disaster in the history of the insurance industry. On September 24, 2005, Hurricane Rita struck Texas and Louisiana. Subsequently, on October 16, 2005, Hurricane Wilma hit Florida and the Yucatan Peninsula of Mexico. Total industry losses incurred from Hurricanes Rita and Wilma are estimated to be approximately $10.0 billion each.
 
The 2005 Atlantic hurricane season was the busiest on record according to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. The 2005 season included 28 named storms, including 15 hurricanes of which seven were major storms, defined as Category 3 or higher on the Saffir-Simpson Hurricane Intensity Scale. Among the records set in 2005 were the number of named storms (28), the number of major storms making landfall in the U.S. (4) and the number of Category 5 hurricanes formed (4). For the 2004 and 2005 seasons combined, records were set for two-year consecutive total of tropical storms (42), two-year consecutive total of hurricanes (25) and two-year consecutive major hurricane U.S. landfalls (7), among others. The 2006 Atlantic hurricane season included nine named storms, five hurricanes and two major (Category 3 or higher) hurricanes with no hurricanes making U.S. landfall.
 
While 2006’s hurricane season was benign, many observers believe that the Atlantic basin is in the active phase of a multi-decadal cycle in which conditions in the ocean and atmosphere, including warmer-than-average sea-surface temperatures and low wind shear, enhance hurricane activity. This increase in the number and intensity of tropical storms and hurricanes can span multiple decades (approximately 20 to 30 years). These conditions may translate to a greater potential for hurricanes to make landfall in the U.S. at higher intensities.
 
As a consequence of the elevated level of hurricane activity in 2004 and 2005, commercial catastrophe modeling firms revised upwards hurricane landfall frequencies in their U.S. hurricane models relative to those derived using long-term 1900-2005 historical average hurricane frequencies. The increase in modeled annualized insurance losses primarily affects the Gulf Coast, Florida, and the Southeast, with increases seen for the Mid-Atlantic and Northeast coastal regions as well.
 
A.M. Best Company revised its criteria in 2005 for companies with natural catastrophe exposure to increase surveillance of insurance and reinsurance company catastrophe exposures and to refine their methodology for evaluating the financial strength of insurance and reinsurance companies to manage the potential losses. We believe the net effect of this change in methodology has been to reduce the amount of risk an insurance or reinsurance company can assume on a given capital base.
 
As a result of the recent hurricanes, the subsequent recalibration of catastrophe models by the commercial catastrophe modeling firms and revised rating agency criteria, we believe the amount of capacity available to underwrite catastrophe-exposed risks significantly diminished in 2006. As a result premium levels for various catastrophe-exposed insurance risks have increased significantly beginning in January 2006 with improved policy terms and conditions in certain instances.
 
Bermuda Insurance and Reinsurance Market
 
Over the past 20 years, Bermuda has become one of the world’s leading insurance and reinsurance markets. Bermuda’s regulatory and tax environment, which minimizes governmental involvement for those companies that meet specified solvency and liquidity requirements, creates an attractive platform for insurance and reinsurance companies and permits these companies to commence operations quickly and to expand as business warrants.
 
Bermuda’s position in the insurance and reinsurance markets solidified after the events of September 11, 2001, as approximately $32 billion of new capital was invested in the insurance and reinsurance sector in Bermuda through December 31, 2005. A significant portion of the capital invested in Bermuda was used to fund Bermuda-based start-up insurance and reinsurance companies.


50


Table of Contents

Most Bermuda-domiciled insurance and reinsurance companies have pursued business diversification and international expansion. Many of these companies were established as monoline specialist underwriters; however, most of them have diversified their operations, either across property and liability lines, into new international markets, or through a combination of both of these methods.
 
There are a number of other factors that have made Bermuda the venue of choice for us and other new property and casualty companies over the last several years, including:
 
  •      a well-developed hub for insurance and reinsurance services,
 
  •      excellent professional and other business services,
 
  •      a well-developed brokerage market offering worldwide risks to Bermuda-based insurance and reinsurance companies,
 
  •      political and economic stability, and
 
  •      ease of access to global insurance markets.
 
One effect of the considerable expansion of the Bermuda insurance market is a great, and growing, demand for the limited number of trained underwriting and professional staff in Bermuda. Many companies have addressed this issue by moving appropriately trained employees into Bermuda.


51


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We are a specialized Bermuda-based provider of reinsurance, conducting our operations worldwide through our wholly-owned subsidiary Validus Re. We concentrate on first-party risks, which are property risks and other reinsurance lines commonly referred to as short-tail in nature. We believe these markets are currently characterized by diminished underwriting capacity and increased demand levels as a consequence of significant natural catastrophes in 2004 and 2005, which resulted not only in substantial industry losses but also in constriction of available capacity as rating agency and risk modeling firms recalibrated the amount of capital required to support a given risk level. This diminished underwriting capacity has resulted in attractive pricing levels, favorable terms and conditions and the opportunity for a new reinsurance organization to enter the market with broad acceptance by clients and intermediaries. We have assembled a senior management team with significant industry expertise and longstanding industry relationships and were fully operational by December 2005. As a result, we were able to underwrite $217.4 million in gross premiums written during the January 2006 renewal period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we underwrote $475.3 million in gross premiums written. As of September 30, 2006, our total assets, total capitalization and total shareholders’ equity were $1.62 billion, $1.27 billion and $1.12 billion, respectively. Our net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 was $114.0 million, which produced an annualized 25.8% return on average equity in the third quarter. We are well positioned to take advantage of current market situations; we have also built our operations so that we may effectively take advantage of future market conditions as they develop.
 
We seek to establish ourselves as a leader in the global reinsurance market. Our principal operating objective is to utilize our capital efficiently by underwriting short-tail reinsurance contracts with superior risk and return characteristics, while maintaining a lean operating structure in the favorable regulatory and tax environment of Bermuda. Our primary underwriting objective is to construct a portfolio of short-tail reinsurance contracts which maximize our return on equity subject to prudent risk constraints on the amount of capital we expose to any single extreme event. We manage our risks through a variety of means, including contract terms, portfolio selection, diversification criteria and proprietary and commercially-available third-party vendor models. Our primary risk measure, however, is the aggregate amount of contract limits to which we expose our capital. We believe this approach allows us to more precisely measure and price exposures that we underwrite.
 
We were formed in October 2005 and registered as a Class 4 reinsurer by the Bermuda Monetary Authority in November 2005. Our initial investor, which we refer to as our founding investor, is Aquiline Capital Partners LLC, a private equity firm dedicated to investing in financial services companies. Other sponsoring investors include private equity funds managed by Goldman Sachs Capital Partners, Vestar Capital Partners, New Mountain Capital and Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe we distinguish ourselves from our competitors as follows:
 
  •      Focus on Short-Tail Lines of Reinsurance.   Substantially all of our $475.3 million in gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 are in short-tail lines. Since inception we have focused on writing short-tail reinsurance risks, which is an area where we believe prices and terms provide an attractive risk adjusted return and our management team has proven expertise. We believe based on industry data that rates for U.S. property catastrophe insurance are at the highest levels recorded, as measured by rate on line. Conversely, we believe that rates for most casualty or long-tail lines of business are declining and do not afford equivalent attractive risk adjusted returns at this point in the underwriting cycle.
 
  •      Management with Proven Industry Leadership Experience.   Our executive management team has an average of 21 years of industry experience and senior expertise spanning multiple aspects of the global reinsurance business. Edward J. Noonan, our chairman and chief executive officer, has 27 years of industry experience and was previously president and chief executive officer of American Re-Insurance Company. George P. Reeth, our deputy chairman and president, has


52


Table of Contents

  30 years of industry experience and previously served as chairman and chief executive officer of Willis Re Inc., a division of Willis Group Holdings Limited. Conan M. Ward, our chief underwriting officer, has 15 years of insurance industry experience and was previously executive vice president of the Global Reinsurance division of Axis Capital Holdings, Limited.
 
  •      Highly Skilled Underwriters and Analytical Staff.   Since the Company’s inception, management’s objective has been to target underwriting and technical staff who can differentiate our company through expertise and experience and who can apply analytical rigor to our goal of building a diversified portfolio of reinsurance risks. We currently employ eight underwriters in the property catastrophe, international property, marine and other specialty lines areas. These underwriters have an average of 16 years of industry experience and have produced $475.3 million in gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 while evaluating over 3,000 submissions and declining approximately 60% of the risks presented to them. Our risk analytics staff is comprised of 14 individuals, many of whom have advanced technical degrees, including four PhDs and three Masters degrees in related fields.
 
  •      Concentrated Investor Group with Strong Industry Insight.   Aquiline Capital Partners and our five largest shareholders have an equity ownership interest in our company of approximately 80.0%. Members of our investor group have been sponsoring investors in previous Bermuda insurance and reinsurance companies (including GCR Holdings Limited; AXIS Capital Holdings Limited; Allied World Assurance Company Holdings, Limited; and Montpelier Re Holdings Limited) and have participated in the formation, governance, initial public offering and, in some cases, sale processes for these entities. In addition, management holds an approximate 5.5% ownership interest in the company and has similar experience in the full range of such activities at American Re-Insurance Company, Willis Group Holdings Limited and AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, among other companies.
 
  •      Substantial Capital with No Prior Liabilities or Contingencies.   We commenced operations with approximately $1.0 billion of equity capital and augmented our equity through the placement of $150.0 million of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures in June 2006. As we are a newly formed company, our balance sheet is unencumbered by any historical losses relating to the 2005 hurricane season, the events of September 11, 2001, asbestos or other legacy exposures affecting our industry. As a result, we have no risk that deteriorating loss reserves related to legacy exposures prior to our formation will impact our future financial results.
 
  •      Timely Response to Market Dislocation and Capacity Shortage.   We entered the global reinsurance market during a period of imbalance between the supply of underwriting capacity available for reinsurance on catastrophe-exposed property, marine and energy risks and demand for such reinsurance coverage. Our business strategy was responsive to these capacity needs and as of January 1, 2006 a significant portion of our current underwriting and analytical staff was in place, including six underwriters and four catastrophe modellers and risk analytic experts. As a consequence, we believe we developed an industry reputation for thorough and timely quotes for difficult technical risks. A significant volume of property catastrophe business is written in the January 1 renewal period and we believe the combination of our available capacity, staffing levels and management leadership permitted us to underwrite an attractive portfolio of catastrophe-exposed risks at January 1, 2006. Our gross premiums written for the three months ended March 31, 2006 were $248.2 million, of which $217.4 million was underwritten at January 1. We believe based on publicly-available information that our premium volume at the January 1, 2006 renewal date exceeded that of many of our competitors, many of whom we believe were either capacity constrained based on their 2005 losses and reduced risk appetites or not yet adequately organized to respond to submissions.
 
  •      Balanced, Diverse Book of Short-Tail Reinsurance.   We seek to balance and diversify our portfolio both by line of business and by geography. Of our $475.3 million in gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, $230.2 million (48.4%) is property


53


Table of Contents

  catastrophe reinsurance. Among other property coverages, we wrote $57.7 million (12.1%) of property pro rata and $41.2 million (8.7%) of property per risk. We also underwrote $98.0 million (20.6%) of marine reinsurance and $48.2 million (10.2%) of other specialty lines. The other specialty lines of reinsurance we underwrite — such as aerospace, life and accident & health, terrorism and workers’ compensation catastrophe coverages — are short-tail and provide us with risk diversification as they are generally non-accumulating with our property risks. We actively manage our exposures by geographic zone to maintain a diverse portfolio of underlying risks. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006, we wrote $214.2 million of gross premiums written in the United States (45.1% of total gross premiums written), $92.4 million in territories outside the United States (19.4%) and $42.4 million on a worldwide basis including the United States (8.9%). The remaining $126.3 million of our gross premiums written (26.6%) related to our marine and aerospace lines of business, which we do not classify by geographic area as risks may span multiple zones and risk exposures may not reside at fixed locations in some cases.
 
  •      Effective Use of Third-party Capital.   In May 2006, Validus entered into a collateralized quota share retrocession treaty with Petrel Re, a newly-formed Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Petrel Re assumes a quota share of certain lines of marine and energy and other lines of business underwritten by the Company for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years. Petrel Re is a separate legal entity of which Validus has no equity investment, management or board interests, or “related party” relationships. This “sidecar” relationship provides the Company with the capacity to increase premiums written in specific programs where favorable underwriting opportunities are seen. A specified portion of this incremental business is then ceded to Petrel Re and fees are earned for the services provided in underwriting the original business. The equity investor in Petrel Re is First Reserve Corporation, a leading private equity firm with a 25-year history of investing exclusively in the energy industry. We believe that the quality of our underwriting and analytical staff, as well as our management, was one of the primary reasons that First Reserve Corporation selected us as the cedant to Petrel Re when it organized and funded the vehicle.
 
Our Strategy
 
We aim to create franchise value for our company and to maximize sustainable long-term growth in shareholder value by pursuing the following strategies:
 
  •      Build on Our Already Established Market Position.   We believe that our company is widely accepted by intermediaries and ceding clients as an important provider of targeted short-tail reinsurance lines. We base this belief on subjective feedback we receive from intermediaries and ceding clients as well as objective data such as our $475.3 million in gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 or over 3,000 submissions received from inception to date. We approach the January 1 renewal season as the incumbent on contracts which represented $217.4 million of gross premiums written to us in 2006. Our intention is to build on our already established market position to further establish ourselves as a premier provider of global specialized short-tail reinsurance.
 
  •      Assess Underwriting Decisions Based on Incremental Return on Equity.   Our principal operating objective is to utilize our capital efficiently by underwriting short-tail reinsurance contracts with superior risk and return characteristics. We have developed Validus Capital Allocation and Pricing System (“VCAPS”), a proprietary computer-based system for modeling, pricing, allocating capital and analyzing catastrophe-exposed risks, and that also enables us to model various contract features, all on an expedited basis. VCAPS permits us to make underwriting decisions based on incremental return on capital.
 
  •      Prudently Manage Risk Accumulations.   We believe expertise in risk management is intrinsic to building a successful reinsurance organization. We have employed a chief risk officer — Stuart W. Mercer — since the formation of the company. Mr. Mercer manages a staff of 13, including four PhDs. Our primary risk measure is the aggregate amount of contractual limits to


54


Table of Contents

  which we expose our capital. While we believe this is a more conservative risk tolerance than many of our competitors and while it may serve to diminish our profit potential in low loss years, we believe in higher loss years we will lose a smaller proportion of our capital.
 
  •      Employ All Forms of Capital Efficiently.   We aim to underwrite as much attractively priced business as is available and manage all forms of capital accordingly. In the current hard market for catastrophe-exposed lines of reinsurance, we have raised in excess of $1.0 billion in common equity in our initial capitalization and then augmented this capital with the creation of a $200.0 million collateralized quota share sidecar facility, Petrel Re in May 2006 and the placement of $150.0 million of Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures in June 2006. In addition to the prudent use of financial leverage, we intend to actively manage our capital by evaluating the returns available in the short-tail reinsurance lines, assessing returns in complementary lines of business and, where appropriate and subject to applicable law and rating agency and other considerations, returning excess capital to shareholders.
 
Lines of Business
 
The following are the primary lines in which we conduct our business. Details of gross premiums written by line of business are provided below:
 
                                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    Gross
          Gross
       
    premiums
    Gross
    premiums
    Gross
 
    written
    premiums
    written
    premiums
 
    (Dollars in
    written
    (Dollars in
    written
 
Line of business
  thousands)     (%)     thousands)     (%)  
 
Property
  $ 80,078       68.8%     $ 329,043       69.2%  
Marine(1)
    28,463       24.4%       97,980       20.6%  
Other Specialty
                               
Aerospace
    5,670       4.9%       29,100       6.1%  
Life and A&H(2)
    1,055       0.9%       14,029       3.0%  
Terrorism
    154       0.1%       1,729       0.4%  
Workers’ compensation(2)
    1,085       0.9%       3,403       0.7%  
                                 
Total Other Specialty
    7,964       6.8%       48,261       10.2%  
                                 
Total
  $ 116,505       100.0%     $ 475,284       100.0%  
                                 
 
 
(1) The Marine line of business includes our offshore energy risks.
 
(2) Written on an excess of loss basis.
 
Property:   Validus underwrites property catastrophe reinsurance, property per risk reinsurance and property pro rata reinsurance.
 
Property Catastrophe :   Property catastrophe includes reinsurance for insurance companies’ exposures to an accumulation of property and related losses from separate policies, typically relating to natural disasters or other catastrophic events. Property catastrophe reinsurance is generally written on an excess of loss basis, which provides coverage to primary insurance companies when aggregate claims and claim expenses from a single occurrence from a covered peril exceed a certain amount specified in a particular contract. Under these contracts, the Company provides protection to an insurer for a portion of the total losses in excess of a specified loss amount, up to a maximum amount per loss specified in the contract. In the event of a loss, most contracts provide for coverage of a second occurrence following the payment of a premium to reinstate the coverage under the contract, which is referred to as a reinstatement premium. The coverage provided under excess of loss reinsurance contracts may be on a worldwide basis or limited in scope to specific regions or geographical areas. Coverage can also vary from “all property” perils, which is the most expansive form of coverage, to more limited coverage of specified perils such as windstorm-only coverage. Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically “all risk” in nature,


55


Table of Contents

providing protection against losses from earthquakes and hurricanes, as well as other natural and man-made catastrophes such as floods, tornadoes, fires and storms. The predominant exposures covered are losses stemming from property damage and business interruption coverage resulting from a covered peril. Certain risks, such as war or nuclear contamination may be excluded, partially or wholly, from certain contracts.
 
Property Per Risk :   Property per risk provides reinsurance for insurance companies’ excess retention on individual property and related risks, such as highly-valued buildings. Risk excess of loss reinsurance protects insurance companies on their primary insurance risks on a “single risk” basis. A “risk” in this context might mean the insurance coverage on one building or a group of buildings or the insurance coverage under a single policy which the reinsured treats as a single risk. Coverage is usually triggered by a large loss sustained by an individual risk rather than by smaller losses which fall below the specified retention of the reinsurance contract. Such property risk coverages are generally written on an excess of loss basis, which provides the reinsured protection beyond a specified amount up to the limit set within the reinsurance contract.
 
Property Pro Rata :   In property pro rata contracts the reinsurer shares the premiums as well as the losses and expenses in an agreed proportion with the cedant.
 
Marine:   We underwrite reinsurance on marine risks covering damage to or losses of marine vessels and cargo, third-party liability for marine accidents and physical loss and liability from principally offshore energy properties. Validus underwrites marine on an excess of loss basis, and to a lesser extent, on a pro rata basis.
 
In May 2006, Validus entered into a collateralized quota share retrocession treaty with Petrel Re, a newly-formed Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Petrel Re assumes a quota share of certain lines of marine and energy and other lines of business underwritten by the Company. Petrel Re is a separate legal entity of which Validus has no equity investment, management or board interests, or related party relationships.
 
Other Specialty Lines:   Validus underwrites other lines of business depending on an evaluation of pricing and market conditions, which include aerospace, terrorism, life and accident & health and workers’ compensation catastrophe. The Company seeks to underwrite other specialty lines with very limited exposure correlation with its property, marine and energy portfolios. With the exception of the aerospace line of business, which has a meaningful portion of its gross premiums written volume on a proportional basis, the Company’s other specialty lines are written on an excess of loss basis.
 
Treaty Types
 
The following are the types of reinsurance treaties we underwrite. Details of gross premiums written by treaty type are provided below.
 
                                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    Gross
          Gross
       
    premiums
          premiums
       
    written
    Gross
    written
    Gross
 
    (Dollars in
    premiums
    (Dollars in
    premiums
 
Treaty type
  thousands)     written (%)     thousands)     written (%)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Catastrophe excess of loss(1)
    61,876       53.1%       258,280       54.3%  
Per Risk excess of loss(2)
    50,536       43.4%       129,522       27.3%  
Proportional(3)
    4,093       3.5%       87,482       18.4%  
                                 
Total
  $ 116,505       100.0%     $ 475,284       100.0%  
                                 
 
 
(1) Catastrophe excess of loss is composed of catastrophe excess of loss, aggregate excess of loss, reinstatement premium protection, second event and third event covers.
 
(2) Per Risk excess of loss is composed of per event excess of loss and per risk excess of loss.
 
(3) Proportional is composed of quota share and surplus share.


56


Table of Contents

The majority of the reinsurance products we write are in the form of treaty reinsurance contracts, which are contractual arrangements that provide for automatic reinsuring of a type or category of risk underwritten by our clients and defined in our reinsurance contract with them. When a reinsurer writes treaty reinsurance contracts, they are partially dependent on the individual underwriting decisions made by the cedant. Accordingly, the reinsurer must perform review and analysis of the cedant’s risk management and underwriting practices in deciding whether to provide treaty reinsurance and in appropriately pricing the treaty.
 
Contracts can be written either on an excess of loss basis or on a pro rata basis, also known as proportional or quota share. In the case of reinsurance written on an excess of loss basis, reinsurers generally receive the premium for the risk assumed and indemnify the cedant against all or a specified portion of losses and expenses in excess of a specified dollar or percentage amount. With respect to quota share reinsurance , reinsurers share the premiums as well as the losses and expenses in an agreed proportion with the cedant. For surplus share reinsurance contracts, the proportional coverage applies only above a certain threshold.
 
Excess of loss reinsurance consists of what we term catastrophe excess of loss and per risk excess of loss. We include each of catastrophe excess of loss, aggregate excess of loss , reinstatement premium protection and second event and third event covers within our catastrophe excess of loss classification. We include each of per event excess of loss and per risk excess of loss within our per risk classification. Catastrophe excess of loss is a form of reinsurance that, subject to a specified limit, indemnifies the ceding company for the amount of aggregate losses and loss expenses in excess of a specified retention with respect to an accumulation of losses incurred in a catastrophic event or series of events. Aggregate excess of loss reinsurance indemnifies the ceding company from all covered losses occurring during the treaty coverage period, subject to a predefined retention by the ceding company. Contracts written as second or third event covers pay out only after the occurrence of one or two previous events have reached the contractual limit. Per risk excess of loss reinsurance indemnifies the cedant for a specific risk or event, subject to specified limits and retention.
 
In the event of a loss on an excess of loss contract, most contracts (other than aggregate excess of loss contracts) provide for coverage of a second occurrence following the payment of a premium to reinstate the coverage under the contract, which is referred to as a reinstatement premium. The coverage provided under excess of loss reinsurance contracts may be on a worldwide basis or limited in scope to specific regions or geographical areas. Coverage can also vary from “all property” perils, which is the most expansive form of coverage, to more limited coverage of specified perils such as windstorm only or earthquake only.
 
Premiums are a function of the number and type of contracts written, as well as prevailing market prices. Renewal dates for reinsurance business tend to be concentrated at the beginning of quarters, and the timing of premiums written varies by line of business. Most property catastrophe business is written in January 1, April 1, June 1 and July 1 renewal periods, while the property specialty lines are written throughout the year. Written premiums are generally lower during the fourth quarter of the year than other quarters.


57


Table of Contents

Line of Business by Treaty Type
 
The following table presents data on treaty type by line of business:
 
                                     
        Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
        September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
        Gross
          Gross
       
        premiums
    Gross
    premiums
    Gross
 
        written
    premiums
    written
    premiums
 
        (Dollars in
    written
    (Dollars in
    written
 
Line of business
 
Treaty type
  thousands)     (%)     thousands)     (%)  
 
Property
  Catastrophe excess of loss(1)   $ 55,191       47.4%     $ 230,211       48.4%  
    Per Risk excess of loss(2)     21,154       18.2%       41,174       8.7%  
    Proportional(3)     3,733       3.2%       57,658       12.1%  
                                     
          80,078       68.8%       329,043       69.2%  
                                     
Marine
  Per Risk excess of loss(2)     32,338       27.8%       89,500       18.8%  
    Proportional(3)     (3,875 )     (3.3)%       8,480       1.8%  
                                     
          28,463       24.5%       97,980       20.6%  
                                     
Other Speciality
                                   
Aerospace
  Per Risk excess of loss(2)     1,435       1.2%       7,756       1.6%  
    Proportional(3)     4,235       3.6%       21,344       4.5%  
                                     
          5,670       4.8%       29,100       6.1%  
                                     
Life and A&H
  Catastrophe excess of loss(1)     154       0.1%       1,729       0.4%  
                                     
Terrorism
  Catastrophe excess of loss(1)     1,055       0.9%       13,926       2.9%  
    Per Risk excess of loss(2)           0.0%       103       0.1%  
    Proportional(3)           0.0%             0.0%  
                                     
          1,055       0.9%       14,029       3.0%  
                                     
Workers’ Compensation
  Catastrophe excess of loss(1)     1,085       0.9%       3,403       0.7%  
                                     
Total
      $ 116,505       100.0%     $ 475,284       100.0%  
                                     
 
 
(1) Catastrophe excess of loss is composed of catastrophe excess of loss, aggregate excess of loss, reinstatement premium protection, second event and third event covers.
 
(2) Per Risk excess of loss is composed of per event excess of loss and per risk excess of loss.
 
(3) Proportional is composed of quota share and surplus share.
 
Underwriting and Risk Management
 
We manage risk by seeking profitable pricing and by using contract terms, diversification criteria, prudent underwriting, vendor and proprietary modeling systems, and specified conditions based on the nature and scope of coverage. Underwriting is primarily a matter of judgment, involving important assumptions about matters that are inherently unpredictable and beyond our control, and for which historical experience and probability analysis may not provide sufficient guidance. The Company views underwriting and risk management as inextricably linked functions, both critical to our success.
 
A principal focus of the Company is to develop and effectively utilize sophisticated computer models and other analytical tools to assess the risks and aggregation of the risks that we underwrite and to optimize our portfolio of reinsurance contracts. As compared against relying solely on Probable Maximum Loss (“PML”) data, our approach to risk control imposes a limit on our net maximum potential loss for any single event in any one risk zone, which reduces the risks inherent in probabilistic modeling. Further, we recognize that the reliability and credibility of the models is contingent upon the accuracy, reliability and quality of the data that is used in modeling efforts.


58


Table of Contents

Underwriting
 
All of the Company’s underwriters are subject to a set of underwriting guidelines that are established by our Chief Underwriting Officer and reviewed and approved by the Underwriting Committee of our Board of Directors. The Company’s current underwriting guidelines include:
 
  •      the lines of business that a particular underwriter is authorized to write;
 
  •      exposure limits by line of business;
 
  •      contractual exposures and limits requiring mandatory referrals to the Chief Underwriting Officer;
 
  •      level of analysis to be performed by lines of business; and
 
  •      minimum data requirements and data standards that help ensure data integrity for purposes of modeling.
 
In general, our underwriting approach is to:
 
  •      seek to reinsure ceding clients who have high quality underlying data and good underwriting track records;
 
  •      carefully evaluate the underlying data provided by cedants and adjust such data where we believe it does not adequately reflect the underlying exposure;
 
  •      price each submission using multiple analytical models for catastrophe-exposed risks;
 
  •      ensure correct application of vendor models for each specific data point and risk factor;
 
  •      analyze the vendor model outputs utilizing the experience of our risk analytics group;
 
  •      integrate outputs from the vendor models, our underwriting system and other data into VCAPS;
 
  •      rank and select submissions using VCAPS in order to optimize our portfolio; and
 
  •      refer submissions to our Chief Underwriting Officer, Chief Executive Officer and the Underwriting Committee of our Board of Directors according to our underwriting guidelines.
 
The underwriting guidelines are subject to waiver or change by our Chief Underwriting Officer and the Underwriting Committee.
 
Our underwriters have the responsibility to analyze all submissions and determine if the related potential exposures meet with both the Company’s risk profile and aggregate limitations. In order to determine whether the new exposures meet the Company’s risk profile, the underwriters will request our risk analytics group to model the submission data through one or more of our vendor catastrophe models. The output received from the models is used by the underwriters in the decision-making process when evaluating the submission. The model outputs help the underwriters determine whether the submission is acceptable from an underwriting perspective and whether the PML outputs are acceptable when modeled to a 1 in 100 year hurricane event and 1 in 250 year earthquake event. If the PML outputs for the modeled layers of the submission are acceptable, the underwriter is authorized to continue with the underwriting process.
 
We have established a referral process whereby business exceeding set exposure or premium limits is referred to the Chief Underwriting Officer for review. As the reviewer of such potential business, the Chief Underwriting Officer has the ability to determine if the business meets the Company’s overall desired risk profile. The Chief Underwriting Officer has defined underwriting authority, and risks outside of this authority must be referred to the Chief Executive Officer. The underwriting committee reviews business that is outside the Chief Executive Officer’s authority.
 
Risk Management
 
In determining whether to found and fund Validus, we concluded that there was an opportunity to differentiate ourselves based upon superior risk management expertise; specifically, managing catastrophe risk and optimizing our portfolio to generate attractive returns on capital while controlling our exposure to risk, and assembled a management team with the experience and expertise to do so. We believe it is critical to remain current in our proprietary models rather than wait for vendor models to implement the emerging scientific


59


Table of Contents

consensus. This has enabled us to gain a competitive advantage over those reinsurers who rely exclusively on commercial models for pricing and portfolio management. We have made a significant investment in expertise in the risk modeling area to capitalize on this opportunity. Validus has assembled an experienced group of professional experts who operate in an environment designed to allow them to use their expertise as a competitive advantage. While we use both proprietary and commercial probabilistic models, our risk is ultimately subject to absolute aggregate limitations based on risk levels determined by the Underwriting Committee of our Board of Directors.
 
Vendor Models.   The Company has global licenses for all three major vendor models (RMS, AIR and EQECAT) to assess the adequacy of risk pricing and to monitor our overall exposure to risk in correlated geographic zones. The Company models property exposures that could potentially lead to an overaggregation of property risks (i.e., catastrophe-exposed business) using the vendor models. The vendor models enable us to aggregate exposures by correlated event loss scenarios, which are probability-weighted. This enables us to generate PMLs for the portfolio and major geographic areas. Once exposures are modeled using one of the vendor models, the two other models are used as a reasonability check and validation of the loss scenarios developed and reported by the first. The underwriters generally compare the modeled outputs from all three models and apply their underwriting judgment to determine the most reliable modeled loss scenarios.
 
We believe each of the three commercial models has unique strengths and weaknesses. We believe that it is necessary to impose our own changes to frequency and severity ahead of changes made by the model vendors.
 
Our view of market practice revealed a number of areas where our quantitative expertise can be used to improve the reliability of the vendor model outputs:
 
  •      Ceding companies may often report insufficient data and many reinsurers may not be sufficiently critical in their analysis of this data. At Validus, we generally scrutinize data for anomalies that may indicate insufficient data quality. We address these circumstances by either declining the program or, if the variances are manageable, by modifying the model output and pricing to reflect insufficient data quality.
 
  •      Prior to making overall adjustments for changes in climate variables, we adjust other variables (for example, demand surge, storm surge, and secondary uncertainty).
 
  •      When pricing individual contracts, we frequently apply further adjustments to the three vendor models. Examples include bias in damage curves for commercial structures and occupancies and frequency of specific perils.
 
In addition, many risks, such as second-event covers, aggregate excess of loss, or attritional loss components cannot be fully evaluated using the vendor models. In order to better evaluate and price these risks, we have developed proprietary analytical tools, such as VCAPS and other models and data sets.
 
Proprietary Models.   In addition to making frequency and severity adjustments to the vendor model outputs, we implement our proprietary pricing and risk management tool, VCAPS, to assist in pricing submissions and monitoring risk aggregation.
 
To supplement the analysis performed using vendor models, VCAPS, our proprietary risk modeling software, uses the gross loss output of catastrophe models to generate our own 100,000-year simulation set (vs. 10,000-year with certain vendor models), which we use for both pricing and risk management. We believe this approach allows us to more precisely measure and price exposures. The two primary benefits of this approach are:
 
  •      VCAPS takes into account annual limits, event/franchise/annual aggregate deductibles, and reinstatement premiums. This allows us to more accurately evaluate treaties with a broad range of features, including both common (reinstatement premium and annual limits) and complex features (second or third event coverage, aggregate excess of loss, attritional loss components covers with varying attachment across different geographical zones or lines of businesses and covers with complicated structures).
 
  •      VCAPS use of 100,000-year simulation enables robust pricing of catastrophe-exposed business. This is possible in real-time operation because we have designed our computing hardware platform and software environment to accommodate our significant computing needs.


60


Table of Contents

 
In addition we use other proprietary models and other data in evaluating our businesses. We cannot assure you the models and assumptions used by the software will accurately predict losses. Further, we cannot assure you that it is free of defects in the modeling logic or in the software code. In addition, we have not sought copyright or other legal protection for VCAPS.
 
Program Limits.   We control our overall exposure to risk by limiting the amount of reinsurance we underwrite in a particular program or contract. This helps us to diversify within and across risk zones. Our Underwriting Committee sets these limits, which may be exceeded only with its approval.
 
Geographic Diversification.   We actively manage our aggregate exposures by geographic or risk zone (“zones”) to maintain a balanced and diverse portfolio of underlying risks. We limit the coverage we are willing to provide for any risk located in a particular zone to a predetermined level, so as to limit our net aggregate loss exposure from all contracts covering risks believed to be located in that zone. Contracts that have “worldwide” territorial limits have exposures in several geographic zones. Generally, if a proposed reinsurance program would cause the limit to be exceeded, the program would be declined, regardless of its desirability, unless we buy retrocessional coverage, thereby reducing the net aggregate exposure to the maximum limit permitted or less.
 
The following table sets out gross premiums written for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, excluding reinstatement premiums, and the percentage of such premiums allocated to the zones of coverage exposure.
 
                 
    Gross
       
    premiums
       
    written
    Gross
 
    (Dollars in
    premiums
 
Geographical area
  thousands)     written (%)  
 
United States
  $ 214,178       45.1%  
                 
Worldwide excluding United States(1)
    37,614       7.9%  
Europe
    28,885       6.1%  
Latin America and Caribbean
    15,917       3.3%  
Japan
    6,510       1.4%  
Canada
    3,467       0.7%  
                 
Subtotal, non-United States
    92,393       19.4%  
                 
Worldwide including United States(1)
    42,435       8.9%  
                 
Marine and Aerospace(2)
    126,278       26.6%  
                 
Total
  $ 475,284       100.0%  
                 
 
 
(1) Represents risks in two or more geographic zones.
 
(2) Not classified by geographic area as marine and aerospace risks can span multiple geographic areas and are not fixed locations in some instances.
 
The effectiveness of geographic zone limits in managing risk exposure depends on the degree to which an actual event is confined to the zone in question and on our ability to determine the actual location of the risks believed to be covered under a particular reinsurance program. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that risk exposure in any particular zone will not exceed that zone’s limits.
 
Ceded Reinsurance.   We monitor the opportunity to purchase retrocessional coverage based on pricing and other market conditions. This coverage may be purchased on an indemnity basis as well as on an industry basis (i.e., industry loss warranties). We also consider alternative retrocessional structures, including capital markets products, if we feel they offer effective income statement or balance sheet protection.
 
When we buy retrocessional coverage on an indemnity basis, we are paid for an agreed upon portion of the losses we actually suffer. In contrast, when we buy an industry loss warranty cover, we are paid only if both we and the industry suffer a loss, as reported by one of a number of independent agencies, in excess of


61


Table of Contents

specified threshold amounts. With an industry loss warranty, we bear the risk that we may suffer a loss and yet receive no payment because the industry loss was less than the specified threshold amount.
 
In May 2006, Validus entered into a collateralized quota share retrocession treaty with Petrel Re, a newly-formed Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Petrel Re assumes, for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years, a significant quota share of certain lines of marine and energy and other lines of business underwritten by the Company. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, premium of $35.4 million and $44.5 million, respectively, was ceded to Petrel Re. Petrel Re is a separate legal entity of which Validus has no equity investment, management or board interests, or “related party” relationships. The equity investor in Petrel Re is First Reserve Corporation, a leading private equity firm with a 25-year history of investing exclusively in the energy industry. This “sidecar” relationship provides the Company with the capacity to increase premiums written in specific programs where favorable underwriting opportunities are seen. A specified portion of this incremental business is then ceded to Petrel Re and fees are earned for the services provided in underwriting the original business. This relationship provides the Company with the capacity to increase premiums written in specific programs where favorable underwriting opportunities are seen.
 
We also may use capital markets instruments for risk management in the future (e.g., catastrophe bonds, further sidecar facilities and other forms of risk securitization) where the pricing and terms are attractive.
 
Distribution
 
Business is derived primarily through reinsurance intermediaries (“brokers”). Currently, our largest broker relationships as measured by gross premiums written are with Guy Carpenter & Co. (a subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.), Willis Re Inc. (a subsidiary of Willis Group Holdings Ltd.), Aon Re Inc. (a subsidiary of Aon Corporation) and Benfield Group Ltd. The following table sets forth the Company’s gross premiums written by broker:
 
                 
    Nine months ended September 30, 2006  
    Gross premiums written
    Gross premiums
 
Name of broker
  (Dollars in thousands)     written (%)  
 
Guy Carpenter & Co. 
  $ 170,100       35.8 %
Willis Re Inc. 
    100,497       21.1 %
Aon Re Inc. 
    81,203       17.1 %
Benfield Group Ltd. 
    66,600       14.0 %
                 
Subtotal
    418,400       88.0 %
All Others
    56,884       12.0 %
                 
Total
  $ 475,284       100.0 %
                 
 
Reserve for losses and loss expenses
 
For most reinsurance companies, the most significant judgment made by management is the estimation of the reserve for losses and loss expenses. The Company establishes its reserve for losses and loss expenses to cover the estimated liability for both reported and unreported claims.
 
Our loss reserves are established based upon our estimate of the total cost of claims that were reported to us but not yet paid (“case reserves”), the costs of additional case reserves on claims reported to us but not considered to be adequately reserved (“ACR’s”) and IBNR. Under U.S. GAAP we are not permitted to establish loss reserves until an event occurs that gives rise to a loss.
 
For reported losses, we establish case reserves within the parameters of the coverage provided in our reinsurance contracts. Where there is a possibility of a claim, we may book an additional case re serve that is adjusted as claims notifications are received. We estimate IBNR reserves using actuarial methods. We also utilize historical insurance industry loss emergence patterns, as well as estimates of future trends in claims severity, frequency and other factors, to aid us in establishing our loss reserves.


62


Table of Contents

Loss reserves represent estimates, including actuarial and statistical projections at a given point in time, of a reinsurer’s expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of claims incurred. As a result, it is likely that the ultimate liability will differ from such estimates, perhaps significantly. Such estimates are not precise in that, among other things, they are based on predictions of future developments and estimates of future trends in loss severity and frequency and other variable factors such as inflation, litigation and tort reform. This uncertainty is heightened by the short time in which our company has operated, thereby providing limited claims loss emergence patterns specifically for our company. This has necessitated the use of industry loss emergence patterns in deriving IBNR, which despite management’s and our actuaries’ care in selecting them, will differ from actual experience. Further, expected losses and loss ratios are typically developed using vendor and proprietary computer models and these expected loss ratios are a material component in the calculation deriving IBNR. Actual loss ratios may deviate from expected loss ratios and ultimate loss ratios may be greater or less than expected loss ratios. Loss reserves are reviewed regularly and adjustments to reserves, if any, will be recorded in earnings in the period in which they are determined. Even after such adjustments, the ultimate liability may exceed or be less than the revised estimates.
 
The following tables show certain information with respect to our reserves:
 
                         
    At September 30, 2006  
          Reinsurance
       
    Gross     recoverable     Net  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Property
  $ 46,617     $ 452     $ 46,165  
                         
Marine(1)
    11,957       1,484       10,473  
                         
Other Specialty
                       
Aerospace
    3,351             3,351  
Life and A&H
    980             980  
Terrorism
    58             58  
Workers’ compensation
    248             248  
                         
Other Specialty Subtotal
    4,637             4,637  
                         
Total
  $ 63,211     $ 1,936     $ 61,275  
                         
 
 
(1) The Marine line of business includes our offshore energy risks.
 
                         
    At September 30, 2006  
                Total gross
 
                reserve for
 
    Gross case
          losses and loss
 
    reserves     Gross IBNR     expenses  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Property
  $ 14,759     $ 31,858     $ 46,617  
                         
Marine(1)
    839       11,118       11,957  
                         
Other Specialty
                       
Aerospace
    14       3,337       3,351  
Life and A&H
          980       980  
Terrorism
          58       58  
Workers’ compensation
          248       248  
                         
Other Specialty Subtotal
    14       4,623       4,637  
                         
Total
  $ 15,612     $ 47,599     $ 63,211  
                         
 
 
(1) The Marine line of business includes our offshore energy risks.


63


Table of Contents

Claims Management
 
As a result of our short operating history and the relatively low level of catastrophic events in 2006, we have not experienced a high volume of claims to date. The role of our claims department is to investigate, evaluate and pay claims efficiently. Our claims director has implemented claims handling guidelines, reporting and control procedures. The primary objectives of the claims department are to ensure that each claim is addressed, evaluated and processed and appropriately documented in a timely and efficient manner and information relevant to the management of the claim is retained.
 
Investments
 
Because we provide short-tail reinsurance coverage for losses resulting mainly from natural and man-made catastrophes, we could become liable to pay substantial claims on short notice. Accordingly, we follow a conservative investment strategy designed to emphasize the preservation of invested assets and provide sufficient liquidity for the prompt payment of claims. Our Board of Directors, including our Finance Committee, oversees our investment strategy, and in consultation with Blackrock Financial Management, Inc. and Goldman Sachs Asset Management, our portfolio advisors, has established investment guidelines. The investment guidelines dictate the portfolio’s overall objective, benchmark portfolio, eligible securities, duration, use of derivatives, inclusion of foreign securities, diversification requirements and average portfolio rating. The Board periodically reviews these guidelines in light of our investment goals and consequently they may change at any time. We also have recently entered into a securities lending agreement under which we loan certain fixed income securities to third parties and receive collateral, primarily in the form of cash. The collateral received is reinvested and is reflected as a “short-term” investment.
 
All of the fixed maturity investments held at September 30, 2006 were publicly traded. At September 30, 2006, the average duration of the Company’s fixed maturity portfolio was 1.1 years and the average rating of the portfolio was AA+.
 
The table below sets forth certain information regarding our portfolio of invested assets:
 
                                 
    September 30, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Fair value
          Fair value
       
    (Dollars in
          (Dollars in
       
Total cash and investments
  thousands)     Fair value (%)     thousands)     Fair value (%)  
 
U.S. Government and Government Agency
  $ 157,938       11.6%     $ 98,187       9.7%  
Corporate
    202,624       14.8%       53,866       5.3%  
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
    471,168       34.4%       84,695       8.4%  
                                 
Total fixed maturities
    831,730       60.8%       236,748       23.4%  
Total short-term investments
    447,884       32.8%       374,052       37.1%  
                                 
Total investments
    1,279,614       93.6%       610,800       60.5%  
Cash and cash equivalents
    87,457       6.4%       398,488       39.5%  
                                 
Total cash and investments
  $ 1,367,071       100.0%     $ 1,009,288       100.0%  
                                 
 
The following table summarizes the fair value by contractual maturity of our fixed maturity investment portfolio as at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005. Actual maturities may differ from


64


Table of Contents

contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalty.
 
                                 
    September 30, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Fair value
          Fair value
       
    (Dollars in
          (Dollars in
       
Total fixed maturities by maturity
  thousands)     Fair value (%)     thousands)     Fair value (%)  
 
Due after one year through five years
  $ 341,396       41.1%     $ 140,601       59.4%  
Due after five years through ten years
    5,208       0.6%       8,315       3.5%  
Due after ten years
    13,958       1.7%       3,137       1.3%  
                                 
      360,562       43.4%       152,053       64.2%  
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
    471,168       56.6%       84,695       35.8%  
                                 
Total fixed maturities
  $ 831,730       100.0%     $ 236,748       100.0%  
                                 
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the investment ratings of the Company’s fixed maturities portfolio as at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005. Investment ratings are as designated by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service.
 
                                 
    September 30, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Fair value
          Fair value
       
    (Dollars in
          (Dollars in
       
Total fixed maturities by ratings (a)
  thousands)     Fair value (%)     thousands)     Fair value (%)  
 
AAA
  $ 642,790       77.3%     $ 192,627       81.4%  
AA
    63,774       7.7%       9,861       4.2%  
A+
    60,775       7.3%       17,538       7.4%  
A
    34,400       4.1%       9,779       4.1%  
A−
    21,874       2.6%       2,770       1.2%  
BBB
    8,117       1.0%       4,173       1.7%  
                                 
Total fixed maturities
  $ 831,730       100.0%     $ 236,748       100.0%  
                                 
 
 
(a) Lower of Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s rating for each investment security, presented in Standard & Poor’s equivalent rating.
 
Financial Strength Ratings
 
Ratings by independent agencies are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of reinsurance companies and are important to our ability to market and sell our products. Rating organizations continually review the financial positions of reinsurers, including us. A.M. Best maintains a letter scale rating system ranging from “A++” (Superior) to “F” (in liquidation). Our reinsurance subsidiary has been rated “A−” (Excellent) by A.M. Best, which is the fourth highest of fifteen rating levels. The objective of these ratings systems is to assist policyholders and to provide an opinion of a reinsurer’s ability to meet ongoing obligations to its policyholders. Accordingly, financial strength ratings are not intended as a recommendation to buy, hold or sell our common shares.
 
Other Operations
 
In October 2006, we established Validus Research Inc. based in Waterloo, Ontario. Validus Research Inc. performs analytical, programming and technical analysis exclusively for the Company. Validus Research Inc. is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Validus Re.


65


Table of Contents

Regulation
 
United States
 
We currently conduct our business in a manner such that we expect Validus will not be subject to insurance and/or reinsurance licensing requirements or regulations in any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. Although we do not currently intend for Validus Re to engage in activities which would require it to comply with insurance and reinsurance licensing requirements outside of Bermuda, should we choose to engage in activities that would require us to become licensed in such jurisdictions, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so or to do so in a timely manner. Furthermore, the laws and regulations applicable to direct insurers could indirectly affect us, such as collateral requirements in various U.S. states to enable such insurers to receive credit for reinsurance ceded to us.
 
The insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework of Bermuda recently has become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions, including the United States. We are not able to predict the future impact on Validus’s operations of changes in the laws and regulation to which we are or may become subject.
 
Bermuda
 
Bermuda Insurance Regulation — The Insurance Act 1978 and Related Regulations.   Bermuda’s Insurance Act 1978, as amended, and related regulations (the “Insurance Act”), which regulates the reinsurance business of Validus Re, provides that no person shall carry on an insurance or reinsurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer under the Insurance Act by the BMA. Generally, in Bermuda there is no difference in the regulation of insurance and reinsurance. The BMA, in deciding whether to grant registration, has broad discretion to act in the public interest. The Insurance Act requires the BMA to determine whether the applicant is a fit and proper body to be engaged in the insurance business and, in particular, whether it has, or has available to it, adequate knowledge and expertise. The registration of an applicant as an insurer is subject to its complying with the terms of its registration and such other conditions as the BMA may impose at any time.
 
The Insurance Act also grants to the BMA powers to supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies.
 
An Insurance Advisory Committee appointed by the Bermuda Minister of Finance advises the BMA on matters connected with the discharge of the BMA’s functions and subcommittees thereof supervise, investigate and review the law and practice of insurance in Bermuda, including reviews of accounting and administrative procedures.
 
The Insurance Act imposes on Bermuda insurance companies solvency and liquidity standards, as well as auditing and reporting requirements. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework are set forth below.
 
Classification of Insurers.   The Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers carrying on long-term business and insurers carrying on general business. There are four classifications of insurers carrying on general business, with Class 4 insurers subject to the strictest regulation. As Validus Re has been incorporated to carry on general insurance and reinsurance business, including property catastrophe reinsurance, it has been registered as a Class 4 insurer in Bermuda and is regulated as such under the Insurance Act.
 
Validus Re is not licensed to carry on long-term business. Long-term business broadly includes life insurance and disability insurance with terms in excess of five years. General business broadly includes all types of insurance that is not long-term business.
 
Cancellation of Insurer’s Registration.   An insurer’s registration may be cancelled by the BMA on certain grounds specified in the Insurance Act. Failure of the insurer to comply with its obligations under the Insurance Act or if the BMA believes that the insurer has not been carrying on business in accordance with sound insurance principles, would be such grounds.
 
Principal Representative.   An insurer is required to maintain a principal office in Bermuda and to appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda. For the purpose of the Insurance Act, Validus Re’s principal office is its executive offices in 19 Par-la-Ville Road, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda, and its principal representative is International Advisory Services Limited. Without a reason acceptable to the BMA,


66


Table of Contents

an insurer may not terminate the appointment of its principal representative, and the principal representative may not cease to act as such, unless 30 days’ notice in writing to the BMA is given of the intention to do so. It is the duty of the principal representative to forthwith notify the BMA when the principal representative believes there is a likelihood of the insurer (for which the principal representative acts) becoming insolvent or that a reportable “event” has, to the principal representative’s knowledge, occurred or is believed to have occurred. Examples of such a reportable “event” include failure by the insurer to comply substantially with a condition imposed upon the insurer by the BMA relating to a solvency margin or a liquidity or other ratio. Within 14 days of such notification to the BMA, the principal representative must furnish the BMA with a written report setting out all the particulars of the case that are available to the principal representative.
 
Independent Approved Auditor.   Every registered insurer must appoint an independent auditor who will annually audit and report on the statutory financial statements and the statutory financial return of the insurer, both of which, in the case of Validus Re are required to be filed annually with the BMA. The independent auditor of the insurer must be approved by the BMA and may be the same person or firm that audits the insurer’s consolidated financial statements and reports for presentation to its shareholders. Validus Re’s independent auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers, which also audits the consolidated financial statements of Validus.
 
Loss Reserve Specialist.   As a Class 4 reinsurer, Validus Re is required to submit an opinion of its approved loss reserve specialist with its statutory financial return in respect of its losses and loss expenses provisions. The loss reserve specialist will normally be a qualified casualty actuary and must be approved by the BMA.
 
Annual Statutory Financial Statements.   An insurer must prepare annual statutory financial statements. The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of such statutory financial statements (which include, in statutory form, a balance sheet, income statement, statement of capital and surplus, and notes thereto). The insurer is required to give detailed information and analysis regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments. The statutory financial statements are not prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP). They are distinct from the financial statements prepared for presentation to the insurer’s shareholders under the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, which may be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. An insurer is required to submit the annual statutory financial statements as part of the annual statutory financial return. The statutory financial statements and the statutory financial return do not form part of the public records maintained by the BMA or the Registrar of Companies.
 
Annual Statutory Financial Return.   Validus Re is required to file with the BMA a statutory financial return no later than four months after its financial year end (unless specifically extended). The statutory financial return includes, among other matters, a report of the approved independent auditor on the statutory financial statements of the insurer, a general business solvency certificate, the statutory financial statements themselves and the opinion of the loss reserve specialist. The principal representative and at least two directors of the insurer must sign the solvency certificate. The directors are required to certify whether the minimum solvency margin has been met, and the independent approved auditor is required to state whether in its opinion it was reasonable for the directors to so certify. Where an insurer’s accounts have been audited for any purpose other than compliance with the Insurance Act, a statement to that effect must be filed with the statutory financial return.
 
Minimum Solvency Margin and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions.   The Insurance Act provides that the statutory assets of an insurer must exceed its statutory liabilities by an amount greater than the prescribed minimum solvency margin.
 
Validus Re is registered as a Class 4 insurer in Bermuda and as such:
 
  1.   Validus Re is required to maintain a minimum statutory capital and surplus equal to the greatest of:
 
  (A)   $100,000,000,
 
  (B)   50% of its net premiums written for general business that year (being gross premiums written less any premiums ceded for reinsurance, provided they do not exceed 25% of gross premiums written), and


67


Table of Contents

 
  (C)   15% of its net loss and loss expense provisions and other insurance reserves;
 
  2.   Validus Re is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any financial year if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividends would cause it to fail to meet such margin or ratio (if it has failed to meet its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, the insurer will be prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year);
 
  3.   Validus Re is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous statutory balance sheet) unless it files with the BMA an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins;
 
  4.   Validus Re is prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital, as set out in its previous year’s financial statements and any application for such approval must include an affidavit stating that it will continue to meet the required margins; and
 
  5.   Validus Re is required, at any time it fails to meet its solvency margin, within 30 days (45 days where total statutory capital and surplus falls to $75 million or less) after becoming aware of that failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred, to file with the BMA a written report containing certain information.
 
Minimum Liquidity Ratio.   The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business. An insurer engaged in general business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities.
 
  •      Relevant assets include cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable and reinsurance balances receivable. There are certain categories of assets which, unless specifically permitted by the BMA, do not automatically qualify as relevant assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans.
 
  •      The relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax and sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not specifically defined).
 
Supervision, Investigation and Intervention.   The BMA may appoint an inspector with extensive powers to investigate the affairs of an insurer if the BMA believes that such an investigation is in the best interests of its policyholders or persons who may become policyholders. In order to verify or supplement information otherwise provided to the BMA, the BMA may direct an insurer to produce documents or information relating to matters connected with its business.
 
If it appears to the BMA that there is a risk of an insurer becoming insolvent, or that it is in breach of the Insurance Act or any conditions imposed upon its registration, the BMA may, among other things, direct the insurer (1) not to take on any new insurance business, (2) not to vary any insurance contract if the effect would be to increase its liabilities, (3) not to make certain investments, (4) to realise certain investments, (5) to maintain or transfer to the custody of a specified bank, certain assets, (6) not to declare or pay any dividends or other distributions or to restrict the making of such payments and/or (7) to limit its premium income.
 
Disclosure of Information.   In addition to powers under the Insurance Act to investigate the affairs of an insurer, the BMA may require certain information from an insurer (or certain other persons) to be produced to the BMA. Further, the BMA has been given powers to assist other regulatory authorities, including foreign insurance regulatory authorities, with their investigations involving insurance and reinsurance companies in Bermuda but subject to restrictions. For example, the BMA must be satisfied that the assistance being requested is in connection with the discharge of regulatory responsibilities of the foreign regulatory authority. Further, the BMA must consider whether cooperation is in the public interest. The grounds for disclosure are limited and the Insurance Act provides sanctions for breach of the statutory duty of confidentiality.


68


Table of Contents

Notification by Shareholder Controller of New or Increased Control.   Any person who, directly or indirectly, becomes a holder of at least 10 percent, 20 percent, 33 percent or 50 percent of our common shares must notify the BMA in writing within 45 days of becoming such a holder or 30 days from the date they have knowledge of having such a holding, whichever is later. The BMA may, by written notice, object to such a person if it appears to the BMA that the person is not fit and proper to be such a holder. The BMA may require the holder to reduce its holding of common shares in Validus and direct, among other things, that voting rights attaching to the common shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense.
 
Objection to Existing Shareholder Controller.   For so long as Validus has as a subsidiary an insurer such as Validus Re registered under the Insurance Act, the BMA may at any time, by written notice, object to a person holding 10 percent or more of Validus’s common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not or is no longer fit and proper to be such a holder. In such a case, the BMA may require the shareholder to reduce its holding of common shares in Validus and direct, among other things, that such shareholder’s voting rights attaching to the common shares shall not be exercisable. A person who does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense.
 
Bermuda Companies Act.   Under the Companies Act, a Bermuda company may not declare and pay a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus as defined under the Companies Act, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that such company is, and after the payment will be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or that the realizable value of such company’s assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The Companies Act also regulates and restricts the reduction and return of capital and paid-in share premium, including repurchase and redemption of shares, and imposes minimum issued and outstanding share capital requirements.
 
Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations.   Although we are incorporated in Bermuda, we are classified as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the BMA. Pursuant to our non-resident status, we may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars and there are no exchange control restrictions on our ability to transfer funds, other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars, inside and outside of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents that are holders of our common shares.
 
Under Bermuda law, “exempted” companies, meaning companies that are exempted from certain provisions of Bermuda law that stipulate that at least 60% of a particular company’s equity must be beneficially owned by Bermudians, are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an “exempted” company, we may not, except pursuant to a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business or other transactions, including: (1) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda, except for land that is held by way of lease or tenancy agreement, is required for its business and is held for a term not exceeding 50 years, or that is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for our officers and employees and held with the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance for a term not exceeding 21 years, (2) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure a principal amount in excess of $50,000, unless the Minister of Finance consents to such higher amount, and (3) the carrying on of business of any kind or type for which we are not duly licensed in Bermuda, except in certain limited circumstances, such as doing business with another exempted undertaking in furtherance of our business carried on outside Bermuda.
 
We are not currently subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation. Bermuda companies pay, as applicable, annual government fees, business fees, payroll tax and other taxes and duties. See “Certain Tax Considerations.”
 
Special considerations apply to our Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is granted or extended only if an employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate is available who meets the minimum standards for the relevant position. The Bermuda government has announced a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified


69


Table of Contents

exemptions for persons deemed key employees. Currently, all of our Bermuda-based professional employees who require work permits have been granted permits by the Bermuda government.
 
Properties
 
We currently occupy office space in Hamilton, Bermuda under a lease expiring on January 31, 2011. Validus Research Inc. occupies space in Waterloo, Ontario under a one year renewable lease expiring on October 8, 2007. We believe that our current office space is suitable for the foreseeable future.
 
Employees
 
As at November 30, 2006, we had 42 employees. We believe our relations with our employees are excellent.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We anticipate that, similar to the rest of the insurance and reinsurance industry, we will be subject to litigation and arbitration in the ordinary course of business.


70


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees
 
The table below sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Edward J. Noonan
  48   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
George P. Reeth
  50   President and Deputy Chairman
Joseph E. (Jeff) Consolino
  40   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Stuart W. Mercer
  47   Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
Conan M. Ward
  39   Executive Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer
Matthew J. Grayson
  45   Director
Jeffrey W. Greenberg
  55   Director
John J. Hendrickson
  46   Director
Stuart A. Katz
  37   Director
Sander M. Levy
  45   Director
Jean-Marie Nessi
  57   Director
Mandakini Puri
  46   Director
Alok Singh
  52   Director
Christopher E. Watson
  56   Director
 
Executive Officers:
 
Edward J. Noonan has been chairman of our board and the chief executive officer of the Company since its formation. Mr. Noonan has 27 years of experience in the insurance and reinsurance industry, serving most recently as the acting chief executive officer of United America Indemnity Ltd. (Nasdaq: INDM) from February 2005 through October 2005 and as a member of the board of directors since December 2003. Mr. Noonan served as president and chief executive officer of American Re-Insurance Company from 1997 to 2002, having joined American Re in 1983. Mr. Noonan also served as chairman of Inter-Ocean Reinsurance Holdings of Hamilton, Bermuda from 1997 to 2002. Prior to joining American Re, Mr. Noonan worked at Swiss Reinsurance from 1979 to 1983. Mr. Noonan received a B.S. in Finance from St. John’s University in 1979. Mr. Noonan is a director of the St. Mary Medical Center Foundation. Mr. Noonan is also a director of Central Mutual Insurance Company and All American Insurance Company, both of which are property and casualty companies based in Ohio.
 
George P. Reeth has been president and deputy chairman of the Company since its formation and has senior operating and distribution responsibilities. Mr. Reeth, who has 30 years experience in the insurance and reinsurance industry, was a senior executive with Willis Group Limited from 1992 to 2005 and was chairman & chief executive officer of North American Reinsurance Operations for Willis Re Inc. from 2000 to 2005. Prior to Willis, Mr. Reeth was executive vice president at Wilcox, Inc. Prior to Wilcox, Mr. Reeth was a senior professional with E.W. Payne Intermediaries from 1986 to 1988 and with Intere Intermediaries, Inc. from 1980 to 1986, Mr. Reeth attended the St. John’s School of Risk Management (formerly The College of Insurance) from 1975 to 1978 and attended Pace University (Lubin School of Business) from 1978 to 1983.
 
Joseph E. (Jeff) Consolino has been executive vice president and chief financial officer of the Company since March 2006. Mr. Consolino has over 15 years of experience in the financial services industry, specifically in providing investment banking services to the insurance industry, and most recently served as a managing director in Merrill Lynch’s Financial Institutions Group specializing in insurance company advisory and financing transactions. He serves as a Director of National Interstate Corporation, a property and casualty company based in Ohio and of AmWINS Group, Inc., a wholesale insurance broker based in North Carolina.


71


Table of Contents

Stuart W. Mercer has been executive vice president and chief risk officer of the Company since its formation. Mr. Mercer has over 18 years of experience in the financial industry focusing on structured derivatives, energy finance and reinsurance. Previously, Mr. Mercer was a senior advisor to DTE Energy Trading.
 
Conan M. Ward has been executive vice president and chief underwriting officer of the Company since January 2006. Mr. Ward has over 15 years of insurance industry experience. Mr. Ward was executive vice president of the Global Reinsurance division of Axis Capital Holdings, Ltd. from November 2001 until November 2005, where he oversaw the division’s worldwide property catastrophe, property per risk, property pro rata portfolios. He is one of the founders of Axis Specialty, Ltd and was a member of the operating board and senior management committee of Axis Capital. From July 2000 to November 2001, Mr. Ward was a senior vice president at Guy Carpenter & Co.
 
Directors
 
Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will consist of 11 persons and will be divided into three classes: Class I of our Board of Directors, whose term will expire at our annual general meeting in 2008, Class II of our Board of Directors, whose term will expire at our annual general meeting in 2009, and Class III of our Board of Directors, whose term will expire at our annual general meeting in 2010. The Board of Directors has determined that each of the following directors is “independent” under the standards that will be applicable to the Company upon consummation of this offering: John J. Hendrickson, Stuart A. Katz, Sander M. Levy, Jean-Marie Nessi, Mandakini Puri and Alok Singh.
 
Matthew J. Grayson is a senior principal of Aquiline. Mr. Grayson has 24 years experience in the financial services industry. In 1998 following a career in investment banking, corporate finance and capital markets, Mr. Grayson co-founded Venturion Capital, a private equity firm that specialized in financial services companies globally. Mr. Grayson serves as the chairman of Victoria Mortgage Funding Limited and of The Mortgage and Loan Group Limited, and serves on the board of Structured Credit Holdings Plc.
 
Jeffrey W. Greenberg is the managing principal of Aquiline. Mr. Greenberg served as chairman and chief executive officer of Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. from 2000 to 2004. From 1996 to 2004, Mr. Greenberg was the chairman of MMC Capital, the manager of the Trident Funds. He previously served as a director of Ace, Inc. Previously, he served as a senior executive of AIG, where he was employed from 1978-1995.
 
John J. Hendrickson is a Managing Director of SFRi Consultants LLC and Manager of SFRi Securities LLC, an independent investment and advisory firm and broker dealer firm, respectively, specializing in the insurance and related sectors. From 1995-2004, Mr. Hendrickson held various positions within Swiss Re, including Managing Director of Fox-Pitt, Kelton Inc., the investment banking subsidiary, Head of Swiss Re Capital Partners and Member of the Executive Board. Mr. Hendrickson has served as a director for several insurance and financial services companies, and currently serves on the Boards of United America Indemnity Ltd. and CX Reinsurance Company Limited.
 
Stuart A. Katz is a Managing Director of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the general partners of GS Capital Partners, the primary vehicles through which The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. conducts its privately negotiated equity investment activities. Mr. Katz joined the Goldman Sachs Principal Investment Area in 1996 and worked in the London office from 1997 to 1999. Mr. Katz is a member of the board of directors of Capmark Financial Group and Triad Financial Corporation.
 
Sander M. Levy is a Managing Director of Vestar Capital Partners, a private equity investment firm based in New York which manages over $7 billion of equity capital, and was a founding partner of Vestar Capital Partners at its inception in 1988. Mr. Levy is currently a member of the board of directors of St. John Knits, Inc., Symetra Financial Corporation, Wilton Re Holdings Limited and Duff & Phelps, LLC.
 
Jean-Marie Nessi served as the head of the property and casualty business unit for PartnerRe Global, a subsidiary of PartnerRe SA, from 2003 to January 2006. He was appointed Chairman of PartnerRe SA in June of 2003. Prior to PartnerRe, Mr. Nessi led AXA Corporate Solutions, the successor company to AXA Ré and AXA Global Risk.


72


Table of Contents

Mandakini Puri is a Managing Director with Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity where she serves as the Chief Investment Officer. Ms. Puri has been part of Merrill Lynch’s private equity business since 1994, prior to which she was a Director in the High Yield Finance & Restructuring Group at Merrill. Ms. Puri joined Merrill Lynch in 1986.
 
Alok Singh is a Managing Director of New Mountain Capital, a private equity investment firm based in New York which manages over $3 billion of equity capital. Prior to joining New Mountain Capital in 2002, Mr. Singh served as a Partner and Managing Director of Bankers Trust from 1978-2001. In 2001 he established the Corporate Financial Advisory Group for the Americas for Barclays Capital, and led the group until 2002. Mr. Singh is non-executive chairman of Overland Solutions, Inc. and director of Apptis, Inc. and Deltek, Inc.
 
Christopher E. Watson is a senior principal of Aquiline. Mr. Watson has more than 33 years of experience in the financial services industry. From 1987 to 2004, Mr. Watson served in a variety of executive roles within the property & casualty insurance businesses of Citigroup and its predecessor entities. From 1994 to 2004, Mr. Watson was president and chief executive officer of Gulf Insurance Group, one of the largest surplus lines insurance companies in the world. Mr. Watson served as a senior executive of AIG from 1974 to 1987.
 
Organizational Documents
 
Our Organizational Documents provide that, unless otherwise fixed by the board of directors, a majority of the directors will be required to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Our board of directors are authorized to delegate their powers to committees consisting of one or more Directors. The Organizational Documents provide for the indemnification by the Company of its directors and officers.
 
Board Committees
 
We have an audit committee, a compensation committee, an executive committee, a finance committee, a corporate governance and nominating committee and an underwriting committee. Under the applicable requirements of the NYSE, each committee will consist exclusively of members who qualify as independent directors within one year of our listing.
 
The following table details the composition of our Board committees:
 
                                                 
Director Name
  Audit     Compensation     Executive     Finance     Governance     Underwriting  
 
Edward J. Noonan
                    ü       ü               ü  
Matthew J. Grayson
    ü               ü       Chair                  
Jeffrey W. Greenberg
            Chair       ü               ü          
John J. Hendrickson
    Chair       ü                               ü  
Stuart A. Katz
            ü                       ü       ü  
Sander M. Levy
                            ü       ü       ü  
Jean-Marie Nessi
    ü                               Chair       ü  
Mandakini Puri
            ü       ü                          
Alok Singh
            ü               ü                  
George P. Reeth
                    Chair                          
Christopher E. Watson
    ü       ü                               Chair  
 
Audit Committee.   Our audit committee is composed of John J. Hendrickson, Matthew J. Grayson, Jean-Marie Nessi and Christopher E. Watson, and is chaired by Mr. Hendrickson. The audit committee assists the Board of Directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and our system of internal controls, the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance, the performance of our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The audit committee will also prepare the report required to be included in our annual proxy statement. The audit committee is comprised of four directors, at least two of whom are independent as defined under NYSE rules. Within one year of our initial public offering, the committee will be fully independent. Mr. Hendrickson is an “audit


73


Table of Contents

committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC. The duties and responsibilities of the audit committee are set forth in the committee’s charter.
 
Compensation Committee.   Our compensation committee is composed of Jeffrey W. Greenberg, John J. Hendrickson, Stuart A. Katz, Mandakini Puri, Alok Singh and Christopher E. Watson, and is chaired by Mr. Greenberg. The compensation committee assists the Board in matters relating to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, executive officers and other matters of non-executive officer compensation that are subject to Board approval. The compensation committee will also prepare the report on executive officer compensation required to be included in the Company’s annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations. Each member of the compensation committee will be “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE within one year of our initial public offering. The duties and responsibilities of the compensation committee are set forth in the committee’s charter.
 
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.   Our governance committee is composed of Jean-Marie Nessi, Jeffrey W. Greenberg, Stuart A. Katz and Sander M. Levy, and is chaired by Mr. Nessi. The governance committee assists the Board in (1) identifying individuals qualified to become board members or members of the committees of the Board, and recommending individuals that the Board of Directors select as director nominees to be considered for election at the next annual general meeting of shareholders or to fill vacancies; (2) developing and recommending to the Board appropriate corporate governance guidelines; and (3) overseeing the evaluation of the Board, management and the Board committees and taking a leadership role in shaping the Company’s corporate governance policies. Each member of the governance committee will be “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE within one year of our initial public offering. The duties and responsibilities of the corporate governance and nominating committee are set forth in the committee’s charter.
 
Executive Committee.   Our executive committee is composed of George P. Reeth, Matthew J. Grayson, Jeffrey W. Greenberg, Edward J. Noonan and Mandakini Puri, and is chaired by Mr. Reeth. The duties and responsibilities of the executive committee are set forth in the committee’s charter. The executive committee exercises the power and authority of the Board when the entire Board is not available to meet. In furtherance of these purposes, the committee provides guidance and advice, as requested, to the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer regarding business strategy and long range business planning.
 
Finance Committee.   Our finance committee is composed of Matthew J. Grayson, Sander M. Levy, Edward J. Noonan, Alok Singh, and is chaired by Mr. Grayson. The duties and responsibilities of the finance committee are set forth in the committee’s charter. The finance committee oversees the finance function of the Company, including the investment of funds and financing facilities. In furtherance of this purpose, the Committee approves the appointment of the Company’s investment managers, evaluates their performance and fees, and approves the investment policies and guidelines established by the Company. In addition, the committee approves the Company’s strategic asset allocation plan, reviews the adequacy of existing financing facilities, monitors compliance with debt facility covenants and monitors the status of rating agency evaluations and discussions.
 
Underwriting Committee.   Our underwriting committee is composed of Christopher E. Watson, John J. Hendrickson, Stuart A. Katz, Sander M. Levy, Jean-Marie Nessi and Edward J. Noonan, and is chaired by Mr. Watson. The underwriting committee reviews and approves the underwriting guidelines recommended by our Chief Underwriting Officer. See “Business — Underwriting.”
 
Director Compensation
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, Messrs. Hendrickson and Nessi, our non-employee, non-sponsor-related Directors, received a total of $56,250 and $46,250, respectively, for services as a director, which is comprised of a retainer of $25,000, and an additional $5,000 per meeting attended for service as chairmen of our audit and corporate governance and nominating committees, respectively. Effective as of January 1, 2007, our non-employee, non-sponsor-related Directors will receive an annual retainer of $50,000 and an additional fee of $25,000 for each committee on which he or she serves as chair ($50,000 for the audit committee). Pursuant to our Director Stock Compensation Plan, following this offering Directors will be able


74


Table of Contents

to defer annual and committee retainers into restricted stock units. In addition, we reimburse each of our Directors for all reasonable expenses in connection with the attendance of meetings of our Board of Directors and any committees thereof.
 
Director Stock Compensation Plan
 
Effective upon the consummation of this offering we will have a Director Stock Compensation Plan. Our Director Stock Compensation Plan is designed to attract, retain and motivate members and potential members of our Board of Directors. This Plan provides for the compensation of Directors in common shares rather than cash for each Director so electing.
 
Under this Plan, each Director may make an election in writing on or prior to each December 31 to receive his or her annual retainer fees payable in the following Plan Year in the form of shares instead of cash. The number of shares distributed in case of election under the Plan is equal to the amount of the annual retainer fee otherwise payable on such payment date divided by 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share on such payment date.
 
This Plan further provides that a Director who has elected to receive shares pursuant to the above may make an irrevocable election on or before the December 31 immediately preceding the beginning of a Plan Year to defer delivery of all or a designated percentage of the shares otherwise payable as his or her annual retainer for service as a Director for the Plan Year. All shares that a Director elects to defer will be credited in the form of share units to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company in the name of the Director. Each such unit will represent the right to receive one share at the time determined pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
Each member of our Compensation Committee is an employee or officer of, or has a relationship with, entities with which we have engaged in certain transactions described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
Executive Compensation
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
 
We were formed in October 2005. As a start-up company, during our formation period in 2005 our primary executive compensation objective was to attract talented individuals in a highly competitive market from successful careers to be senior executives of the Company and in many cases to relocate to Bermuda. We sought individuals who demonstrated a high level of expertise, and whom we believed would be able to recruit experienced individuals to form a strong organization. Once these individuals were identified, we engaged in direct negotiations with them, which determined their compensation for 2006. Messrs. Noonan, Reeth, Mercer and Ward each joined us at or about the time of closing of our private placement and each signed an employment agreement specifying salary, bonus targets and initial equity grants. Mr. Consolino joined us in February 2006 from Merrill Lynch, who we had engaged to provide services in connection with our initial capitalization, and signed a similar employment agreement specifying salary, bonus targets and initial equity grants. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers. The compensation of the named executive officers is described in the tables below, and their employment agreements is described under “Employment Agreements”.
 
Our compensation program is composed of three principal components:
 
  •      salary;
 
  •      annual incentive compensation (bonus award); and
 
  •      long-term incentive compensation (options and restricted shares).
 
Our program aligns, as much as possible, our named executive officers’ rewards with our shareholders’ interests. Our Compensation Committee reviews and determines the compensation of each of our named executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers other than himself.


75


Table of Contents

As a relatively new company, the Compensation Committee, together with management and, where deemed appropriate by them, outside advisors, will be further developing the Company’s compensation plans, with the goal of further aligning the interests of the Company and its shareholders with management, as well as taking into account competitive factors and the need to attract talented individuals to the Company, which, in many cases, may require relocation to Bermuda.
 
Salary.   Our base salaries reflect each executive’s level of experience, responsibilities and expected future contributions to the success of our Company. The salaries of our named executive officers will be reviewed on an annual basis. We expect to consider factors such as individual and Company performance, cost of living and the competitive environment in determining whether salary adjustments are warranted.
 
Annual Incentive Compensation.   We have developed an annual bonus compensation program which will be based on the prior year’s Company performance and a qualitative review of each named executive officer’s respective contribution. The target bonus for each of our named executive officers is 150% of his base salary, as specified in each named executive officer’s employment agreement.
 
The aggregate annual bonus pool for all employees, including our named executive officers, is generated based on a formula approved by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. For the 2006 performance year, the bonus pool calculation will be made based on a percentage of our underwriting income (defined as earned premium less loss and loss expenses, acquisition costs and general and administrative expenses excluding target bonus accrual and share-based compensation expense). Based on our 2006 business plan, underwriting income (as defined above) equal to a 65.0% combined ratio constituted target performance and generated the target bonus pool for distribution. The Compensation Committee arrived at this target based, in part, upon the Company’s 2006 business plan as communicated in connection with our initial capitalization. Management and the Compensation Committee believe that underwriting income and combined ratio are appropriate performance measures for the Company for the 2006 performance year as underwriting income is expected to be the largest component of net income for the Company and underwriting income is the source of income which is most variable.
 
To give the Company sufficient flexibility and latitude to manage in a competitive environment and reward and retain employees should results fall below expectations, the Compensation Committee has approved a minimum annual bonus pool equal to 20.0% of the annual target bonus pool. The Company expects that the minimum pool threshold would be met in a year with significant catastrophe losses, which would have the effect of reducing the Company’s underwriting income and net income below expectations while potentially making experienced reinsurance personnel more attractive to other employers. It is expected that this minimum annual bonus pool would not be allocated to the named executive officers but instead would be allocated by the company to retain key employees.
 
The Compensation Committee has determined that the maximum bonus pool will not exceed 150.0% of the target bonus pool for the 2006 performance year.
 
While a named executive officer’s target bonus percentage will be used as a guide for distribution, our Chief Executive Officer has the latitude to recommend and the Compensation Committee has the authority to re-deploy bonus awards by individual based on the individual’s achievement of goals, both strategic and financial, and general performance metrics. For the 2006 performance year, bonus awards earned in excess of the named executive officer’s target bonus will be paid in cash. We expect that bonus awards earned in excess of the named executive officer’s target bonus in future years may be paid in the form of restricted shares that will vest equally over three years (33 1 / 3 % each year) to the extent that the Compensation Committee approves such grants. In addition, we intend that in future periods a named executive officer, like other employees who participate in the annual bonus compensation program, may elect to purchase restricted shares with a portion of his bonus allocation.
 
The Compensation Committee may adjust the formula for determining the target bonus pool in future years. While underwriting income and combined ratio are important determinants of our overall profitability and of the return on our invested capital, the Compensation Committee may elect to base the target bonus formula in future performance years on other quantitative or qualitative measures.


76


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentive Compensation.   The goal of our long-term incentive plan is to align the interests of our executives and shareholders. Our named executive officers have been awarded various levels of restricted share and stock option grants at the time of hiring. Messrs. Noonan, Reeth, Consolino, Mercer and Ward received 1.35%, 0.675%, 0.45%, 0.45% and 0.45%, respectively, of our fully diluted common shares in accordance with the terms of their employment agreements. The total amount set aside for restricted share and stock option grants at the time of our initial capitalization was 5.0% of our fully-diluted share base, after giving effect to common shares issued, warrants and shares reserved for restricted share and stock option grants. Within the 5.0% set aside for restricted share and stock option grants, 3.89% of our fully-diluted share base was identified as available for stock option grants and 1.11% of our fully-diluted share base was identified as available for restricted share grants. The ratio of aggregate shares identified as available for stock option grants to aggregate shares identified as available for restricted share grants is 3.50:1, and each employee receiving an equity grant receives stock options and restricted shares in this proportion. Restricted shares and stock options vest as follows:
 
  •      The restricted shares vest on a three year “cliff” basis.
 
  •      Stock option grants vest equally over five years (20% each year). The stock option grants to our named executive officers have an exercise price of $10.00 per share, which is equal to the price per share paid by our investors in our initial capitalization.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and our next three most highly compensated executive officers.
 
                                                                         
                                        Change in
             
                                        pension
             
                                  Non-equity
    value and
             
                                  incentive
    non-qualified
             
                                  plan
    deferred
    All other
       
                      Stock
    Option
    compen-
    compensation
    compen-
       
Name and principal position
  Year     Salary(1)     Bonus     awards     awards     sation     earnings     sation     Total  
 
Edward J. Noonan
    2006                                                                  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                                                                       
George P. Reeth
    2006                                                                  
President and Deputy Chairman
                                                                       
Jeff Consolino
    2006                                                                  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                                                                       
Stuart W. Mercer
    2006                                                                  
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
                                                                       
Conan M. Ward
    2006                                                                  
Executive Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer
                                                                       
 
 
(1) The numbers presented represent earned salary.
 
Narrative Description of Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
2005 Long Term Incentive Plan
 
Our 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan provides for the grant to our employees, consultants and directors of stock options, share appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted shares, restricted share units, performance shares, performance units, dividend equivalents, and other share-based awards. Subject to anti-dilution adjustments in the event of certain changes in the Company’s capital structure, an aggregate of 4,795,262 shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the plan. To date, only stock options and restricted shares have been issued under the plan.


77


Table of Contents

The plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”). The Committee determines which employees, consultants and directors receive awards, the types of awards to be received and the terms and conditions thereof, including the vesting and exercisability provisions of the awards. However, the exercise price of stock options and SARs may not be less than the fair market value of the shares subject thereto on the date of grant, and their term may not be longer than ten years from the date of grant. Payment with respect to SARs may be made in cash or shares of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee.
 
Awards of restricted shares will be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, participants granted restricted shares will have all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote restricted shares and receive dividends thereon. A restricted share unit will entitle the holder thereof to receive shares of Common Stock or cash at the end of a specified deferral period. Restricted share units will also be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose. Performance shares and performance units will provide for future issuance of shares or payment of cash, respectively, to the participant upon the attainment of performance goals established by the Committee over specified performance periods. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee or otherwise provided in an applicable agreement, all unvested awards will be forfeited upon termination of service.
 
The plan may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Board of Directors at any time. However, any amendment for which stockholder approval is required under the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted will not be effective until such stockholder approval has been obtained. In addition, no amendment, suspension, or termination of the plan may materially and adversely affect the rights of a participant under any outstanding award without the consent of the affected participant.
 
To date, each of the stock options issued under the plan vests in five annual installments and has a term of ten years. Stock options granted before June 30, 2006 have an exercise price per share of $10.00, and stock options granted after that date have an exercise price equal to book value per common share as of the most recent quarter-end balance sheet date. All restricted shares granted to date under the plan vest in full after three years. In addition, the stock options and restricted shares will vest in full if the participant is involuntarily terminated within two years following a Change in Control of the Company.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End
 
                                                                         
    Option awards     Stock awards  
                                                    Equity
 
                                                    incentive
 
                                                    plan
 
                                              Equity
    awards:
 
                                              incentive
    market or
 
                                              plan
    payout
 
                                              awards:
    value of
 
                Equity
                      Market
    number
    unearned
 
                incentive
                      value of
    of unearned
    shares,
 
                plan
                Number
    shares or
    shares,
    units or
 
    Number of
    Number of
    awards:
                of shares
    units of
    units or
    other
 
    securities
    securities
    number
                or units
    stock
    other
    rights
 
    underlying
    underlying
    of securities
                of stock
    held that
    rights
    that
 
    unexercised
    unexercised
    underlying
    Option
    Option
    that
    have not
    that have
    have
 
    options (#)
    options (#)
    unearned
    exercise
    expiration
    have not
    vested
    not
    not
 
Name
  exercisable     unexercisable     options (#)     price ($)     date     vested (#)     ($)     vested (#)     vested ($)  
 
Edward J. Noonan
                                                                       
George P. Reeth
                                                                       
Jeff Consolino
                                                                       
Stuart W. Mercer
                                                                       
Conan M. Ward
                                                                       


78


Table of Contents

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
 
                                         
    Executive
    Registrant
          Aggregate
       
    contributions in
    contributions in
    Aggregate earnings
    withdrawals/
    Aggregate
 
    last FY
    last FY
    in last FY
    distributions
    balance at last FYE
 
Name
  ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  
 
Edward J. Noonan
                                       
George P. Reeth
                                       
Jeff Consolino
                                       
Stuart W. Mercer
                                       
Conan M. Ward
                                       
 
The Nonqualified Supplemental Deferred Compensation Plan permits U.S. management and highly compensated employees selected by the Company to defer all or a portion of their salary and/or bonuses. The Company may, at its discretion, make additional contributions to the participant’s deferral account, which will vest at the rate of 50% after one year of service and 100% after two years of service (subject to full vesting at age 65, death or disability). The deferred amounts are invested in one or more of the available investment funds as selected by the participant. The participant may at any time change his or her selection of investment funds or make transfers from an investment fund to any of the other available investment funds. Vested deferred amounts, as adjusted for earnings and losses, are paid in a lump sum following retirement, death or other termination of employment. In-service withdrawals are not permitted.
 
Employment Agreements
 
We have employment arrangements with our senior executives, additional management and other personnel, as described below.
 
Edward J. Noonan We have entered into an employment agreement with Edward Noonan to serve as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement provides for (i) a specified annual base salary of not less than $       and is subject to annual review and may be increased by the Compensation Committee, (ii) an annual bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee with annual target bonus equal to  % of his base salary, (iii) reimbursement for expenses for nonbusiness travel to and from Bermuda for Mr. Noonan and his family in an annual amount not to exceed $     , (iv) while Mr. Noonan’s place of work is Bermuda, a housing allowance of $      per month and an automobile allowance of $      a month, (v) the right to participate in such other employee or fringe benefit programs for senior executives as are in effect from time to time, (vi) a stock option and restricted stock grant and (vii) initiation fees and annual dues for membership in two clubs in Bermuda. Mr. Noonan has agreed to certain confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.
 
The term of employment will continue until the Date of Termination, which is the first to occur of the following: (a) the 12 month anniversary of the Company providing notice of termination without cause to Mr. Noonan; (b) immediately upon the Company providing notice of termination for cause to Mr. Noonan; (c) the 12 month anniversary of Mr. Noonan’s providing notice of termination to the Company, whether with or without good reason; (d) the fifth day following the Company providing notice of termination to Mr. Noonan as a result of his permanent disability; or (e) the date of Mr. Noonan’s death.
 
The employment agreement provides that if it is terminated as a result of Mr. Noonan’s resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for good reason, he shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and benefits through the Date of Termination; (b) receive any unpaid bonus with respect to the year prior to the year in which the notice of termination is provided, payable at the times such bonuses are payable to other employees of the Company; and (c) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by him prior to the Date of Termination. No shares of restricted stock or stock options granted to Mr. Noonan will vest on or following the date he provides notice of termination without good reason.
 
The employment agreement further provides that in the event of termination of Mr. Noonan’s employment by Mr. Noonan for good reason, by the Company with or without cause, as a result of Mr. Noonan’s permanent disability or upon his death, Mr. Noonan (or his estate, in the case of death) shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and benefits through the Date of Termination; (b) receive any unpaid bonus with respect to the year prior to the year in which the notice of termination is provided, payable at the times


79


Table of Contents

such bonuses are payable to other employees of the Company; (c) vest in any shares of restricted stock of the Company and any Company stock options granted to Mr. Noonan through the Date of Termination; (d) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by Mr. Noonan prior to the Date of Termination; (e) in the event the employment period is terminated other than by the Company with cause, receive a bonus for the year notice of termination is given, prorated for the number of full or partial months during which Mr. Noonan provided services to the Company, payable at the time such bonus is payable to other employees of the Company; and (f) in the event the employment period is terminated either by Mr. Noonan for good reason or by the Company without cause and the Company does not elect that Mr. Noonan perform no duties under the agreement after notice of termination, receive an amount equal to a full year bonus (calculated at the target level) for the year prior to the year of termination, payable on the Date of Termination.
 
The employment agreement also provides for indemnification of Mr. Noonan by us to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and our charter documents.
 
George P. Reeth We have entered into an employment agreement with George Reeth to serve as our President and Deputy Chairman. The employment agreement provides for (i) a specified annual base salary of not less than $      and is subject to annual review and may be increased by the Compensation Committee, (ii) an annual bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee with annual target bonus equal to  % of his base salary, (iii) reimbursement for expenses for nonbusiness travel to and from Bermuda for Mr. Reeth and his family in an annual amount not to exceed $     , (iv) while Mr. Reeth’s place of work is Bermuda, a housing allowance of $      per month and an automobile allowance of $      a month, (v) the right to participate in such other employee or fringe benefit programs for senior executives as are in effect from time to time, (vi) a stock option and restricted stock grant and (vii) initiation fees and annual dues for membership in two clubs in Bermuda. Mr. Reeth has agreed to certain confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.
 
The term of employment will continue until the Date of Termination, which is the first to occur of the following: (a) the 12 month anniversary of the Company providing notice of termination without cause to Mr. Reeth; (b) immediately upon the Company providing notice of termination for cause to Mr. Reeth; (c) the 12 month anniversary of Mr. Reeth’s providing notice of termination to the Company, whether with or without good reason; (d) the fifth day following the Company providing notice of termination to Mr. Reeth as a result of his permanent disability; or (e) the date of Mr. Reeth’s death.
 
The employment agreement provides that if it is terminated as a result of Mr. Reeth’s resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for good reason, he shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and benefits through the Date of Termination; and (b) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by him prior to the Date of Termination. No shares of restricted stock or stock options granted to Mr. Reeth will vest on or following the date he provides notice of termination without good reason.
 
The employment agreement further provides that in the event of termination of Mr. Reeth’s employment by Mr. Reeth for good reason, by the Company with or without cause, as a result of Mr. Reeth’s permanent disability or upon his death, Mr. Reeth (or his estate, in the case of death) shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and benefits (i) in the case of termination by Mr. Reeth for good reason or by the Company with or without cause, through the Date of Termination, (ii) in the case of termination due to Mr. Reeth’s permanent disability or death, through the six month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (b) vest in any shares of restricted stock of the Company and any Company stock options granted to Mr. Reeth through the Date of Termination; and (c) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by Mr. Reeth prior to the Date of Termination.
 
The employment agreement also provides for indemnification of Mr. Reeth by us to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and our charter documents.
 
Jeff Consolino We have entered into an employment agreement with Jeff Consolino to serve as our Chief Financial Officer. The employment agreement provides for (i) a specified annual base salary of not less than $      and is subject to annual review and may be increased by the Compensation Committee, (ii) an annual bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee with annual target bonus equal to  % of his base salary, (iii) reimbursement for expenses for nonbusiness travel to and from Bermuda for Mr. Consolino and his family in an annual amount not to exceed $     , (iv) while Mr. Consolino’s place of work is


80


Table of Contents

Bermuda, a housing allowance of $      per month and an automobile allowance of $      a month, (v) reimbursement for tuition expenses incurred by Mr. Consolino for his children who are attending school in Bermuda, (vi) the right to participate in such other employee or fringe benefit programs for senior executives as are in effect from time to time, (vii) a stock option and restricted stock grant and (viii) initiation fees and annual dues for membership in two clubs in Bermuda. Mr. Consolino has agreed to certain confidentiality and non-solicitation provisions.
 
The term of employment will continue until the Date of Termination, which is the first to occur of the following: (a) the 12 month anniversary of the Company providing notice of termination without cause to Mr. Consolino; (b) immediately upon the Company providing notice of termination for cause to Mr. Consolino; (c) the 12 month anniversary of Mr. Consolino’s providing notice of termination to the Company, whether with or without good reason; (d) the fifth day following the Company providing notice of termination to Mr. Consolino as a result of his permanent disability; or (e) the date of Mr. Consolino’s death.
 
The employment agreement provides that if it is terminated as a result of Mr. Consolino’s resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for good reason, he shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and benefits through the Date of Termination; and (b) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by him prior to the Date of Termination. No shares of restricted stock or stock options granted to Mr. Consolino will vest on or following the date he provides notice of termination without good reason.
 
The employment agreement further provides that in the event of termination of Mr. Consolino’s employment by Mr. Consolino for good reason, by the Company with or without cause, as a result of Mr. Consolino’s permanent disability or upon his death, Mr. Consolino (or his estate, in the case of death) shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and benefits (i) in the case of termination by Mr. Consolino for good reason or by the Company with or without cause, through the Date of Termination, (ii) in the case of termination due to Mr. Consolino’s permanent disability or death, through the six month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (b) vest in any shares of restricted stock of the Company and any Company stock options granted to Mr. Consolino through the Date of Termination; (c) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by Mr. Consolino prior to the Date of Termination; (d) in the event the employment period is terminated other than by the Company with cause, receive a bonus for the year notice of termination is given, prorated for the number of full or partial months during which Mr. Consolino provided services to the Company, payable at the time such bonus is payable to other employees of the Company; and (e) in the event the employment period is terminated after more than two years from the start date other than by the Company for cause, receive reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in relocating his and his family’s household items from Bermuda to the United States.
 
The employment agreement also provides for indemnification of Mr. Consolino by us to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and our charter documents.
 
Stuart W. Mercer We have entered into an employment agreement with Stuart Mercer to serve as our Chief Risk Officer. The employment agreement provides for (i) a specified annual base salary of not less than $      and is subject to annual review and may be increased by the Compensation Committee, (ii) an annual bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee with annual target bonus equal to  % of his base salary, (iii) reimbursement for expenses for nonbusiness travel to and from Bermuda for Mr. Mercer and his family in an annual amount not to exceed $     , (iv) while Mr. Mercer’s place of work is Bermuda, a housing allowance of $      per month and an automobile allowance of $      a month, (v) the right to participate in such other employee or fringe benefit programs for senior executives as are in effect from time to time, (vi) a stock option and restricted stock grant and (vii) initiation fees and annual dues for membership in two clubs in Bermuda. Mr. Mercer has agreed to certain confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.
 
The term of employment will continue until the Date of Termination, which is the first to occur of the following: (a) the 12 month anniversary of the Company providing notice of termination without cause to Mr. Mercer; (b) immediately upon the Company providing notice of termination for cause to Mr. Mercer; (c) the 12 month anniversary of Mr. Mercer’s providing notice of termination to the Company, whether with or without good reason; (d) the fifth day following the Company providing notice of termination to Mr. Mercer as a result of his permanent disability; or (e) the date of Mr. Mercer’s death.
 
The employment agreement provides that if it is terminated as a result of Mr. Mercer’s resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for good reason, he shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and


81


Table of Contents

benefits through the Date of Termination; and (b) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by him prior to the Date of Termination. No shares of restricted stock or stock options granted to Mr. Mercer will vest on or following the date he provides notice of termination without good reason.
 
The employment agreement further provides that in the event of termination of Mr. Mercer’s employment by Mr. Mercer for good reason, by the Company with or without cause, as a result of Mr. Mercer’s permanent disability or upon his death, Mr. Mercer (or his estate, in the case of death) shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and benefits (i) in the case of termination by Mr. Mercer for good reason or by the Company with or without cause, through the Date of Termination, (ii) in the case of termination due to Mr. Mercer’s permanent disability or death, through the six month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (b) vest in any shares of restricted stock of the Company and any Company stock options granted to Mr. Mercer through the Date of Termination; and (c) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by Mr. Mercer prior to the Date of Termination.
 
The employment agreement also provides for indemnification of Mr. Mercer by us to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and our charter documents.
 
Conan M. Ward We have entered into an employment agreement with Conan Ward to serve as our Executive Vice President & Chief Underwriting Officer. The employment agreement provides for (i) a specified annual base salary of not less than $      and is subject to annual review and may be increased by the Compensation Committee, (ii) an annual bonus as determined by the Compensation Committee with annual target bonus equal to  % of his base salary, (iii) a sign-up bonus, (iv) reimbursement on an after tax basis for expenses for nonbusiness travel to and from Bermuda for Mr. Ward and his family in an annual amount not to exceed $     , (v) while Mr. Ward’s place of work is Bermuda, a housing allowance of $      per month and an automobile allowance of $      a month, both of which will be paid on an after tax basis, (vi) reimbursement on an after tax basis for tuition expenses incurred by Mr. Ward for his children who are attending school in an aggregate amount not to exceed $      annually, (vii) the right to participate in such other employee or fringe benefit programs for senior executives as are in effect from time to time, (viii) a stock option and restricted stock grant and (ix) initiation fees and annual dues for membership in two clubs in Bermuda. Mr. Ward has agreed to certain confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.
 
The term of employment will continue until the Date of Termination, which is the first to occur of the following: (a) the 12 month anniversary of the Company providing notice of termination without cause to Mr. Ward; (b) immediately upon the Company providing notice of termination for cause to Mr. Ward; (c) the 12 month anniversary of Mr. Ward’s providing notice of termination to the Company, whether with or without good reason; (d) the fifth day following the Company providing notice of termination to Mr. Ward as a result of his permanent disability; or (e) the date of Mr. Ward’s death.
 
The employment agreement provides that if it is terminated as a result of Mr. Ward’s resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for good reason, he shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and benefits through the Date of Termination; and (b) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by him prior to the Date of Termination. No shares of restricted stock or stock options granted to Mr. Ward will vest on or following the date he provides notice of termination without good reason.
 
The employment agreement further provides that in the event of termination of Mr. Ward’s employment by Mr. Ward for good reason, by the Company with or without cause, as a result of Mr. Ward’s permanent disability or upon his death, Mr. Ward (or his estate, in the case of death) shall continue to: (a) receive base salary and benefits (i) in the case of termination by Mr. Ward for good reason or by the Company with or without cause, through the Date of Termination, (ii) in the case of termination due to Mr. Ward’s permanent disability or death, through the six month anniversary of the Date of Termination; (b) vest in any shares of restricted stock of the Company and any Company stock options granted to Mr. Ward through the Date of Termination; and (c) receive reimbursement for all reimbursable expenses incurred by Mr. Ward prior to the Date of Termination.
 
The employment agreement also provides for indemnification of Mr. Ward by us to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and our charter documents.


82


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
The table below sets forth information as of September 30, 2006 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares by:
 
  •      each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common shares,
 
  •      each of our directors,
 
  •      each of our named executive officers, and
 
  •      all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
 
The information provided in the table below with respect to each principal shareholder has been obtained from that shareholder. For a description of related party transactions into which we have entered, as well as other material relationships we have with our principal shareholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
                                                                                 
                      Assuming full
 
    Pre-offering                       exercise of
 
                      Unvested
                            underwriters’
 
                      restricted
                Post-offering     over-allotment  
                Total
    shares and
    Fully-diluted
          Total
    Fully-diluted
    Total
    Fully-diluted
 
          Shares subject to
    beneficial
    shares subject to
    total beneficial
    Shares
    beneficial
    total beneficial
    beneficial
    total beneficial
 
    Common
    exercise of
    ownership
    exercise of
    ownership
    offered
    ownership
    ownership
    ownership
    ownership
 
Beneficial owner (1)(17)
  shares     warrants     (%)(2)     unvested options     %(3)     hereby     (%)(2)     %(3)     (%)(2)     %(3)  
 
                                         
                                                                                 
Investment funds affiliated with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.(4),(5)
    24,600,000       2,725,079       26.01 %           22.16 %                                        
                                         
Aquiline Financial Services Fund L.P. and its management company and affiliated companies(6)
    12,000,000       5,116,860       15.93 %           13.88 %                                        
                                         
Funds affiliated with or managed by Vestar Capital Partners(7)
    15,000,000       1,652,310       16.01 %           13.50 %                                        
                                         
Funds affiliated with or managed by New Mountain Capital, LLC(8)
    12,000,000       1,331,713       12.86 %           10.81 %                                        
                                         
Entities affiliated with Merrill Lynch or managed
by Merrill Lynch affiliates(4),(9)
    10,000,000       1,812,609       11.34 %           9.58 %                                        
                                         
Caisse de Depot et Placement de Quebec
    10,000,000       1,233,068       10.85 %           9.11 %                                        
                                         
Edward J. Noonan(10)
    300,000       49,323       0.34 %     1,664,641       1.63 %                                        
                                         
George P. Reeth(10)
    100,000       12,331       0.11 %     832,320       0.77 %                                        
                                         
Jeff Consolino(10)
                      554,881       0.45 %                                        
                                         
Stuart W. Mercer(10)
                      554,881       0.45 %                                        
                                         
Conan M. Ward(10)
    75,000             0.07 %     554,881       0.51 %                                        
                                         
Matthew J. Grayson(11),(12)
    12,000,000       5,123,655       15.93 %           13.89 %                                        
                                         
Jeffrey W. Greenberg(11),(12)
    12,000,000       5,133,848       15.94 %           13.90 %                                        
                                         
John J. Hendrickson(11)
          123,307       0.12 %           0.10 %                                        
                                         
Stuart A. Katz(4),(5),(11)
    24,600,000       2,725,079       26.01 %           22.16 %                                        
                                         
Sander M. Levy(11),(13)
    15,000,000       1,652,310       16.01 %           13.50 %                                        
                                         
Jean-Marie Nessi(11)
                                                                     
                                         
Mandakini Puri(11),(14)
    10,000,000       1,812,609       11.34 %           9.58 %                                        
                                         
Alok Singh(11),(15)
    12,000,000       1,331,713       12.86 %           10.81 %                                        
                                         
Christopher E. Watson(11),(12)
    12,000,000       5,127,053       15.94 %           13.89 %                                        
                                         
Directors and Executive Officers as a group(16)
    475,000       218,937       0.68 %     4,161,604       3.94 %                                        


83


Table of Contents

 
(1) All holdings in this beneficial ownership table have been rounded to the nearest whole share.
 
(2) The percentage of beneficial ownership for all holders has been rounded to the nearest 1/10th of a percentage. Total beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes common shares issuable within 60 days of September 30, 2006 upon the exercise of all options and warrants and other rights beneficially owned by the indicated person on that date. Under our bye-laws, if, and for so long as, the common shares of a shareholder, including any votes conferred by “controlled shares,” would otherwise represent more than 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on a matter, including an election of directors, the votes conferred by such shares will be reduced by whatever amount is necessary such that, after giving effect to any such reduction (and any other reductions in voting power required by our bye-laws), the votes conferred by such shares represent 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on such matter.
 
(3) The percentage of beneficial ownership for all holders has been rounded to the nearest 1/10th of a percentage. Fully-diluted total beneficial ownership is based upon all common shares and all common shares subject to exercise of options and warrants outstanding at September 30, 2006. Under our bye-laws, if, and for so long as, the common shares of a shareholder, including any votes conferred by “controlled shares,” would otherwise represent more than 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on a matter, including an election of directors, the votes conferred by such shares will be reduced by whatever amount is necessary such that, after giving effect to any such reduction (and any other reductions in voting power required by our bye-laws), the votes conferred by such shares represent 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on such matter.
 
(4) All of the common shares beneficially owned by funds affiliated with or managed by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and entities affiliated with Merrill Lynch or managed by Merrill Lynch affiliates are non-voting.
 
(5) Funds affiliated with or managed by Goldman, Sachs & Co. are GSCP V AIV, L.P. (8,396,540 shares and 1,084,360 warrants), GS Capital Partners V Employees Fund, L.P. (2,713,878 shares and 350,561 warrants), GS Capital Partners V Offshore, L.P. (5,739,178 shares and 741,197 warrants), GS Capital Partners V GmbH & Co. KG (440,490 shares and 56,968 warrants), GSCP V Institutional AIV, LTD. (3,809,914 shares and 491,994 warrants), GS Private Equity Partners 1999, L.P. (1,819,313.6 shares), GS Private Equity 1999 Offshore, L.P. (290,751.4 shares), GS Private Equity Partners 1999 — Direct Investments Funds, L.P. (52,011.2 shares), GS Private Equity Partners 2000, L.P. (768,764 shares), GS Private Equity Partners 2000 Offshore Holdings, L.P. (270,597.4 shares) and GS Private Equity Partners 2000 — Direct Investment Fund, L.P. (298,562.3 shares). The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and certain affiliates, including Goldman, Sachs & Co. (whom we refer to in this prospectus as Goldman Sachs), which is an underwriter for this offering and a broker-dealer, and the Goldman Sachs Funds may be deemed to directly or indirectly beneficially own in the aggregate 24,600,000 of our common shares and 2,725,079 warrants which are owned directly or indirectly by the Goldman Sachs Funds. Affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman Sachs are the general partner, managing general partner or managing limited partner of the Goldman Sachs Funds. Goldman Sachs is the investment manager for certain of the Goldman Sachs Funds. Goldman Sachs is a direct and indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Goldman Sachs Funds share voting power and investment power with certain of their respective affiliates. Stuart A. Katz is a managing director of Goldman Sachs. Mr. Katz, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs each disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares owned directly or indirectly by the Goldman Sachs Funds, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for the Goldman Sachs Funds and their affiliates is 85 Broad Street, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10004.
 
(6) Matthew J. Grayson and Christopher E. Watson are senior principals at Aquiline Capital Partners and Jeffrey W. Greenberg is the managing principal of Aquiline Capital Partners.
 
(7) Funds affiliated with or managed by Vestar Capital Partners are Vestar AIV Employees Validus Ltd. (158,234 shares and 17,386 warrants), Vestar AIV Holdings B L.P. (125,192 shares and 13,810 warrants),


84


Table of Contents

and Vestar AIV Holdings A L.P. (14,716,574 shares and 1,621,114 warrants). Sander M. Levy is a managing director of Vestar Capital Partners.
 
(8) Funds affiliated with or managed by New Mountain are New Mountain Partners II (Cayman), L.P. (10,959,145.3 shares and 1,216,051 warrants), Allegheny New Mountain Partners (Cayman), L.P. (848,124.5 shares and 94,206 warrants) and New Mountain Affiliated Investors II (Cayman), L.P. (192,730.2 shares and 21,455 warrants). Alok Singh is a managing director of New Mountain Capital, LLC.
 
(9) Entities affiliated with Merrill Lynch or managed by Merrill Lynch affiliates are ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P. (7,500,000 shares and 619,616 warrants), Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001 (2,500,000 shares and 206,539 warrants) and GMI Investments, Inc. (986,454 warrants).
 
The general partner of ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P. is MLGPE LTD., a Cayman Islands exempted company whose sole shareholder is ML Global Private Equity Partners, L.P, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (“ML Partners”). The investment committee of ML Partners, which is composed of Merrill Lynch GP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the general partner of ML Partners, and certain investment professionals who are actively performing services for ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P., retains decision-making power over the disposition and voting of shares of portfolio investments of ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P. The consent of Merrill Lynch GP, Inc., as ML Partners’ general partner, is required for any such vote. Merrill Lynch GP, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Merrill Lynch Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. MLGPE LTD., as general partner of ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P.; ML Partners, the special limited partner of ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P.; Merrill Lynch GP, Inc., by virtue of its right to consent to the voting of shares of portfolio investments of ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P.; the individuals who are members of the investment committee of ML Partners; and each of Merrill Lynch Group, Inc. and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., because they control Merrill Lynch GP, Inc., may therefore be deemed to beneficially own the shares that ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P. holds of record or may be deemed to beneficially own. Each such entity or individual expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.
 
The general partner of Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001 is Merrill Lynch Ventures, L.L.C. (“ML Ventures”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Merrill Lynch Group, Inc. Decisions regarding the voting or disposition of shares of portfolio investments of Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001 are made by the management and investment committee of the board of directors of ML Ventures, which is composed of three individuals. Each of ML Ventures, because it is the general partner of Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001; Merrill Lynch Group, Inc. and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., because they control ML Ventures; and the three members of the ML Ventures investment committee, by virtue of their shared decision making power, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001. Such entities and individuals expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares that Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001 holds of record or may be deemed to beneficially own.
 
Merrill Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001 disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares that ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P. holds of record or may be deemed to beneficially own. ML Global Private Equity Fund, L.P. disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares that Merrill Lynch Ventures, L.P. 2001 holds of record or may be deemed to beneficially own. The address for the Merrill Lynch Funds and their affiliates is 4 World Financial Center, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10080. Mandakini Puri is a managing director of Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity.
 
(10) Unvested restricted shares held by our named executive officers and included in common shares accumulate dividends and may be voted. Unvested restricted shares held by our named executive officers are Mr. Noonan (369,920 shares), Mr. Reeth (184,960 shares), Mr. Consolino (123,307 shares), Mr. Mercer (123,307 shares) and Mr. Ward (123,307 shares).
 
(11) See “Management — Directors” for biographies of the directors, including their relationships with certain beneficial owners of common shares listed in this table.
 
(12) Includes shares, options and warrants beneficially owned by Aquiline Financial Services Fund L.P. and its management company and affiliated companies. Mr. Grayson, Mr. Greenberg and Mr. Watson each


85


Table of Contents

disclaim existence of a group and beneficial ownership of the shares, options and warrants owned by Aquiline Financial Services Fund L.P. and its management company and affiliated companies.
 
(13) Includes shares, options and warrants beneficially owned by entities affiliated with or managed by Vestar Capital Partners. Mr. Levy disclaims existence of a group and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares, options and warrants owned by entities affiliated with or managed by Vestar Capital Partners.
 
(14) Includes shares, options and warrants beneficially owned by entities affiliated with Merrill Lynch or managed by Merrill Lynch affiliates. Ms. Puri disclaims existence of a group and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares, options and warrants owned by Merrill Lynch or managed by Merrill Lynch affiliates.
 
(15) Includes shares, options and warrants beneficially owned by entities affiliated with or managed by New Mountain Capital LLC. Mr. Singh disclaims existence of a group and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares, options and warrants owned by entities affiliated with or managed by New Mountain Capital Group, LLC.
 
(16) Excludes shares as to which beneficial ownership is disclaimed.
 
(17) The addresses of each beneficial owner are as follows: Funds affiliated with or managed by Goldman Sachs & Company, c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004; Aquiline Financial Services Fund L.P., c/o Aquiline Capital Partners LLC, 535 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10022; Funds affiliated with or managed by Vestar, c/o Vestar Capital Partners, 245 Park Avenue, 41st Floor, New York, NY 10167; Funds affiliated with or managed by New Mountain Capital, LLC, c/o New Mountain Capital, LLC, 787 Seventh Avenue, 49th Floor, New York, NY 10019; Funds Affiliated with or managed by Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity, c/o Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity, 4 World Financial Center, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10080; Caisse de Depot et Placement de Quebec, Centre CDP Capital, 1000, place Jean-Paul-Riopolle, Montreal Quebec, Canada H2Z 2B3; The addresses of each other beneficial owner listed are c/o Validus Holdings Ltd., 19 Par-La-Ville Road, Hamilton HM11 Bermuda.


86


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Shareholders Agreement and Related Provisions
 
Certain of our shareholders who have acquired shares of our common stock prior to the date hereof (“Existing Shareholders”) and we have entered into a shareholders’ agreement dated as of December 12, 2005 that governs certain relationships among, and contains certain rights and obligations of, such Existing Shareholders.
 
In connection with any future public offerings of common stock by us, the shareholders agreement grants those Existing Shareholders certain rights to participate in registered offerings by us of our common stock, or “piggyback” registration rights. Those rights vary for Existing Shareholders based on their investment amounts and continued shareholdings as follows:
 
  •      Sponsors.   Our shareholders agreement defines Aquiline, Goldman Sachs Capital Partners, Vestar Capital Partners, New Mountain Capital and Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity as “Sponsors.” So long as a Sponsor continues to beneficially hold at least 1/3 of its original shares of common stock, a Sponsor is deemed to be a “Qualified Sponsor.” The shareholders agreement permits Qualified Sponsors to make up to four demand registrations.
 
  •      Major Investors.   Our shareholders agreement defines a Major Investor as a Qualified Sponsor and any other party who (a) either acquired $100 million of our common stock at our formation or (b) beneficially owns at least 10% of our company on a fully-diluted basis at our formation or prior to our initial public offering. As of the date hereof, the Qualified Sponsors named above and Caisse de Depot et Placement de Quebec are “Major Investors” and would be entitled to two demand registrations.
 
These demand and piggyback registration rights are subject to limitations as to the maximum number of shares that may be registered if the managing underwriter in such an offering advises that the number of shares of common stock offered should be limited due to market conditions or otherwise. We are required to pay all expenses incurred in connection with demand and piggyback registrations, excluding, in the case of demand registrations, underwriting discounts and commissions. See “Underwriting” for a description of certain lock-up arrangements entered into in connection with the Offering.
 
Additionally, the shareholders agreement provides that Existing Shareholders as well as affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents of Existing Shareholders are permitted to engage in activities or businesses that are competitive with us. This section of the shareholders agreement also specifically releases Existing Shareholders from any obligation to refer business opportunities to the Company and establishes that no Existing Shareholder has any fiduciary duty to the Company.
 
In addition to the above provisions of the shareholders agreement, our bye-laws provide for customary tag-along rights if any Existing Shareholder transfers 5% or more of the outstanding Company securities prior to the first anniversary of our initial public offering (excluding certain permitted transfers). These tag-along rights require the selling Existing Shareholder to give each other Existing Shareholder notice of the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer, and provide that each Existing Shareholder then has the right to participate in the transfer. Persons who acquire shares in this offering will not be bound by these tag-along provisions.
 
Founder Agreement
 
We entered into a founder agreement with Aquiline Capital Partners LLC dated as of December 7, 2005 whereby we agreed to pay to Aquiline $12.3 million in return for services in connection with our formation and initial capitalization. In addition, we issued warrants to Aquiline. For a description of the warrants, see “Description of Share Capital — Warrants.”
 
Advisory Agreement
 
Pursuant to an Advisory Agreement dated as of December 7, 2005, we agreed to pay Aquiline an annual fee of $1.0 million for certain advisory services to be performed by Aquiline. The agreement terminates on December 7, 2010 or immediately upon the completion of this offering with all remaining fees of $3.0 million becoming due.


87


Table of Contents

Relationships with Our Founder, Sponsoring Investors and Underwriters
 
We and Aquiline engaged Merrill Lynch to provide services in connection with our initial capitalization. In connection with this agreement, Merrill Lynch received $8.1 million in fees during 2005. Merrill Lynch entities, which own 10.0 million Common Shares, received warrants.
 
Validus Re entered into agreements on December 8, 2005 with BlackRock an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, under which BlackRock provides investment management services of part of its investment portfolio, as well as certain reporting and related services in connection therewith. Accounting and investment management fees earned by BlackRock for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 were $897,000.
 
Validus Re entered into an agreement on December 8, 2005, with GSAM under which GSAM was appointed as an investment manager of part of our investment portfolio. Goldman Sachs entities received certain warrants in connection with its original investment in the Company. Investment management fees earned by GSAM for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 were $635,000.
 
Entities affiliated with Merrill Lynch were the initial purchasers of $40.0 million of the $150.0 million Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures.
 
In November 2006 we entered into a property quota share reinsurance transaction with a subsidiary of Allied World Assurance Holdings Ltd. pursuant to which we took an approximate 10% share of the reinsurance assumed under that contract. We will record $30 million of gross premiums written in the fourth quarter of 2006 related to this contract. The contract terms were negotiated on an arm’s-length basis. Funds affiliated with Goldman Sachs are stockholders of Allied World Assurance Holdings Ltd.
 
SFRi LLC, of which John Hendrickson, one of our Directors, is a Managing Director, received warrants at the time of the founding of the Company. For a description of the warrants, see “Description of Share Capital — Warrants.”
 
For a discussion of the relationships between certain of our directors and the entities described above, see the director biographies in “Management — Directors.”
 
Audit Committee Review
 
We have established written procedures for the review of transactions between us and any company affiliated with funds managed by any of our sponsors or any other company in which our officers or directors have a material interest. We refer to a company in which one of our sponsors has a material interest as a “portfolio company.” Any such transaction must be reviewed and approved by our management or the management of the operating subsidiary entering into the transaction, and the terms of such transaction should be arm’s-length or on terms that are otherwise fair to the Company. Any such transaction will also require prior approval of the Audit Committee, except reinsurance assumed transactions with a portfolio company that senior management have determined are ordinary course. Furthermore, the effect, if any, of such a transaction on the independence of any director will be considered.


88


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
 
The following summary of our share capital is qualified in its entirety by applicable provisions of Bermuda law and our Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. In this section, the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Validus Holdings, Ltd. and not to any of its subsidiaries.
 
General
 
We have an authorized share capital of 1,000,000,000 shares ($0.10 par value per share), which can consist of common shares and/or preference shares, as determined by our board.
 
Common Shares will have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional Common Shares, and no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange. Under certain circumstances, we have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Common Shares held by a shareholder. See “— Acquisition of Securities by the Company.”
 
In addition, our Bye-laws allow our Board to authorize the issuance of preference shares in one or more series, and may fix the rights and preferences of those shares, including as to dividends, conversion into common shares, voting, return of capital or otherwise.
 
Voting Rights and Adjustments
 
Under our Bye-laws, the company has the right to issue non-voting common shares, which are identical in all respects to voting common shares except that they are non-voting. The only non-voting common shares of the Company are held by Goldman Sachs and affiliates of Merrill Lynch.
 
In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and for so long as, the common shares of a shareholder, including any votes conferred by “controlled shares” (as defined below), would otherwise represent more than 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on a matter, including an election of directors, the votes conferred by such shares will be reduced by whatever amount is necessary such that, after giving effect to any such reduction (and any other reductions in voting power required by our Bye-laws), the votes conferred by such shares represent 9.09% of the aggregate voting power of all common shares entitled to vote on such matter. “Controlled shares” include, among other things, all shares that a person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 958 of the Code, or Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act).
 
Restrictions on Transfer of Common Shares
 
Each transfer must comply with current BMA permission or have specific permission from the BMA. Our Board of Directors may decline to register a transfer of any common shares if they have reason to believe that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders or indirect holders of shares or its Affiliates may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as our Board of Directors considers de minimis ). Transfers must be by instrument unless otherwise permitted by the Companies Act.
 
The restrictions on transfer and voting restrictions described above may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company.
 
Issuance of Shares
 
Subject to our Bye-laws and Bermuda law, our Board of Directors has the power to issue any of our unissued shares as it determines, including the issuance of any shares or class of shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights.
 
Bye-laws
 
In addition to the provisions of the Bye-laws described above under “— Voting Rights and Adjustments,” the following provisions are a summary of some of the other important provisions of our Bye-laws.


89


Table of Contents

Our Board of Directors
 
Our Bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of not less than nine and not more than twelve directors (as determined by resolution of the Board). Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes. See “Management — Board of Directors.” Each director elected after this offering generally will serve a three year term, with termination staggered according to class. Termination prior to the expiry of a director’s term will only be for cause. The Board of Directors may from time to time appoint any person to be a director to fill a vacancy.
 
Under our Bye-laws, subject to certain exceptions, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at any meeting at which a quorum is present generally is required to authorize a resolution put to vote at a meeting of the Board of Directors. Corporate action may also be taken by a unanimous written resolution of the Board of Directors without a meeting. A quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall be at least a majority of directors then in office present in person or represented by a duly authorized representative.
 
Furthermore, our Bye-laws provide that with respect to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company that is not a U.S. corporation or that is not treated as a pass-through or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (together, the “Designated Companies”), unless otherwise designated by the Board, the board of directors of each such Designated Company shall, from and after the time such entity becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary, be elected and removed by our shareholders by resolution in general meeting or by written resolution.
 
Shareholder Action
 
At any general meeting, two or more persons present in person and representing, in person or by proxy, more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting throughout the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In general, anything that may be done by resolution of our shareholders in a general meeting may be taken, without a meeting, by a resolution in writing signed by all of the shareholders entitled to attend such meeting and vote on such resolution. Under our Bye-laws, subject to certain exceptions, including the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, which, in certain circumstances, require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast in accordance with our Bye-laws, any questions proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting generally shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with our Bye-laws.
 
Our Bye-laws contain advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations for directors, including when proposals and nominations must be received and the information to be included.
 
Indemnity and Exculpation
 
Pursuant to our Bye-laws, we indemnify our officers, directors and employees to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law. Such indemnity will extend, without limitation, to any matter in which an officer, director or employee of ours may be guilty of negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to us or any of our subsidiaries, but will not extend to any matter in which such officer, director or employee is found, by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal, guilty of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to us.
 
Our Bye-laws also provide that none of our officers, directors or employees will be personally liable to us or our shareholders for any action or failure to act to the full extent that they are indemnified under our Bye-laws.
 
Amendment
 
Our Bye-laws may be amended only by a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors and by resolution of the shareholders approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total combined voting power of all issued and outstanding shares of our Company.


90


Table of Contents

Warrants
 
We issued warrants to purchase our common shares to certain of our founders and related persons, as well as certain of our employees. The terms of the warrants provide that they are exercisable at any time prior to December 12, 2015, at an exercise price of $10.00 per share (the “Warrants”). The exercise price and number of common shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant is subject to adjustment in respect of certain customary events.
 
The following table shows the number of Warrants to purchase common shares outstanding as of September 30, 2006, assuming consummation of this Offering:
 
                                 
    Warrants to acquire
    Percentage of fully
             
Holder
  common shares(1)     diluted shares(1)     Exercise price     Expiration  
 
Aquiline Financial Services Fund L.P. and its management company and affiliated companies
    5,116,860       4.15%     $ 10.00       December 12, 2015  
Investment funds affiliated with The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
    2,725,079       2.21%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
Entities affiliated with Merrill Lynch or managed by Merrill Lynch affiliates
    1,812,609       1.47%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
Funds affiliated with or managed by Vestar Capital Partners
    1,652,310       1.34%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
Funds affiliated with or managed by New Mountain Capital, LLC
    1,331,713       1.08%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
Caisse de Depot et Placement de Quebec
    1,233,068       1.00%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
SFRi Consultants LLC(2)
    123,307       0.10%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
Edward J. Noonan
    49,323       0.04%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
George P. Reeth
    12,330       0.01%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
Matthew J. Grayson
    6,795       0.01%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
Jeffrey W. Greenberg
    16,988       0.01%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
Christopher E. Watson
    10,193       0.01%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
Others
    706,235       0.57%       10.00       December 12, 2015  
                                 
Total
    14,796,810       12.00%                  
                                 
 
 
(1) Warrants for Aquiline Financial Services Fund L.P., Caisse de Depot et Placement de Quebec and Edward J. Noonan have been rounded up to the next full share to better reflect total outstanding warrants. Other warrants reflected in the table have been rounded to the nearest full share.
 
(2) Our director, John J. Hendrickson, is the Managing Director of SFRi Consultants LLC.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions and Insurance Regulations Concerning Change of Control
 
Some of the provisions of our Bye-laws, as well as certain insurance regulations concerning change of control, could delay or prevent a change of control of our company that a shareholder might consider favorable. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Shares.”
 
Differences in Corporate Law
 
You should be aware that the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. In order to highlight these


91


Table of Contents

differences set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us (including modifications adopted pursuant to our Bye-laws) that differ in certain respects from provisions of the corporate law of the State of Delaware. Because the following statements are summaries, they do not address all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.
 
Duties of Directors
 
Under Bermuda common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to a company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of such company and to exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty has the following essential elements:
 
  •      a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of such company;
 
  •      a duty not to make a personal profit from opportunities that arise from the office of director;
 
  •      a duty to avoid conflicts of interest; and
 
  •      a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended.
 
The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:
 
  •      to act honestly and in good faith, with a view to the best interests of such company; and
 
  •      to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.
 
In addition, the Companies Act imposes various duties on officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of such company.
 
The Companies Act provides that in any proceedings for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust against any officer, if it appears to a court that such officer is or may be liable in respect of the negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, but that he has acted honestly and reasonably, and that, having regard to all the circumstances of the case, including those connected with his appointment, he ought fairly to be excused for the negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, such court may relieve him, either wholly or partly, from any liability on such terms as such court may think fit. This provision has been interpreted to apply only to actions brought by or on behalf of a company against such officers. Our Bye-laws, however, provide that each of our present and future shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that such shareholder might have, individually or in the right of our Company, against any of our directors, officers or employees for any act or failure to act in the performance of the duties of such director, officer or employee, provided that this waiver does not extend to any matter in which such director, officer or employee is found, by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal, guilty of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to us.
 
Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders. The duty of care requires that directors act in an informed and deliberate manner, and inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all relevant material information reasonably available to them. The duty of care also requires that directors exercise care in overseeing and investigating the conduct of corporate employees. The duty of loyalty may be summarized as the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner that the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the shareholders.
 
Under the “business judgment rule,” courts generally do not second guess the business judgment of directors and officers. A party challenging the propriety of a decision of a board of directors bears the burden of rebutting the presumption afforded to directors by the business judgment rule. If the presumption is not rebutted, the business judgment rule attaches to protect the directors from liability for their decisions. Where, however, the presumption is rebutted, the directors bear the burden of demonstrating the fairness of the relevant transaction. However, when the board of directors takes defensive action in response to a threat to corporate control and approves a transaction resulting in a sale of control of the corporation, Delaware courts subject directors’ conduct to enhanced scrutiny.


92


Table of Contents

Interested Directors
 
Under Bermuda law and our Bye-laws, a transaction entered into by us, in which a director has an interest, will not be voidable by us, and such director will not be liable to us for any profit realized pursuant to such transaction, provided the nature of the interest is duly disclosed to our Audit Committee. In addition, our Bye-laws allow a director to be taken into account in determining whether a quorum is present and to vote on a transaction in which the director has an interest following a declaration of the interest to our Board of Directors, provided that the director is not disqualified from doing so by the chairman of the meeting. Under Delaware law, such a transaction would not be voidable if (i) the material facts with respect to such interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors, and the board of directors in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, (ii) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction, and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon or (iii) the transaction is fair to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, an interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Dividends
 
Bermuda law does not permit the declaration or payment of dividends or distributions of contributed surplus by a company if there are reasonable grounds for believing that a company is, and after the payment is made, would be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or the realizable value of such company’s assets would be less, as a result of the payment, than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The excess of the consideration paid on issue of shares over the aggregate par value of such shares must (except in certain limited circumstances) be credited to a share premium account. Share premium may be distributed in certain limited circumstances, for example, to pay up unissued shares which may be distributed to shareholders in proportion to their holdings, but is otherwise subject to limitation. In addition, our ability to declare and pay dividends and other distributions is subject to Bermuda insurance laws and regulatory constraints. See “Dividend Policy” and “Business — Regulation.”
 
Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in a company’s certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits at any time when capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.
 
Amalgamations, Mergers and Similar Arrangements
 
We may acquire the business of another Bermuda exempted company or a company incorporated outside Bermuda when conducting such business would benefit us and would be conducive to attaining our objectives contained within our Memorandum of Association. Pursuant to our Bye-laws, we may, with the approval of our board and, except in the case of certain amalgamations with and between wholly-owned Bermudian subsidiaries, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes cast (whether or not, in respect of any given class of shares, such class ordinarily carries the right to vote) at a general meeting at which a quorum of not less than two persons at least holding or representing by proxy more than one third of the issued shares of the Company is present, amalgamate with another Bermuda company or with a body incorporated outside Bermuda. In the case of an amalgamation, a shareholder may apply to a Bermuda court for a proper valuation of such shareholder’s shares if such shareholder is not satisfied that fair market value has been paid for such shares. The court ordinarily would not disapprove the transaction on that ground absent evidence of fraud or bad faith.
 
Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. Under Delaware law, a shareholder of a corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which such shareholder may receive payment in the amount of the fair market value of the shares held by such shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration such shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.


93


Table of Contents

Takeovers
 
Bermuda law provides that where an offer is made for shares of a company and, within four months of the offer, the holders of not less than 90% of the shares which are the subject of the offer accept, the offeror may by notice require the non-tendering shareholders to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. Dissenting shareholders may apply to the court within one month of the notice, objecting to the transfer. The burden is on the dissenting shareholders to show that the court should exercise its discretion to enjoin the required transfer, which the court will be unlikely to do unless there is evidence of fraud or bad faith or collusion between the offeror and the holders of the shares who have accepted the offer as a means of unfairly forcing out minority shareholders. Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any shareholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of capital stock. Upon any such merger, dissenting shareholders of the subsidiary would have appraisal rights.
 
Certain Transactions with Significant Shareholders
 
As a Bermuda company, we may enter into certain business transactions with our significant shareholders, including asset sales, in which a significant shareholder receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders with prior approval from our Board of Directors but without obtaining prior approval from our shareholders. If we were a Delaware corporation, we would need, subject to certain exceptions, prior approval from shareholders holding at least two-thirds of our outstanding common shares not owned by such interested shareholder to enter into a business combination (which, for this purpose, includes asset sales of greater than 10% of our assets that would otherwise be considered transactions in the ordinary course of business) with an interested shareholder for a period of three years from the time the person became an interested shareholder, unless we had opted out of the relevant Delaware statute, as provided for in that statute.
 
Shareholders’ Suits
 
The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law and our Bye-laws are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders under legislation or judicial precedent in many U.S. jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence an action in our name to remedy a wrong done to us where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond our corporate power or is illegal or would result in the violation of our Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by the court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of our shareholders than actually approved it. The winning party in such an action generally would be able to recover a portion of attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action. Our Bye-laws provide that all present and future shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of our company, against any of our directors, officers or employees for any action or failure to act in the performance of the duties of such director, officer or employee, except that such waiver does not extend to any matter in which such director, officer or employee is found, by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal, guilty of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to us. Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.
 
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Under Bermuda law we may and under our Bye-laws we will indemnify our officers, directors and employees against any liabilities and expenses incurred by such person by reason of such person acting in such capacity or any other capacity for, or on behalf of, us; provided that such indemnification does not extend to any matter in which such director, officer or employee is found, by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal, guilty of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to us. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’


94


Table of Contents

fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if (i) such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Under our Bye-laws, each of our present and future shareholders agrees to waive any claim or right of action that such shareholder might have, individually or in the right of our company, against any of our directors, officers or employees for any action or failure to act in the performance of the duties of such director, officer or employee, except that such waiver does not extend to any matter as to which such director, officer or employee admits that he is guilty, or is found, by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal, to be guilty of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to us. Such an admission or finding is not a prerequisite to a shareholder commencing or pursuing a claim.
 
Inspection of Corporate Records
 
Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and our registered office in Bermuda, which will include our Memorandum of Association (including its objects and powers) and any alteration to our Memorandum of Association and documents relating to any increase or reduction of authorized capital. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our Bye-laws, minutes of general meetings and audited annual financial statements, which must be presented to the annual general meeting of shareholders. The register of our shareholders is also open to inspection by shareholders without charge, and to members of the public for a fee. We are required to maintain our share register in Bermuda but, after our shares are listed on the NYSE and giving the required notice to the Bermuda Registrar of Companies, we may establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. We are required to keep at our registered office a register of our directors and officers (containing that information required under Bermuda law), which is open for inspection by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records. Delaware law permits any shareholder to inspect or obtain copies of a corporation’s shareholder list and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.
 
Shareholder Proposals
 
Under Bermuda law, the Companies Act provides that shareholders may, as set forth below and at their own expense (unless a company otherwise resolves), require a company to give notice of any resolution that the shareholders can properly propose at the next annual general meeting and/or to circulate a statement prepared by the requesting shareholders in respect of any matter referred to in a proposed resolution or any business to be conducted at a general meeting. The number of shareholders necessary for such a requisition is either that number of shareholders representing at least 5% of the total voting rights of all shareholders having a right to vote at the meeting to which the requisition relates or not less than 100 shareholders. Our Bye-laws also include advance-notice provisions regarding shareholder proposals and nominations. Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which nominations for directors may be made by shareholders or the manner in which business may be brought before a meeting.
 
Calling of Special Shareholders’ Meetings
 
Under our Bye-laws, a special general meeting may be called by our President, our Chairman or a majority of the directors in office. Under Bermuda law, a special meeting may also be called by the shareholders when requisitioned by the holders of at least 10% of the paid-up voting share capital of a company as provided by the Companies Act. Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws to call a special meeting of shareholders.
 
Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent
 
Under Bermuda law, the Companies Act provides that shareholders may take action by written consent, with consent from 100% of shareholders required. Delaware law permits shareholders to take action by the consent in writing by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of


95


Table of Contents

votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of shareholders at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
 
Amendment of Memorandum of Association
 
Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. An amendment to the memorandum of association that alters a company’s business objects may require approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her discretion.
 
Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued share capital or of any class of shares have the right to apply to the Bermuda courts for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment that alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering a company’s memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their designees as such holders may appoint in writing for such purpose. No application may be made by the shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.
 
Under Delaware law, amendment of the certificate of incorporation, which is the equivalent of a memorandum of association, of a company must be made by a resolution of the board of directors setting forth the amendment, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote or directing that the amendment proposed be considered at the next annual meeting of the shareholders. Delaware law requires that, unless a different percentage is provided for in the certificate of incorporation, a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon is required to approve the amendment of the certificate of incorporation at the shareholders meeting. If the amendment would alter the number of authorized shares or otherwise adversely affect the rights or preference of any class of a company’s stock, Delaware law provides that the holders of the outstanding shares of such affected class should be entitled to vote as a class upon the proposed amendment, regardless of whether such holders are entitled to vote by the certificate of incorporation. However, the number of authorized shares of any class may be increased or decreased, to the extent not falling below the number of shares then outstanding, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, if so provided in a company’s certificate of incorporation or any amendment that created such class or was adopted prior to the issuance of such class or that was authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such class of stock.
 
Amendment of Bye-laws
 
Consistent with the Companies Act, our Bye-laws provide that the Bye-laws may be rescinded, altered or amended only upon approval by a resolution of our Board of Directors and by a resolution of our shareholders approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total combined voting power of all issued and outstanding shares of our company.
 
Under Delaware law, holders of a majority of the voting power of a corporation and, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation, have the power to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of a corporation.
 
Listing
 
Our common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VR,” subject to official notice of issuance.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares will be          , whose principal executive office is located at          .


96


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures
 
On June 15, 2006, we issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures due 2036, which we refer to as the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures, in a private placement. The Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures mature on June 15, 2036, are redeemable at our option at par beginning June 15, 2011 and require us to make quarterly interest payments to the holders of the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures. Interest is payable at 9.069% per annum through and excluding June 15, 2011, and thereafter at a floating rate of 3-months LIBOR plus 355 basis points, reset quarterly. We may elect to defer interest payments on the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures at any time and from time to time for a period of up to 20 consecutive quarterly interest payments, at the end of which interest accrued during the deferral period would be due and payable.
 
The indenture governing the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures restricts us from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, or redeeming or repurchasing, any of our shares, including the Common Shares offered hereby, subject to customary exceptions:
 
  •      at any time that an Event of Default (defined to include payment and covenant defaults on the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures and the occurrence of certain bankruptcy events affecting us) has occurred and is continuing, or
 
  •      at any time that any of our material insurance subsidiaries receives a financial strength rating from A.M. Best of B or below (or if AM Best withdraws its rating of any of our material insurance subsidiaries), or
 
  •      during any period in which we have elected to defer interest payments on the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures.
 
Credit Facilities
 
On March 14, 2006, which we refer to as the effective date, we entered into a 364-day $100.0 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility and a three-year $200.0 million senior secured letter of credit facility, each provided by a syndicate of commercial banks.
 
The credit facilities contain affirmative covenants that include, among other things, (i) the requirement under the revolving credit facility that we at all times maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth of at least 65% of our consolidated net worth calculated as of the effective date, (ii) the requirement under the letter of credit facility that we initially maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth of at least 65% of our consolidated net worth calculated as of the effective date, and thereafter to be increased quarterly by an amount equal to 50% of our consolidated net income (if positive) for such quarter plus 50% of any net proceeds received from any issuance of common stock during such quarter, (iii) the requirement under each of the facilities that we maintain at all times a consolidated total debt to consolidated total capitalization ratio not greater than 0.30:1.00, and (iv) the requirement under each of the facilities that Validus Re and any other material insurance subsidiaries maintain a financial strength rating by A.M. Best of not less than “B++” (Fair). We were in compliance with the covenants at September 30, 2006.
 
The credit facilities also contain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and other payments in respect of equity interests, make investments, incur debt at our subsidiaries, sell assets and merge or consolidate with others.
 
We pay interest on loans outstanding under the revolving credit facility, at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (a) an adjusted LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin percentage determined with reference to the A.M. Best financial strength rating of Validus Re or (b) the applicable base rate. The applicable margin percentage for adjusted LIBOR rate loans ranges from 0.30% per annum if Validus Re is rated “A+” (Superior) or higher by A.M. Best to 1.00% per annum if Validus Re is rated “B++” (Fair) or lower by A.M. Best.


97


Table of Contents

We pay letter of credit fees under the letter of credit facility in respect of each letter of credit issued for the account of us or our subsidiaries computed at a rate per annum determined by reference to the A.M. Best financial strength rating of Validus Re, ranging from 0.25% per annum if Validus Re receives a financial strength rating from A.M. Best of “A+” (Superior) or higher to 0.50% if rated “B++” (Fair) or lower.
 
Letter of credit availability under our $200 million letter of credit facility is subject to a borrowing base limitation comprised of (a) the market value of cash and eligible securities owned by us or our subsidiaries and placed in a customary account control agreement in favor of the lenders and agents under the letter of credit facility multiplied by (b) an agreed upon advance rate applicable for each category of cash and eligible securities. Our obligations under the letter of credit facility are secured by a first-priority lien on the cash and eligible securities comprising the borrowing base in favor of the lenders and the issuing bank under the letter of credit facility.


98


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
After completion of this offering we will have        common shares outstanding (        common shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), of which our current shareholders will continue to hold           shares. In addition, 4,795,262 common shares have been reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). There have been no issuances of common shares to date under the LTIP. 14,796,810 shares have been reserved for issuance pursuant to warrants granted to our principal shareholders. All the           common shares registered in this offering (           common shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless such shares are purchased by “affiliates.” Under the Securities Act, an “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer.
 
Sale of Restricted Shares
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least two years, including an “affiliate” of the issuer, is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, that number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then-outstanding shares of the same class (all common shares in the case of our company) or the average weekly trading volume of the then-outstanding shares of that class during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of each related sale is filed with the SEC. Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are subject to certain requirements as to manner of sale, notice and availability of current information about the issuer for at least 90 days prior to any sale of that type. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to be (and during the three months preceding the sale was not) an “affiliate” of the issuer, and whose shares were not acquired by it or any prior holder from the issuer or any “affiliate” thereof during the two years preceding the proposed sale, is entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144 without regard to the resale volume and other limitations described above. As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly, through the use of one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under the common control with that issuer.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We, certain of our officers and directors and the selling shareholders have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is           days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of          . See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of specified transfer restrictions.
 
The     -day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the initial     -day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial     -day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial     -day period, then in each case the initial     -day restricted period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless           each waives, in writing, such extension.
 
Registration Rights
 
Our principal shareholders will hold certain registration rights relating to the remaining shares. See the discussion of registration rights that we granted certain original shareholders in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Shareholders Agreements and Related Provisions.”
 
We expect to provide for Securities Act registration of shares currently held or acquired by employees pursuant to options provided by us (including the          option shares specified above), so that the shares may be sold into the public market from time to time.


99


Table of Contents

Listing
 
Prior to the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for the common shares. Trading of the common shares is expected to commence on the NYSE following the completion of this offering. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of common shares, or the perception that those sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the common shares.


100


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
This section summarizes the material Bermuda and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the common shares acquired in this offering by U.S. Persons (as defined below). The following summary of the taxation of Validus and its subsidiaries, and the taxation of Validus’s shareholders, is based upon current law and does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase common shares. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes may be forthcoming that could affect this summary.
 
The following legal discussion (including and subject to the matters and qualifications set forth in such discussion) of the material tax considerations under (i) “Bermuda Taxation — Taxation of Validus and Subsidiaries” and “— Taxation of Shareholders” is based upon the advice of Conyers Dill & Pearman, special Bermuda legal counsel and (ii) “U.S. Taxation — Taxation of Validus and its Subsidiaries” and “— Taxation of Shareholders” is based upon the advice of Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp (“Cahill”). Each of these advisers has reviewed its portion of this discussion (as set forth above) and hereby confirms that such portion of the discussion, subject to the conditions and limitations contained therein, constitutes in each case the opinion of such adviser on the material income tax considerations under the law of the relevant jurisdiction relating to Validus and its subsidiaries and the ownership of Validus’s common shares by investors that are U.S. Persons who acquire such shares in this offering. The advice of such advisers does not include any factual or accounting matters, transfer pricing determinations, or other determinations or conclusions such as insurance accounting determinations or computations of related person insurance income (which is referred to herein as “RPII”) or any amounts or components thereof (for example, amounts or computations of income or expense items or reserves entering into RPII computations) or facts relating to the business, income, reserves or activities of Validus and its subsidiaries. The advice of these advisers relies upon and is premised on the accuracy of factual statements and representations made by Validus concerning the business, properties, ownership, organization, source of income and manner of operation of Validus and its subsidiaries. Statements contained herein about the beliefs, expectations and conditions of Validus and its subsidiaries regarding factual matters represent the view of management and have not been independently reviewed or verified by counsel.
 
The discussion is based upon current law. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could be retroactive and could materially adversely affect the tax consequences to us and to holders of common shares.
 
The tax treatment of a holder of common shares, or of a person treated as a holder of common shares for U.S. federal income, state, local or non-U.S. tax purposes, may vary depending on the holder’s particular tax situation. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING COMMON SHARES.
 
Bermuda Taxation
 
Taxation of Validus and its Subsidiaries
 
Under current Bermuda law, there is no Bermuda income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax or capital transfer tax payable by us. Validus has obtained from the Minister of Finance under The Exempted Undertaking Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to Validus or to any of its operations or shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 28, 2016. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda, or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any land leased to Validus. Validus and Validus Re pay annual Bermuda government fees. In addition, Validus Re pays annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.


101


Table of Contents

Taxation of Shareholders
 
Currently, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by the holders of the common shares of Validus in respect of their shares.
 
U.S. Taxation
 
Set forth below is the opinion of Cahill regarding the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the common shares purchased in this offering by U.S. holders who hold the common shares as capital assets. The following opinion is based upon the provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and pronouncements, judicial decisions, and treaties, all as currently in effect. Such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, possibly on a retroactive basis, in a manner that could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences that are materially adversely different from those described in the opinion. The following opinion is based on the accuracy of (i) each of the factual matters set forth in this prospectus and (ii) factual representations contained in a certificate of Validus delivered to Cahill in connection with this opinion, which facts have not been independently reviewed or verified by Cahill. Any inaccuracy in any of these factual matters or any change after this offering in any of these factual matters or in the conduct, practices, activities or operating guidelines of Validus or its subsidiaries may affect the legal conclusions reached in the opinion. Cahill has no obligation to update the opinion to reflect future changes in law or any inaccuracies or changes in any of the foregoing factual matters that may later come to its attention.
 
As discussed in the opinion, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common shares purchased in this offering will depend to a significant extent on the actual income and assets of Validus and its subsidiaries, the manner in which Validus manages and conducts its business and the business of its subsidiaries, and the composition of Valdius’s direct and indirect shareholders, both now and in the future. Those U.S. federal income tax consequences will also depend on other factual or accounting matters, transfer pricing determinations and other determinations or computations, such as insurance accounting determinations or computations of RPII or any amounts or components thereof, such as amounts of income or expense items or reserves entering into RPII computations. Valdius’s projections, computations and estimates of the foregoing represent the views of management and have not been independently reviewed or verified by counsel.
 
Statements contained in the opinion about the beliefs, expectations and conditions of Validus and its subsidiaries regarding factual or accounting matters represent the view of Valdius’s management and have not been independently reviewed or verified by counsel.
 
This opinion is not a guarantee and represents only the judgment of Cahill regarding the specific legal matters addressed. The opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or any court, and there is no assurance that the IRS or a court would not reach a contrary conclusion.
 
This opinion has been prepared solely for purposes of the offering of the company’s common shares pursuant to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part. It may not be used or relied upon for any other purpose.
 
Subject to the foregoing, the legal discussion in the remainder of this section is the opinion of Cahill.
 
Taxation of Validus and Its Subsidiaries
 
In general, a non-U.S. corporation is subject to U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. and to the U.S. branch profits tax based upon its after-tax effectively connected earnings and profits, with certain adjustments. We currently intend to structure our activities to minimize the risk that we would be considered engaged in a U.S. trade or business. No definitive standards, however, are provided by the Code, Treasury regulations or court decisions regarding activities that constitute the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. Because that determination is essentially factual, neither we nor Cahill can assure you that the IRS will not contend that we are engaged in a


102


Table of Contents

U.S. trade or business. If we were found to be so engaged, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates, except that a non-U.S. corporation is generally entitled to deductions and credits only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. We intend to file such a “protective” return. Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a U.S. domestic corporation. In addition, we would be subject to the branch profits tax. The highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rates currently are 35% for a corporation’s effectively connected income and 30% for the branch profits tax.
 
Bermuda Treaty.   If Validus Re is entitled to the benefits of the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the U.S. (the “Bermuda Treaty”), it would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any income protected by the Bermuda Treaty unless that income is attributable to a permanent establishment in the U.S.
 
  •      Limitation of benefits.   An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty only if (i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the U.S. or Bermuda, or U.S. citizens; and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither resident of the U.S. or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens. The 50% test is generally based on ultimate beneficial ownership of individuals, i.e. , by looking through any shareholders that are entities, such as Validus. We believe that Validus Re is eligible for the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty. Because of the factual and legal uncertainties regarding the residency and citizenship of the direct and indirect shareholders of Validus, however, we cannot assure you that Validus Re is, or will continue to be, entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty.
 
  •      Premium and investment income.   The Bermuda Treaty clearly applies to premium income, but may be construed as not protecting investment income. Several practitioners and commentators have asserted that, as a policy matter, the Bermuda Treaty should be construed to protect investment income to the same extent as premium income. Because there are no cases or rulings interpreting this treaty language, the answer is unclear and Cahill is unable to render an opinion on this issue. If Validus Re were considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business and were entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general, but the Bermuda Treaty were found not to protect investment income, a portion of Validus Re’s investment income could be subject to U.S. federal income tax.
 
Net investment income.   Non-U.S. insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the U.S. have a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income, determined in accordance with a formula that depends in part on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If Validus Re were considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the U.S. and were not entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general or with respect to investment income, a portion of its investment income could be subject to U.S. federal income tax.
 
Withholding tax.   Non-U.S. corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. are nonetheless subject to U.S. income tax imposed by withholding on certain “fixed or determinable annual or periodical gains, profits and income” from sources within the U.S. Such income generally includes dividends from a U.S. corporation and certain interest on investments. The tax is generally imposed at a 30% rate unless reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. The Bermuda Treaty provides no relief from this tax.
 
Excise tax.   The U.S. imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers with respect to risks located in the U.S. The applicable tax rates are 4% for insurance premiums and 1% for reinsurance premiums. The Bermuda Treaty does not provide any relief from the excise tax. The person who pays the premium to the non-U.S. insurer or reinsurer is generally responsible for the excise tax. If, however, the tax is not paid by the purchaser of the insurance or reinsurance, the non-U.S. insurer is generally liable for the tax. In addition, the IRS has taken the position that an additional excise tax may be imposed when a non-U.S. insurer or reinsurer cedes U.S. risks to a non-U.S. insurer that is not eligible for the excise tax exemption under an applicable treaty.


103


Table of Contents

Legislative proposals.   Congress has periodically considered legislation intended to eliminate certain tax advantages perceived to be enjoyed by Bermuda insurance companies because of the favorable tax environment in Bermuda. Congress has also considered legislation intended to eliminate certain perceived tax benefits of U.S. insurance companies that have Bermuda affiliates, including benefits resulting principally from reinsurance between or among U.S. insurance companies and their Bermuda affiliates. To that end, Section 845 of the Code was amended in 2004 to permit the IRS to reallocate, recharacterize or adjust items of income, deduction or certain other items related to a reinsurance agreement between related parties to reflect the proper “source, character or amount” for each item (in contrast to prior law, which covered only “source and character”). In addition, one legislative proposal would impose additional limits on the deductibility of interest by foreign-owned U.S. corporations. Another legislative proposal would treat a non-U.S. corporation as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes if it were considered to be primarily managed and controlled in the U.S.
 
Taxation of Shareholders
 
Unless otherwise stated, this opinion addresses only holders that are U.S. Persons (as defined below) who purchase their common shares in this offering and who hold their common shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
 
The following opinion is a discussion of only the material U.S. federal income tax matters as described herein and does not purport to address all the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholder’s specific circumstances. For example, if a partnership holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding common shares, you are urged to consult your tax adviser. In addition, the following opinion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to special classes of shareholders, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, financial asset securitization investment trusts, dealers or traders in securities, tax-exempt organizations, expatriates, persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who are considered with respect to Validus or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries as “United States shareholders” for purposes of the CFC provisions of the Code (generally, except as provided in the discussion of RPII, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Validus or the stock of any of Validus’s non-U.S. subsidiaries), or persons who hold the common shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle, who may be subject to special rules or treatment under the Code.
 
This opinion is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative rulings and pronouncements, judicial decisions and treaties, all as in effect on the date hereof and as currently interpreted, and does not take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This opinion does not address any U.S. federal tax laws other than income tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, or the tax laws of any state or local governments within the U.S.
 
For purposes of this opinion, the term “U.S. Person” means a person who for U.S. federal income tax purposes is: (i) an individual citizen or resident of the U.S., (ii) a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if either (x) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Distributions.   Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC, RPII and PFIC provisions, distributions on the common shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of Validus’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, as computed using


104


Table of Contents

U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent that distributions on common shares exceed Validus’s earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a tax-free return of your tax basis in the common shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. Validus’s earnings and profits generally will not include the earnings and profits of its subsidiaries until such amounts are distributed to Validus.
 
Unless Validus is a PFIC, dividends paid to an individual in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income generally will be taxable at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%, provided certain holding period requirements are satisfied. Dividends paid on the common shares generally will be qualified dividend income if the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. and certain other conditions are satisfied. U.S. Treasury Department guidance indicates that the common shares, which will be listed on the NYSE, will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. We cannot assure you, however, that the common shares will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in any future year. Individuals who do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss or who elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. Dividends paid, if any, in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011 will be taxed at the then-applicable ordinary income rates.
 
Dividends paid by Validus to U.S. corporate shareholders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction under Section 243 of the Code.
 
CFC Provisions.   Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns any shares in the CFC, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, on the last day of the non-U.S. corporation’s taxable year in which it is a CFC, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC’s “subpart F income,” even if that income is not distributed. “Subpart F income” of a non-U.S. insurance corporation typically includes “foreign personal holding company income,” such as interest, dividends and other types of passive income, as well as insurance and reinsurance income, including underwriting and investment income, attributable to the insurance of risks situated outside the CFC’s country of incorporation.
 
Except as otherwise provided for RPII purposes, a non-U.S. corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders own (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or by attribution through application of the constructive ownership rules of Section 958(b) of the Code (that is, “constructively”)) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of such non-U.S. corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all the stock of such corporation on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. The constructive ownership rules generally apply to family members, partnerships, estates, trusts and controlled corporations. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC generally includes any non-U.S. insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned by 10% U.S.
 
Shareholders on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. Except as discussed below with respect to RPII, a non-U.S. corporation’s status as a CFC has no adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for a U.S. holder that is not a 10% U.S. Shareholder.
 
A “10% U.S. Shareholder” is a U.S. Person or a partnership created or organized under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof (a “U.S. Partnership”) who owns (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the non-U.S. corporation.
 
We believe that because of the provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power, as described in “Description of Share Capital,” no U.S. Person who owns shares of Validus directly or indirectly


105


Table of Contents

through one or more non-U.S. entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of Validus or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries. However, because of legal and factual uncertainties, it is unclear whether the IRS could successfully challenge the effectiveness of these provisions, and Cahill is unable to render an opinion on this issue.
 
RPII Provisions.   The following discussion generally is applicable for a taxable year only if the RPII of one or more of Validus’s non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries, determined on a gross basis, is 20% or more of such non-U.S. insurance subsidiary’s gross insurance income for such taxable year (the “20% Threshold”) and U.S. Persons and U.S. Partnerships are deemed to own at least 25% of the stock of the non-U.S. subsidiary by vote or value on any day in the taxable year (the “25% Threshold”). The 25% Threshold generally is based on ultimate beneficial ownership by U.S. Persons and U.S. Partnerships ( i.e. , by looking through any shareholders that are non-U.S. entities). The following discussion generally would not apply for any fiscal year in which gross RPII falls below the 20% Threshold or the 25% Threshold is not met. Although no assurance can be given because of the inherent factual uncertainties regarding the identity of the shareholders of a public company such as Validus, and the relationship between shareholders and insureds, Validus currently believes that the gross RPII of each of its non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries as a percentage of gross insurance income will be below the 20% Threshold each taxable year for the foreseeable future.
 
RPII is any “insurance income” attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is a “RPII shareholder” or a “related person” with respect to such RPII shareholder. In general, “insurance income” is income, including premium and investment income, attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract that would be taxed under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were that of a U.S. insurance company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary in the income of RPII shareholders, the term “RPII shareholder” means any U.S. Person or U.S. Partnership who owns, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, any amount of Validus’s common shares. Generally, the term “related person” for this purpose means someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder, or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons that control the RPII shareholder. Control means ownership of more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock, applying certain constructive ownership principles. A corporation’s pension plan is ordinarily not a “related person” with respect to the corporation unless the pension plan owns, directly or indirectly through the application of certain constructive ownership rules, more than 50% by vote or value, of the stock of the corporation.
 
Inclusions in Income.   If the RPII rules apply to a taxable year, each U.S. Person owning directly or indirectly any of Validus’s non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries on the last day of Validus’s taxable year on which the 25% Threshold is met will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of the RPII for the entire taxable year. In general, the amount includible in income is determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to U.S. persons on that date, but limited by such U.S. shareholder’s share of the subsidiary’s current-year earnings and profits, and possibly reduced by the U.S. shareholder’s share, if any, of prior year deficits in earnings and profits.
 
Exceptions.   RPII of a non-U.S. corporation is not taken into account if (i) less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of the corporation’s stock is owned by persons, including non-U.S. Persons, who are directly or indirectly insured under any policy of insurance or reinsurance issued by such corporation or who are related persons with respect to any such person, (ii) the corporation elects to be taxed on its RPII as if the RPII were effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or (iii) the corporation elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation.
 
We currently believe that the gross RPII of each of Valdius’s non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries does not, and will not in the foreseeable future, equal or exceed 20% of such subsidiary’s gross insurance income in any taxable year. Consequently, we currently do not expect any U.S. holder owning common shares to be required to include any RPII in gross income for U.S. federal income purposes. We cannot assure you, however, that the foregoing exception will apply. Moreover, as discussed below, only limited guidance regarding the RPII provisions is available, and the related Treasury regulations are in proposed form.


106


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the meaning and application of the RPII provisions are uncertain, and future guidance might have a retroactive effect.
 
Computation of RPII.   The Company might not be able to determine whether any of the underlying direct or indirect insureds to which any of its non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries provides insurance or reinsurance are shareholders or related persons with respect to such shareholders. Consequently, the Company might not be able to determine accurately the gross amount of RPII earned by its non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries in a given taxable year. For any year in which the gross RPII of any of the non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries of the Company is 20% or more of such non-U.S. insurance subsidiary’s gross insurance income for the year, the Company may also seek information from its shareholders to determine whether beneficial owners of common shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such persons. To the extent the Company is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of common shares is a U.S. Person, the Company may assume that such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per common share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders.
 
The amount of RPII includible in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses.
 
Apportionment of RPII to U.S. Holders.   For any taxable year of Validus in which the 20% Threshold and the 25% Threshold are met, every RPII shareholder who owns common shares on the last day of such taxable year on which the 25% Threshold was met will be required to include in gross income its share of such non-U.S. insurance subsidiary’s RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which such non-U.S. insurance subsidiary was a CFC under the RPII provisions, whether or not distributed, even though it may not have owned the shares throughout such period. A RPII shareholder who owns common shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year in which the 25% Threshold was met generally is not required to include in gross income any part of such non-U.S. insurance subsidiary’s RPII.
 
Basis Adjustments.   A RPII shareholder’s tax basis in its common shares will be increased by the amount of any RPII that the shareholder includes in income. The RPII shareholder may exclude from income the amount of any distributions by Validus out of previously taxed RPII income. The RPII shareholder’s tax basis in its common shares will be reduced by the amount of such distributions that are excluded from income.
 
Uncertainty of Application of RPII Provisions.   The RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is uncertain whether those regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made to them. It is also uncertain whether any such changes or any interpretation or application of the RPII provisions by the IRS or the courts might have retroactive effect. The RPII provisions include the grant of authority to the Treasury Department to prescribe “such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of this subsection including ... regulations preventing the avoidance of this subsection through cross insurance arrangements or otherwise.” Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application of those provisions to Valdius’s non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries is uncertain. In addition, there can be no assurance that the amount of RPII or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the effects of these uncertainties.
 
Tax-Exempt Shareholders.   If any non-U.S. insurance subsidiary owned by us is considered a CFC in general, tax-exempt entities that are considered 10% U.S. Shareholders of such non-U.S. insurance subsidiary will be required to treat their proportionate share of all of such subsidiary’s insurance and reinsurance income as unrelated business taxable income that generally is subject to tax, regardless of whether such income is currently distributed. In addition, if any such subsidiary is considered a CFC with respect to RPII, tax-exempt entities that are U.S. persons holding common shares will be required to treat their proportionate share of all such subsidiary’s RPII as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are tax-exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the potential effect of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or a RPII


107


Table of Contents

shareholder must also file IRS Form 5471 in the circumstances described below in “— IRS Forms 926 and 5471.”
 
Dispositions of Common Shares.   Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of Code Section 1248 and the PFIC rules, holders of common shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares. If the holding period for these common shares exceeds one year, any gain recognized by a non-corporate shareholder will be subject to tax a maximum marginal U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%, which will increase to 20% for dispositions occurring during taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. Any gain will be U.S. source gain and will generally be passive category income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
 
Code Section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a non-U.S. corporation and such person owned, directly, indirectly through certain non-U.S. entities, or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC’s earnings and profits (determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). We believe that, because of the provisions in Valdius’s organizational documents that limit voting power and other factors, no U.S. shareholder of Validus should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of Validus. Consequently, subject to the discussion of RPII below, Code Section 1248 should not apply to dispositions of common shares. However, because of the lack of legal authority addressing this issue, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge the effectiveness of those provisions and that a court will not sustain such a challenge. A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. If such filing is required, Validus will provide, upon request, a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the Form.
 
Code Section 1248 also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a non-U.S. corporation by a U.S. Person if the non-U.S. corporation would have been treated as a CFC for RPII purposes (regardless of whether the shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or the 20% Threshold has been met) at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and the U.S. Person owned any stock at that time. If Section 1248 applies in that case, gain on the disposition of common shares may be recharacterized as a dividend to the extent of the U.S. Person’s share of the corporation’s undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the U.S. Person owned the shares (possibly whether or not those earnings and profits are attributable to RPII).
 
Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code Section 1248 would apply if a non-U.S. corporation is not a CFC but has a subsidiary that is a CFC and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation. This application of Code Section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to a disposition of common shares because Validus will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not successfully assert the contrary position or that the Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide that Section 1248 will apply to dispositions of common shares. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the effects of these rules on a disposition of common shares.
 
PFIC Provisions.   In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC during a taxable year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes passive income or (ii) 50% or more of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.
 
If Validus were characterized as a PFIC for a taxable year, a U.S. Person that receives an “excess distribution” on common shares or recognizes a gain on the disposition of common shares will be subject to a penalty tax, unless the person makes a “qualified electing fund” or “mark-to-market” election. It is uncertain


108


Table of Contents

whether we would be able to provide holders of common shares with the information necessary to make a qualified electing fund election.
 
In general, a shareholder receives an “excess distribution” on shares if the amount of the distribution exceeds 125% of the average distributions on those shares during the three preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the shareholder held the shares). The penalty tax is generally equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the shares, computed by assuming that the excess distribution or gain on the shares was realized ratably throughout that period and subject to tax at the highest U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income. The interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for such period. In addition, a distribution paid by Validus to U.S. shareholders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess distribution would not be eligible for a reduced rate of tax as qualified dividend income if Validus were considered a PFIC.
 
For PFIC purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. Income derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation that is predominantly engaged in an insurance business is not treated as passive income. That exception is intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income except to the extent that such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under which a non-U.S. corporation will be treated as if it received directly its proportionate share of the income, and held its proportionate share of the assets, of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock.
 
Validus currently expects, for purposes of the PFIC rules, that Validus Re will be predominantly engaged in the active conduct of an insurance business and will not have financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of its reinsurance business in each year of operations. Accordingly, Validus currently expects that none of the income or assets of Validus Re should be treated as passive. Further, Validus currently expects that the passive income and assets of each of Valdius’s other subsidiaries will, for PFIC purposes, be immaterial in each year of operations relative to the overall income and assets of Validus. Under the look-through rule, Validus should be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of its direct and indirect subsidiaries for purposes of the 75% test and the 50% test. Assuming that Valdius’s expectations are in fact correct currently and in the future, Cahill is of the opinion that Validus should not be treated as a PFIC in 2006 or in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance, however, that the IRS will not challenge this position and that a court will not sustain such challenge. No regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company are currently available, and new regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying those rules may be forthcoming, which could be retroactive. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisers about the effects of the PFIC rules.
 
Foreign Tax Credits.   In computing a shareholder’s U.S. foreign tax credit limitation, only a portion of the current income inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC provisions and of any dividends paid by Validus (including any gain from the sale or common shares that is treated as a dividend under Code Section 1248) will be treated as non-U.S. source income. We will consider providing shareholders with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting non-U.S. source income to the extent that such information is reasonably available. It is likely that the “subpart F income,” RPII and dividends that are non-U.S. source income will constitute passive category income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Thus, shareholders might not be able to utilize any excess foreign tax credits from other sources to reduce U.S. tax on such income.
 
IRS Forms 926 and 5471.   U.S. Persons, including tax-exempt entities, that purchase common shares in the offering may be required to attach IRS Form 926 to their U.S. federal income tax returns for their taxable year that includes the date on which the proceeds of the offering are transferred to the Company. For U.S. individual investors, this generally will be their calendar year 2007 tax return. This requirement applies if (i) immediately after the purchase of the common shares, the U.S. Person owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, at least 10% (by vote or value) of the common shares or (ii) the purchase of the common shares,


109


Table of Contents

when aggregated with all purchases of common shares made by such person or any related person in the offering, exceeds $100,000. For an individual, a “related person” generally includes family members and corporations in which the U.S. Person owns more than 50% (by value) of the stock. A U.S. Person that fails to attach IRS Form 926 to its return when required to do so may be subject to a penalty equal to 10% of the gross amount paid by such person for the common shares. That penalty may not exceed $100,000, provided that the failure to file was not attributable to an intentional disregard of the tax law.
 
Under certain circumstances, U.S. Persons owning stock in a non-U.S. corporation are required to file IRS Form 5471 with their U.S. federal income tax returns. Generally, information reporting on IRS Form 5471 is required by (i) a person who is treated as a RPII shareholder, (ii) a 10% U.S. Shareholder of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during any taxable year of the non-U.S. corporation, and who owned the stock on the last day of that year and (iii) under certain circumstances, a U.S. Person who acquires stock in a non-U.S. corporation and as a result thereof owns 10% or more of the voting power or value of such non-U.S. corporation, whether or not such non-U.S. corporation is a CFC.
 
U.S. Persons are urged to consult their tax advisers for advice regarding reporting on IRS Form 926 and IRS Form 5471 and any other reporting requirements that may apply to their acquisition of the common shares.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.   Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with distributions on the common shares and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the common shares unless the holder of the common shares establishes an exemption. A holder of common shares that does not establish such an exemption may be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax on these payments if the holder is not a corporation or non-U.S. Person or fails to provide its taxpayer identification number or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Person will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Person’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Person to a refund provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
 
Possible Changes in U.S. Tax Law.   The U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations, including those regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the U.S. (or has a permanent establishment) or is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the “subpart F income” or the RPII of a CFC, are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. No regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies are currently in effect, and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when or in what form such regulations or pronouncements will be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.


110


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
We, the selling shareholders and the underwriters named below have entered into a purchase agreement with respect to the common shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of common shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.
 
         
    Number of
 
Underwriter
  common shares  
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
                
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
       
Incorporated
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the common shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the common shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
 
The underwriters are offering the common shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the common shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
 
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
 
If the underwriters sell more common shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional           common shares from the selling shareholders to cover those sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any common shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase common shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
 
Discounts and Commissions
 
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling shareholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase           additional common shares.
 
                         
          No
    Full
 
    Per share     exercise     exercise  
 
Public offering price
  $           $           $        
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us
  $       $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by the selling shareholders
                       
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders
  $       $       $  
 
Common shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $      per common share from the initial public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any common shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $      per common share from the initial public offering price. If all the common shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms.


111


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements
 
We, certain of our officers and directors and the selling shareholders have agreed with           not to dispose of or hedge any of the common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is           days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of          . See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of specified transfer restrictions.
 
The     -day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the initial     -day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial     -day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the initial     -day period, then in each case the initial     -day restricted period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless           each waives, in writing, such extension.
 
Offering Price Determination
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us, the selling shareholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the common shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of our company, an assessment of our company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses. An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial offering price.
 
Discretionary Sales
 
The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the common shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
New York Stock Exchange
 
Our common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VR,” subject to official notice of issuance. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing our common shares on the NYSE, the underwriters will undertake to sell lots of 100 or more common shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.
 
Indemnification
 
We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities incurred in connection with the directed share program referred to below, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.
 
Directed Share Program
 
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to           common shares offered hereby for officers, employees and certain other persons associated with us. The number of common shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. Each person who purchases common shares in the directed share program will agree, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to sell or otherwise dispose of the common shares purchased in the directed share program without the consent of          .


112


Table of Contents

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
 
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of common shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares from the selling shareholders in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common shares or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional common shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of that option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.
 
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased common shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
 
These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common shares. As a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we, the selling shareholders nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common shares.
 
Foreign Selling Restrictions
 
United Kingdom
 
Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:
 
(a) it has not made or will not make an offer of shares to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority (FSA);
 
(b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and
 
(c) it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.


113


Table of Contents

 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each Underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of Shares to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Hong Kong
 
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
 
Singapore
 
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
 
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the


114


Table of Contents

entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
 
Japan
 
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
Relationships
 
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed and may in the future perform various financial advisory and investment or commercial banking services for our company and our affiliates for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In addition, affiliates of the underwriters own shares of common stock. This offering is being conducted in accordance with Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers (“NASD”). Affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. currently in the aggregate beneficially own a 10% or more interest in Validus. Rule 2720 requires that the initial public offering price can be no higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined by the NASD. We therefore have           which serves as a qualified independent underwriter (“QIU”).          has served in the capacity of QIU previously and, in relation to this offering, has performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The underwriters will not confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without first receiving a written consent from those accounts. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”
 
Two of our directors, Stuart A. Katz and Mandakini Puri, are employed by affiliates of the underwriters. Stuart A. Katz is a Managing Director of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the general partners of GS Capital Partners. Ms. Puri is a Managing Director and chief investment officer with Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity and a director of several Merrill Lynch subsidiaries.


115


Table of Contents

 
VALIDITY OF COMMON SHARES
 
The validity of the common shares under Bermuda law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman, Hamilton, Bermuda. Our company is being advised as to certain U.S. legal matters in connection with this offering by Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp , New York, New York, and the underwriters are being advised as to certain U.S. legal matters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. An investment partnership comprised of certain partners of Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp owns interests representing less than one-tenth of 1% of the common shares of Validus Holdings, Ltd.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Validus Holdings, Ltd. as of December 31, 2005 and for the period then ended have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to this offering. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement, and you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits to read that information. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may read and copy the registration statement, the related exhibits and the reports, and other materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, including us, that file with the SEC. The site’s internet address is www.sec.gov . You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us as follows:
 
Validus Holdings, Ltd.
19 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor
Hamilton HM11 Bermuda
(441) 278-9000
 
After this offering, we will become subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to read and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at the address noted above or on the SEC’s internet site at the internet address noted above.


116


Table of Contents

 
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER
UNITED STATES FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND OTHER MATTERS
 
Our company is a Bermuda company and several of our directors and most of our officers are residents of various jurisdictions outside the United States. A substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors and officers, at any given time, are or may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. Although we have appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any actions against us arising out of violations of the U.S. federal securities laws in any federal or state court in the United States relating to the transactions covered by this prospectus, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States on our directors and officers who reside outside the United States or to enforce against us or our directors and officers judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.
 
We have been advised by our Bermuda counsel that there is no treaty in force between the United States and Bermuda providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As a result, whether a U.S. judgment would be enforceable in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers depends on whether the U.S. court that entered the judgment is recognized by a Bermuda court as having jurisdiction over us or our directors and officers, as determined by reference to Bermuda conflict of law rules. The courts of Bermuda would recognize as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in a U.S. court pursuant to which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty). The courts of Bermuda would give a judgment based on such a U.S. judgment as long as (1) the U.S. court had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to the judgment, (2) the U.S. court did not contravene the rules of natural justice of Bermuda, (3) the U.S. judgment was not obtained by fraud, (4) the enforcement of the U.S. judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of Bermuda, (5) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of Bermuda and (6) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of Bermuda.
 
In addition to and irrespective of jurisdictional issues, Bermuda courts will not enforce a provision of the U.S. federal securities law that is either penal in nature or contrary to public policy. It is the advice of our Bermuda counsel that an action brought pursuant to a public or penal law, the purpose of which is the enforcement of a sanction, power or right at the instance of the state in its sovereign capacity, is unlikely to be entertained by Bermuda courts. Specified remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including specified remedies under U.S. federal securities laws, would not be available under Bermuda law or enforceable in a Bermuda court, as they are likely to be contrary to Bermuda public policy. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for a violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial application under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda.
 
We have received from the BMA permission for the issue and free transferability of the common shares being offered hereby, so long as such common shares are listed on the NYSE, to and among persons who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes. In addition, we will deliver to and file a copy of this prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in accordance with Bermuda law. The BMA and the Registrar of Companies accept no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.


117


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
  F-7
  F-17
  F-18
  F-19
  F-20
  F-21


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Validus Holdings, Ltd. and its subsidiary, at December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from October 19, 2005, the date of incorporation, to December 31, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
Hamilton, Bermuda
March 22, 2006


F-2


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As at December 31, 2005
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
ASSETS
       
Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost: $236,643)
  $ 236,748  
Short-term investments, at fair value (amortized cost: $374,052)
    374,052  
Cash and cash equivalents
    398,488  
         
Total cash and investments
    1,009,288  
Accrued investment income
    3,233  
Other assets
    1,038  
Fixed assets at cost
    894  
         
Total assets
  $ 1,014,453  
         
     
LIABILITIES
       
Accounts payable and accrued expenses, and other liabilities
  $ 1,611  
Offering costs payable
    13,036  
         
Total liabilities
  $ 14,647  
         
     
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
       
Ordinary shares, 1,000,000,000 authorized, par value $0.10
       
Issued and outstanding (102,240,600)
  $ 10,224  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,039,185  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    105  
Retained deficit
    (49,708 )
         
Total shareholders’ equity
    999,806  
         
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 1,014,453  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
For the Period from October 19, 2005 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2005
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
         
    Period ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Revenues
       
Net investment income
  $ 2,032  
Net realized gains on investments
    39  
         
Total revenues
  $ 2,071  
         
Expenses
       
General and administrative expenses
    2,367  
Fair value of warrants issued
    49,122  
Stock compensation expenses
    290  
         
Total expenses
  $ (51,779 )
         
Net (loss) for the period
  $ (49,708 )
         
Comprehensive income (loss)
       
Net unrealized gain on investments
    105  
         
Comprehensive (loss)
  $ (49,603 )
         
Earnings per share
       
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding
       
Basic
    102,240,600  
Diluted
    102,240,600  
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.49 )
         
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.49 )
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Period from October 19, 2005 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2005
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
         
    Period ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Common shares
       
Balance — Beginning of period
  $  
Issue of common shares
    10,224  
         
Balance — End of period
  $ 10,224  
         
Additional paid-in capital
       
Balance — Beginning of period
  $  
Issue of common shares
    1,012,182  
Stock compensation expense
    154  
Stock option expense
    136  
Direct equity offering expenses
    (48,378 )
Fair value of warrants qualifying as equity
    75,091  
         
Balance — End of period
  $ 1,039,185  
         
Accumulated other comprehensive income
       
Balance — Beginning of period
  $  
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
    105  
         
Balance — End of period
  $ 105  
         
Retained deficit
       
Balance — Beginning of period
  $  
Net (loss)
  $ (49,708 )
         
Balance — End of period
  $ (49,708 )
         
Total shareholders’ equity
  $ 999,806  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Period from October 19, 2005 (Date of Incorporation) to December 31, 2005
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
         
    Period ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Cash flows (used in) operating activities
       
Net (loss) for the period
  $ (49,708 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
       
Net realised (gains) on sales of investments
    (39 )
Amortization of discounts on fixed maturities
    (937 )
Stock compensation expense
    290  
Fair value of warrants expensed
    49,122  
Accrued investment income
    (3,233 )
Other assets
    (1,038 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    1,167  
         
Net cash (used in) operating activities
    (4,376 )
         
Cash flows (used in) investing activities
       
Purchases of fixed maturities and short-term investments
    (2,747,059 )
Purchases of fixed assets
    (450 )
Proceeds on disposal of investments
    344,441  
Proceeds on maturity of investments
    1,792,900  
         
Net cash (used in) investing activities
    (610,168 )
         
Cash flows provided by financing activities
       
Net proceeds from issue of common shares
    1,013,032  
         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    1,013,032  
         
Cash and cash equivalents — End of period
  $ 398,488  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
 
1.        Nature of the business
 
Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the “Company” or “Validus”) was incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on October 19, 2005. The Company’s principal operating subsidiary is Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. (“Validus Re”). Validus Re is registered as a Class 4 insurer under The Insurance Act 1978, amendments thereto and related regulations (“The Act”).
 
The Company, through Validus Re, will offer reinsurance coverage in the Property, Marine & Energy and Specialty lines markets, effective January 1, 2006.
 
2.        Significant accounting policies
 
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Validus Holdings, Ltd., and its wholly owned subsidiary, Validus Re. All significant inter-company balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as at the balance sheet date. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of income and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies adopted by the Company:
 
(a)   Investments
 
The Company’s investments in fixed maturities are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value, with related net unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and included in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The fair value of investments is based upon quoted market values.
 
Short term investments comprise investments with a remaining maturity of less than one year.
 
All investment transactions are recorded on a first-in-first-out basis and realized gains and losses on sale of investments are determined on the basis of amortized cost. Interest on fixed maturity securities is recorded in net investment income when earned and is adjusted for any amortization of premium or discount.
 
The Company reviews the fair value of its investment portfolio on a periodic basis to identify declines in fair value below the carrying value that are other than temporary. This review involves consideration of several factors including (i) the time period during which there has been a significant decline in fair value below carrying value, (ii) an analysis of the liquidity, business prospects and overall financial condition of the issuer, (iii) the significance of the decline, (iv) an analysis of the collateral structure and other credit support, as applicable, of the securities in question and (v) the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient period of time for the value to recover. Where the Company concludes that declines in fair values are other than temporary, the cost of the security is written down to fair value below carrying value and the previously unrealized loss is therefore realized in the period such determination is made. With respect to securities where the decline in value is determined to be temporary and the security’s value is not written down, a subsequent decision may be made to sell that security and realize a loss. Subsequent decisions on


F-7


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

2.        Significant accounting policies —  (Continued)
 
security sales are made within the context of overall risk monitoring, changing information, market conditions generally and assessing value relative to other comparable securities.
 
(b)   Cash and cash equivalents
 
The Company considers all time deposits with an original maturity of ninety days or less as equivalent to cash.
 
(c)   Stock plans
 
The Company accounts for its stock compensation plans in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123(R) “Share-Based Payment.” Accordingly, the Company recognises the compensation expense for stock option grants based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant, over the requisite service period.
 
(d)   Warrants
 
The Company has accounted for certain warrant contracts issued to certain founder shareholders in conjunction with the capitalization of the Company, and which may be settled by the Company using either the physical settlement or net-share settlement methods, in accordance with EITF 00-19: “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” Accordingly, the fair value of these warrants has been recorded in equity as an addition to additional paid-in capital. The associated cost of the fair value of these warrants has been recorded in accordance with 2(e) below.
 
(e)   Offering and incorporation costs
 
Offering costs incurred in connection with common share offerings, including investment banking fees, legal fees, founders fees and the fair value of warrants issued to certain sponsors, are deducted from the proceeds of the offerings.
 
The fair value of warrants deducted from the proceeds of the offering are those issued to founding sponsors that were involved in raising capital. The fair value of the remaining warrants are recorded as an expense on the income statement in the period they are granted.
 
Incorporation costs not related to the raising of capital are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses.
 
(f)      Earnings per share
 
Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share are based on the weighted average number of common shares excluding the anti-dilutive effects of warrants and options.
 
3.        Investments
 
Net investment income is derived from the following sources.
 


F-8


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.        Investments —  (Continued)
 
         
    Period ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Fixed maturities and short-term investments
  $ 1,266  
Cash and cash equivalents
    834  
         
Total gross investment income
    2,100  
Investment expenses
    (68 )
         
Net investment income
  $ 2,032  
         
 
The following represents an analysis of net realized gains (losses) and the change in unrealized appreciation of investments:
 
         
    Period ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash equivalents
       
Gross realized gains
  $ 39  
Gross realized losses
     
         
Net realized gains no investments
    39  
Change in unrealized appreciation of fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash equivalents
    105  
         
Total net realized gains and change in unrealized appreciation of investments
  $ 144  
         
 
The amortized cost, fair value and gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of investments available-for-sale at December 31, 2005 as follows:
 
                                 
                      Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    fair
 
    cost     gain     loss     value  
 
U.S. Government and Government Agency
  $ 98,136     $ 82     $ (31 )   $ 98,187  
Corporate
    53,807       83       (24 )     53,866  
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
    84,700       70       (75 )     84,695  
                                 
Total fixed maturities
    236,643       235       (130 )     236,748  
Total short-term investments
    374,052                   374,052  
                                 
Total investments
  $ 610,695     $ 235     $ (130 )   $ 610,800  
                                 
 
The estimated fair value of fixed interest securities and equities is based on quoted market values. The Company does not have any securities at December 31, 2005 that have been in an unrealized loss position equal to or greater than 12 months. The Company does not have any investments in a single corporate security which exceeds 10% of total investments.

F-9


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.        Investments —  (Continued)
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the investment ratings of the company’s fixed maturities portfolio for the period ended December 31, 2005. Investment ratings are as designated by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service.
 
                 
    December 31, 2005  
    Estimated
       
    fair
    % of
 
S&P Equivalent Rating(a)
  value     total  
 
AAA
  $ 192,627       81.4%  
AA
    9,861       4.2%  
A+
    17,538       7.4%  
A
    9,779       4.1%  
A−
    2,770       1.2%  
BBB
    4,173       1.7%  
                 
Total
  $ 236,748       100.00%  
                 
 
(a) Carried at the lower of Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s rating, presented in Standard & Poor’s equivalent rating.
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value amounts for fixed interest securities held at December 31, 2005 are shown by contractual maturity. Actual maturity may differ from contractual maturity because certain borrowers may have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
                 
    December 31, 2005  
          Estimated
 
    Amortized
    fair
 
    cost     value  
 
Due after one year through five years
  $ 140,508     $ 140,601  
Due after five years through ten years
    8,301       8,315  
Due after ten years
    3,134       3,137  
                 
      151,943       152,053  
Asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed securities
    84,700       84,695  
                 
Total
  $ 236,643     $ 236,748  
                 
 
During the period ended December 31, 2005, proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities were $344,441. Gross realized gains were $39 and there were no realized losses.
 
4.     Share capital
 
( a)    Authorized and issued
 
The Company’s authorized share capital is 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.10 each.
 
As at December 31, 2005, the Company had issued 102,240,600 ordinary shares at a price of $10.00 in a private offering. Shares issued consisted of both common shares and non-voting common shares which are identical in all respects, other than with respect to voting and conversion of non-voting common shares. Of the shares issued at December 31, 2005, 24,600,000 were non-voting and an additional 10,000,000 issued will


F-10


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

4.    Share capital —  (Continued)
 
convert to non-voting upon the filing of a registration statement in connection with any public offering. Proceeds from this issuance, after offering expenses, were $999,997.
 
The holders of ordinary voting shares are entitled to receive dividends and are allocated one vote per share, provided that, if the controlled shares of any shareholder or group of related shareholders constitute more than 9.09 percent of the outstanding common shares of the Company, their voting power will be reduced to 9.09 percent. There are various restrictions on the ability of certain shareholders to dispose of their shares.
 
( b)     Warrants
 
The Company’s founders and sponsoring investors provided their insurance industry expertise, resources and relationships during the fourth quarter of 2005 to ensure that the Company would be fully operational with key management in place in time for the January 2006 renewal season. In consideration for the founder’s and sponsoring investors’ commitments, the Company had issued as at December 31, 2005 Warrants to the founding shareholders and sponsoring investors to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 14,781,773 common shares. The Warrants represent, in the aggregate, 12.0% of the fully diluted shares of the Company (assuming exercise of all options, warrants and any other rights to purchase Common Stock) and are subject to adjustment such that the Warrants will continue to represent, in the aggregate, 12.0% of the fully diluted shares of the Company until such time as the Company consummates an initial public offering, amalgamation, merger or another such similar corporate event. Of those issued, 2,722,310 of the Warrants are to purchase nonvoting common stock. The Warrants will expire ten years from the date of issue and will be exercisable at a price per share of $10.00, equal to the price per share paid by investors in the private offering.
 
The Warrants may be settled using either the physical settlement or net-share settlement methods. The Warrants have been classified as equity instruments, in accordance with EITF 00-19: “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock”. The Warrants were initially measured at an aggregate fair value of $75,091 and recorded as addition to additional paid-in-capital. The founding shareholder’s warrants in the amount of $25,969 was accounted for as a deduction from additional paid-in capital and the balance of $49,122 was reported as a fair value of Warrants issued expense.
 
The fair value of each Warrant issued was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The volatility assumption used, of approximately 30.0%, was derived from the historical volatility of the share price of a range of publicly-traded Bermuda reinsurance companies of a similar business nature to the Company. No allowance was made for any potential illiquidity associated with the private trading of the Company’s shares. The other assumptions in the option pricing model were as follows: risk free interest rate of 4.5%, expected life of ten years and a dividend yield of nil.
 
( c)     Dividends
 
The Company did not declare any dividends for the period ended December 31, 2005.
 
5.     Retirement plans
 
The Company provides pension benefits to eligible employees through various plans sponsored by the Company. All pension plans are structured as defined contribution retirement plans. The Company’s contribution generally vests over two years. The Company’s expenses for its defined contribution retirement plans for period ended December 31, 2005 was $46.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

6.     Stock compensation plans

 
Long-term incentive plan
 
The Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) provides for grants to employees of any option, stock appreciation right (“SAR”), restricted share, restricted share unit, performance share, performance unit, dividend equivalent or other share-based award. The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the LTIP is 5% of the outstanding shares of the company immediately following completion of the private offering on a fully diluted basis. The LTIP is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. No SARs, restricted share units, performance shares, performance units or dividend equivalents have been granted to date. Grant prices are established at the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant.
 
Options
 
The Company has a long-term incentive option plan (“Option Plan”) for employees under which up 4,790,390 common shares of the Company may be issued. Options granted under the Option Plan may be exercised for voting common shares upon vesting. Options have a life of 10 years and vest rateably over five years from the date of grant. Grant prices are established at the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for all grants to date: risk free interest rates of 4.5%, expected life of 7 years, expected volatility of 30.0% and a dividend yield of nil. Stock compensation expense of $136 respectively, was recorded in the period ended December 31, 2005 related to the Option Plan, with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in capital. The expense represents the proportionate accrual of the fair value of each grant based on the remaining vesting period. Activity with respect to the Option Plan period ended December 31, 2005 is as follows:
 
                         
          Weighted average
    Weighted average
 
          grant date fair
    grant date
 
    Options     value     exercise price  
 
Options outstanding, October 19, 2005
        $     $  
Options granted
    3,880,216       4.20       10.00  
Options exercised
                 
Options forfeited
                 
                         
Options outstanding, December 31, 2005
    3,880,216     $ 4.20     $ 10.00  
Options exercisable at December 31, 2005
        $     $  
                         
 
There was $16,161 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the outstanding options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.9 years.
 
Restricted shares
 
The Company has a long-term incentive plan (“Restricted Share Plan”) for employees under which up to 1,368,683 restricted common shares of the Company may be issued. The restricted shares vest at the end of a three year period from the date of grant and contain certain restrictions for the three year period, relating to, among other things, forfeiture in the event of termination of employment and transferability. Stock compensation expense of $154 was recorded for the period ended December 31, 2005 related to the Restricted Share Plan, with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in capital. The expense represents the proportionate


F-12


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

6.    Stock compensation plans —  (Continued)
 
accrual of the fair value of each grant based on the remaining vesting period. Activity with respect to unvested restricted shares for the period ended December 31, 2005 is as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
    Restricted
    average grant
 
    shares     date fair value  
 
Restricted shares outstanding, October 19, 2005
        $  
Restricted shares granted
    1,108,633       10.00  
Restricted shares vested
           
Restricted shares forfeited
           
                 
Restricted shares outstanding, December 31, 2005
    1,108,633     $ 10.00  
                 
Restricted shares vested at December 31, 2005
        $  
                 
 
There was $10,932 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the outstanding restricted shares that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.
 
7.    Taxation
 
Bermuda
 
The Company has received an undertaking from the Bermuda government exempting it from all local income, withholding and capital gains taxes until March 28, 2016. At the present time no such taxes are levied in Bermuda.
 
United States
 
The Company does not consider itself to be engaged in trade or business in the United States and, accordingly, does not expect to be subject to United States taxation.
 
8.    Commitments and contingencies
 
(a)   Concentrations of credit risk
 
The Company’s investments are managed following prudent standards of diversification. Specific provisions limit the allowable holdings of a single issue and issuers. The Company believes that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk associated with its investments.
 
(b)   Employment agreements
 
The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain individuals that provide for option awards, executive benefits and severance payments under certain circumstances.


F-13


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

8.   Commitments and contingencies —  (Continued)
 
(c)   Operating leases
 
The Company leases office space and office equipment under operating leases. Future minimum lease commitments at December 31, 2005 are as follows:
 
         
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
2006
  $ 122  
2007
    137  
2008
    152  
2009 and thereafter
     
         
Total minimum future rentals
  $ 411  
         
 
9.    Related party transactions
 
The transactions listed below are classified as related party transactions as each counterparty has either a direct or indirect shareholding in the Company.
 
(a) The Company entered into an agreement on December 7, 2005 under which the Company’s founding investor Aquiline Capital Partners, LLC and its related companies (“Aquiline”) was engaged to provide services in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of Validus Holdings. In connection with this agreement, Aquiline received $12,300 in fees which are included as direct equity offering expenses within additional paid-in capital. Aquiline entities, which own 12 million shares in the Company, are allocated a warrant percentage of 6.55% and employ three of the Company’s directors who do not receive compensation from Validus.
 
(b) The Company entered into an advisory agreement on December 7, 2005 with Aquiline. Under this agreement, Aquiline from time to time provides advice and assistance to the Company in connection with transactions and other matters as may be agreed by Aquiline and the Company. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company pays an annual fee of $1,000 for a period of five years from the date of initial funding. Certain officers and employees of Aquiline also invested in the Company and some of these individuals also serve as directors of the Company.
 
(c) The Company and Aquiline engaged Merrill Lynch to provide services in connection with the initial capitalization of Validus. In connection with this agreement, Merrill Lynch received $8,100 in fees which are included as a direct equity offering expense within additional paid-in-capital. Merrill Lynch entities, which own 10 million shares in the Company, are allocated a warrant percentage of 0.67%, and have an employee on the Board of Directors who does not receive compensation from Validus. Merrill Lynch warrants are convertible to non-voting shares as per 4(b).
 
(d) The Company entered into an agreement on December 8, 2005 with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BlackRock”) under which BlackRock was appointed as an investment manager of part of its investment portfolio. This agreement was entered into on an arm’s-length basis on terms generally available in the market. BlackRock is considered a related party due to its agreement, subsequent to year-end, to merge with Merrill Lynch Investment Managers.
 
(e) The Company entered into an agreement on December 8, 2005 with Goldman Sachs Asset Management and its affiliates (“GSAM”) under which GSAM was appointed as an investment manager of part of the company’s investment portfolio. These agreements were entered into on an arm’s-length basis on terms available generally in the market. Goldman Sachs entities, which own 24.6 million shares in the Company, are


F-14


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

9.    Related party transactions —  (Continued)
 
allocated a warrant percentage of 2.21%, and have an employee on the Board of Directors who does not receive compensation from Validus.
 
10.   Earnings per share
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the period ended December 31, 2005:
 
         
    Period ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2005  
 
Net loss available to common shareholders
  $ (49,708 )
         
Weighted average shares — basic
       
Ordinary shares outstanding
    102,240,600  
Share equivalents
       
Warrants
     
Restricted Stock
     
Options
     
         
Weighted average shares — diluted
    102,240,600  
         
Basic loss per share
  $ (0.49 )
         
Diluted loss per share
  $ (0.49 )
         
 
Share equivalents that would result in the issuance of common shares of 78,545 were outstanding for the period ended December 31, 2005, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effect would be antidilutive.
 
11.   Statutory financial data
 
Validus Re is registered under The Insurance Act 1978 (Bermuda), Amendments Thereto and Related Regulations (“The Act”). Under the Insurance Act, Validus Re is required to prepare Statutory Financial Statements and to file a Statutory Financial Return. Validus Re obtained an exemption from making a statutory filing to the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the period ended December 31, 2005 under Section 56 of The Insurance Act 1978. The Act also requires Validus Re to maintain a minimum share capital of $1,000 and to meet a minimum solvency margin equal to the greater of $1,000, 50% of net premiums written or 15% of the loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. To satisfy these requirements, Validus Re was required to maintain a minimum level of statutory capital and surplus of $100,000 at December 31, 2005. Validus Re is also required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio, which was met as at December 31, 2005. Both of these requirements were met at December 31, 2005.
 
12.   Subsequent Events
 
Subsequent to December 31, 2005, Validus Re commenced operations and has written approximately $241,000 of reinsurance premium as of March 14, 2006.
 
At March 14, 2006 (the “effective date”), the Company entered into a 364-day $100,000 revolving credit facility and a three-year $200,000 letter of credit facility, each provided by a syndicate of commercial banks. Associated with each of these bank facilities are various covenants that include, among other things, (i) the requirement under the revolving credit facility that the Company at all times maintain a minimum level


F-15


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

12.   Subsequent Events —  (Continued)
 
of consolidated net worth of at least 65% of consolidated net worth calculated as of the effective date, (ii) the requirement under the letter of credit facility that the Company initially maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth of at least 65% of consolidated net worth calculated as of the effective date, and thereafter to be increased quarterly by an amount equal to 50% of consolidated net income (if positive) for such quarter plus 50% of any net proceeds received from any issuance of common stock of Holdings during such quarter, and (iii) the requirement under each of the facilities that the Company maintain at all times a consolidated total debt to consolidated total capitalization ratio not greater than 0.30:1.00.
 
A new lease agreement was entered into on February 1, 2006 for office space. Future minimum annual commitments under this lease are as follows: 2006 to 2010, $738 per annum. It is anticipated that the current lease commitment will be assigned or sublet to a third-party.
 
The Company issued an additional 104,000 shares to new investors subsequent to the year end. To offset this dilutive effect, 15,037 additional warrants were issued to the founding shareholders and sponsoring investors to maintain the allocation at 12% of the fully diluted shares of the Company. The number of option and restricted stock awards available for distribution to employees also increased from 4,790,390 to 4,795,262 and 1,368,683 to 1,370,075, respectively.
 
Subsequent to the year end, 457,099 additional options and 130,600 restricted common shares were granted pursuant to the terms of the Company’s long-term incentive plans. The options expire ten years after the grant date, are subject to vesting periods of five and three years, respectively, and have a strike price of $10.00.


F-16


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As at September 30, 2006 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2005
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2006     2005  
    (unaudited)        
 
ASSETS
               
Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost: 2006: $830,533; 2005: $236,643)
  $ 831,730     $ 236,748  
Short-term investments, at fair value (amortized cost: 2006: $447,893; 2005: $374,052)
    447,884       374,052  
Cash and cash equivalents
    87,457       398,488  
                 
Total cash and investments
    1,367,071       1,009,288  
Premiums receivable
    177,634        
Deferred acquisition costs
    30,611        
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
    34,300        
Loss reserves recoverable
    1,936        
Accrued investment income
    5,572       3,233  
Other assets
    7,766       1,932  
                 
Total assets
  $ 1,624,890     $ 1,014,453  
                 
         
LIABILITIES
               
Unearned premiums
  $ 244,172     $  
Reserve for losses and loss expenses
    63,211        
Reinsurance balances payable
    22,298        
Net payable for investments purchased
    12,944        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    10,558       14,647  
Debentures payable
    150,000        
                 
Total liabilities
  $ 503,183     $ 14,647  
                 
Commitments and contingent liabilities
               
         
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Ordinary shares, 1,000,000,000 authorized, par value $0.10
               
Issued and outstanding (2006: 102,344,600; 2005: 102,240,600)
  $ 10,234     $ 10,224  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,045,947       1,039,185  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,189       105  
Retained earnings (deficit)
    64,337       (49,708 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    1,121,707       999,806  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 1,624,890     $ 1,014,453  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-17


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Three Months and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share amounts)
 
                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2006     2006  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
Revenues
               
Gross premiums written
  $ 116,505     $ 475,284  
Reinsurance premiums ceded
    (38,892 )     (64,051 )
                 
Net premiums written
    77,613       411,233  
Change in unearned premiums
    14,885       (209,872 )
                 
Net premiums earned
    92,498       201,361  
Net investment income
    16,272       40,369  
Net realized losses on investments
    (154 )     (894 )
Foreign exchange gains
    369       1,061  
                 
Total revenues
    108,985       241,897  
                 
Expenses
               
Losses and loss expenses
    11,577       67,058  
Policy acquisition costs
    10,638       24,574  
General and administrative expenses
    13,641       31,007  
Finance fees
    3,453       5,136  
Fair value of warrants issued
          77  
                 
Total expenses
    39,309       127,852  
                 
Net income
  $ 69,676     $ 114,045  
                 
Comprehensive income
               
Unrealized gains arising during the period
    7,353       190  
Adjustment for reclassification of losses realized in income
    154       894  
                 
Comprehensive income
  $ 77,183     $ 115,129  
                 
Earnings per share
               
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding
               
Basic
    102,344,600       102,331,833  
Diluted
    102,623,533       102,511,504  
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.68     $ 1.11  
                 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.68     $ 1.11  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-18


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
         
    Nine months
 
    ended
 
    September 30,
 
    2006  
    (unaudited)  
 
Common shares
       
Balance — Beginning of period
  $ 10,224  
Issue of common shares
    10  
         
Balance — End of period
  $ 10,234  
         
Additional paid-in capital
       
Balance — Beginning of period
  $ 1,039,185  
Issue of common shares
    1,030  
Stock option expense
    2,649  
Fair value of warrants qualifying as equity
    77  
Stock compensation expense
    3,006  
         
Balance — End of period
  $ 1,045,947  
         
Accumulated other comprehensive income
       
Balance — Beginning of period
  $ 105  
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
    1,084  
         
Balance — End of period
  $ 1,189  
         
Retained earnings (deficit)
       
Balance — Beginning of period
  $ (49,708 )
Net income
    114,045  
         
Balance — End of period
  $ 64,337  
         
Total shareholders’ equity
  $ 1,121,707  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-19


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)
 
         
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30,
 
    2006  
    (unaudited)  
 
Cash flows provided by operating activities
       
Net income for the period
  $ 114,045  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
       
Stock compensation expense
    5,657  
Net realised losses on sales of investments
    894  
Fair value of warrants expensed
    77  
Amortization of discounts on fixed maturities
    (7,568 )
Premiums receivable
    (177,634 )
Deferred acquisition costs
    (30,611 )
Prepaid reinsurance premiums
    (34,300 )
Losses recoverable
    (1,936 )
Accrued investment income
    (2,338 )
Other assets
    (2,085 )
Unearned premiums
    244,172  
Reserve for losses and loss expense
    63,211  
Reinsurance balances payable
    22,298  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    (4,090 )
         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    189,792  
         
Cash flows used in investing activities
       
Proceeds on sales and maturity of investments
    361,507  
Purchases of fixed maturies
    (910,714 )
Purchases of short-term investments, net
    (98,906 )
         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (648,113 )
         
Cash flows provided by financing activities
       
Net proceeds on issuance of debentures payable
    146,250  
Proceeds from issue of common shares
    1,040  
         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    147,290  
         
Net decrease in cash
    (311,031 )
Cash and cash equivalents — Beginning of period
    398,488  
         
Cash and cash equivalents — End of period
  $ 87,457  
         
Interest paid during period
  $ 3,401  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-20


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
 
1.    Nature of the business
 
Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the “Company” or “Validus”) was incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on October 19, 2005. The Company’s principal operating subsidiary is Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. (“Validus Re”). Validus Re is registered as a Class 4 insurer under The Insurance Act 1978, amendments thereto and related regulations (“The Act”). The Company, through Validus Re, offers reinsurance coverage in the Property, Marine & Energy and Specialty lines markets, effective January 1, 2006.
 
2.    Basis of preparation and consolidation
 
As a result of the Company’s formation on October 19, 2005, prior period comparatives for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2005 are not available for the “Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and relevant Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The unaudited consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Validus and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year. Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.
 
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as at the balance sheet date. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of income and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies adopted by the Company:
 
(a)   Premiums and related expenses
 
Premiums written and ceded are earned on a pro rata basis over the terms of the risk period. For contracts and policies written on a losses occurring basis, the risk period is generally the same as the contract or policy terms. For contracts written on a policies attaching basis, the risk period is based on the terms of the underlying contracts and policies generally assumed at 24 months. Premiums written include estimates based on information received from brokers, ceding companies and reinsureds, and any subsequent differences arising on such estimates will be recorded in the periods in which they are determined. The portion of the premiums written and ceded applicable to the unexpired terms of the underlying contracts and policies are recorded as unearned premiums and prepaid reinsurance premiums, respectively. Reinstatement premiums are recognized and earned at the time a loss event occurs. Acquisition expenses are costs that vary with, and are directly related to, the production of new and renewal business, and consist principally of commissions and brokerage expenses. These costs are deferred and amortized over the periods in which the related premiums are earned. Deferred acquisition costs are limited to their estimated realizable value based on the related unearned premiums.
 
(b)   Reserve for losses and loss expenses
 
The reserve for losses and loss expenses includes reserves for unpaid reported losses and for losses incurred but not reported. The reserve for unpaid reported losses and loss expenses is established by management based on reports from brokers, ceding companies and insureds and represents the estimated ultimate cost of events or conditions that have been reported to, or


F-21


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

2.    Basis of preparation and consolidation —  (Continued)
 
specifically identified by the Company. The reserve for incurred but not reported losses and loss expenses is established by management based on actuarially determined estimates of ultimate losses and loss expenses. Inherent in the estimate of ultimate losses and loss expenses are expected trends in claim severity and frequency and other factors which vary significantly as claims are settled. Accordingly, ultimate losses and loss expenses may differ materially from the amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements. These estimates are reviewed regularly and, as experience develops and new information becomes known, the reserves are adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments, if any, will be recorded in earnings in the period in which they become known.
 
(c)   Reinsurance ceded
 
In certain cases, the risks assumed by the Company are partially reinsured with third-party reinsurers. Reinsurance ceded varies by location and line of business based on a number of factors, including market conditions. The benefits of ceding risks to third-party reinsurers include reducing exposure on individual risks, protecting against catastrophic risks, maintaining acceptable capital ratios and enabling the writing of additional business. Reinsurance ceded does not legally discharge the Company from its liabilities to the original policyholder in respect of the risk being reinsured.
 
The Company uses reinsurance to support its underwriting and retention guidelines as well as to control the aggregate exposure of the Company to a particular risk or class of risks. Reinsurance is purchased at several levels ranging from reinsurance of risks assumed on individual contracts to reinsurance covering the aggregate exposure on a portfolio of policies issued by groups of companies.
 
(d)   Investments
 
The Company’s investments in fixed maturities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with related net unrealized gains or losses excluded from earnings and included in shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair value of investments is based upon quoted market values.
 
Short-term investments comprise investments with a remaining maturity of less than one year at time of purchase. Short-term investments include certain cash and cash equivalents, which are part of investment portfolios under the management of external investment managers.
 
All investment transactions are recorded on a first-in first-out basis and realized gains and losses on sale of investments are determined on the basis of amortized cost. Interest on fixed maturity securities is recorded in net investment income when earned and is adjusted for any amortization of premium or discount.
 
The Company reviews the fair value of its investment portfolio on a periodic basis to identify declines in fair value below the carrying value that are other than temporary. This review involves consideration of several factors including (i) the time period during which there has been a significant decline in fair value below carrying value, (ii) an analysis of the liquidity, business prospects and overall financial condition of the issuer, (iii) the significance of the decline, (iv) an analysis of the collateral structure and other credit support, as applicable, of the securities in question and (v) the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient period of time for the value to recover. If the Company concludes that declines in fair values are other than temporary, the cost of the security will be written down to fair value below carrying value and the previously unrealized loss is therefore realized in the period such determination is made. With respect to securities where the decline in value is determined to be temporary and the security’s value is not written down, a


F-22


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

2.    Basis of preparation and consolidation —  (Continued)
 
subsequent decision may be made to sell that security and realize a loss. Subsequent decisions on security sales are made within the context of overall risk monitoring, changing information, market conditions generally and assessing value relative to other comparable securities.
 
(e)   Cash and cash equivalents
 
The Company considers time deposits with an original maturity of thirty days or less as equivalent to cash.
 
(f)   Foreign exchange
 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are revalued at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the prevailing exchange rate on the transaction date with the resulting foreign exchange gains and losses included in earnings.
 
(g)   Stock plans
 
The Company accounts for its stock compensation plans in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123(R) “Share-Based Payment.” Accordingly, the Company recognizes the compensation expense for stock option grants based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant over the requisite service period.
 
(h)   Warrants
 
The Company has accounted for certain warrant contracts issued to certain founder shareholders in conjunction with the capitalization of the Company, and which may be settled by the Company using either the physical settlement or net-share settlement methods, in accordance with EITF 00-19: “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” Accordingly, the fair value of these warrants has been recorded in equity as an addition to additional paid-in capital. The associated cost of the fair value of these warrants has been recorded in accordance with 2(i) below.
 
(i)   Offering and incorporation costs
 
Offering costs incurred in connection with common share offerings, including investment banking fees, legal fees, founders fees and the fair value of warrants issued to certain sponsors, are deducted from the proceeds of the offerings.
 
The fair value of warrants deducted from the proceeds of the offering are those issued to founding sponsors that were involved in raising capital. The fair value of the remaining warrants are recorded as an expense on the income statement in the period they are granted.
 
Incorporation costs not related to the raising of capital are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses.
 
(j)   Earnings per share
 
Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per


F-23


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

2.    Basis of preparation and consolidation —  (Continued)
 
common share are based on the weighted average number of common shares excluding any anti-dilutive effects of warrants and options.
 
3.    Investments
 
Net investment income is derived from the following sources.
 
                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2006     2006  
 
Fixed maturities and short-term investments
  $ 15,799     $ 36,026  
Cash and cash equivalents
    1,150       5,770  
                 
Total gross investment income
    16,949       41,796  
Investment expenses
    (677 )     (1,427 )
                 
Net investment income
  $ 16,272     $ 40,369  
                 
 
The following represents an analysis of net realized losses and the change in unrealized depreciation of investments:
 
                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2006     2006  
 
Fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash equivalents
               
Gross realized gains
  $ 1     $ 31  
Gross realized losses
    (155 )     (925 )
                 
Net realized losses on investments
    (154 )     (894 )
Change in unrealized depreciation of fixed maturities, short-term investments and cash equivalents
    7,507       1,084  
                 
Total net realized gains and change in unrealized depreciation of investments
  $ 7,353     $ 190  
                 
 
The amortized cost, fair value and gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of investments available-for-sale at September 30, 2006 are as follows:
 
                                 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    cost     gain     loss     fair value  
 
U.S. Government and Government Agency
  $ 157,906     $ 364     $ (332 )   $ 157,938  
Corporate
    202,446       590       (412 )     202,624  
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
    470,181       1,682       (695 )     471,168  
                                 
Total fixed maturities
    830,533       2,636       (1,439 )     831,730  
Total short-term investments
    447,893             (9 )     447,884  
                                 
Total investments
  $ 1,278,426     $ 2,636     $ (1,448 )   $ 1,279,614  
                                 


F-24


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.    Investments —  (Continued)
 
The amortized cost, fair value and gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of investments available-for-sale at December 31, 2005 as follows:
 
                                 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Estimated
 
    cost     gain     loss     fair value  
 
U.S. Government and Government Agency
  $ 98,136     $ 82     $ (31 )   $ 98,187  
Corporate
    53,807       83       (24 )     53,866  
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
    84,700       70       (75 )     84,695  
                                 
Total fixed maturities
    236,643       235       (130 )     236,748  
Total short-term investments
    374,052                   374,052  
                                 
Total investments
  $ 610,695     $ 235     $ (130 )   $ 610,800  
                                 
 
The estimated fair value of fixed interest securities and equities is based on quoted market values. As at September 30, 2006 the Company has 121 securities in an unrealized loss position with a fair market value of $450,493 (2005: nil). None of these securities have been in an unrealized loss position for greater than twelve months. The unrealized losses from these securities were primarily a result of interest rate movements.
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the investment ratings of the Company’s fixed maturities portfolio as at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005. Investment ratings are as designated by Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service.
 
                                 
    September 30, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Estimated
    % of
    Estimated
    % of
 
S&P Equivalent Rating(a)
  fair value     total     fair value     total  
 
AAA
  $ 642,790       77.3%     $ 192,627       81.4%  
AA
    63,774       7.7%       9,861       4.2%  
A+
    60,775       7.3%       17,538       7.4%  
A
    34,400       4.1%       9,779       4.1%  
A−
    21,874       2.6%       2,770       1.2%  
BBB
    8,117       1.0%       4,173       1.7%  
                                 
Total
  $ 831,730       100.0%     $ 236,748       100.0%  
                                 
 
 
(a) Carried at the lower of Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s rating, presented in Standard & Poor’s equivalent rating.
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value amounts for fixed interest securities held at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 are shown by contractual maturity. Actual maturity may differ from contractual maturity because certain borrowers may have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 


F-25


Table of Contents

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

3.    Investments —  (Continued)
 
                                 
    September 30, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Amortized
    Estimated
    Amortized
    Estimated
 
    cost     fair value     cost     fair value  
 
Due after one year through five years
  $ 341,433     $ 341,396     $ 140,508     $ 140,601  
Due after five years through ten years
    4,966       5,208       8,301       8,315  
Due after ten years
    13,953       13,958       3,134       3,137  
                                 
      360,352       360,562       151,943       152,053  
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
    470,181       471,168       84,700       84,695  
                                 
Total
  $ 830,533     $ 831,730     $ 236,643     $ 236,748  
                                 
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2006, proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities were $361,507. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, gross realized losses were $155 and $925, respectively, and realized gains were $1 and $31, respectively.
 
4.    Reserves for losses and loss expenses
 
Reserves for losses and loss expenses are based in part upon the estimation of case losses reported from brokers and ceding companies. The Company also uses statistical and actuarial methods to estimate ultimate expected losses and loss expenses. The period of time from the occurrence of a loss, the reporting of a loss to the Company and the settlement of the Company’s liability may be several months or years. During this period, additional facts and trends may be revealed. As these factors become apparent, case reserves will be adjusted, sometimes requiring an increase or decrease in the overall reserves of the Company, and at other times requiring a reallocation of incurred but not reported reserves to specific case reserves. These estimates are reviewed regularly, and such adjustments, if any, are reflected in earnings in the period in which they become known. While management believes that it has made a reasonable estimate of ultimate losses, there can be no assurances that ultimate losses and loss expense will not exceed the total reserves.

F-26


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

4.    Reserves for losses and loss expenses —  (Continued)
 
The following table represents an analysis of paid and unpaid losses and loss expenses incurred and a reconciliation of the beginning and ending unpaid loss expense for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006:
 
                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2006     2006  
 
Reserves for losses and loss expenses, beginning of period
  $ 50,872     $  
Increase in net losses and loss expenses incurred in respect of losses occurring in
               
Current year
    11,577       67,058  
Prior years
           
                 
Total incurred losses and loss expenses
    11,577       67,058  
Less net losses and loss expenses paid in respect of losses occurring in
               
Current year
    (1,174 )     (5,783 )
Prior years
           
                 
Total net paid losses
    (1,174 )     (5,783 )
Foreign exchange losses
           
                 
Net reserve for losses and loss expenses, end of period
    61,275       61,275  
Losses and loss expenses recoverable
    1,936       1,936  
                 
Reserve for losses and loss expenses, end of period
  $ 63,211     $ 63,211  
                 
 
5.    Reinsurance
 
The effects of reinsurance on premiums written and earned for the periods ended September 30, 2006 is as follows:
 
                                 
    Three months ended
    Nine months ended
 
    September 30, 2006     September 30, 2006  
    Written     Earned     Written     Earned  
 
Direct
  $     $     $     $  
Assumed and acquired
    116,505       116,930       475,284       231,112  
Ceded
    (38,892 )     (24,432 )     (64,051 )     (29,751 )
                                 
Total
  $ 77,613     $ 92,498     $ 411,233     $ 201,361  
                                 
 
Collateralized quota share retrocession treaty
 
On May 8, 2006, Validus Re entered into a collateralized quota share retrocession treaty with Petrel Re Limited (“Petrel Re”), a newly-formed Bermuda reinsurance company, pursuant to which Petrel Re assumes a quota share (the “Collateralized Quota Share”) of certain lines of marine & energy and other lines of business underwritten by Validus Re for unaffiliated third parties for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years. Under the terms of the Collateralized Quota Share, the Company has determined it is not required to consolidate the assets, liabilities and results of operations of Petrel Re per FIN 46(R). Petrel Re is a separate


F-27


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

5.    Reinsurance —  (Continued)
 
legal entity of which Validus has no equity investment, management or board interests or other related party relationships.
 
Petrel Re is required to contribute funds into a trust (the “Trust”) for the benefit of Validus Re. Under the Collateralized Quota Share, the amount required to be on deposit in the Trust is the sum of (i) full aggregate outstanding limits in excess of unpaid premium and related ceding commission on all in force covered policies plus (ii) an amount determined by Validus Re in its discretion to support losses under covered policies (the “Required Amount of Available Assets”). If the actual amounts on deposit in the Trust, together with certain other amounts (the “Available Assets”), do not at least equal the Required Amount of Available Assets, Validus Re will, among other things, cease ceding business on a prospective basis.
 
Validus Re pays a reinsurance premium to Petrel Re in the amount of the ceded percentage of the original gross premiums written on the business reinsured with Petrel Re less a ceding commission, which includes a reimbursement of direct acquisition expenses as well as a commission to Validus Re for generating the business. The Collateralized Quota Share also provides for a profit commission to Validus Re based on the underwriting results for the 2006 and 2007 underwriting years on a cumulative basis. At September 30, 2006, Validus Re had ceded $44,488 of premiums written to Petrel Re through the Collateralized Quota Share. The earned portion of premiums ceded to Petrel Re for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 was $17,691 and $19,277, respectively.
 
6.    Share capital
 
(a)   Authorized and issued
 
The Company’s authorized share capital is 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.10 each.
 
As at December 31, 2005, the Company had issued 102,240,600 ordinary shares at a price of $10.00 in a private offering. Shares issued consisted of both voting common shares and nonvoting common shares which are identical in all respects, other than with respect to voting and conversion of nonvoting common shares. Of the shares issued at December 31, 2005, 24,600,000 were nonvoting and an additional 10,000,000 issued will convert to nonvoting upon the filing of a registration statement in connection with any public offering. Proceeds from this issuance, after offering expenses, were $999,997. These proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.
 
The Company issued an additional 104,000 voting shares to new investors in February 2006 at a price of $10.00.
 
The holders of ordinary voting shares are entitled to receive dividends and are allocated one vote per share, provided that, if the controlled shares of any shareholder or group of related shareholders constitute more than 9.09 percent of the outstanding common shares of the Company, their voting power will be reduced to 9.09 percent. There are various restrictions on the ability of certain shareholders to dispose of their shares.
 
(b)   Warrants
 
The Company’s founder and sponsoring investors provided their insurance industry expertise, resources and relationships during the fourth quarter of 2005 to ensure that the Company would be fully operational with key management in place in time for the January 2006 renewal season. In return for these services the founders and sponsoring investors were issued warrants. The Warrants represent, in the aggregate, 12.0% of the fully diluted shares of the Company (assuming exercise of all options, Warrants and any other rights to purchase Common Stock) and are subject to adjustment such that the Warrants will continue to represent, in the aggregate,


F-28


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

6.    Share capital —  (Continued)
 
12.0% of the fully diluted shares of the Company until such time as the Company consummates an initial public offering, amalgamation, merger or another such similar corporate event. In consideration for the founder’s and sponsoring investors’ commitments, the Company had issued as at September 30, 2006 Warrants to the founding shareholder and sponsoring investors to purchase, in the aggregate, up to 14,796,810 (2005 — 14,781,773) common shares. In February 2006, 15,037 additional warrants were issued to the founding shareholder and sponsoring investors to maintain the allocation at 12% of the fully diluted shares of the Company. Of those issued, 2,725,079 (2005 — 2,722,310) of the Warrants are to purchase nonvoting common stock. The Warrants will expire ten years from the date of issue and will be exercisable at a price per share of $10.00, equal to the price per share paid by investors in the private offering.
 
The Warrants may be settled using either the physical settlement or net-share settlement methods. The Warrants have been classified as equity instruments, in accordance with E1TF 00-19: “Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock.” The Warrants were initially measured at an aggregate fair value of $75,091 and recorded as addition to additional paid-in capital. The founding shareholder’s warrants in the amount of $25,969 were accounted for as a deduction from additional paid-in capital and the balance of $49,122 was reported as a fair value of Warrants issued expense. The additional warrants issued for the period ended September 30, 2006 increased the fair value to $75,168 with the increase of $77 recorded as a Warrant issued expense.
 
The fair value of each Warrant issued was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The volatility assumption used, of approximately 30.0%, was derived from the historical volatility of the share price of a range of publicly-traded Bermuda reinsurance companies of a similar business nature to the Company. No allowance was made for any potential illiquidity associated with the private trading of the Company’s shares. The other assumptions in the option-pricing model were as follows: risk free interest rate of 4.5%, expected life of ten years and a dividend yield of nil.
 
(c)   Dividends
 
The Company did not declare any dividends for the three or nine month periods ended September 30, 2006.
 
7.    Retirement plans
 
The Company provides pension benefits to eligible employees through various plans sponsored by the Company. All pension plans are structured as defined contribution retirement plans. The Company’s contribution generally vests over two years. The Company’s expenses for its defined contribution retirement plans for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 were $117 and $477, respectively.
 
8.    Stock compensation plans
 
Long-term incentive plan
 
The Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) provides for grants to employees of any option, stock appreciation right (“SAR”), restricted share, restricted share unit, performance share, performance unit, dividend equivalent or other share-based award. The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the LTIP is 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company immediately following completion of the private offering on a fully diluted basis. The LTIP is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. No SARs, restricted share units, performance shares, performance units or dividend equivalents have been granted to date. Grant prices are established at the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

8.    Stock compensation plans —  (Continued)
 
Options
 
The Company has a long-term incentive option plan (“Option Plan”) for employees under which up to 4,795,262 (2005 — 4,790,390) common shares of the Company may be issued. Options granted under the Option Plan may be exercised for voting common shares upon vesting. Options have a life of 10 years and vest rateably over five years from the date of grant. Grant prices are established at the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for all grants to date: risk free interest rates of 4.5%, expected life of 7 years, expected volatility of 30.0% and a dividend yield of nil. Stock compensation expense of $893 and $2,649, respectively, was recorded in the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 related to the Option Plan, with a corresponding increase to additional paid-in capital. The expense represents the proportionate accrual of the fair value of each grant based on the remaining vesting period. Activity with respect to the Option Plan for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 is as follows:
 
                         
                Weighted
 
          Weighted
    average
 
          average grant
    grant date
 
    Options     date fair value     exercise price  
 
Options outstanding, December 31, 2005
    3,880,216     $ 4.20     $ 10.00  
Options granted
    457,099       4.20       10.00  
Options exercised
                 
Options forfeited
                 
                         
Options outstanding, June 30, 2006
    4,337,315     $ 4.20     $ 10.00  
Options exercisable at June 30, 2006
        $     $  
                         
Options outstanding, June 30, 2006
    4,337,315     $ 4.20     $ 10.00  
Options granted
    64,737       4.28       10.19  
Options exercised
                 
Options forfeited
                 
                         
Options outstanding, September 30, 2006
    4,402,052     $ 4.20     $ 10.00  
Options exercisable at September 30, 2006
        $     $  
                         
 
There was $14,785 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the outstanding options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 4.2 years.
 
Restricted shares
 
The Company has a long-term incentive plan (“Restricted Share Plan”) for employees under which up to 1,370,075 (2005 — 1,368,683) restricted common shares of the Company may be issued. The restricted shares vest at the end of a three year period from the date of grant and contain certain restrictions for the three year period, relating to, among other things, forfeiture in the event of termination of employment and transferability. Stock compensation expense of $1,012 and $3,006, respectively, was recorded for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 related to the Restricted Share Plan. The expense represents the proportionate accrual of the fair value of each grant based on the remaining vesting period. Activity with


F-30


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

8.    Stock compensation plans —  (Continued)
 
respect to invested restricted shares for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006 is as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
    Restricted
    average grant
 
    shares     date fair value  
 
Restricted shares outstanding, December 31, 2005
    1,108,633     $ 10.00  
Restricted shares granted
    130,600       10.00  
Restricted shares vested
           
Restricted shares forfeited
           
Restricted shares outstanding, June 30, 2006
    1,239,233     $ 10.00  
                 
Restricted shares exercisable at June 30, 2006
        $  
                 
Restricted shares outstanding, June 30, 2006
    1,239,233     $ 10.00  
Restricted shares granted
    18,495       10.19  
Restricted shares vested
           
Restricted shares forfeited
           
                 
Restricted shares outstanding, September 30, 2006
    1,257,728     $ 10.00  
                 
Restricted shares exercisable at September 30, 2006
        $  
                 
 
There was $8,797 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the outstanding restricted shares that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years.
 
9.    Taxation
 
Bermuda
 
The Company has received an undertaking from the Bermuda government exempting it from all local income, withholding and capital gains taxes until March 28, 2016. At the present time no such taxes are levied in Bermuda.
 
United States
 
The Company does not consider itself to be engaged in trade or business in the United States and, accordingly, is not subject to United States taxation.
 
10.   Debt and financing arrangements
 
(a)   Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures
 
On June 15, 2006, the Company participated in a private placement of $150,000 of junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures due 2036 (the “Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures”). The Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures mature on June 15, 2036, are redeemable at the Company’s option at par beginning June 15, 2011, and require quarterly interest payments by the Company to the holders of the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures. Interest will be payable at 9.069% per annum through June 15, 2011, and thereafter at a floating rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 355 basis points, reset quarterly. The proceeds of $150,000 from the sale of the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures, after the deduction of commissions paid to the placement agents in the transaction and other expenses, are being used by the Company to fund ongoing reinsurance operations and for general working capital purposes. Debt issuance


F-31


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

10.   Debt and financing arrangements —  (Continued)
 
costs of $3,800 are deferred as an asset and amortized to income over the five year optional redemption period.
 
(b)   Credit facility
 
On March 14, 2006 (the “effective date”), the Company entered into a 364-day $100,000 revolving credit facility and a three-year $200,000 letter of credit facility, each provided by a syndicate of commercial banks. Associated with each of these bank facilities are various covenants that include, among other things, (i) the requirement under the revolving credit facility that the Company at all times maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth of at least 65% of consolidated net worth calculated as of the effective date, (ii) the requirement under the letter of credit facility that the Company initially maintain a minimum level of consolidated net worth of at least 65% of consolidated net worth calculated as of the effective date, and thereafter to be increased quarterly by an amount equal to 50% of consolidated net income (if positive) for such quarter plus 50% of any net proceeds received from any issuance of common stock of the Company during such quarter, and (iii) the requirement under each of the facilities that the Company maintain at all times a consolidated total debt to consolidated total capitalization ratio not greater than 0.30:1.00. The Company was in compliance with the covenants at September 30, 2006 and for the period then ended.
 
The financing structure at September 30, 2006 was:
 
                 
          In use/
 
    Commitment     outstanding  
 
9.069% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures
  $ 150,000     $ 150,000  
364-day $100,000 revolving credit facility
    100,000        
$200,000 letter of credit facility
    200,000        
                 
Total
  $ 450,000     $ 150,000  
                 
 
Finance fees were $3,453 for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and $5,136 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Finance fees consist of interest on our junior subordinated deferrable debentures, the amortization of debt offering costs, and fees relating to our credit facility.
 
11.   Commitments and contingencies
 
(a)   Concentrations of credit risk
 
The Company’s investments are managed following prudent standards of diversification. Specific provisions limit the allowable holdings of a single issue and issuers. The Company believes that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk associated with its investments.
 
(b)   Employment agreements
 
The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain individuals that provide for option awards, executive benefits and severance payments under certain circumstances.


F-32


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

11.   Commitments and contingencies —  (Continued)
 
(c)   Operating leases
 
The Company leases office space and office equipment under operating leases. Future minimum lease commitments are as follows:
 
         
    September 30,
 
    2006  
 
2006
  $ 222  
2007
    829  
2008
    829  
2009
    829  
2010
    829  
2011 and thereafter
     
         
Total minimum future rentals
  $ 3,538  
         
 
12.   Related party transactions
 
The transactions listed below are classified as related party transactions as each counterparty has either a direct or indirect shareholding in the Company.
 
(a) The Company entered into an agreement on December 7, 2005 under which the Company’s founding investor, Aquiline Capital Partners, LLC and its related companies (“Aquiline”) were engaged to provide services in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of Validus. In connection with this agreement, Aquiline received $12,300 in fees during 2005 which are included as direct equity offering expenses within additional paid-in capital. Aquiline entities, which own 12 million shares in the Company, are allocated a warrant percentage of 6.55% and employ three of the Company’s directors who do not receive compensation from Validus.
 
(b) The Company entered into an advisory agreement on December 7, 2005 with Aquiline. Under this agreement, Aquiline from time to time provides advice and assistance to the Company in connection with transactions and other matters as may be agreed by Aquiline and the Company. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company pays an annual fee of $1,000 for a period of five years from the date of initial funding. Certain officers and employees of Aquiline also invested in the Company and some of these individuals also serve as directors of the Company.
 
(c) The Company and Aquiline engaged Merrill Lynch to provide services in connection with the initial capitalization of Validus. In connection with this agreement, Merrill Lynch received $8,100 in fees during 2005 which are included as a direct equity offering expense within additional paid-in capital. Merrill Lynch entities, which own 10 million shares in the Company, are allocated a warrant percentage of 0.67%, and have employees on the Board of Directors who do not receive compensation from Validus. Merrill Lynch warrants are convertible to nonvoting shares as described in note 6(b). In addition, entities affiliated with Merrill Lynch acted as the initial purchasers of $40,000 of the $150,000 Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures.
 
(d) The Company entered into an agreement on December 8, 2005 with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BlackRock”) under which BlackRock was appointed as an investment manager of part of its investment portfolio. This agreement was entered into on an arm’s-length basis on terms generally available in the market. The Company incurred $897 during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (three months


F-33


Table of Contents

 
VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)

12.   Related party transactions —  (Continued)
 
ended September 30, 2006 — $339) of accounting and investment management fees, of which $352 was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses at September 30, 2006.
 
(e) The Company entered into an agreement on December 8, 2005 with Goldman Sachs Asset Management and its affiliates (“GSAM”) under which GSAM was appointed as an investment manager of part of the Company’s investment portfolio. This agreement was entered into on an arm’s-length basis on terms available generally in the market. Goldman Sachs entities, which own 24.6 million shares in the Company, are allocated a warrant percentage of 2.21% and have employees on the Board of Directors who do not receive compensation from Validus. The Company incurred $635 during the nine months ended September 30, 2006 (three months ended September 30, 2006 — $315) of such investment management fees, of which $177 was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses at September 30, 2006.
 
13.   Earnings per share
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2006:
 
                 
    Three months
    Nine months
 
    ended Sept. 30,
    ended Sept. 30,
 
    2006     2006  
 
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 69,676     $ 114,045  
                 
Weighted average shares — basic Ordinary shares outstanding
    102,344,600       102,331,833  
Share equivalents
               
Warrants
           
Restricted Stock
    278,933       179,671  
Options
           
                 
Weighted average shares — diluted
    102,623,533       102,511,504  
                 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.68     $ 1.11  
                 
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.68     $ 1.11  
                 
 
Share equivalents that would result in the issuance of common shares of 4,402,052 and 4,207,843 were outstanding for the quarter and nine months ended September 30, 2006, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would be antidilutive.
 
14.   Statutory financial data
 
Validus Re is registered under The Insurance Act 1978 (Bermuda), Amendments Thereto and Related Regulations (“The Act”). Under the Insurance Act, Validus Re is required to prepare Statutory Financial Statements and to file a Statutory Financial Return. Validus Re obtained an exemption from making a statutory filing to the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the period ended December 31, 2005 under Section 56 of the Act. The Act also requires Validus Re to maintain a minimum share capital of $1,000 and to meet a minimum solvency margin equal to the greatest of $1,000, 50% of net premiums written or 15% of the loss and loss adjustment expense reserves. To satisfy these requirements, Validus Re is required to maintain a minimum level of statutory capital and surplus of $1,000. Validus Re is also required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio. Both of these requirements were met at September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005.


F-34


Table of Contents

 
GLOSSARY OF SELECTED REINSURANCE AND OTHER RELATED TERMS
 
Accumulation/accumulating All the risks that could be affected by the same event or all the underwritten lines regarding the same risk.
 
Acquisition expenses or acquisition costs The aggregate expenses incurred by a company acquiring new business, including commissions, brokerage and U.S. federal excise tax.
 
Additional case reserves Additional case reserves represent management’s estimate of reserves for claims and claim expenses that are allocated to specific contracts, less paid and reported losses by the client.
 
Aggregate excess of loss A form of excess of loss reinsurance in which the excess and the limit of liability are expressed as annual aggregate amounts.
 
Attachment point The dollar amount of loss (per occurrence or in the aggregate, as the case may be) above which excess of loss reinsurance becomes operative.
 
Broker/Intermediary An intermediary who negotiates contracts of insurance or reinsurance, receiving a commission for placement and other services rendered, between (1) a policyholder and a primary insurer, on behalf of the insured party, (2) a primary insurer and reinsurer, on behalf of the primary insurer, or (3) a reinsurer and a retrocessionaire, on behalf of the reinsurer.
 
Capacity or underwriting capacity The percentage of surplus, or the dollar amount of exposure, that an insurer or reinsurer is willing or able to place at risk. Capacity may apply to a single risk, a program, a line of business or an entire book of business. Capacity may be constrained by legal restrictions, corporate restrictions or indirect restrictions. Reinsurance serves to increase a company’s underwriting capacity by reducing its exposure from particular risks.
 
Case reserves Loss reserves, established with respect to specific, individual reported claims.
 
Casualty insurance or reinsurance Insurance or reinsurance that is primarily concerned with the losses caused by injuries to third persons and their property (in other words, persons other than the policyholder) and the legal liability imposed on the insured resulting therefrom. Also referred to as liability insurance.
 
Catastrophe A severe loss, typically involving multiple claimants. Common perils include earthquakes, hurricanes, hailstorms, severe winter weather, floods, fires, tornadoes, explosions and other natural or man-made disasters. Catastrophe losses may also arise from acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability.


G-1


Table of Contents

 
Catastrophe excess of loss reinsurance A form of excess of loss reinsurance that, subject to a specified limit, indemnifies the ceding company for the amount of loss in excess of a specified retention with respect to an accumulation of losses resulting from a “catastrophe.”
 
Cede, cedant, ceding company When a party reinsures its liability with another, it “cedes” business and is referred to as the “cedant” or “ceding company.”
 
Claim Request by an insured or reinsured for indemnification by an insurance company or a reinsurance company for loss incurred from an insured peril or event.
 
Class 4 reinsurer Those underwriting direct excess liability and/or property catastrophe reinsurance risk in Bermuda. The minimum capital and surplus requirement is $100,000,000 and the actuarial certification requirement is yearly. This class is reserved for highly capitalized companies.
 
Combined ratio The combined ratio is the sum of the losses and expenses ratio and the expense ratio. A combined ratio below 100% generally indicates profitable underwriting prior to the consideration of investment income. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates unprofitable underwriting prior to the consideration of investment income.
 
Demand surge The temporary inflation of costs for building materials and labor resulting from increased demand for rebuilding services in the aftermath of a disaster.
 
Excess of loss Insurance or reinsurance that indemnifies the insured or reinsured against all or a specified portion of losses on underlying insurance policies in excess of a specified amount, which is called a “level” or “retention.” Also known as non-proportional reinsurance . Excess of loss reinsurance is written in layers. A reinsurer or group of reinsurers accepts a band of coverage up to a specified amount. The total coverage purchased by the cedant is referred to as a “program” and will typically be placed with predetermined reinsurers in pre-negotiated layers. Any liability exceeding the outer limit of the program reverts to the ceding company, which also bears the credit risk of a reinsurer’s insolvency.
 
Excess of loss reinsurance A generic term describing reinsurance that indemnifies the reinsured against all or a specified portion of losses on underlying insurance policies in excess of a specified amount, which is called a “level” or “retention.” Also known as non-proportional reinsurance. Excess of loss reinsurance is written in layers. A reinsurer or group of reinsurers accepts a bank of coverage up to a specified amount. The total coverage purchased by the


G-2


Table of Contents

cedant is referred to as a “program” and will typically be placed with predetermined reinsurers in pre-negotiated layers. Any liability exceeding the out limit of the program reverts to the ceding company, which also bears the credit risk of a reinsurer’s insolvency.
 
Exclusions Those risks, perils, or classes of insurance with respect to which the reinsurer will not pay loss or provide reinsurance, notwithstanding the other terms and conditions of reinsurance.
 
Expense ratio The ratio of the sum of the acquisition expenses and operational expenses to net premiums earned.
 
First-Party Risk Property risk and other reinsurance lines commonly referred to as short-tail in nature.
 
Frequency The number of claims occurring during a given coverage period.
 
Gross premiums written Total premiums for insurance written and assumed reinsurance during a given period.
 
Incumbent A reinsurer who is on risk on the policy that is being renewed.
 
Incurred but not reported (IBNR) Reserves for estimated losses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer including unknown future developments on losses that are known to the insurer or reinsurer.
 
Industry loss warranty A reinsurance contract in which the payout is dependent on two triggers. The first trigger is the insured loss of the purchaser and the second is the industry wide loss. Both triggers need to be impacted for a payout to occur.
 
Layer The interval between the retention or attachment point and the maximum limit of indemnity for which a reinsurer is responsible.
 
Limits The maximum amount that an insurer or reinsurer will insure or reinsure for a specified risk or portfolio of risks. The term also refers to the maximum amount of benefit payable for a given claim or occurrence.
 
Long-tail An insurance coverage that has a lengthy period between the occurrence and final settlement of a claim.
 
Loss; losses An occurrence that is the basis for submission and/or payment of a claim. Whether losses are covered, limited or excluded from coverage is dependent on the terms of the policy.


G-3


Table of Contents

 
Loss adjustment expense The expenses of settling claims, including legal and other fees and the portion of general expenses allocated to claim settlement costs.
 
Loss emergence patterns A development pattern used to project current reported or paid loss amounts to their ultimate settlement value or amount.
 
Loss reserves See “Reserves.”
 
Losses and loss expenses ratio; Loss ratio The ratio of incurred losses and loss expenses to net premiums earned. Incurred losses include a provision for IBNR.
 
Losses occurring basis Insurance or Reinsurance coverage with respect to losses that occur during the policy period.
 
Net premiums earned The portion of net premiums written during or prior to a given period that was actually recognized as income during such period.
 
Net premiums written Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to reinsurers and retrocessionaires during such period.
 
Non-proportional reinsurance See “Excess of loss reinsurance.”
 
Perils This term refers to the causes of possible loss in property insurance and reinsurance, such as fire, windstorm, collision, hail, etc. In casualty insurance and reinsurance, the term “hazard” is more frequently used.
 
Premiums; written, earned and unearned The amount charged during the term on policies and contracts issued, renewed or reinsured by an insurance company or reinsurance company. Written premium is premium registered on the books of an issuer or reinsurer at the time a policy is issued and paid for. Unearned premium is premium for a future exposure period. Earned premium is written premium minus unearned premium for an individual policy.
 
Probable Maximum Loss (“PML”) The maximum amount of loss expected from a reinsurance contract measured over various return periods (e.g., once in 100 years) or measured probabilistically (e.g., 1% probability).
 
Property catastrophe insurance Insurance that provides coverage to a person with an insurable interest in tangible property for that person’s property loss, damage or loss of use resulting from a catastrophic event.
 
Property insurance or reinsurance Insurance or reinsurance that provides coverage to a person with an insurable interest in tangible property for that person’s property loss, damage or loss of use.


G-4


Table of Contents

 
Proportional reinsurance A generic term describing all forms of reinsurance in which the reinsurer shares a proportional part of the original premiums and losses of the reinsured. Also known as pro rata reinsurance, quota share reinsurance or participating reinsurance. In proportional reinsurance the reinsurer generally pays the ceding company a ceding commission. The ceding commission generally is based on the ceding company’s cost of acquiring the business being reinsured (including commissions, premium taxes, assessments and miscellaneous administrative expenses) and also may include a profit factor.
 
Pro rata Pro Rata Reinsurance is a type of reinsurance whereby the reinsurer, in return for a predetermined portion or share of the insurance premium charged by the ceding company, indemnifies the ceding company against a predetermined portion of losses and loss adjustment expenses of the ceding company under the covered policies or policy.
 
Quota share reinsurance A form of proportional reinsurance in which the reinsurer assumes an agreed percentage of each insurance being reinsured and shares all premiums and losses in accordance with the reinsured percentage. See also “Proportional Reinsurance” and “Surplus Share Reinsurance.”
 
Rate on line The premium paid by an insurer to a reinsurer as a percentage of the reinsurer’s exposure.
 
Reinstatement premium The premium charged for the restoration of the reinsurance limit of a catastrophe contract to its full amount after payment by the reinsurer of losses as a result of an occurrence.
 
Reinstatement premium protection Coverage offered to protect the reinsured against the contingency of having to pay reinstatement premiums.
 
Reinsurance An arrangement in which an insurance company, the reinsurer, agrees to indemnify another insurance or reinsurance company, the ceding company, against all or a portion of the insurance or reinsurance risks underwritten by the ceding company under one or more policies. Reinsurance can provide a ceding company with several benefits, including a reduction in net liability on individual risks and catastrophe protection from large or multiple losses. Reinsurance also provides a ceding company with additional underwriting capacity by permitting it to accept larger risks and write more business than would be possible without a concomitant increase in capital and surplus, and facilitates the maintenance of acceptable financial ratios by the ceding company.


G-5


Table of Contents

 
Reinsurance treaties The reinsurance of a specified type or category of risk defined in a reinsurance agreement between an insurer or other reinsured and a reinsurer. Typically, in treaty reinsurance, the primary insurer or reinsured is obligated to offer and the reinsurer is obligated to accept a specified portion of all of that type or category of risks originally written by the insurer or reinsured.
 
Reserves or loss reserves Liabilities established by insurers and reinsurers to reflect the estimated costs of claim payments and the related expenses that the insurer or reinsurer will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance or reinsurance it has written. Reserves are established for losses, for loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) and for unearned premiums. Loss reserves consist of “case reserves,” or reserves established with respect to individual reported claims, and “IBNR reserves.” For reinsurers, LAE reserves are generally not significant because substantially all of the LAE associated with particular claims are incurred by the primary insurer and reported to reinsurers as losses. Unearned premium reserves constitute the portion of premium paid in advance for insurance or reinsurance that has not yet been provided. See also “Claim reserves.”
 
Retention The amount or portion of risk that an insurer retains for its own account. Losses in excess of the retention level up to the outer limit of the program, if any, are paid by the reinsurer. In proportional treaties, the retention may be a percentage of the original policy’s limit. In excess of loss business, the retention is a dollar amount of loss, a loss ratio or a percentage.
 
Retrocessional reinsurance; retrocessionaire The transaction whereby a reinsurer cedes to another reinsurer (the “retrocessionaire”) all or part of the reinsurance it has assumed. Retrocessional reinsurance does not legally discharge the ceding reinsurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the reinsured. Reinsurance companies cede risks to retrocessionaires for reasons similar to those that cause primary insurers to purchase reinsurance: to reduce net liability on individual risks, to protect against catastrophic losses, to stabilize financial ratios and to obtain additional underwriting capacity.
 
Risk excess of loss reinsurance A form of excess of loss reinsurance that covers a loss of the reinsured on a single “risk” in excess of its retention level, rather than the aggregate losses for all covered risks, as does catastrophic excess of loss reinsurance. A “risk” in this context might mean the insurance coverage on one building or a group of buildings or the insurance coverage under a single policy that the reinsured treats as a single risk.


G-6


Table of Contents

 
Risks A term used to denote the physical units of property at risk or the object of insurance protection that are not perils or hazards. Also defined as chance of loss or uncertainty of loss.
 
Risks attaching basis Contracts that cover claims that arise on underlying insurance policies that incept during the term of the reinsurance contract.
 
Saffir-Simpson Hurricane Scale The Saffir-Simpson Hurricane Scale is a 1-5 rating based on the hurricane’s present intensity. This is used to give an estimate of the potential property damage and flooding expected along the coast from a hurricane landfall. Wind speed is the determining factor in the scale, as follows:
 
• Category One Hurricane: Winds 74-95 mph
 
• Category Two Hurricane: Winds 96-110 mph
 
• Category Three Hurricane: Winds 111-130 mph
 
• Category Four Hurricane: Winds 131-155 mph
 
• Category Five Hurricane: Winds greater than 155 mph
 
Severity The magnitude of claims occurring during a given coverage period.
 
Short-tail An insurance coverage that has a brief period between the occurrence and payment of a claim.
 
Sidecar Special purpose reinsurer created to provide quota share retrocession to an insurer or reinsurer for specific lines or risks.
 
Specialty lines Lines of insurance and reinsurance that provide coverage for risks that are often unusual or difficult to place and do not fit the underwriting criteria of standard commercial products carriers.
 
Submission An unprocessed application for (i) insurance coverage forwarded to a primary insurer by a prospective policyholder or by a broker on behalf of such prospective policyholder, (ii) reinsurance coverage forwarded to a reinsurer by a prospective ceding insurer or by a broker or intermediary on behalf of such prospective ceding insurer or (iii) retrocessional coverage forwarded to a retrocessionaire by a prospective ceding reinsurer or by a broker or intermediary on behalf of such prospective ceding reinsurer.
 
Surplus share reinsurance A form of pro rata reinsurance (proportional) indemnifying the ceding company against loss to the extent of


G-7


Table of Contents

the surplus insurance liability ceded, on a share basis similar to quota share. See also “Proportional Reinsurance” and “Quota Share Reinsurance.”
 
Third-party liability The obligation to compensate another person harmed or injured by a negligent or wrongful act or omission. A person other than the parties to a liability policy ( i.e ., not the insurer nor the policyholder) is a third-party. When an insured (the first party) causes a loss, the insurer (the second party) assumes the insured’s liability up to the policy limit.
 
Treaty A reinsurance agreement covering a book or class of business that is automatically accepted on a bulk basis by a reinsurer. A treaty contains common contract terms along with a specific risk definition, data on limit and retention, and provisions for premium and duration.
 
Underwriting The insurer’s or reinsurer’s process of reviewing submissions for insurance coverage, deciding whether to accept all or part of the coverage requested and determining the applicable premiums.
 
Underwriting cycle An insurance business cycle, where rates and premiums (and therefore profits) alternately rise and fall, rather than growing smoothly. Causes of these cycles are interest rate and stock market fluctuations, flow of excessive new capital into the insurance industry during profitable years, social and economic inflation, catastrophic losses, and competition.
 
U.S. GAAP Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. U.S. GAAP is the method of accounting to be used by the Company for reporting to shareholders.


G-8


Table of Contents

 
Through and including          , 2007 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
           Shares
 
(VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD. LOGO)
 
Validus Holdings, Ltd.
 
Common Shares
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
           , 2007
 


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
The following table sets forth the various expenses payable by us, other than underwriting commissions, fees and expenses, in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common shares being registered hereby. All of the fees set forth below are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the NASD fee and the NYSE listing fee.
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 21,400  
NYSE listing fee
    *  
NASD fee
    *  
Blue Sky fees and expenses
    *  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
    *  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
    *  
         
Total
  $ *  
         
 
 
To be provided by amendment.
 
ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
Bye-law 50 of the Registrant’s Bye-laws provides, among other things, that the Registrant will, in the case of directors and officers of the Registrant, and may (in the discretion of the Board of Directors), in the case of employees and agents, indemnify, in accordance with and to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Registrant), by reason of his acting in such capacity or his acting in any other capacity for, or on behalf of, the Registrant, against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof. The Registrant shall, in the case of directors and officers, and may, in other cases, advance the expenses of defending any such act, suit or proceeding in accordance with and to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by law.
 
Bye-law 50 of the Registrant’s Bye-laws also provides that none of the officers or directors of the Registrant will be personally liable to the Registrant or its shareholders for any action or failure to act to the full extent that they are indemnified under the Registrant’s Bye-laws.
 
Bye-law 50A of the Registrant’s Bye-laws provides that each shareholder agrees to waive any claim or right of action such shareholder might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Registrant, against any director or officer on account of any action taken by such director or officer, or the failure of such director or officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Registrant; provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such director or officer.
 
Section 98 of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to such company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act. Section 98 further provides


II-1


Table of Contents

that any provision, whether contained in the bye-laws of a company or in any contract or arrangement between such company and any director exempting or indemnifying him against any liability which would otherwise attach to him in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of which he may be guilty in relation to such company, shall be void.
 
Section 98A of the Companies Act permits a Bermuda company to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not such Bermuda company may otherwise indemnify such officer or director.
 
The Registrant may purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies. Such insurance would be available to the Registrant’s directors and officers in accordance with its terms. In addition, certain directors may be covered by directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies purchased by their respective employers.
 
ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
The Registrant was incorporated as a Bermuda company in October 2005. Following its incorporation, the Registrant issued 102,240,600 common shares at a price of U.S.$10.00 and issued an additional 104,000 shares to new investors in February 2006 at a price of $10.00. The Registrant believes that each transaction, if deemed to be a sale of a security, was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof.
 
ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit
   
number
 
Description of document
 
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3 .1   Memorandum of Association dated October 10, 2005
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Bye-laws*
  4 .1   Specimen Common Share Certificate*
  4 .2   Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital dated October 28, 2005
  5 .1   Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman dated December 12, 2005*
  8 .1   Opinion of Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp as to certain tax matters*
  8 .2   Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman as to certain tax matters*
  10 .1   Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of December 12, 2005 among Validus Holdings, Ltd. and the Shareholders Named Herein
  10 .2   Founder Agreement with Aquiline Capital Partners LLC dated December 7, 2005
  10 .3   Advisory Agreement with Aquiline Capital Partners LLC dated December 7, 2005
  10 .4   Form of Warrant
  10 .5   Letter of Credit Facility Agreement*
  10 .6   364-Day Revolving Credit Facility Agreement*
  10 .7   First Amendment to each of the above two facilities dated September 8, 2006*
  10 .8   9.069% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures Indenture as of June 15, 2006
  10 .9   First Supplemental Indenture to the above Indenture dated as of September 15, 2006
  10 .10   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Holdings, Ltd. and Edward J. Noonan*
  10 .11   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Holdings, Ltd. and George P. Reeth*
  10 .12   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Holdings, Ltd. and Jeff Consolino*
  10 .13   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Holdings, Ltd. and Stuart W. Mercer*
  10 .14   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. and Conan M. Ward*
  10 .15   Investment Manager Agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
  10 .16   Risk Reporting & Investment Accounting Services Agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
  10 .17   Discretionary Advisory Agreement with Goldman Sachs Asset Management


II-2


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
number
 
Description of document
 
  10 .18   Validus Holdings, Ltd. 2005 Amended & Restated Long Term Incentive Plan*
  10 .19   Form of Restricted Share Agreement for employee without Employment Agreement
  10 .20   Form of Restricted Share Agreement for employee with Employment Agreement
  10 .21   Form of Stock Option Agreement for employee without Employment Agreement
  10 .22   Form of Stock Option Agreement for employee with Employment Agreement
  10 .23   Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan*
  10 .24   Director Stock Compensation Plan*
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.2)*
  23 .2   Consent of Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp (included in Exhibit 8.1)*
  23 .3   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included as part of the signature pages)
  99 .1   Audit Committee Charter*
  99 .2   Compensation Committee Charter*
  99 .3   Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter*
 
 
* To be filed by Amendment.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
Financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is either not applicable, not deemed material, or is shown in the respective financial statements or in the notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the purchase agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Hamilton, Bermuda, on January 16, 2007.
 
Validus Holdings, Ltd.
 
  By: 
/s/   Edward J. Noonan
Name: Edward J. Noonan
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Edward J. Noonan and Joseph E. (Jeff) Consolino, acting singly or jointly, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent and in his name, place, and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign his name to the Registration Statement of Validus Holdings, Ltd., a Bermuda company, on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to any and all amendments or supplements thereto (including any post-effective amendments, including any registration statement filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith and to cause the same to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney full power and authority to do and perform any act and thing necessary and proper to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do if personally present, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/   Edward J. Noonan

Name: Edward J. Noonan
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   George P. Reeth

Name: George P. Reeth
  Deputy Chairman and President   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   Joseph E. (Jeff) Consolino

Name: Joseph E. (Jeff) Consolino
  Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   Matthew J. Grayson

Name: Matthew J. Grayson
  Director   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   Jeffrey W. Greenberg

Name: Jeffrey W. Greenberg
  Director   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   John J. Hendrickson

Name: John J. Hendrickson
  Director   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   Stuart A. Katz

Name: Stuart A. Katz
  Director   January 16, 2007


II-4


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/   Sander M. Levy

Name: Sander M. Levy
  Director   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   Jean-Marie Nessi

Name: Jean-Marie Nessi
  Director   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   Mandakini Puri

Name: Mandakini Puri
  Director   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   Alok Singh

Name: Alok Singh
  Director   January 16, 2007
         
/s/   Christopher E. Watson

Name: Christopher E. Watson
  Director   January 16, 2007

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT LIST
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description of Document
 
  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3 .1   Memorandum of Association dated October 10, 2005
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Bye-laws*
  4 .1   Specimen Common Share Certificate*
  4 .2   Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital dated October 28, 2005
  5 .1   Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman dated December 12, 2005*
  8 .1   Opinion of Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp as to certain tax matters*
  8 .2   Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman as to certain tax matters*
  10 .1   Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of December 12, 2005 among Validus Holdings, Ltd. and the Shareholders Named Herein
  10 .2   Founder Agreement with Aquiline Capital Partners LLC dated December 7, 2005
  10 .3   Advisory Agreement with Aquiline Capital Partners LLC dated December 7, 2005
  10 .4   Form of Warrant
  10 .5   Letter of Credit Facility Agreement*
  10 .6   364-Day Revolving Credit Facility Agreement*
  10 .7   First Amendment to each of the above two facilities dated September 8, 2006*
  10 .8   9.069% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Debentures Indenture as of June 15, 2006
  10 .9   First Supplemental Indenture to the above Indenture dated as of September 15, 2006
  10 .10   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Holdings, Ltd. and Edward J. Noonan*
  10 .11   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Holdings, Ltd. and George P. Reeth*
  10 .12   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Holdings, Ltd. and Jeff Consolino*
  10 .13   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Holdings, Ltd. and Stuart W. Mercer*
  10 .14   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. and Conan M. Ward*
  10 .15   Investment Manager Agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
  10 .16   Risk Reporting & Investment Accounting Services Agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
  10 .17   Discretionary Advisory Agreement with Goldman Sachs Asset Management
  10 .18   Validus Holdings, Ltd. 2005 Amended & Restated Long Term Incentive Plan*
  10 .19   Form of Restricted Share Agreement for employee without Employment Agreement
  10 .20   Form of Restricted Share Agreement for employee with Employment Agreement
  10 .21   Form of Stock Option Agreement for employee without Employment Agreement
  10 .22   Form of Stock Option Agreement for employee with Employment Agreement
  10 .23   Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan*
  10 .24   Director Stock Compensation Plan*
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.2)*
  23 .2   Consent of Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp (included in Exhibit 8.1)*
  23 .3   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included as part of the signature pages)
  99 .1   Audit Committee Charter*
  99 .2   Compensation Committee Charter*
  99 .3   Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter*
 
* To be filed by Amendment.

[Exhibit 3.1]

FORM NO. 2

(GRAPHIC)

BERMUDA
THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF
COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
(SECTION 7(1) AND (2))

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
(HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS "THE COMPANY")

1. The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

2. We, the undersigned, namely,

                                                          BERMUDIAN                                   NUMBER OF
                                                            STATUS                                     SHARES
NAME                         ADDRESS                       (YES/NO)           NATIONALITY            SUBSCRIBED
Alison R. Guilfoyle          Clarendon House
                             2 Church Street
                             Hamilton, HM 11
                             Bermuda                          No                British                  One

Graham B.R. Collis           Clarendon House
                             2 Church Street
                             Hamilton, HM 11
                             Bermuda                         Yes                British                  One

Christopher G. Garrod        Clarendon House
                             2 Church Street
                             Hamilton, HM 11
                             Bermuda                         Yes                British                  One


DO HEREBY RESPECTIVELY AGREE TO TAKE SUCH NUMBER OF SHARES OF THE COMPANY AS MAY BE ALLOTTED TO US RESPECTIVELY BY THE PROVISIONAL DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, NOT EXCEEDING THE NUMBER OF SHARES FOR WHICH WE HAVE RESPECTIVELY SUBSCRIBED, AND TO SATISFY SUCH CALLS AS MAY BE MADE BY THE DIRECTORS, PROVISIONAL DIRECTORS OR PROMOTERS OF THE COMPANY IN RESPECT OF THE SHARES ALLOTTED TO US RESPECTIVELY.

3. The Company is to be an exempted Company as defined by the Companies Act 1981.

4. The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding ________ in all, including the following parcels:-

N/A

5. The authorised share capital of the Company is US$120,000 divided into shares of US$0.10 each. The minimum subscribed share capital of the Company is US$ 12,000.

6. The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are -

(1) To acquire by purchase or otherwise, buy, own, hold, create, market, design, assemble, manufacture, repair, lease, hire, let, sell, dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), maintain, improve, develop, manage, invent, build, construct, operate, package and otherwise trade, invest or deal in and with products, financial instruments, goods, and real and personal property of all kinds whatsoever and wheresoever situated, and enter into arrangements for or with respect to any of the foregoing;

(2) To perform, provide, procure, market and deal in services and undertakings of all kinds;

(3) To advise and act as consultants and managers of all kinds and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to provide investment and financial advice, consultation and management services;

(4) To research, create, develop, invent, improve, discover, design, collate and draft original works, software, inventions, designs, concepts, formulas, processes, strategies, methodologies and the like, and acquire, build, own, hold, sell, lease, license, dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), market, franchise, and otherwise exploit and deal in or with all intellectual and intangible property rights pertaining thereto whether registered or not, including but not limited to trade and service marks, trade names, copyrights, computer software, inventions, designs, patents, provisional patents, utility models, trade secrets, confidential information, know how, get-up and any other rights and privileges vesting in or attaching thereto;

(5) To explore for, drill for, mine for, quarry for, move, transport, and refine metals, minerals, fossil fuel, petroleum, hydrocarbon products including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, oil and oil products, and precious stones of all kinds and to prepare the same for sale or use;

-2-

(6) To enter into any guarantee, contract of indemnity or suretyship and to assure, support or secure with or without consideration or benefit the performance of any obligations of any person or persons and to guarantee the fidelity of individuals filling or about to fill situations of trust or confidence;

(7) To own, manage, operate, act as agents with respect to, build, repair, acquire, own, sell, charter, or deal in ships and aircraft;

(8) To lend to or deposit with any person funds, property or assets and to provide collateral or credit enhancement for loans, leasing or other forms of financing, with or without consideration or benefit;

(9) To create, enter into, undertake, procure, arrange for, acquire by purchase or otherwise, buy, own, hold, sell or otherwise dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), trade, invest and or otherwise deal in, whether on a speculative basis or otherwise, all and or any kind of (including without limitation all and or any combinations of and all and or any rights or interests under) instrument, agreement, contract, covenant and undertaking, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, derivative instrument, agreement or contract, option, swap option contract, bond, warrant, debenture, equity, forward exchange contract, forward rate contract, future, hedge, security, note, certificate of deposit, unit, guarantee and or financial instrument; and

(10) To carry on any trade or business which can, in the opinion of the board of directors, be advantageously carried on by the Company.

7. Powers of the Company

1. The Company shall, pursuant to the Section 42 of the Companies Act 1981, have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed.

2. The Company shall, pursuant to Section 42A of the Companies Act 1981, have the power to purchase its own shares.

-3-

SIGNED BY EACH SUBSCRIBER IN THE PRESENCE OF AT LEAST ONE WITNESS ATTESTING THE
SIGNATURE THEREOF

---------------------------------            ----------------------------------

---------------------------------            ----------------------------------

---------------------------------            ----------------------------------

---------------------------------            ----------------------------------

        (Subscribers)                                      (Witnesses)

SUBSCRIBED this 10th day of October, 2005.


THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

FIRST SCHEDULE

A company limited by shares, or other company having a share capital, may exercise all or any of the following powers subject to any provision of the law or its memorandum:

1. [Deleted]

2. to acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the business, property and liabilities of any person carrying on any business that the company is authorised to carry on;

3. to apply for register, purchase, lease, acquire, hold, use, control, licence, sell, assign or dispose of patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade makers, formulae, licences, inventions, processes, distinctive makers and similar rights;

4. to enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing of profits, union of interests, cooperation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction that the company is authorised to carry on or engage in or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company;

5. to take or otherwise acquire and hold securities in any other body corporate having objects altogether or in part similar to those of the company or carrying on any business capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company;

6. subject to section 96 to lend money to any employee or to any person having dealings with the company or with whom the company proposes to have dealings or to any other body corporate any of those shares are held by the company;

7. to apply for, secure or acquire by grant, legislative enactment, assignment transfer, purchase or otherwise and to exercise, carry out and enjoy any charter, licence, power, authority, franchise, concession, right or privilege, that any government or authority or any body corporation or other public body may be-empowered-to grant and to pay for, aid in and contribute toward carrying it into effect and to assume any liabilities or obligations incidental thereto;

8. to establish and support or aid in the establishment and support of associations, institutions, funds or trusts for the benefit of employees or former employees of the company or its predecessors, or the dependants or connections of such employees or former employees, and grant pensions and allowances, and make payments towards insurance or for any object similar to those set forth in this paragraph, and to subscribe or guarantee money for charitable, benevolent, educational and religious objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful objects;

9. to promote any company for the purpose of acquiring or taking over any of the property and liabilities of the company or for any other purpose that may benefit the company;


10. to purchase, lease, take in exchange, hire or otherwise acquire any personal property and any rights or privileges that the company considers necessary or convenient for the purposes of its business;

11. to construct, maintain, alter, renovate and demolish any buildings or works necessary or convenient for its objects;

12. to take land in Bermuda by way of lease or leasing agreement for a term not exceeding fifty years, being land "bona fide" required for the purposes of the business of the company and with the consent of the Minister granted in his discretion to take land in Bermuda by way of lease or leasing agreement for a term not exceeding twenty-one years in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and when no longer necessary for any of the above purposes to terminate or transfer the lease or letting agreement;

13. except to the extent, if any, as may be otherwise expressly provided in its incorporating Act or memorandum and subject to the provisions of this Act every company shall have power to invest the moneys of the Company by way of mortgage of real or personal property of every description in Bermuda or elsewhere and to sell, exchange, vary, or dispose of such mortgage as the company shall from time to time determine;

14. to construct, improve, maintain, work, manage, carry out or control any roads, ways, tramways, branches or sidings, bridges, reservoirs, watercourses, wharves, factories, warehouses, electric works, shops, stores and other works and conveniences that may advance the interests of the company and contribute to, subsidise or otherwise assist or take part in the construction, improvement, maintenance, working, management, carrying out or control thereof;

15. to raise and assist in raising money for, and aid by way of bonus, loan, promise, endorsement, guarantee or otherwise, any person and guarantee the performance or fulfilment of any contracts or obligations of any person, and in particular guarantee the-payment of the principal of and interest on the debt obligations of any such person;

16. to borrow or raise or secure the payment of money in such manner as the company may think fit;

17. to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants and other negotiable or transferable instruments;

18. when properly authorised to do so, to sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of the undertaking of the company or any part thereof as an entirety or substantially as an entirety for such consideration as the company thinks fit;

19. to sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, dispose of, turn to account or otherwise deal with the property of the company in the ordinary course of its business;

20. to adopt such means of making known the products of the company as may seem expedient, and in particular by advertising, by purchase and exhibition of works of art or interest, by publication of books and periodicals and by granting prizes and rewards and making donations;

-2-

21. to cause the company to be registered and recognised in any foreign jurisdiction, and designate persons therein according to the laws of that foreign jurisdiction or to represent the company and to accept service for and on behalf of the company of any process or suit;

22. to allot and issue fully-paid shares of the company in payment or part payment of any property purchase or otherwise acquired by the company or for any past services performed for the company;

23. to distribute among the members of the company in cash, kind, specie or otherwise as may be resolved, by way of dividend, bonus or in any other manner considered advisable, any property of the company, but not so as to decrease the capital of the company unless the distribution is made for the purpose of enabling the company to be dissolved or the distribution, apart from this paragraph, would be otherwise lawful;

24. to establish agencies and branches;

25. to take or hold mortgages, hypothecs, liens and charges to secure payment of the purchase price, or of any unpaid balance of the purchase price, of any part of the property of the company of whatsoever kind sold by the company, or for any money due to the company from purchasers and others and to sell or otherwise dispose of any such mortgage, hypothec, lien or charge;

26. to pay all costs and expenses of or incidental to the incorporation and organisation of the company;

27. to invest and deal with the moneys of the company not immediately required for the objects of the company in such manner as may be determined;

28. to do any of the things authorised by this subsection and all things authorised by its memorandum as principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise, and either alone or in conjunction with others;

29. to do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the objects and the exercise of the powers of the company.

Every company may exercise its powers beyond the boundaries of Bermuda to the extent to which the laws in force where the powers are sought to be exercised permit.

-3-

[Exhibit 4.2]

FORM NO. 7a REGISTRATION NO. 37417

(GRAPHIC)

BERMUDA

CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT OF

MEMORANDUM OF INCREASE OF SHARE CAPITAL

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that a Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital of

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

was delivered to the Registrar of Companies on the 21ST of OCTOBER, 2005 in accordance with section 45(3) of THE COMPANIES ACT 1981 ("the Act").

(SEAL)                                Given under my hand and Seal of the
                                      REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this
                                      28TH day of OCTOBER, 2005


ACTING REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES

Capital prior to increase:   US$              120,000.00
                             ---------------------------
Amount of increase:          US$           99,880,000.00
                             ---------------------------

Present Capital:             US$          100,000,000.00
                             ---------------------------


EXECUTION VERSION

[Exhibit 10.1]

SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF

DECEMBER 12, 2005

AMONG

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

AND

THE SHAREHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
                                   ARTICLE I.

                                   DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1  Definitions.................................................     1

                                   ARTICLE II.

                               REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 2.1  Demand Registration.........................................     6
SECTION 2.2  Piggyback Registration......................................     8
SECTION 2.3  Lock-Up Agreements..........................................     9
SECTION 2.4  Registration Procedures.....................................     9
SECTION 2.5  Indemnification by the Company..............................    13
SECTION 2.6  Indemnification by Participating Shareholders...............    14
SECTION 2.7  Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings......................    14
SECTION 2.8  Contribution................................................    15
SECTION 2.9  Participation in Public Offering............................    16
SECTION 2.10 Other Indemnification.......................................    16
SECTION 2.11 Exchange Act Filings, Rule 144..............................    16
SECTION 2.12 Termination of Registration Rights..........................    16
SECTION 2.13 Black-Out Period............................................    16

                                  ARTICLE III.

                        CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

SECTION 3.1  Restrictions................................................    17
SECTION 3.1A Business Activities.........................................    18
SECTION 3.2  Special Actions.............................................    18
SECTION 3.3  Confidentiality.............................................    18
SECTION 3.4  Conflicting Agreements......................................    19
SECTION 3.5  Acknowledgment..............................................    19
SECTION 3.6  Competition; No Fiduciary Duties............................    19
SECTION 3.7  Accounting; Financial Statements and other Information......    20
SECTION 3.8  Insurance...................................................    20
SECTION 3.9  Certain Tax Matters.........................................    20
SECTION 3.10 Ratification of Board.......................................    21
SECTION 3.11 Listed Transactions.........................................    21

                                   ARTICLE IV.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.1  Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit......................    21

-i-

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
SECTION 4.2  Notices.....................................................    21
SECTION 4.3  Waiver; Amendment; Termination..............................    22
SECTION 4.4  Governing Law...............................................    22
SECTION 4.5  Jurisdiction................................................    22
SECTION 4.6  Waiver of Jury Trial........................................    23
SECTION 4.7  Specific Enforcement........................................    23
SECTION 4.8  Counterparts; Effectiveness.................................    23
SECTION 4.9  Entire Agreement............................................    23
SECTION 4.10 Captions....................................................    23
SECTION 4.11 Severability................................................    24
SECTION 4.12 Foreign Registration........................................    24

Exhibit A    Joinder Agreement...........................................   A-1
Exhibit B    Form of Investor Election...................................   B-1

-ii-

SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT dated as of December 12, 2005 is made among VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the "Company"), and the Persons listed on the signature pages attached hereto.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, each of the Shareholders (as defined below) has subscribed to purchase Voting Common Stock or Non-Voting Common Stock (each, as defined below) (such shares of all Shareholders, together with any additional shares of Common Stock hereafter acquired by such Shareholders in any manner, and any Warrants (as defined below) held or hereafter acquired by such Shareholders, being referred to herein as the "Shares");

WHEREAS, the Company owns the entire outstanding capital stock of Validus Reinsurance, Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the "Operating Company");

WHEREAS, each of the Shareholders desires to promote the interests of the Company and the mutual interests of the Shareholders by establishing herein certain terms and conditions upon which the Shares will be held, including provisions relating to approval of various corporate actions;

WHEREAS, each of the Shareholders has agreed that each of the Qualified Sponsors (as defined below) shall be entitled to certain rights set forth herein in recognition of their commitments to the Company, which rights are acknowledged by the Shareholders; and

WHEREAS, the execution of this Agreement is a condition precedent to the purchase and sale of the Shares as contemplated in the Subscription Agreements (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Definitions.

(a) The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; provided that no securityholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other securityholder solely by reason of any investment in the Company. For the purpose of this definition, the term "Control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "Controlling", "Controlled By" and "Under Common Control With"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

"Board" means the board of directors of the Company.


"Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or Bermuda are not open for business.

"Bye-laws" means the Bye-laws of the Company, as amended from time to time.

"Code" means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

"Common Stock" means, collectively, the Voting Common Stock and the Non-Voting Common Stock.

"Company Securities" means (i) the Common Stock, (ii) securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, and (iii) options, warrants (including the Warrants) or other rights to acquire Common Stock.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of the United States of America and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"First Public Offering" means the first Public Offering after the date hereof.

"Founder" means, collectively, the group of funds affiliated with Aquiline Capital Partners LLC which are holders of Company Securities.

"Fully-Diluted" means, with respect to Company Securities, all outstanding shares and all shares issuable in respect of securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, all stock appreciation rights, options, warrants (including the Warrants) and other rights to purchase or subscribe for such Company Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such Company Securities; provided that, if any of the foregoing stock appreciation rights, options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for such Company Securities are subject to vesting, the Company Securities subject to vesting shall be included in the definition of "Fully-Diluted" only upon and to the extent of such vesting.

"Group" means a group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.

"GSCP V" means, collectively, the group of funds administered by the Principal Investment Area of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. which are holders of Company Securities.

"Major Investor" means (a) each Qualified Sponsor, (b) each Shareholder who acquired at least $100 million of Common Stock on the date hereof, and (c) each Shareholder who, or a group of Shareholders acting together who in the aggregate, beneficially owns more than ten percent (10%) of the Company Securities, on a Fully Diluted basis either (x) immediately prior to the commencement of the First Public Offering or (y) on the date it purchased its Common Stock pursuant to the offering described in the Offering Memorandum. For the purposes of this definition, "beneficial ownership" shall include ownership by one or more Affiliates of such Shareholder.

"Majority of the Qualified Sponsors" means a majority in number (i.e., initially 3 out of 5) of the Qualified Sponsors.

"Memorandum" means the Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended from time to time.

-2-

"Merrill" means, collectively, the group of funds/entities affiliated with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated which are holders of Company Securities.

"NASD" means the United States National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

"New Mountain" means, collectively, the group of funds affiliated with New Mountain Capital, L.L.C. which are holders of Company Securities.

"Non-Voting Common Stock" means the non-voting common shares, par value $0.10 per share, of the Company and any shares into which such shares may thereafter be converted or changed.

"Offering Memorandum" means the Confidential Memorandum dated October 13, 2005, as supplemented on November 21, 2005 and December 5, 2005, and includes all exhibits, annexes and appendices thereto and any further amendments thereof and modifications and supplements thereto as may be made from time to time on or prior to the date hereof and delivered to the Shareholders.

"Participating Shareholders" means the Shareholders that participate in any registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, including any Requesting Shareholder.

"Permitted Transferee" has the meaning set forth in the Bye-laws.

"Person" means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

"Plan Options" means options issued by the Company pursuant to any stock option or similar plan (and any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof or thereunder) approved by the Board where the primary purpose of such issuance is not to raise additional equity capital for the Company.

"Public Offering" means a public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-4 or Form F-8 or any similar or successor form.

"Qualified Public Offering" means the first Public Offering in which gross proceeds of not less than $150.0 million (at a per share price of not less than $10 per share, as adjusted to give effect to stock splits, recombinations and other reclassifications) are raised for the Company and/or for selling shareholders after the date hereof.

"Qualified Sponsor" means each Sponsor, except that, with respect to each Sponsor individually, a Sponsor shall cease to be a Qualified Sponsor from and after the date on which such Sponsor ceases to "beneficially own" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), as a result of a Transfer (excluding Transfers in accordance with clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Transferee), at least 33-1/3% of the number of shares of Common Stock (after giving effect to stock splits, recombination and other similar reclassifications) such Sponsor purchased in the offering described in the Offering Memorandum.

"Registrable Securities" means, at any time, any Common Stock and any securities issued or issuable in respect of such Common Stock by way of conversion, exchange, stock dividend, split or combination, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, other reorganization or otherwise until (i) a registration statement covering such Common Stock has been declared effective by the SEC and such Common

-3-

Stock has been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement,
(ii) such Common Stock is sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 are met or such securities may be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act or (iii) such Common Stock is otherwise Transferred, the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of ownership for such Common Stock not bearing the legend required pursuant to this Agreement and such Common Stock may be freely resold without subsequent registration under the Securities Act.

"Registration Expenses" means any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with any registration or marketing of securities, including all (i) registration and filing fees, and all other fees and expenses payable in connection with the listing of securities on any securities exchange or automated interdealer quotation system, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with any securities or "blue sky" laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with "blue sky" qualifications of the securities registered), (iii) expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, mailing and delivery of any registration statements, prospectuses and other documents in connection therewith and any amendments or supplements thereto, (iv) security engraving and printing expenses, (v) internal expenses of the Company (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses relating to any comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public accountants of any comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 2.4(h)), (vii) reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration,
(viii) reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Shareholders participating in the offering, (ix) fees and expenses in connection with any review by the NASD of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any "qualified independent underwriter," including the fees and expenses of any counsel thereto, (x) fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding any underwriting fees, discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, (xi) costs of printing and producing any agreements among underwriters, underwriting agreements, any "blue sky" or legal investment memoranda and any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of the Registrable Securities, (xii) transfer agents' and registrars' fees and expenses and the fees and expenses of any other agent or trustee appointed in connection with such offering, (xiii) expenses relating to any analyst or investor presentations or any "road shows" undertaken in connection with the registration, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities, (xiv) fees and expenses payable in connection with any ratings of the Registrable Securities, including expenses relating to any presentations to rating agencies and (xv) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Company or its appropriate officers in connection with their compliance with Section 2.4(m). Except as set forth above, Registration Expenses shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of the Shareholders (or the agents who manage their accounts).

"Rule 144" means Rule 144 and Rule 144A (or any successor provisions) under the Securities Act.

"SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the United States of America and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Shareholder" means each Person (other than the Company) who shall be a party to this Agreement, whether in connection with the execution and delivery hereof as of the date hereof, pursuant

-4-

to Section 4.1 or otherwise, so long as such Person shall "beneficially own" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) any Company Securities.

"Sponsor" means, individually, Founder, GSCP V, New Mountain, Vestar and Merrill.

"Subscription Agreements" means, collectively, the subscription agreements pursuant to which Shares of the Company were purchased or otherwise acquired and all substantially identical agreements dated as of other dates.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

"Supermajority of the Qualified Sponsors" means not less than 80% in number (i.e., initially 4 out of 5) of the Qualified Sponsors.

"Transfer" means, with respect to any Company Securities, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange or otherwise transfer such Company Securities or any participation or interest therein, whether directly or indirectly, or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange or other transfer of such Company Securities or any participation or interest therein or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

"U.S. GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

"Vestar" means, collectively, the group of funds affiliated with Vestar Capital Partners which are holders of Company Securities.

"Voting Common Stock" means shares of voting common shares, par value $0.10 per share, of the Company and any shares into which such shares may thereafter be converted or changed.

"Warrants" mean any warrants to purchase Common Stock held by a Shareholder.

(b) In addition, each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

          TERM              SECTION
          ----             --------
Black-Out Period           2.13
Company                    Preamble
Confidential Information   3.3(b)
Damages                    2.5
Demand Registration        2.1(a)
Indemnified Party          2.7
Indemnifying Party         2.7
Inspectors                 2.4(g)
Maximum Offering Size      2.1(e)
Operating Company          Recitals
Partner Distribution       2.1(a)
Piggyback Registration     2.2(a)
Records                    2.4(g)
Representatives            3.3(b)

-5-

          TERM              SECTION
          ----             --------
Requesting Shareholder     2.1(a)
Shares                     Recitals

ARTICLE II.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

SECTION 2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) If, at any time following the earlier of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the First Public Offering and the expiration of the period during which the managing underwriters for the First Public Offering shall prohibit the Company from effecting any other public sale or distribution of Company Securities, the Company shall receive a request from a Major Investor (the "Requesting Shareholder") that the Company effect the registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of such Requesting Shareholder's Registrable Securities, and specifying the intended method of disposition thereof, then the Company shall promptly give notice of such requested registration (each, a "Demand Registration") at least 15 Business Days prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such Demand Registration to the other Shareholders holding Registrable Securities and thereupon shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as expeditiously as possible, subject to Section 2.1(e), the registration under the Securities Act of:

(i) all Registrable Securities for which the Requesting Shareholder has requested registration under this Section 2.1, and

(ii) all other Registrable Securities that any other Shareholder has requested the Company to register by written request received by the Company within ten (10) Business Days after such Shareholder receives the Company's notice of the Demand Registration, all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so to be registered;

provided that, other than any Demand Registration to be effected pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form F-3 or S-3, as applicable (or any successor thereto), for which an unlimited number of Demand Registrations shall be permitted, and subject to Section 2.1(d), the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than (i) four (4) Demand Registrations in the aggregate, in the case of the Qualified Sponsors, and (ii) two (2) Demand Registrations in the aggregate, in the case of all other Major Investors; provided, further, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration unless the aggregate proceeds expected to be received from the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration equals or exceeds $35,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participating Shareholder shall not be deemed to have made a Demand Registration request solely as a result of participating in a registration statement effected pursuant to a Demand Registration of another Requesting Shareholder.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Major Investor seeking to effect a distribution to, and resale by, the members or partners of such Major Investor (a "Partner Distribution"), file at such Major Shareholder's cost and expense any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action reasonably necessary to include therein all disclosure and language reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by such Shareholder if such disclosure or language was not included in the initial registration statement, or revise such disclosure or language if reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by such Major Investor, to disclose

-6-

the Partner Distribution; provided that the Company shall not be required to take such action more than once a year with respect to any Shareholder.

In no event shall the Company be required to effect more than one Demand Registration hereunder within any six month period.

(b) Promptly after the expiration of the 10 Business Day period referred to in Section 2.1(a)(ii), the Company will notify all Participating Shareholders of the identities of the other Participating Shareholders and the number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be included therein. At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration, the Requesting Shareholder may revoke such request, without liability to any of the other Participating Shareholders, by providing a notice to the Company revoking such request. Subject to Section 2.1(d), a request, so revoked, shall be considered to be a Demand Registration unless (i) such revocation arose out of the fault of the Company (in which case the Company shall be obligated to pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such revoked request), (ii) after the date of the Demand Registration request, the Company postponed effecting the registration pursuant to clause (f) below and the Requesting Shareholder thereafter revoked such request (in which case the Company shall be obligated to pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such revoked request), or (iii) the Requesting Shareholder reimburses the Company for all Registration Expenses of such revoked request. The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the Participating Shareholders if the price for any Company Securities to be registered for sale for the account of the Company is expected to occur outside of any expected pricing range disclosed to the Participating Shareholders; provided that the Company shall not have any such obligation with respect to any registration involving the registration of Company Securities only for the account of parties other than the Company.

(c) The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Demand Registration, regardless of whether such Registration is effected, except as set forth in Section 2.1(b)(iii).

(d) A Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have occurred:

(i) unless the registration statement relating thereto has become effective under the Securities Act and has remained effective for a period of at least 180 days (or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities of the Participating Shareholders included in such registration have actually been sold thereunder); provided that such registration statement shall not be considered a Demand Registration if, after such registration statement becomes effective, (i) such registration statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court and (ii) less than 75% of the Registrable Securities of the Requesting Shareholder sought to be included in such registration statement have been sold thereunder; or

(ii) if the Maximum Offering Size is reduced in accordance with
Section 2.1(e) such that less than 75% of the Registrable Securities of the Requesting Shareholder sought to be included in such registration are included.

(e) If a Demand Registration involves an underwritten Public Offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company and the Requesting Shareholder that, in its view, the number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration (including any securities that the Company proposes to be included that are not Registrable Securities) exceeds the largest number of shares that can be sold without having an adverse effect on such offering, including the price at which

-7-

such shares can be sold (the "Maximum Offering Size"), the Company shall include in such registration, in the priority listed below, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

(i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the Participating Shareholders (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such entities on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities owned by the Participating Shareholders), provided that no Shareholder who is an employee of the Company or its subsidiaries shall be entitled to sell pursuant to this Section 2.1 any Common Stock received pursuant to an employment agreement or a long term incentive plan approved by the Board until 180 days following the First Public Offering, and

(ii) second, any securities proposed to be registered by the Company or any securities proposed to be registered for the account of any other Persons (including the Company), with such priorities among them as the Company shall determine.

(f) Upon notice to the Requesting Shareholder, the Company may postpone effecting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 on one occasion during any period of six consecutive months for a reasonable time specified in the notice but not exceeding 90 days (which period may not be extended or renewed), if (i) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated or another investment banking firm of recognized national standing shall advise the Company and the Requesting Shareholder in writing that effecting the registration would materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Company the preparation of which had then been commenced or (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company reasonably believes would not be in the best interests of the Company.

SECTION 2.2 Piggyback Registration.

(a) Except in connection with any Demand Registration pursuant to
Section 2.1 hereof, if the Company proposes, at any time after the First Public Offering, to register any Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than a registration on Form F-8 or F-4, or S-8 or S-4, as applicable, or any successor forms, relating to Shares issuable upon exercise of employee stock options or in connection with any employee benefit or similar plan of the Company or in connection with a direct or indirect acquisition by the Company of another Person), whether or not for sale for its own account, the Company shall each such time give prompt notice at least 15 Business Days prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration to each Shareholder, which notice shall set forth such Shareholder's rights under this
Section 2.2 and shall offer such Shareholder the opportunity to include in such registration statement the number of shares of Common Stock as each such Shareholder may request (a "Piggyback Registration"), subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(b) (it being understood that the rights of each Shareholder set forth in this Section 2.2 shall also be applicable to the First Public Offering if the shares of any Shareholder are included in the First Public Offering). Upon the request of any such Shareholder made within 10 Business Days after the receipt of notice from the Company (which request shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock intended to be registered by such Shareholder), the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Common Stock that the Company has been so requested to register by all such Shareholders, to the extent requisite to permit the disposition of the shares of Common Stock so to be registered; provided that (i) if such registration involves an underwritten Public Offering, all such Shareholders requesting to be included in the Company's registration must sell their Common Stock to the underwriters selected as provided in Section 2.4(f) on the same terms and conditions as apply to the Company or the Shareholder requesting such registration, as applicable, and (ii) if, at any time after giving notice of its intention to register any Common Stock pursuant to this
Section 2.2(a) and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed

-8-

in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such Common Stock, the Company shall give notice to all such Shareholders and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Common Stock in connection with such registration. The Company shall notify the Participating Shareholders if the price for Common Stock to be registered for sale for the account of the Company is expected by the Company to occur outside of any previously publicly announced range; provided that the Company shall not have any such obligation with respect to any registration involving the registration of Common Stock only for the account of parties other than the Company. No registration effected under this Section 2.2 shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect a Demand Registration to the extent required by Section 2.1. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each Piggyback Registration. For the avoidance of doubt, participation in a Piggyback Registration shall not in and of itself be deemed to be an exercise of a Shareholder's Demand Registration rights.

(b) In any Piggyback Registration (other than any Demand Registration, in which case the provisions with respect to priority of inclusion in such offering set forth in Section 2.1(e) shall apply), if the Company determines, or if Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated or another investment banking firm of recognized national standing shall advise the Company, that the number of shares of Common Stock that the Company and such Shareholders intend to include in such registration exceeds the Maximum Offering Size, the Company shall include in such registration, in the following priority, up to the Maximum Offering Size:

(i) first, so much of the Common Stock proposed to be registered for the account of the Company as would not cause the offering to exceed the Maximum Offering Size,

(ii) second, all Common Stock requested to be included in such registration by any Shareholders pursuant to this Section 2.2 (allocated, if necessary for the offering not to exceed the Maximum Offering Size, pro rata among such Shareholders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Shareholders), provided that no Shareholder who is an employee of the Company or its subsidiaries shall be entitled to sell pursuant to this Section 2.2 any Common Stock received pursuant to an employment agreement or a long term incentive plan approved by the Board until 180 days following the First Public Offering, and

(iii) third, any securities proposed to be registered for the account of any other Persons with such priorities among them as the Company shall determine.

SECTION 2.3 Lock-Up Agreements.

In connection with any Public Offering, neither the Company nor any Shareholder shall effect any public sale or distribution of any Company Securities or other security of the Company (except as part of such Public Offering) during the period beginning 14 days prior to the effective date of the applicable registration statement until the earlier of (i) such time as the Company and the lead managing underwriter shall agree and (ii) 180 days in the case of the First Public Offering and 90 days in the case of any subsequent Public Offering.

SECTION 2.4 Registration Procedures.

Whenever Shareholders request that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2, subject to the provisions of such Sections, the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and, in connection with any such request:

-9-

(a) The Company shall as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or that counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof (including Partner Distributions) (and if at such time the Company is a "well known seasoned issuer" (within the meaning of the Securities Act), the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration (unless one is already filed and effective) for Shareholders to use for the sale of their Registrable Securities) and use all reasonable efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective for a period of not less than 180 days, or in the case of a shelf registration statement, two years (or such shorter period in which all of the Registrable Securities of the Participating Shareholders included in such registration statement shall have actually been sold thereunder).

(b) Prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, the Company shall, if requested, furnish to each Participating Shareholder and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement as proposed to be filed for their reasonable and timely review and comment, and thereafter the Company shall furnish to such Shareholder and underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 or Rule 430A under the Securities Act and such other documents as such Shareholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Shareholder. Each Participating Shareholder shall have the right to request that the Company modify any information contained in such registration statement, amendment and supplement thereto pertaining to such Shareholder and the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to comply with such request; provided, however, that the Company shall not have any obligation so to modify any information if the Company reasonably expects that so doing would cause the prospectus to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(c) After the filing of the registration statement, the Company shall
(i) cause the related prospectus to be amended or supplemented by any required prospectus amendment or supplement, and, as so amended or supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act,
(ii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Participating Shareholders set forth in such registration statement or amendment or supplement to such prospectus and
(iii) promptly notify each Participating Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement of any stop order issued or threatened by the SEC or any state securities commission and use commercially reasonable best efforts to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.

(d) The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Participating Shareholder holding such Registrable Securities reasonably (in light of such Shareholder's intended plan of distribution) requests and (ii) cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations

-10-

of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Shareholder to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Shareholder; provided that the Company shall not be required to (1) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 2.4(d), (2) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

(e) The Company shall, subject to Section 2.13, immediately notify each Participating Shareholder holding such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and promptly prepare and make available to each such Shareholder and file with the SEC any such supplement or amendment.

(f) The Company shall have the right to select the underwriter or underwriters in connection with any underwritten Public Offering resulting from the exercise by any Major Investor of a Demand Registration or in connection with any other underwritten Public Offering, provided that the lead underwriter shall, in the case of an underwritten Public Offering effected pursuant to Section 2.1, be reasonably acceptable to the Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such underwritten Public Offering; and provided, further, that in connection with the First Public Offering and any Public Offering effected pursuant to Section 2.1, each of GSCP V and Merrill shall be entitled to require that the Company appoint Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, respectively, to act as a lead managing underwriter for the First Public Offering and any such Public Offering, provided that, with respect to each such underwriter individually (a) each such underwriter shall be at such time recognized as a leading underwriter for such securities and (b) GSCP V and Merrill, as applicable, shall be Qualified Sponsors at such time, provided the terms offered are market terms. In connection with any Public Offering, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such all other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in any such Public Offering, including the engagement of a "qualified independent underwriter" in connection with the qualification of the underwriting arrangements with the NASD. In connection with any Public Offering for which Goldman, Sachs & Co. and/or Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acts as an underwriter, the Public Offering shall be effected in such a manner that at no time shall Goldman, Sachs & Co. and/or Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated hold any shares of Voting Common Stock of the Company.

(g) Upon execution of confidentiality agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall make available for inspection by any Participating Shareholder and any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a registration statement being filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.4 and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such Shareholder or underwriter (collectively, the "Inspectors"), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the "Records") as shall be reasonably necessary or desirable to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement. Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential

-11-

and that it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such registration statement or (ii) the release of such Records is required pursuant to applicable law or regulation or judicial process. Each Participating Shareholder agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it or its Affiliates as the basis for any market transactions in the Company Securities unless and until such information is made generally available to the public. Each Participating Shareholder further agrees that, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential. The provisions of this Section 2.4(g) shall not be interpreted as requiring any Participating Shareholder to conduct due diligence or imparting any due diligence responsibility, unless and only to the extent imposed by applicable law.

(h) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Participating Shareholder and to each such underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to such Shareholder or underwriter, of an opinion or opinions of counsel to the Company and (ii) in the case of an underwritten offering, furnish to each underwriter and use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each Participating Shareholder a comfort letter or comfort letters from the Company's independent public accountants addressed to such underwriter or Shareholder, each in customary form and covering such matters of the kind customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as Shareholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in the offering or the managing underwriter therefore reasonably requests.

(i) The Company shall otherwise use all reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement or such other document that shall satisfy the provisions of
Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

(j) The Company may require each such Participating Shareholder promptly to furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information as may be legally required in connection with such registration.

(k) Each such Participating Shareholder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.4(e) or 2.13, such Shareholder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Shareholder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.4(e), and, if so directed by the Company, such Shareholder shall deliver to the Company all copies, other than any permanent file copies then in such Shareholder's possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in Section 2.4(a) or 2.13, as applicable) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 2.4(e) or 2.13, as applicable, to the date when the Company shall make available to such Shareholder a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the requirements of Section 2.4(e).

-12-

(l) The Company shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to list all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange or quotation system on which any of the Registrable Securities are then listed or traded.

(m) The Company shall have appropriate officers of the Company (i) prepare and make presentations at any "road shows" and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, (ii) take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities and (iii) otherwise use their reasonable efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, by executing customary underwriting agreements.

(n) The Company shall appoint a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement.

(o) The Company shall endeavor to deliver to each Participating Shareholder and each underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company when all such comments have been substantially completed, except to the extent that such correspondence contains, in the judgment of the Company, confidential or sensitive information.

(p) The Company shall provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the registration statement.

(q) The Company shall reasonably cooperate with the Participating Shareholders and the lead underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the reasonable instructions of the Participating Shareholders at least one Business Day prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof.

If any registration statement or comparable statement under state "blue sky" laws refers to any Shareholder by name or otherwise as the Shareholder of any securities of the Company, then such Shareholder shall have the right to require, subject to applicable law and requirements imposed, required or requested by any governmental authority, (i) the insertion therein of language to the effect that the holding by Shareholders of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by any Shareholders of the investment quality of the Company's securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that any Shareholder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company, or (ii) the deletion of the reference to such Shareholder.

SECTION 2.5 Indemnification by the Company.

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Participating Shareholder holding Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement, its affiliates, and its and their respective officers, directors, employees, members, managers, shareholders, partners, representatives, advisors and agents, and each Person, if any, who controls such Shareholder within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) ("Damages") caused by or relating to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities

-13-

(as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by or relating to any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or any state securities laws applicable to the Company, except insofar as such Damages are caused by or related to any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission so made based upon information furnished in writing to the Company by such Shareholder or on such Shareholder's behalf expressly for use therein.

The Company also agrees to indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Shareholders provided in this Section 2.5 or otherwise on commercially reasonable terms negotiated on an arm's length basis with such underwriters.

SECTION 2.6 Indemnification by Participating Shareholders.

Each Participating Shareholder holding Registrable Securities included in a registration statement agrees, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Shareholder, but only with respect to information furnished in writing by such Shareholder or on such Shareholder's behalf expressly for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus. Each such Shareholder also agrees to indemnify and hold harmless underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Company provided in this Section 2.6. As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Article 2, the Company may require that it shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from any underwriter to indemnify and hold it harmless to the extent customarily provided by underwriters with respect to similar securities. No Participating Shareholder shall be liable under this Section 2.6 for any Damages in excess of the net proceeds realized by such Shareholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Shareholder to which such Damages relate.

SECTION 2.7 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings.

If any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Article 2, such Person (an "Indemnified Party") shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "Indemnifying Party") in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, and shall assume the payment of all fees and expenses; provided that the failure of any Indemnified Party so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by such failure to notify. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Indemnified Party representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.

-14-

It is understood that, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnified Parties. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or judgment. Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, no Indemnifying Party shall effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such proceeding.

SECTION 2.8 Contribution.

If the indemnification provided for in this Article 2 is unavailable to the Indemnified Parties in respect of any Damages, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Damages (i) as between the Company and the Participating Shareholders holding Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement on the one hand and the underwriters on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and such Shareholders on the one hand and the underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Registrable Securities, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and such Shareholders on the one hand and of such underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Damages, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations and (ii) as between the Company on the one hand and each such Shareholder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each such Shareholder in connection with such statements or omissions, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and such Shareholders on the one hand and such underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and such Shareholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the prospectus. The relative fault of the Company and such Shareholders on the one hand and of such underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and such Shareholders or by such underwriters. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each such Shareholder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Participating Shareholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Damages referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or

-15-

other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.8, no Participating Shareholder shall be required to contribute any amount for Damages in excess of the net proceeds realized by such Shareholder in the sale of Registrable Securities of such Shareholder to which such Damages relate. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Each Participating Shareholder's obligation to contribute pursuant to this Section 2.8 is several in the proportion that the net proceeds of the offering received by such Shareholder bears to the total net proceeds of the offering received by all such Participating Shareholders and not joint.

SECTION 2.9 Participation in Public Offering.

No Person may participate in any Public Offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person's securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and the provisions of this Agreement in respect of registration rights.

SECTION 2.10 Other Indemnification.

Indemnification similar to that specified herein (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Participating Shareholder with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any federal or state law or regulation or governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

SECTION 2.11 Exchange Act Filings, Rule 144.

If at any time the Company registers any of the Shares pursuant to
Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, the Company will thereafter (until such time, if any, as the Shares are deregistered under the Exchange Act) use commercially reasonable efforts to file reports in compliance with the Exchange Act and will, at the Company' expense, forthwith upon the reasonable request of any Shareholder seeking to transfer Shares, deliver to such Shareholder a certificate, signed by an officer of the Company, containing (to the extent applicable) the statement contemplated by the third sentence of paragraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 (unless the Company has already made the statement contemplated by the second sentence of said paragraph (c)(1)).

SECTION 2.12 Termination of Registration Rights.

On and after the fifth anniversary of the date of the Qualified Public Offering, the rights granted under Section 2.2 shall apply only to Registrable Securities held by the Shareholders and the provisions of Section 2.3 shall apply only to Shareholders that hold Registrable Securities.

SECTION 2.13 Black-Out Period.

Upon notice to Shareholders with Common Stock registered under a registration statement effected pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2, the Company may suspend the use of the prospectus included in such registration statement in the event that and for a period of time (the "Black-Out Period") not to exceed an aggregate of 90 days during any twelve-month period if the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company reasonably believes would not be in the best interest of the Company. Upon receiving such

-16-

notice, each Shareholder agrees not to use such prospectus until the earlier of the expiration of such 90 day period or the date such Shareholder receives notice from the Company that the Black-Out Period has expired.

ARTICLE III.

CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

SECTION 3.1 Restrictions.

Prior to the Qualified Public Offering, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions without the prior written consent of a Majority of the Qualified Sponsors:

(a) issue, repurchase, sell or grant, or enter into any agreement providing for the issuance (contingent or otherwise) of, any of its capital stock or other equity securities (including, without limitation, any notes or debt securities, in each case, containing equity features, and any of its Company Securities) except for (A) the issuance of or payment of dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (B) the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Company Securities outstanding as of the date hereof or issued in a transaction that was otherwise subject to this Section 3.1, (C) the issuance of Plan Options and/or Common Stock or rights to receive Common Stock under any long term incentive plan established by the Board not to exceed 5% of the equity of the Company outstanding as of the date of completion of the offering contemplated by the Offering Memorandum and the issuance of Common Stock upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of Plan Options or rights issued under such long term incentive plan, (D) the issuance of Company Securities as contemplated by the Offering Memorandum or this Agreement, (E) to the extent such transaction is between and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and (F) securities issued upon the conversion, exchange and/or the exercise of any securities the creation, designation, authorization, issuance, sale or grant of which is approved or permitted pursuant to this
Section 3.1;

(b) except for letter of credit and similar facilities in support of the ordinary course insurance and/or reinsurance operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, create, incur or assume (A) indebtedness (other than intercompany indebtedness) for borrowed money or funded indebtedness, (B) any lease obligations that would be required to be reflected as a liability on the face of the consolidated balance sheet of the Company prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, (C) any indebtedness described in (A) or (B) above guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (excluding intercompany debt and guarantees and guarantees by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of performance obligations of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries), (D) any obligations under, or associated with, any hedging or swap agreements, and (E) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services, in each case, which
(a) would reasonably be likely to result in a ratings downgrade from A.M. Best Company to a rating lower than "A-" or (b) in the aggregate exceeds $150.0 million in principal amount; or

(c) engage in any line of business other than the business described in the Offering Memorandum and businesses reasonably related thereto.

-17-

SECTION 3.1A Business Activities.

Unless it has obtained the specific consent of the Board in advance, the Company will (and will cause its Subsidiaries to) use commercially reasonable efforts (i) to conduct its operations and the operations of its non-U.S. Subsidiaries in Bermuda or elsewhere outside the United States and to limit its activities and the activities of its non-U.S. Subsidiaries such that neither it nor its non-U.S. Subsidiaries would reasonably be expected to be considered engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (ii) to conduct its business and the business of its Subsidiaries and to manage its income and assets and those of its Subsidiaries in such a manner that it and its non-U.S. Subsidiaries would not reasonably be expected to be considered "passive foreign investment companies" for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and (iii) to conduct its business and the business of its Subsidiaries such that no direct or indirect beneficial owner of Company Securities known to the Company (after reasonable inquiry) would reasonably be expected to have "related party insurance income" inclusions for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of being such a direct or indirect beneficial owner (assuming that the relevant Shareholder has provided all relevant information to the Company upon written request of the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, commercially reasonable efforts will include, when appropriate, consulting with advisors with respect to the matters described in this covenant.

SECTION 3.2 Special Actions.

Commencing with the eighteen-month anniversary of the date hereof, if the Qualified Public Offering has not occurred, the Company will take such steps as are reasonably requested by a Majority of the Qualified Sponsors to effectuate an initial public offering or, at the Board's option, such other transaction as will result in Liquidity for all the Common Stock. "Liquidity" for this purpose shall mean publicly-traded stock or securities or cash.

SECTION 3.3 Confidentiality.

(a) Each Shareholder agrees that Confidential Information furnished and to be furnished to it was and shall be made available in connection with such Shareholder's investment in the Company. Each Shareholder agrees that it shall use, and that it shall cause any Person to whom Confidential Information is disclosed pursuant to clause (i) below to use, the Confidential Information only in connection with its investment in the Company and not for any other purpose (including to disadvantage competitively the Company or any other Shareholder). Each Shareholder further acknowledges and agrees that it shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any Person, except that Confidential Information may be disclosed:

(i) to such Shareholder's Representatives in the normal course of the performance of their duties to such shareholder or to any financial institution providing credit to such Shareholder,

(ii) to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including complying with any oral or written questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process to which a Shareholder is subject); provided that such Shareholder give the Company prompt notice of such request(s), to the extent practicable, so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or similar relief (and the Shareholder shall cooperate with such efforts by the Company, and shall in any event make only the minimum disclosure required by such law, rule or regulation)),

-18-

(iii) to any regulatory authority to which the Shareholder or any of its affiliates is subject or with which it has regular dealings, as long as such authority or agency is advised of the confidential nature of such information, or

(iv) if the prior written consent of the Board shall have been obtained.

(b) "Confidential Information" means any information concerning the Sponsors or the Company, the Operating Company or any Persons that are or become its Subsidiaries or the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company or any such Persons in the possession of or furnished to any Shareholder; provided that the term "Confidential Information" does not include information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Shareholder or its partners, shareholders, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, counsel, investment advisers or representatives (all such persons being collectively referred to as "Representatives") in violation of the applicable agreement, such as the Subscription Agreement or this Agreement, (ii) is or was available to such Shareholder on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to such Shareholder or its Representatives by the Company or the Operating Company,
(iii) was or becomes available to such Shareholder on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or the Operating Company, which source is or was (at the time of receipt of the relevant information) not, to the best of such Shareholder's knowledge, bound by a confidentiality agreement with (or other confidentiality obligation to) the Company or another Person.

SECTION 3.4 Conflicting Agreements.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, by or among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, other than the Subscription Agreements, the Bye-laws and the Memorandum.

SECTION 3.5 Acknowledgment.

Each Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that none of the Sponsors nor any of their respective Affiliates is a guarantor of, or is otherwise responsible for, the Company's profitability or viability.

SECTION 3.6 Competition; No Fiduciary Duties.

(a) The Company and each Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that each Shareholder, its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may, alone or in combination with any other person, engage in activities or businesses, make investments in and acquisitions of any person, and enter into partnerships and joint ventures with any person, whether or not competitive now or in the future with the businesses or activities of the Company, and neither the Company nor any Shareholder shall have the right to disclosure of any information in regard thereto (except to the extent required by, or reasonably necessary to ensure each Shareholder's and the Company's compliance with, applicable law, including the Code or as required by the Company's Bye-Laws relating to disclosure by directors of conflicts of interest), to participate therein, or to derive any profits therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.6 shall not permit any Shareholder to use Confidential Information in a manner prohibited by Section 3.3 or other applicable law.

(b) The Company and each Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that no Shareholder, nor any of its Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, shall

-19-

have any obligation to refer to the Company any business opportunities presented or developed by any of them.

(c) The Company and each Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that certain Shareholders are, and may in the future be, engaged in businesses and activities which, directly or indirectly, compete with the businesses of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The Shareholders agree that no violation of this Agreement shall exist as a result of: (i) the fact that a director, officer or employee of a Shareholder or any Affiliate thereof that is familiar with the activities and operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries (as a director, officer or employee of the Company or the Operating Company or otherwise) engages in, or participates in a supervisory capacity relating to, a similar or competing activity (it being understood that such circumstances are expected to occur); or (ii) the existence of any activity or business of any Shareholder or Affiliate thereof which is similar to or competes with, directly or indirectly, the business of the Company or the Operating Company.

(d) The Company and each Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that no Shareholder shall have any fiduciary duties to the Company or to any other Shareholder with respect to the matters covered by this Section 3.6.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 3.6 shall not in any way affect or diminish any separate undertaking under any separate agreement entered into between the Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other Person, on the other, or any obligation or duty owed as a result of a Person's capacity as an employee, director, consultant or agent or any similar capacity of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3.7 Accounting; Financial Statements and other Information.

(a) The Company will maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with U.S. GAAP. During any period when the Company is not subject to the reporting obligations of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company agrees to provide to each Shareholder as promptly as practicable following (a) the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the year (commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2006) an unaudited quarterly report setting forth its balance sheet as of the end of such period, its statement of income for such period and its statement of cash flows for such period, in each case prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and (b) the end of each fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006), an audited annual report setting forth its balance sheet as of the end of such period, its statement of income for such period, statement of changes in shareholders' equity for such period and its statement of cash flows for such period, in each case prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

SECTION 3.8 Insurance.

The Company shall obtain and maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance for the benefit of all the directors and officers (and, if the Board so determines in its sole discretion, any employees of the Company or the Operating Company), in each case on such terms and conditions as the Board shall approve in its sole discretion.

SECTION 3.9 Certain Tax Matters.

At the end of each fiscal year, the Company will provide to each Shareholder a statement of whether the Company believes that it is or is not a "passive foreign investment company" or "PFIC" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the Company believes that it is a PFIC, it will take commercially

-20-

reasonable efforts to provide Shareholders with the necessary information for Shareholders to make the "qualified electing fund" election described in Section 1295(b) of the Code.

SECTION 3.10 Ratification of Board.

Each Shareholder shall have the right to ratify the directors and Designated Company Directors (as defined in the Bye-laws) of the Company by delivering the investor election set forth as Exhibit B hereto.

SECTION 3.11 Listed Transactions.

It is the intention of the Company that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will enter into any transaction that is, at the time such transaction is entered into, a "listed transaction" within the meaning of U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 6011 of the Code and, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries participate in a reportable transaction described in the aforesaid U.S. Treasury regulations, the Company will provide to the Shareholders information sufficient for the Shareholders to timely comply with any resulting U.S. tax reporting obligations.

ARTICLE IV.

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.1 Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit.

(a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding on, or be assignable or transferable by any Shareholder to, any Person acquiring Company Securities in any Public Offering or pursuant to Rule 144. Any Shareholder that ceases to own beneficially any Company Securities shall cease to be bound by the terms hereof (other than (i) the provisions of Sections 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8 and 2.10 applicable to such Shareholder with respect to any offering of Registrable Securities completed before the date such Shareholder ceased to own any Company Securities, (ii)
Section 3.3 and (iii) this Article IV.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1(a), additional holders of Company Securities may be added to and bound by this Agreement as a "Shareholder" upon the signing and delivery by the Company of an agreement of joinder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and the acceptance thereof by such additional holders.

(c) Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.2 Notices.

All notices, requests and other communications to any party shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission, if to the Company to:

-21-

Validus Holdings, Ltd.
Mintflower Place
8 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor Hamilton HM08 Bermuda
Attention: Edward Noonan

with a copy to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Michael A. Becker, Esq.


John Schuster, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 269-5420

and if to a Shareholder, at such Shareholder's address as set forth in the Register of Members (as defined in the Bye-laws) maintained by the Company. Any Person that becomes a Shareholder shall promptly provide its address and fax number to the Company.

All notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt.

Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt. Any notice, request or other written communication sent by facsimile transmission shall be confirmed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, posted within one Business Day, or by personal delivery, whether courier or otherwise, made within two Business Days after the date of such facsimile transmissions.

SECTION 4.3 Waiver; Amendment; Termination.

(a) No provision of this Agreement may be waived except by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the Company with approval of the Board, a Supermajority of the Qualified Sponsors and Shareholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding Shares held by the parties hereto at the time of such proposed amendment or modification.

(b) In addition, any amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement that would adversely affect a Shareholder in a manner different from any other Shareholder may be effected only with the consent of such Shareholder.

SECTION 4.4 Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

SECTION 4.5 Jurisdiction.

The parties hereby agree that any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions

-22-

contemplated hereby shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City, so long as one of such courts shall have subject matter jurisdiction over such suit, action or proceeding, and that any cause of action arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have arisen from a transaction of business in the State of New York, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient form. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 4.2 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party; provided that, in lieu of being subject to service of process by the methods provided in
Section 4.2, each Shareholder, by providing written notice to the Company, may designate an agent with an office in New York City (or other location approved by the Company) to receive service of process on behalf of such Shareholder.

SECTION 4.6 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 4.7 Specific Enforcement.

Each party hereto acknowledges that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

SECTION 4.8 Counterparts; Effectiveness.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received counterparts hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto.

SECTION 4.9 Entire Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, both oral and written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

SECTION 4.10 Captions.

The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

-23-

SECTION 4.11 Severability.

If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

SECTION 4.12 Foreign Registration.

In the event Securities are to be registered in a jurisdiction other than the United States, the parties hereto agree to negotiate in good faith to amend this agreement as necessary in order to provide for rights and benefits with respect to such registration comparable to those contained herein.

-24-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name:
Title:

SHAREHOLDERS

Name of Shareholder:


By:
Name:
Title:

-25-

EXHIBIT A

JOINDER TO SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this "Joinder Agreement") is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the "Joining Party") in accordance with the Shareholders' Agreement dated as of December 12, 2005 (the "Shareholders' Agreement") among Validus Holdings, Ltd. and the Shareholders party thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Shareholders' Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Shareholders' Agreement as of the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a "Shareholder" thereunder as if it had executed the Shareholders' Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Shareholders' Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

Date: ___________ ___, _____

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]

By:

Name:
Title:

Address for Notices:

A-1

EXHIBIT B

INVESTOR ELECTION

By checking one of the boxes below, the undersigned Shareholder hereby either
(i) ratifies the Directors and Alternate Directors of Validus Holdings, Ltd. and the Directors of Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. named in the Offering Memorandum, as supplemented to the date hereof or (ii) withholds from doing so.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.:

APPROVED: [ ]

WITHHELD: [ ]

VALIDUS REINSURANCE, LTD.:

APPROVED: [ ]

WITHHELD: [ ]

Name of Shareholder:

By:
Name:
Title:

Dated: December _______, 2005.

B-1

[Exhibit 10.2]

FOUNDER AGREEMENT

THIS FOUNDER AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of the 7th day of December, 2005, between Validus Holdings, Ltd. (including its successors and assigns, the "Company"), a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda, and Aquiline Capital Partners LLC (the "Founder"), a Delaware limited liability company.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Services Rendered by the Founder to the Company. The Founder has rendered services to the Company prior to the date hereof in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of the Company and its subsidiaries (the "Services").

2. Fees. In consideration the Services, the Company agrees to pay to the Founder (or its designee) a founder's fee (the "Founder's Fee"), such Founder's Fee consisting of the following:

(a) $12,103,366.81, such amount being due in full on the date that is thirty days following the first funding of the Company's offering of common shares; and

(b) warrants issued to the Founder (or its designee), substantially in the form of warrant attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Warrants"), to purchase 4.15% of the Company's fully diluted common shares, such Warrants to be issued and delivered concurrently herewith.

3. Term. This Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and shall automatically terminate upon payment of the Founder's Fee in full in accordance with the terms of Section 2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

4. Indemnity. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Founder, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, exonerate and hold each of the Founder and its affiliates, and each of their respective, equityholders, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents (collectively, the "Indemnitees") free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith, including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements (collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"), incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or existence of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising solely on account of such Indemnitee's gross negligence or willful misconduct, and if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. None of the Indemnitees shall be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any act or omission suffered or taken by such Indemnitee that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct


5. Miscellaneous.

(a) No amendment or waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement shall be effective, unless in writing and executed by each of the Founder and the Company. No waiver on any one occasion shall extend to or effect or be construed as a waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion. No course of dealing of any person nor any delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute an amendment of this Agreement or a waiver of any right or remedy of any party hereto.

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior communication or agreement with respect thereto. The fees set forth herein are in addition to the fees set forth in the Advisory Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and Aquiline Capital Partners LLC.

(d) All notices, demands, and communications of any kind which any party may require or desire to serve upon any other party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be served upon such other party as specified below by personal delivery to the address set forth for it below or to such other address as such party shall have specified by notice to each other party or by mailing a copy thereof by certified or registered mail, or by any reputable overnight courier service, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, addressed to such party and copied persons at such addresses. In the case of service by personal delivery, it shall be deemed complete on the first business day after the date of actual delivery to such address. In case of service by mail or by overnight courier, it shall be deemed complete, whether or not received, on the third day after the date of mailing as shown by the registered or certified mail receipt or courier service receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice to any party or copied person of change of address shall be deemed complete only upon actual receipt by an officer or agent of such party or copied person.

If to the Company, at:

Validus Holdings, Ltd.
Mintflower Place
8 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor Hamilton HM08 Bermuda
Attention: Edward Noonan

If to the Founder, at:

Aquiline Capital Partners, LLC
275 Madison Avenue, 38th Floor
New York, New York 10022

Attn: Matthew J. Grayson
Facsimile: (212) 624-9510

-2-

(e) If in any judicial proceedings a court shall refuse to enforce any provision of this Agreement, then such unenforceable provision shall be deemed eliminated from this Agreement for the purpose of such proceedings to the extent necessary to permit the remaining provisions to be enforced.

(f) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[signature page follows]

-3-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name: Edward J. Noonan Title: Chief Executive Officer

AQUILINE CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC

By:

Name:
Title:

[Exhibit 10.3]

ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of the 7th day of December, 2005, between Validus Holdings, Ltd. (including its successors and assigns, the "Company"), a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda, and Aquiline Capital Partners LLC (the "Advisor"), a Delaware limited liability company.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Services Rendered by the Advisor to the Company. The Advisor has and shall continue to, by and through itself and its officers, employees and representatives as it shall designate in its sole discretion from time to time, provide advisory and consulting services in relation to the affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to:

(a) the formation and initial capitalization of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(b) subject to the authority of the Company's board of directors (the "Board"), the structure and timing of public and private offerings of debt and equity securities of the Company and its subsidiaries and other financings;

(c) subject to the authority of the Board, property dispositions or acquisitions; and

(d) such other advice directly related or ancillary to the advisory services, in the case of (a)-(c) above, as may be mutually agreeable to each of them and the Board.

The Advisor shall at all times be an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute the Advisor as an agent or a partner of the Company.

2. Fees. In consideration for services rendered to date, as well as services to be rendered, the Company agrees to pay an advisory fee (the "Advisory Fee") to the Advisor (or its designee) in an amount equal to $1,000,000 per annum, such fee being being due in full on the date that is thirty days following the first funding of the Company's offering of common shares and each anniversary of the date hereof.

3. Term. This Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and shall automatically terminate on the day before the fifth anniversary of the date hereof (the "Termination Date"); provided, that the Company may terminate this Agreement at any time after the date hereof upon payment in full to the Advisor of the remaining Advisory Fees that would otherwise be paid by the Company if the Agreement were terminated on the Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Paragraph 6 shall survive the termination date.

4. Change of Control; First Public Offering. Prior to the Termination Date, upon the earlier to occur of (a) a Change of Control (as defined in the Bye-laws of the Company (the "Bye-laws") and (b) the First Public Offering (as defined in the Bye-laws), the Company shall immediately pay in full to the Advisor the remaining Advisory Fees that would otherwise be paid by the Company if the Agreement were terminated on the Termination Date and this Agreement shall terminate.


5. Expenses. The Company agrees to pay on demand all of the Advisor's reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses directly incurred in connection with providing services under this Agreement.

6. Indemnity. In consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Advisor, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify, exonerate and hold each of the Advisor and its affiliates, and each of their respective, equityholders, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees and agents (collectively, the "Indemnitees") free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, losses, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith, including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements (collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"), incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or existence of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising solely on account of such Indemnitee's gross negligence or willful misconduct, and if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. None of the Indemnitees shall be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any act or omission suffered or taken by such Indemnitee that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) No amendment or waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement shall be effective, unless in writing and executed by each of the Advisor and the Company. No waiver on any one occasion shall extend to or effect or be construed as a waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion. No course of dealing of any person nor any delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute an amendment of this Agreement or a waiver of any right or remedy of any party hereto.

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior communication or agreement with respect thereto.

(d) All notices, demands, and communications of any kind which any party may require or desire to serve upon any other party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be served upon such other party as specified below by personal delivery to the address set forth for it below or to such other address as such party shall have specified by notice to each other party or by mailing a copy thereof by certified or registered mail, or by any reputable overnight courier service, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested, addressed to such party and copied persons at such addresses. In the case of service by personal delivery, it shall be deemed complete on the first business day after the date of actual delivery to such address. In case of service by mail or by overnight courier, it shall be deemed complete, whether or not received, on the third day after the date of mailing as shown by the registered or certified mail receipt or courier service receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice to any party or copied person of change of address shall be deemed complete only upon actual receipt by an officer or agent of such party or copied person.

-2-

If to the Company, at:

Validus Holdings, Ltd.
Mintflower Place
8 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor Hamilton HMO8 Bermuda
Attn: Edward Noonan

If to the Advisor, at:

Aquiline Capital Partners, LLC
275 Madison Avenue, 38th Floor
New York, New York 10022

Attn: Matthew J. Grayson
Facsimile: (212) 624-9510

(e) If in any judicial proceedings a court shall refuse to enforce any provision of this Agreement, then such unenforceable provision shall be deemed eliminated from this Agreement for the purpose of such proceedings to the extent necessary to permit the remaining provisions to be enforced.

(f) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[signature page follows]

-3-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name: Edward J. Noonan Title: Chief Executive Officer

AQUILINE CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC

By:

Name:
Title:

[Exhibit 10.4]

FORM OF [SERIES A][SERIES B] WARRANT(1)

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

[SERIES A][SERIES B] WARRANT FOR THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK
OF VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

NO. [A][B]-[_____]

[SERIES A][SERIES B] WARRANT TO PURCHASE
SHARES EQUAL TO HOLDER'S WARRANT AMOUNT
(AS DEFINED BELOW)

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THIS SECURITY CANNOT BE OFFERED, TRANSFERRED OR SOLD UNLESS (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT IS IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THIS SECURITY OR A WRITTEN OPINION FROM COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IS OBTAINED TO THE EFFECT THAT NO SUCH REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED AND (II) THE TRANSFEREE IS APPROVED BY APPLICABLE REGULATORY AUTHORITIES, IF SUCH APPROVAL IS REQUIRED. TRANSFERS OF THIS SECURITY ARE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. THIS SECURITY IS ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, VOTING AND OTHER MATTERS AS SET FORTH IN THE COMPANY'S BYE-LAWS AND ANY SHAREHOLDER'S AGREEMENT TO WHICH THE HOLDER MAY BE (OR BECOME) A PARTY.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Validus Holdings, Ltd., an exempt company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability (the "Company"), hereby certifies that [_____], its successor or permitted assigns (the "Holder") is entitled, subject to the terms hereof, to purchase a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of [Voting][Non-Voting] Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.10 per share (the "Warrant Shares"), equal to the Holder's Warrant Amount (as defined herein), at a purchase price per share equal to the Exercise Price (as defined herein). The number of Warrant Shares to be received upon the exercise of this Warrant and the price to be paid for such shares are subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth.

1. Definitions. The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

"Acquisition Event" means (i) any amalgamation, merger, scheme of arrangement, consolidation, or other similar transactions as a result of which the Members of the Company immediately prior to such transaction shall, in the aggregate, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d promulgated under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) immediately following the consummation thereof (x) less than 50% of the Common Stock of the Company if the Company is the entity surviving such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation or (y) less than 50% of


(1) Warrants to purchase Voting Common Stock will be designated Series A Warrants and warrants to purchase Non-Voting Common Stock will be designated Series B Warrants.

the common equity of the entity surviving such amalgamation or formed by such scheme of arrangement or consolidation if the Company is not the entity surviving such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation or (ii) any transaction or circumstance approved by at least two-thirds of the Directors of the Company and Holders of a majority of then outstanding Warrants and identified as an Acquisition Event for purposes of the Company's Warrants.

"Affiliate" shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company.

"Bye-laws" means the Bye-laws of the Company, as amended from time to time.

"Common Stock" means, collectively, the Voting Common Stock and the Non-Voting Common Stock.

"Exercise Price" means $10.00 per share.

"Exercised Percentage" with respect to any exercise of a portion of this Warrant as of any particular date, means a percentage equal to the product of (i) 100% and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of such portion of this Warrant as of such date of partial exercise, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of such date of partial exercise (calculated on a fully diluted basis and assuming that all options, warrants, including this Warrant, and any other rights to purchase Common Stock outstanding on such date shall have been exercised on such date).

"Expiration Date" means December [__], 2015 at 5:00 p.m. New York City time.

"Initial Public Offering" means the first registered public offering of the Common Stock under the United States securities laws after the date hereof or any amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation as a result of which the Members of the Company receive, as the consideration in such amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or consolidation, equity securities of a class that (i) has been registered as part of a public offering under the United States securities laws and (ii) is publicly traded on a securities exchange in or outside the United States.

"Non-Voting Common Stock" means the shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share, of the Company.

"Series A Warrants" means the Company's Series A Warrants to purchase Voting Common Stock[, of which this Warrant is one].

"Series B Warrants" means the Company's Series B Warrants to purchase Non-Voting Common Stock[, of which this Warrant is one].

"Voting Common Stock" means the shares of Voting Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share, of the Company.

"Warrant Amount" as of any exercise date, means a number of Warrant Shares equal to:

(i) the Warrant Percentage for this Warrant as of such exercise date; multiplied by

-2-

(ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which would be outstanding on such date on a fully diluted basis and assuming that all options, warrants (including this Warrant and each other Warrant of the Company) and any other rights to purchase Common Stock outstanding on such date shall have been exercised on such date (whether or not then exercisable),

provided, however, that the Warrant Amount shall be fixed in accordance with the foregoing formula (subject to changes pursuant to Section 6 or 7 hereof) at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the date of consummation of an Initial Public Offering, if any, or the close of business on the day immediately preceding the date of consummation of an Acquisition Event, if any, whichever first occurs.

"Warrant Percentage" as of any exercise date, means [_____]% less (i) in any case when a portion of this Warrant shall have been previously exercised on one specific occasion, the Exercised Percentage, or (ii) in the event that a portion of this Warrant shall have been previously exercised on more than one occasion, the sum of the Exercised Percentages calculated with respect to each such prior exercise. In the event that, as of any exercise date, a portion of this Warrant shall have been previously exercised on more than one occasion, the calculation of the Exercised Percentage with respect to each such prior exercise shall be made successively, commencing with the earliest such prior exercise.

"Warrants" means, collectively, Series A Warrants and Series B Warrants.

2. Exercise of Warrant.

(a) The Holder is entitled to exercise this Warrant in whole or in part at any time, or from time to time, until the Expiration Date, for the Holder's Warrant Amount on such exercise date. To exercise this Warrant, the Holder shall execute and deliver to the Company a Warrant Exercise Notice substantially in the form attached hereto. Subject to Section 2(d) below, no earlier than ten days after delivery of the Warrant Exercise Notice, the Holder shall deliver to the Company this Warrant Certificate, including the Warrant Exercise Subscription Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder, together with payment of the applicable Exercise Price. Upon such delivery and payment, the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Warrant Shares subject to such exercise, notwithstanding that the register of members of the Company shall then be closed or that certificates representing such Warrant Shares shall not then be actually delivered to the Holder.

(b) Subject to Section 2(d) below, the Exercise Price may be paid in cash or by certified or official bank check or bank cashier's check payable to the order of the Company or by any combination of such cash or check. The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the issue or delivery of the Warrant Shares.

(c) Upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate in conformity with the provisions hereunder, the Company shall transfer to the Holder appropriate evidence of ownership of the Warrant Shares or any other securities or property (including any money) to which the Holder is entitled, registered or otherwise placed in, or payable to the order of, the name or names of the Holder or such transferee as may be directed in writing by the Holder, and shall deliver such evidence of ownership and any other securities or property (including any money) to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same, together with an amount in cash in lieu of any fraction of a share as provided in Section 3 below.

(d) In lieu of making the cash payment required to exercise this Warrant pursuant to this Section 2, the Holder may elect to (i) deliver as payment, in whole or in part of the aggregate Exercise Price, Common Stock having a value calculated by reference to the aggregate Daily Price (as defined below) on the day immediately preceding the date on which the Holder delivers written notice to the

-3-

Company pursuant to Section 2(a) equal to or in excess of the applicable portion of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares or (ii) exchange this Warrant for Common Stock, in which event the Company will issue to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the result obtained by (A) subtracting the Exercise Price from the Daily Price, (B) multiplying the difference by the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is being exercised, and (C) dividing the product by the Daily Price as set forth in the following equation:

X = (A - B) x C where:

A

X = the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise pursuant to this Section 2(d)

A = the Daily Price (as defined below) on the day immediately preceding the date on which the Holder delivers written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 2(a).

B = the Exercise Price.

C = the number of Shares for which this Warrant is being exercised.

If the foregoing calculation results in a negative number, then no Common Stock shall be issued upon exercise pursuant to this Section 2(d)(ii). Such issue of Common Stock shall be effected pursuant to applicable Bermuda law and the Company may effect such an issue of Common Stock in any matter permitted under Bermuda law.

3. No Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue a fractional share of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant. If any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock would be deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, the Company, in lieu of delivering any such fractional share, shall pay an amount in cash equal to the book value per share at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter multiplied by the fraction of the fractional share which would otherwise have been issued hereunder. The Company agrees that it will not change the par value of the Common Stock from par value $0.10 per share to any higher par value which exceeds the Exercise Price then in effect, and will reduce the par value of the Common Stock upon any event that would, but for this provision, reduce the Exercise Price below the par value of the Common Stock.

4. Reservation of Shares. The Company agrees that it will at all times reserve for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant such number of shares of its authorized but unissued Common Stock sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant. All such shares shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise, shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges and other encumbrances or restrictions on sale, except to the extent set forth in the Bye-laws or to the extent the Holder is a party to a shareholders' agreement with respect to the Company's Common Stock.

5. Transfer Restrictions.

(a) Neither this Warrant nor any of the Warrant Shares, nor any interest in either, may be sold, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or in any other manner transferred or disposed of, in whole or in part, except in compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions as set forth in the Bye-laws of the Company, any shareholders' agreement with respect to the Company's Common Stock to which the Holder may be (or become) a party, applicable United States federal and state securities laws and the terms and conditions hereof. Each certificate for Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this

-4-

Warrant, unless at the time of exercise such Warrant Shares are registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall bear the following legend:

"These securities have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended. These securities cannot be offered, transferred or sold unless (i) a registration statement under such Act is in effect with respect to such securities or a written opinion from counsel acceptable to the Company is obtained to the effect that no such registration is required and (ii) the transferee is approved by applicable regulatory authorities, if such approval is required. The Company reserves the right to refuse the transfer of such securities until such conditions have been fulfilled. In all events, transfers of these securities are subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, in its sole discretion. The Bye-laws of the Company contain other significant restrictions on transfers of shares of the Company."

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Holder, or any Affiliate of the Holder, is subject make it illegal for such entity to hold this Warrant or the Warrant Shares, the Company shall use its best efforts to facilitate, and shall not unreasonably withhold its permission to allow for, the transfer, sale or assignment of this Warrant and/or the Warrant Shares.

6. Anti-Dilution Provisions.

(a) In case the Company shall (i) declare a dividend or make a distribution on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, (ii) subdivide or split the outstanding Common Stock, (iii) combine or reclassify the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of Common Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation, scheme of arrangement or amalgamation in which the Company is the surviving entity), the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or distribution or of the effective date of such subdivision, split, combination or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that, giving effect to Section 6(i), the exercise of this Warrant after such time shall entitle the Holder to receive the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or shares of any security into which such Common Stock have been reclassified) which, if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such time, such holder would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, distribution, subdivision, split, combination, amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or reclassification. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

(b) In case the Company shall issue or sell any Common Stock (other than Common Stock issued (i) upon exercise of the Warrants, (ii) pursuant to the Company's stock option plan or pursuant to any similar Common Stock-related employee compensation plan of the Company approved by the Company's Board of Directors or (iii) upon exercise or conversion of any security the issuance of which caused an adjustment under paragraph (c) or (d) hereof) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as defined in paragraph (f)) immediately preceding such issuance or sale or immediately preceding the announcement thereof, if earlier, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such issuance or sale shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale or immediately preceding the announcement thereof, if earlier, as the case may be, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or sale multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock immediately prior to such issuance or sale or immediately preceding the announcement thereof, as the case may be, and
(y) the aggregate consideration, if any, to be received by the Company upon such issuance or sale, and the denominator of

-5-

which shall be the product of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such issuance or sale and the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock immediately prior to such issuance or sale or immediately preceding the announcement thereof, as the case may be. In case any portion of the consideration to be received by the Company shall be in a form other than cash, the fair market value of such noncash consideration shall be utilized in the foregoing computation. Such fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that if the Holder shall object to any such determination, the Board of Directors shall retain an independent appraiser reasonably satisfactory to the Holder to determine such fair market value. The Holder shall be notified promptly of any consideration other than cash to be received by the Company and furnished with a description of the consideration and the fair market value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors.

(c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to the holders of its Common Stock or other securities entitling such holders to subscribe for or purchase for a period expiring within 60 days of such record date Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) at a price per share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Common Stock) less than the Current Market Price per share on such record date or immediately preceding the announcement thereof, if earlier, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants (or conversion of such convertible securities) shall be deemed to have been issued and outstanding as of such record date and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted pursuant to paragraph (b) hereof as though such maximum number of shares of Common Stock had been so issued for an aggregate consideration payable by the holders of such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities prior to their receipt of such Common Stock. In case any portion of such consideration shall be in a form other than cash, the fair market value of such noncash consideration shall be determined as set forth in paragraph (b) hereof. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued or expire unexercised, or in the event of a change in the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holders of such rights, options or warrants are entitled (other than pursuant to adjustment provisions therein comparable to those contained in this Section 6), the Exercise Price shall again be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed, in the former event, or the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such holder had initially been entitled to such changed number of shares of Common Stock, in the latter event.

(d) In case the Company shall issue rights, options (other than options issued pursuant to a plan described in clause (b)(ii) above) or warrants entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) or shall issue convertible securities, and the price per share of such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities (including, in the case of rights, options or warrants, the price at which they may be exercised) is less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock immediately preceding such issuance of rights, options or warrants or immediately preceding the announcement thereof, if earlier, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of such convertible securities shall be deemed to have been issued and outstanding as of the date of such sale or issuance, and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted pursuant to paragraph (b) hereof as though such maximum number of shares of Common Stock had been so issued for an aggregate consideration equal to the aggregate consideration paid for such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities and the aggregate consideration payable by the holders of such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities prior to their receipt of such Common Stock. In case any portion of such consideration shall be in a form other than cash, the fair market value of such noncash consideration shall be determined as set forth in paragraph (b) hereof. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities are issued; and in the event that such rights, options or warrants expire unexercised, or in the event of a change in the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holders of such rights, options,

-6-

warrants or convertible securities are entitled (other than pursuant to adjustment provisions therein comparable to those contained in this Section 6), the Exercise Price shall again be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities had not been issued, in the former event, or the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such holders had initially been entitled to such changed number of shares of Common Stock, in the latter event. No adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made pursuant to this paragraph (d) to the extent that the Exercise Price shall have been adjusted pursuant to paragraph (c) upon the setting of any record date relating to such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities and such adjustment fully reflects the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holders of such rights, options, warrants or convertible securities are entitled and the price payable therefor.

(e) (A) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to holders of Common Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation, scheme of arrangement or amalgamation in which the Company is the surviving entity, but not including any distribution that is a return of capital, which distribution shall be governed by subparagraph (B) of this paragraph (e)) of evidences of indebtedness, assets or other property (other than dividends payable in Common Stock or rights, options or warrants referred to in, and for which an adjustment is made pursuant to, paragraph (c) hereof), the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date or immediately preceding the announcement thereof, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such record date, less the fair market value (determined as set forth in paragraph (b) hereof) of the portion of the assets, other property or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed which is applicable to one share of Common Stock, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Price per share of Common Stock. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price shall again be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(B) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to holders of Common Stock which is a return of capital (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation, scheme of arrangement or amalgamation in which the Company is the surviving entity) of evidences of indebtedness, assets or other property (other than dividends payable in Common Stock or rights, options or warrants referred to in, and for which an adjustment is made pursuant to, paragraph (c) hereof), the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by subtracting the fair market value (determined as set forth in paragraph (b) hereof) of the portion of the assets, other property or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed which is applicable to one share of Common Stock from the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date or immediately preceding the announcement thereof. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price shall again be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (B) (alone or together with any adjustments required under paragraph (g)) would result in an Exercise Price of less than zero, the Exercise Price shall be zero.

(f) For the purpose of any computation under this Section 6, on any determination date (i) on or prior to the initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Current Market Price per share shall, subject to the penultimate sentence of this paragraph (f), be the fair market value per share of the applicable class of Common Stock as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, and (ii) after such registered public offering, the Current Market Price per share shall be deemed to be the average (weighted

-7-

by daily trading volume) of the Daily Prices (as defined below) per share of the applicable class of Common Stock for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to such date. "Daily Price" means (A) if the shares of such class of Common Stock are then listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE"), the closing price on the NYSE on such day as reported on the NYSE Composite Transactions Tape; (B) if the shares of such class of Common Stock are then not listed and traded on the NYSE, the closing price on such day as reported by the principal national securities exchange on which the shares are listed and traded; (C) if the shares of such class of Common Stock are then not listed and traded on the NYSE or any such national securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day on the National Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ"); or (D) if the shares of such class of Common Stock are then not listed and traded on the NYSE or any national securities exchange or traded on the NASDAQ National Market, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest reported asked price on such day as reported by NASDAQ. If on any determination date the shares of such class of Common Stock are not quoted by any such organization, the Current Market Price per share shall be the fair market value of such shares on such determination date as determined by the Board of Directors. If the Holder shall object to any determination by the Board of Directors of the Current Market Price per share, the Current Market Price per share shall be the fair market value per share of the applicable class of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser retained by the Company at its expense and reasonably acceptable to the Holder. For purposes of any computation under this Section 6, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Company.

(g) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent in such price; provided that any adjustments which by reason of this paragraph are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 6 shall be made to the nearest one tenth of a cent or to the nearest hundredth of a share, as the case may be.

(h) In the event that, at any time as a result of the provisions of this Section 6, the Holder of this Warrant upon subsequent exercise shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than Common Stock, the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of this Warrant shall thereafter be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions contained herein.

(i) (A) Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of the calculations made in this Section 6, the number of shares for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, that number of shares of Common Stock obtained by (i) multiplying the number of shares covered by this Warrant immediately prior to this adjustment of the number of shares by the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Exercise Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Exercise Price; provided that no adjustment shall be necessary pursuant to this paragraph
(i) (x) to the extent (but only to the extent) that the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable has already increased (or would increase, if such Warrant were actually exercised) as a result of the transaction in question by operation of the definition of "Warrant Amount" or
(y) in connection with an adjustment to the Exercise Price pursuant to subparagraph (e)(B).

(B) To the extent that any distribution described in subparagraph
(e)(B) did not result in a reduction of the Exercise Price because the Exercise Price had already been reduced to zero, there shall be an adjustment made, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (which

-8-

determination shall be final and binding), to the number of shares for which this Warrant is exercisable so as to preserve for the Holder the economics of this Warrant.

(j) Not less than 10 nor more than 30 days prior to the record date of any action which requires an adjustment pursuant to this Section 6, the Company shall file in the custody of the secretary of the Company at its principal executive office an officer's certificate signed by the chairman, president or chief financial officer of the Company showing the adjusted Exercise Price determined as herein provided, setting forth in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the computation of such adjustment. Each such officer's certificate shall be made available at all reasonable times for inspection by the Holder and the Company shall, promptly after such adjustment, mail a copy, by first-class mail, of such certificate to the Holder.

(k) The Holder shall, at its option, be entitled to receive, in lieu of the adjustment pursuant to this Section 6 otherwise required, on the date of exercise of this Warrant, the evidences of indebtedness, assets or other property which such Holder would have been entitled to receive if it had exercised its Warrant for Common Stock immediately prior to the record date with respect to such distribution. The Holder may exercise its option under this paragraph (k) by written notice to the Company within 14 days of its receipt of the certificate of adjustment required pursuant to paragraph (j) above to be delivered by the Company in connection with such distribution.

7. Consolidation, Scheme of Arrangement, Amalgamation or Sale of Assets. In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or amalgamation of the Company into, any other Person, any amalgamation of another Person into the Company (other than an amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding Common Stock), any scheme of arrangement, or any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets, or any similar or analogous procedure or transaction howsoever described under the law of incorporation of the Company or any other relevant law, of the Company or of the Person formed by such consolidation or resulting from such amalgamation or which acquires such assets, as the case may be, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, sale or transfer by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant may have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, sale or transfer, assuming (i) such holder of Common Stock is not a Person with which the Company consolidated or into which the Company amalgamated or which amalgamated into the Company or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be ("Constituent Person"), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person and (ii) in the case of a consolidation, amalgamation, sale or transfer which includes an election as to the consideration to be received by the holders, such holder of Common Stock failed to exercise its rights of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, amalgamation, sale or transfer (provided that if the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, amalgamation, sale or transfer is not the same for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to such consolidation, amalgamation, sale or transfer by other than a Constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof and in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised ("Non-Electing Share"), then for the purpose of this
Section the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such consolidation, amalgamation, sale or transfer by each Non-Electing Share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the Non-Electing Shares). Adjustments for events subsequent to the effective date of such a consolidation, amalgamation and sale of assets shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Warrant. In any such event, effective provisions shall be made in the certificate or articles of incorporation of the resulting or surviving corporation, in any contract of sale, conveyance, lease or transfer, or otherwise so that the provisions set forth herein for the protection of the rights of the Holder shall thereafter continue to

-9-

be applicable; and the entity whose securities, cash or other property for which this Warrant shall have become exercisable shall expressly assume the obligation to deliver, upon exercise, such securities, cash or other property. The provisions of this Section 7 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, amalgamations, sales, leases or transfers.

8. Loss or Destruction of Warrant. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it (in the exercise of its reasonable discretion) of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Certificate, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant Certificate, if mutilated, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and date.

9. Notices. Any notice, demand or delivery authorized by this Warrant Certificate shall be in writing and shall be given to the Holder or the Company, as the case may be, at its address (or facsimile number) set forth below, or such other address (or facsimile number) as shall have been furnished to the party giving or making such notice, demand or delivery:

IF TO THE COMPANY:

Validus Holdings, Ltd.

Mintflower Place
8 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor Hamilton HM08 Bermuda
Attention: Edward Noonan

with a copy to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP 80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005 Attn: Michael A. Becker, Esq.


John Schuster, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 269-5420

IF TO THE HOLDER:

[_______]

Each such notice, demand or delivery shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile, when receipt acknowledged or (ii) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified herein.

10. Rights of the Holder. Prior to the exercise of any Warrant, the Holder shall not, by virtue hereof, be entitled to any rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions, or to receive any notice of meetings of shareholders or any notice of any proceedings of the Company except as may be specifically provided for herein.

11. Governing Law. THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

-10-

12. Amendments; Waivers. Any provision of this Warrant may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by the Company and Holders of a majority of then outstanding Warrants and such amendment, by its terms, applies to all then outstanding Warrants; provided, that immaterial waivers may be approved by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by either party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

13. Entire Agreement; Supersession of Prior Warrant. The Company and the Holder hereby acknowledge and agree that this Warrant constitutes the entire agreement between them with respect to the subject matter of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall supersede all contemporaneous oral and all prior oral and written agreements and understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly caused this Warrant to be signed and attested by its duly authorized officers and to be dated as of December 12, 2005

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name: Edward Noonan Title: Chief Executive Officer

-11-

WARRANT EXERCISE OR EXCHANGE NOTICE

(To be delivered prior to exercise of the Warrant by execution of the Warrant Exercise Subscription Form)

To: Validus Holdings, Ltd.

The undersigned hereby notifies you of its intention to exercise or exchange the Warrant to purchase [Voting][Non-Voting] Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share, of Validus Holdings, Ltd.

The undersigned intends to exercise the Warrant to purchase
[Voting][Non-Voting] Common Stock (the "Shares") at $__________ per Share (the Exercise Price currently in effect pursuant to the Warrant). The undersigned intends to pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares in cash, certified or official bank or bank cashier's check (or a combination of cash and check) as indicated below.

-OR-

The undersigned intends to exercise the Warrant to purchase __________ shares of [Voting][Non-Voting] Common Stock (the "Shares") and wishes, in lieu of paying the Exercise Price of $___________ per Share currently in effect pursuant to the Warrant, to receive that number of shares reduced by a number of shares of [Voting][Non-Voting] Common Stock having a value calculated by reference to the aggregate Daily Price (as defined in the Warrant) equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares.

-OR-

The undersigned intends pursuant to Section 2(d)(ii) of the Warrant to exchange the Warrant (or a portion thereof), insofar as it relates _________ to
[Voting][Non-Voting] Common Stock, for the number of shares of [Voting]
[Non-Voting] Common Stock determined pursuant to such Section 2(d)(ii).

-OR-

The undersigned intends to exercise the Warrant to purchase [Voting]
[Non-Voting] Common Stock (the "Shares") at the Exercise Price of $_________ per share currently in effect pursuant to the Warrant, and intends to pay $__________ of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares in cash, certified or official bank or bank cashier's check (or a combination of cash and check) as indicated below, and to deliver as payment of $__________ of the aggregate Exercise Price that number of shares of [Voting] [Non-Voting] Common Stock having a value calculated by reference to the aggregate Daily Price (as defined in the Warrant) equal to or in excess of such portion of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares.

Date:


(Signature of Owner)


(Address)

Payment: $_______ cash

A-1

$_______ check

________ Common Stock having a Daily Price of $_____________

A-2

WARRANT EXERCISE SUBSCRIPTION FORM

(To be executed only upon exercise of the Warrant after delivery of Warrant Exercise Notice)

To: Validus Holdings, Ltd.

The undersigned irrevocably exercises the Warrant for the purchase of
[Voting] [Non-Voting] Common Stock (the "Shares"), par value $0.10 per share, of Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the "Company") at $_________ per Share (the Exercise Price currently in effect pursuant to the Warrant) and herewith makes payment of $_________ (such payment being made in cash or by certified or official bank or bank cashier's check payable to the order of the Company or by any permitted combination of such cash or check), all on the terms and conditions specified in the within Warrant Certificate, surrenders this Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest therein to the Company and directs that the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant be registered or placed in the name and at the address specified below and delivered thereto.

-OR-

The undersigned irrevocably exercises the Warrant for the purchase of
[Voting] [Non-Voting] Common Stock (the "Shares"), par value $0.10 per share, of Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the "Company") at $_________ per Share (the Exercise Price currently in effect pursuant to the Warrant) (provided that in lieu of payment of $_________, the undersigned will receive a number of Shares reduced by a number of shares of [Voting] [Non-Voting] Common Stock having a value calculated by reference to the aggregate Daily Price (as defined in the Warrant) equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares), all on the terms and conditions specified in the Warrant Certificate, surrenders this Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest therein to the Company and directs that the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant be registered or placed in the name and at the address specified below and delivered thereto.

-OR-

The undersigned irrevocably exercises the Warrant for the purchase of
[Voting] [Non-Voting] Common Stock (the "Shares"), par value $0.10 per share, of Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the "Company") at $_________ per share (the Exercise Price currently in effect pursuant to the Warrant) (such payment being made by delivering that number of shares of [Voting] [Non-Voting] Common Stock having a value calculated by reference to the aggregate Daily Price (as defined in the Warrant) equal to or in excess of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares), all on the terms and conditions specified in the Warrant Certificate, surrenders this Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest therein to the Company and directs that the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant be registered or placed in the name and at the address specified below and delivered thereto.

-OR-

The undersigned irrevocably exercises the Warrant for the purchase
[Voting] [Non-Voting] Common Stock (the "Shares"); par value $0.10 per share, of Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the "Company") at $_________ per Share (the Exercise Price currently in effect pursuant to the Warrant), and herewith makes payment of $_________ of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares in cash, certified or official bank or bank cashier's check (or a combination of cash and check), and herewith delivers as payment of $_________ of the aggregate Exercise Price that number of shares of [Voting] [Non-Voting] Common Stock having a value calculated by reference to the aggregate Daily Price (as defined in the Warrant) equal to or in excess of such portion of the aggregate Exercise Price for the Shares, all on the

A-3

terms and conditions specified in the Warrant Certificate, surrenders this Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest therein to the Company and directs that the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant be registered or placed in the name and at the address specified below and delivered thereto.

Date:


(Signature of Owner)


(Address)


(Address)

A-4

Securities and/or check to be issued to:

Please insert social security or identifying number: ___________________________

Name: __________________________________________________________________________

Street Address: ________________________________________________________________

City, State and Zip Code: ______________________________________________________

Any unexercised portion of the Warrant evidenced by the within Warrant Certificate to be issued to:

Please insert social security or identifying number: ___________________________

Name: __________________________________________________________________________

Street Address: ________________________________________________________________

City, State and Zip Code: ______________________________________________________

A-5

WARRANT ASSIGNMENT FORM

Date:_____________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ______________________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _______________________________________ (the "Assignee"),


(please type or print in block letters)


(insert address)

its right to purchase up to ____________ shares of [Voting] [Non-Voting] Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share, of Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the "Company") represented by this Warrant and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint __________ Attorney to transfer the same on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Signature:

A-6

EXECUTION COPY

[Exhibit 10.8]

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE

between

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee


Dated as of June 15, 2006



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
                                    ARTICLE I
             DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 1.1.     Definitions.............................................      1
Section 1.2.     Compliance Certificate and Opinions.....................     10
Section 1.3.     Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.................     10
Section 1.4.     Acts of Holders.........................................     11
Section 1.5.     Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company....................     13
Section 1.6.     Notice to Holders; Waiver...............................     13
Section 1.7.     Effect of Headings and Table of Contents................     13
Section 1.8.     Successors and Assigns..................................     13
Section 1.9.     Separability Clause.....................................     14
Section 1.10.    Benefits of Indenture...................................     14
Section 1.11.    Governing Law...........................................     14
Section 1.12.    Submission to Jurisdiction..............................     14
Section 1.13.    Non-Business Days.......................................     14

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 SECURITY FORMS

Section 2.1.     Form of Security........................................     15
Section 2.2.     Restricted Legend.......................................     20
Section 2.3.     Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.........     22
Section 2.4.     Temporary Securities....................................     23
Section 2.5.     Definitive Securities...................................     23

                                   ARTICLE III
                                 THE SECURITIES

Section 3.1.     Payment of Principal and Interest.......................     23
Section 3.2.     Denominations...........................................     25
Section 3.3.     Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating..........     25
Section 3.4.     Global Securities.......................................     26
Section 3.5.     Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally...........     28
Section 3.6.     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities........     29
Section 3.7.     Persons Deemed Owners...................................     30

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Section 3.8.     Cancellation............................................     30
Section 3.9.     Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.....................     30
Section 3.10.    Right of Set-Off........................................     31
Section 3.11.    Agreed Tax Treatment....................................     31
Section 3.12.    CUSIP Numbers...........................................     31

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 4.1.     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.................     32
Section 4.2.     Application of Trust Money..............................     33

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    REMEDIES

Section 5.1.     Events of Default.......................................     33
Section 5.2.     Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment......     34
Section 5.3.     Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
                 Trustee.................................................     35
Section 5.4.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim........................     36
Section 5.5.     Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of
                 Securities..............................................     36
Section 5.6.     Application of Money Collected..........................     36
Section 5.7.     Limitation on Suits.....................................     37
Section 5.8.     Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal,
                 Premium and Interest....................................     38
Section 5.9.     Restoration of Rights and Remedies......................     38
Section 5.10.    Rights and Remedies Cumulative..........................     38
Section 5.11.    Delay or Omission Not Waiver............................     38
Section 5.12.    Control by Holders......................................     38
Section 5.13.    Waiver of Past Defaults.................................     39
Section 5.14.    Undertaking for Costs...................................     39
Section 5.15.    Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.................     40

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.1.     Corporate Trustee Required..............................     40
Section 6.2.     Certain Duties and Responsibilities.....................     40

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Section 6.3.     Notice of Defaults......................................     41
Section 6.4.     Certain Rights of Trustee...............................     42
Section 6.5.     May Hold Securities.....................................     43
Section 6.6.     Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity..................     44
Section 6.7.     Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.......     45
Section 6.8.     Acceptance of Appointment by Successor..................     45
Section 6.9.     Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to
                 Business................................................     46
Section 6.10.    Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities..     46
Section 6.11.    Appointment of Authenticating Agent.....................     46

                                   ARTICLE VII
                HOLDER'S LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

Section 7.1.     Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of
                 Holders.................................................     48
Section 7.2.     Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders..     48
Section 7.3.     Reports by Company......................................     48

                                  ARTICLE VIII
              CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

Section 8.1.     Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms....     49
Section 8.2.     Successor Company Substituted...........................     49

                                   ARTICLE IX
                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.1.     Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders......     50
Section 9.2.     Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.........     51
Section 9.3.     Execution of Supplemental Indentures....................     52
Section 9.4.     Effect of Supplemental Indentures.......................     52
Section 9.5.     Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures......     52

                                    ARTICLE X
                                    COVENANTS

Section 10.1.    Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest..............     52
Section 10.2.    Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.........     52
Section 10.3.    Statement as to Compliance..............................     54
Section 10.4.    Calculation Agent.......................................     54

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Section 10.5.    Additional Amounts......................................     54
Section 10.6.    Additional Covenants....................................     55
Section 10.7.    Waiver of Covenants.....................................     56
Section 10.8.    Treatment of Securities.................................     56

                                   ARTICLE XI
                            REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

Section 11.1.    Optional Redemption.....................................     56
Section 11.2.    Special Event Redemption................................     56
Section 11.3.    Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee...................     57
Section 11.4.    Selection of Securities to be Redeemed..................     57
Section 11.5.    Notice of Redemption....................................     57
Section 11.6.    Deposit of Redemption Price.............................     58
Section 11.7.    Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.............     58

                                   ARTICLE XII
                           SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

Section 12.1.    Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt...................     59
Section 12.2.    No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of
                 Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc..........................     59
Section 12.3.    Payment Permitted If No Default.........................     61
Section 12.4.    Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.........     61
Section 12.5.    Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.............     61
Section 12.6.    Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.....................     62
Section 12.7.    No Waiver of Subordination Provisions...................     62
Section 12.8.    Notice to Trustee.......................................     62
Section 12.9.    Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating
                 Agent...................................................     63
Section 12.10.   Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt........     63
Section 12.11.   Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation
                 of Trustee's Rights.....................................     63
Section 12.12.   Article Applicable to Paying Agents.....................     63

-iv-

SCHEDULES

Schedule A - Determination of LIBOR

Exhibit A - Form of Officer's Financial Certificate

-v-

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED INDENTURE, dated as of June 15, 2006, between VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the "Company"), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (in such capacity, the "Trustee").

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its unsecured junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures designated "Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2036" (the "Securities"), and to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, this Indenture Witnesseth:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I;

(b) the words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation";

(c) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

(d) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an "Article" or a "Section" refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(e) the words "hereby", "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(f) a reference to the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

and


(g) the masculine, feminine or neuter genders used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

"Act" when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in
Section 1.4.

"Additional Interest" means the interest, if any, that shall accrue on any amounts payable on the Securities, the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date and which shall accrue at the rate per annum specified or determined as specified in such Security, in each case to the extent legally enforceable.

"Additional Amounts" has the meaning specified in Section 10.5.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control," when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Applicable Depositary Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Security or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Security, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

"Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority" means, when used with respect to any Regulated Insurance Company, (x) the insurance department or similar administrative authority or agency located in each state or jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) in which such Regulated Insurance Company is domiciled or
(y) to the extent asserting regulatory jurisdiction over such Regulated Insurance Company, the insurance department, authority or agency in each state or jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) in which such Regulated Insurance Company is licensed, and shall include any Federal or national insurance regulatory department, authority or agency that may be created and that asserts insurance regulatory jurisdiction over such Regulated Insurance Company.

"Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.11 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate the Securities.

"Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code or any successor statute(s) thereto, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, in each case as amended from time to time.

"Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.

"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

2

"Business Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

"Calculation Agent" has the meaning specified in Section 10.4.

"Common Securities" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this Indenture.

"Common Shares" means the common shares, par value $0.10 per share, of the Company.

"Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor corporation.

"Company Request" and "Company Order" mean, respectively, the written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, and by its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of this Indenture is located at 600 Travis, 50th Floor, Houston, Texas 77002, Attn: Worldwide Securities Services--Validus Holdings, Ltd.. Initially, all notices and correspondence shall be addressed to Mudassir Mohamed (telephone: 713-216-2826).

"Debt" means, with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person, whether currently existing or hereafter incurred and whether or not contingent and without duplication, (i) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed; (ii) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person; (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable or other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business); (v) every capital lease obligation of such Person; (vi) all indebtedness of such Person, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, for claims in respect of derivative products, including interest rate, foreign exchange rate and commodity forward contracts, options and swaps and similar arrangements; (vii) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise; and (viii) any renewals, extensions, refundings, amendments or modifications of any obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii).

"Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 3.1.

3

"Depositary" means an organization registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act that is designated as Depositary by the Company or any successor thereto.

"Depositary Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

"Dollar" or "$" means the currency of the United States of America that, as at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

"DTC" means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, or any successor thereto.

"Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

"Expiration Date" has the meaning specified in Section 1.4.

"Extension Period" has the meaning specified in Section 3.9.

"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, from time to time in effect.

"Global Security" means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Depositary.

"Government Obligation" means (a) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (b) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in
Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any Government Obligation that is specified in clause (a) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Securities Register.

"Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented by one or more amendments or indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

4

"Insurance Business" means one or more aspects of the business of selling, issuing or underwriting insurance or reinsurance.

"Interest Payment Date" means March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2006, during the term of this Indenture, as such dates may be adjusted pursuant to Section 1.13.

"Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

"Investment Company Event" means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of the occurrence of a change in law or regulation (including any announced prospective change) or a written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Company is or, within ninety (90) days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an "investment company" that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the issuance of the Securities.

"LIBOR" has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

"LIBOR Business Day" has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

"LIBOR Determination Date" has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

"Maturity," when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or any installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

"New York Court" has the meaning specified in Section 1.12.

"Notice of Default" means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 5.1(c).

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.

"Operative Documents" means the Indenture, the Purchase Agreement and the Securities.

"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

"Optional Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

"Original Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of each Security.

5

"Outstanding" means, when used in reference to any Securities, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided, that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(iii) Securities that have been paid or in substitution for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Securities are held by Holders in whose hands such Securities are valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company;

provided, that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.

"Paying Agent" means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on, or other amounts in respect of, any Securities on behalf of the Company.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

"Place of Payment" means, with respect to the Securities, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

"Policies" means all insurance policies, annuity contracts, guaranteed interest contracts and funding agreements (including riders to any such policies or contracts, certificates issued with respect to group life insurance or annuity contracts and assumption certificates issued or to be issued (or filed pending current review by applicable governmental authorities) by any

6

Regulated Insurance Company and any coinsurance agreements entered into or to be entered into by any Regulated Insurance Company.

"Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security. For the purposes of this definition, any security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

"Proceeding" has the meaning specified in Section 12.2.

"Purchase Agreement" means the agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and First Tennessee Bank National Association, Preferred Term Securities XXII, Ltd., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Merrill Lynch International and Merrill Lynch International.

"Redemption Date" means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

"Redemption Price" means, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, the Special Redemption Price or the Optional Redemption Price, as applicable, at which such Security or portion thereof is to be redeemed as fixed by or pursuant to this Indenture.

"Reference Banks" has the meaning specified in Schedule A.

"Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date with respect to the Securities means the date that is fifteen (15) days preceding such Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day).

"Regulated Insurance Company" means any Subsidiary of the Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, that is authorized or admitted to carry on or transact Insurance Business in any jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) and is regulated by any Applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority.

"Responsible Officer" means, when used with respect to the Trustee, the officer in the Worldwide Securities Services department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

"Rights Plan" means a plan of the Company providing for the issuance by the Company to all holders of its Common Shares of rights entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Company which rights (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of such Common Shares and (ii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of such Common Shares, in each case until the occurrence of a specified event or events.

"Securities" or "Security" means any debt securities or debt security, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

7

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

"Securities Register" and "Securities Registrar" have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.5.

"Senior Debt" means the principal of and any premium and interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company, whether or not such claim for post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) all Debt (including, without limitation, insurance obligations including obligations with respect to Policies and guarantees thereof) of the Company, whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Securities issued under this Indenture; provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not be deemed to include any other debt securities and guarantees in respect of such debt securities issued to any trust (or a trustee of any such trust), partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a "financing entity") in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity securities or other securities that are treated as equity capital for regulatory capital purposes guaranteed by the Company pursuant to an instrument that ranks pari passu with or junior in right of payment to this Indenture.

"Significant Subsidiary(ies)" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6.

"Special Event" means the occurrence of an Investment Company Event or a Tax Event.

"Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1.

"Special Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.

"Stated Maturity" means June 15, 2036.

"Subsidiary" means a Person more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other voting interests of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, "voting stock" means stock that ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

"Tax Event" means the receipt by the Company of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the treaties or laws or any regulations thereunder of Bermuda or any taxing jurisdiction having jurisdiction over the Company or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or any change in the application or official interpretation of such treaties, laws or regulations or (b) any judicial decision or any official administrative pronouncement or regulatory procedure, including any notice or announcement of intent to adopt any such pronouncement or procedure (an "Administrative Action"), regardless of whether such judicial decision or Administrative Action is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment,

8

change, judicial decision or Administrative Action is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case, on or after the date of issuance of the Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that (i) the Company is, or will be as of the next Interest Payment Date, required to pay to any Holder of Securities Additional Amounts as provided in Section 10.5 hereunder, or (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Securities is not, or as of the next Interest Payment Date, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes.

"Transfer" means, the voluntarily or involuntarily to transfer, sell, pledge or hypothecation or otherwise dispose of, whether directly or indirectly and whether through one or a series of transactions.

"Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of this instrument, solely in its capacity as such and not in its individual capacity, until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and, thereafter, "Trustee" shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and as in effect on the date as of this Indenture.

SECTION 1.2. Compliance Certificate and Opinions.

(a) Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall, if requested by the Trustee, furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and, if so requested by the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent (including covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, have been complied with.

(b) Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than the certificate provided pursuant to Section 10.3) shall include:

(i) a statement by each individual signing such certificate or opinion that such individual has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions of such individual contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

9

SECTION 1.3. Forms of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

(a) In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

(b) Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or after reasonable inquiry should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

(c) Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

(d) Whenever, subsequent to the receipt by the Trustee of any Board Resolution, Officers' Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or other document or instrument, a clerical, typographical or other inadvertent or unintentional error or omission shall be discovered therein, a new document or instrument may be substituted therefor in corrected form with the same force and effect as if originally received in the corrected form and, irrespective of the date or dates of the actual execution and/or delivery thereof, such substitute document or instrument shall be deemed to have been executed and/or delivered as of the date or dates required with respect to the document or instrument for which it is substituted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Securities issued under the authority of such defective document or instrument shall nevertheless be the valid obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all other Outstanding Securities.

SECTION 1.4. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given to or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent thereof duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments (including any appointment of an agent) is or are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4.

10

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a Person acting in other than his or her individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his or her authority. The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may determine.

(c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

(e) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

(f) Except as set forth in paragraph (g) of this Section 1.4, the Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Securities. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date (as defined in Section 1.4(h)) by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect). Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6.

(g) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities entitled to join in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of acceleration or rescission or annulment thereof referred to in Section 5.2, (iii) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 5.7(b) or (iv) any direction referred to in Section 5.12. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on

11

or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect). Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company's expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6.

(h) With respect to any record date set pursuant to paragraph (f) or (g) of this Section 1.4, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the "Expiration Date" and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided, that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Securities in the manner set forth in Section 1.6, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4, the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the ninetieth (90th) day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the one hundred eightieth (180th) day after the applicable record date.

SECTION 1.5. Notices, Etc. to Trustee and Company.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, Act of Holders, or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

(a) the Trustee by any Holder or the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with and received by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

(b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at Validus Holdings, Ltd., Mintflower Place, 8 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor, Hamilton HM08 Bermuda, Attention: Chief Financial Officer (facsimile: (441 278-9090), with a copy to Cahill Gordon & Reindel llp, 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Michael A. Becker, Esq. (facsimile: (212) 296-5420) or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

SECTION 1.6. Notice to Holders; Waiver.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event to the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. If, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or for any other reason, it shall be impossible or impracticable to mail

12

notice of any event to Holders when said notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

SECTION 1.7. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Indenture.

SECTION 1.8. Successors and Assigns.

This Indenture shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company and the Trustee, including any successor by operation of law. Except in connection with a transaction involving the Company that is permitted under Article VIII and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Company's obligations hereunder, the Company shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 1.9. Separability Clause.

If any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

SECTION 1.10. Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities and any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 1.11. Governing Law.

THIS INDENTURE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE HOLDERS, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

SECTION 1.12. Submission to Jurisdiction.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY OR AGAINST ANY PARTY HERETO OR WITH

RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS INDENTURE MAY BE BROUGHT

13

IN OR REMOVED TO THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN AND FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK (IN EACH CASE SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN) (COLLECTIVELY, "NEW YORK COURT"). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS INDENTURE, EACH PARTY ACCEPTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS (AND COURTS OF APPEALS THEREFROM) FOR LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE.

SECTION 1.13. Non-Business Days.

If any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or the Securities) payment of interest, premium, if any, or principal or other amounts in respect of such Security shall not be made on such date, but shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (and additional interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, through but excluding such next succeeding Business Day) except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity.

SECTION 1.14. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee incorporator, Affiliate or stockholder of the Company shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for a claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Securities.

SECTION 1.15. Agent for Service of Process.

The Company will designate and appoint CT Corporation System in New York City as its process agent (the "Process Agent") upon which process may be served in any action arising out of or relating to this Indenture which may be instituted in any New York Court by the Trustee or the Holders, in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts within fifteen (15) days of execution of the Indenture by the parties hereto, and will expressly consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waive any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Such appointment shall be irrevocable. Service of process upon the Process Agent and written notice of such service of process to it shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the Trustee or the Holders to serve any such legal process, summons, notices and documents in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to obtain jurisdiction over the Company or to bring actions, suits or proceedings against the Company in such other jurisdictions, and in such manner, as may be permitted by applicable law.

14

SECTION 1.16. Currency Indemnity.

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court in any jurisdiction with respect to any payment due hereunder, it becomes necessary to convert into the currency of such jurisdiction (the "Judgment Currency") any amount due hereunder in any currency other than the Judgment Currency (the "Currency Due"), then conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which judgment is given. For this purpose, "rate of exchange" means the rate at which the Trustee is able, on the relevant date, to purchase the Currency Due with the Judgment Currency in accordance with its normal practice. In the event that there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given and the date of payment of the amount due, the Company will, on the day of payment, pay such additional amount, if any, or be entitled to receive reimbursement of such amount, if any, as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid on such date is the amount in the Judgment Currency which when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment is the amount then due hereunder in the Currency Due. If the amount of the Currency Due which the Trustee would be able to purchase at such rate of exchange is less than the amount of the Currency Due originally due to it, the Company shall indemnify and save the Trustee and the Holders harmless from and against loss or damage arising as a result of such deficiency. If the amount of the Currency Due which the Trustee would be able to purchase at such rate of exchange is greater than the amount of the Currency Due originally due to it, the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Company in U.S. dollars an amount equal to such excess. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained herein, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

ARTICLE II

SECURITY FORMS

SECTION 2.1. Form of Security.

Any Security issued hereunder shall be in substantially the following form:

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES DUE 2036

No. [__] $[____________]

Validus Holdings, Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (hereinafter called the "Company," which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [____________], or registered assigns, the principal sum of [____________] ($[____________]) in accordance with the Indenture on June 15 2036. The Company further promises to pay interest on said principal sum from June 15, 2006, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15, June15, September 15 and December 15 of each year,

15

commencing September 15, 2006, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (and additional interest shall accrue in respect of the amounts whose payment is so delayed for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date through but excluding such next succeeding Business Day), except that, if such Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, at a fixed rate equal to 9.069% per annum through but excluding June 15, 2011 and thereafter at a variable rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.55% per annum, together with Additional Amounts, if any, as provided in Section 10.5 of the Indenture, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment; provided, further, that any overdue principal, premium, if any, or Additional Amounts and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest at a fixed rate equal to 9.069% through but excluding June 15, 2011 and thereafter at a variable rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.55% per annum; (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), compounded quarterly, from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be payable on demand.

The amount of interest payable shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of this Security, to defer the payment of interest on this Security for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an "Extension Period"), during which Extension Period(s), no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable). No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date, and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period (except any Additional Amounts that may be due and payable), except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at a fixed rate equal to 9.069% per annum through but excluding June 15, 2011 and thereafter at a variable rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.55% per annum; compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or made available for payment. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on this Security, together with such Additional Interest to Holders of record of this Security as of the record date established for the Interest Payment Date coinciding with the end of such Extension Period (regardless of who the Holders of record may have been on any date during

16

such Extension Period). Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and
(iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of this Security. The Company shall give the Holder of this Security and the Trustee written notice of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least five (5) Business Days prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on this Security would be payable but for such deferral.

During any such Extension Period, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company to, (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's or such subsidiary's capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing, (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to this Security (other than, with respect to clauses
(i) and (ii) above, (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in connection with (1) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (2) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan and/or (3) the issuance of capital stock of the Company or of such subsidiary (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (b) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or, in the case of a subsidiary of the Company, any class or series of such subsidiary's capital stock)or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or in the case of indebtedness of a subsidiary of the Company, of any class or series of such subsidiary's indebtedness for any class or series of such subsidiary's capital stock), (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital stock (or the capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith or (f) any repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company made by the Company or such subsidiary, which the Company's Board of Directors determine in good faith are necessary or advisable in order to avoid, ameliorate or limit any material adverse tax or regulatory consequences for the Company or its

17

shareholders) or (iii) enter into any new (as opposed to existing) contracts on less than an arm's-length negotiation basis with shareholders holding more than 10% of the outstanding shares of Common Shares of the Company.

Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Security shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of this Security shall be made at the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent, and payments of interest shall be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

The indebtedness evidenced by this Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt, and this Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and
(c) appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by his or her acceptance hereof, waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (the "Securities") issued under the Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2006 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Trustee (in such capacity, the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

All terms used in this Security that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

The Company may, on any Interest Payment Date, at its option and in accordance with the Indenture, on or after June 15, 2011 and subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture, redeem this Security in whole at any time or in part from time to time at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount hereof, together,

18

in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, through but excluding the date fixed as the Redemption Date.

In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option and in accordance with the Indenture, redeem this Security, in whole but not in part, subject to the terms and conditions of Article XI of the Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to

         TIME PERIOD            PERCENTAGE
         -----------            ----------
June 15, 2006 - June 14, 2007        105%
June 15, 2007 - June 14, 2008     103.75%
June 15, 2008 - June 14, 2009      102.5%
June 15, 2009 - June 14, 2010     101.25%
June 15, 2010 and thereafter         100%

together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, through but excluding the date fixed as the Redemption Date.

In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof. If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the Company and the Trustee at any time to enter into a supplemental indenture or indentures for the purpose of modifying in any manner the rights and obligations of the Company and of the Holders of the Securities, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium, if any, and interest, including any Additional Interest (to the

19

extent legally enforceable), on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar and duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities, of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities are issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Company and, by its acceptance of this Security or a beneficial interest herein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a beneficial interest in, this Security agree that, for United States federal, state and local tax purposes, it is intended that this Security constitute indebtedness.

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed on this ____ day of __________, 20__.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name:
Title:

20

SECTION 2.2. Restricted Legend.

(a) Any Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

"[IF THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY INSERT: THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC") OR A NOMINEE OF DTC. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN DTC OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY AS A WHOLE BY DTC TO A NOMINEE OF DTC OR BY A NOMINEE OF DTC TO DTC OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS SECURITY IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY SECURITY ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND SUCH SECURITIES, AND ANY INTEREST THEREIN, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THE SECURITIES MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE

21

SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR," FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND, IN THE CASE OF
(III) OR (V), SUBJECT TO THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL AND OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF ANY SECURITIES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

THE SECURITIES WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, IN A BLOCK HAVING AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF PRINCIPAL OF OR INTEREST ON SUCH SECURITIES, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN SUCH SECURITIES.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF OR THEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE") (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY, AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE.

22

NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, HOLDERS OF THIS SECURITY AND/OR BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS THEREIN ARE LIMITED AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.6 OF THE INDENTURE.

HOLDERS OF THIS SECURITY AND/OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS THEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO THE CONFIDENTIALITY PROVISIONS AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7.3 OF THE INDENTURE."

(b) The above legends shall not be removed from any Security unless there is delivered to the Company satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel, as may be reasonably required to ensure that any future transfers thereof may be made without restriction under or violation of the provisions of the Securities Act and other applicable law. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall deliver, upon receipt of a Company Order directing it to do so, a Security that does not bear the legend.

SECTION 2.3. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.

The Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:

Authorized signatory

SECTION 2.4. Temporary Securities.

(a) Pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

(b) If temporary Securities are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of any authorized denominations having the same Original Issue Date and Stated Maturity and having the same terms as such temporary Securities. Until so

23

exchanged, the temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities.

SECTION 2.5. Definitive Securities.

The Securities issued on the Original Issue Date shall be in definitive form. The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of these methods, if required by any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

SECTION 2.6. Limited Holders.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Indenture or the Securities to the contrary, for until the earlier of (i) June 15, 2011, (ii) the date on which Standard & Poors ("S&P") issues any public rating on the Company or any Significant Subsidiary for any reason or (iii) the first date on which the Company elects to defer interest pursuant to Section 3.9, no Holder may Transfer its Security or a beneficial interest therein if after giving effect to such Transfer there would be greater than twenty (20) Holders of the Securities (and/or of beneficial interests in the Securities) (the "Limited Holder Restriction") without the prior written consent of the Company ("Limited Holder Company Consent"), which Limited Holder Company Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that no Limited Holder Company Consent shall be required if the Transfer of such Security or beneficial interest in a Security is being made pursuant to the terms of the documents governing the duties with respect to credit deterioration or substitution of a collateral manager or trustee of a collateralized debt obligor Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the occurrence of item (ii) above. Neither the Trustee nor the Securities Registrar shall be responsible for monitoring compliance with any of the above limitations; provided, that the Trustee and the Securities Registrar shall promptly respond to a Company request to identify the Holders of the Securities. Any Transfer made in violation of the terms of this
Section 2.6 shall be an ineffective Transfer and shall be null and void.

ARTICLE III

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Principal and Interest.

(a) The unpaid principal amount of the Securities shall bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 9.069% per annum through but excluding June 15, 2011 and thereafter at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 3.55% per annum until paid or duly provided for; such interest to accrue from the Original Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, and any overdue principal, premium, if any, or Additional Amounts and any overdue installment of interest shall bear Additional Interest at the rate equal to a fixed rate equal to 9.069% per annum through but excluding June 15, 2011 and thereafter at a variable rate of LIBOR plus 3.55% per annum; compounded quarterly from the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or funds for the payment thereof are made available for payment.

24

(b) Interest and Additional Interest on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, except that interest and any Additional Interest payable on the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) of the principal of a Security or on a Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. The initial payment of interest on any Security that is issued between a Regular Record Date and the related Interest Payment Date shall be payable as provided in such Security.

(c) Any interest on any Security that is due and payable, but is not timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in paragraph (i) or (ii) below:

(i) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a "Special Record Date"), which shall be fixed in the following manner. At least thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than fifteen
(15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class, postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Security at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Securities Register not less than ten (10) days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date; or

(ii) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange (or by the Trustee if the Securities are not listed), if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

25

(d) Payments of interest on the Securities shall include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for the Securities shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period.

(e) Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Maturity of such Securities shall be made at the Place of Payment upon surrender of such Securities to the Paying Agent and payments of interest shall be made subject to such surrender where applicable, by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Paying Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto unless proper written transfer instructions have not been received by the relevant record date, in which case such payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

(f) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 3.2. Denominations.

The Securities shall be in registered form without coupons and shall be issuable in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 3.3. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

(a) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities in an aggregate principal amount (including all then Outstanding Securities) not in excess of One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000) executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon:

(i) a copy of any Board Resolution relating thereto; and

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel substantially to the effect that: (1) such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute, and the Indenture constitutes, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, each enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles; (2) the Securities have been duly authorized and executed by the Company and have been delivered to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture; (3) the

26

Securities are not required to be registered under the Securities Act; and
(4) the Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

(b) The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its President or one of its Vice Presidents. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile. Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

(c) No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.8, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

(d) Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

SECTION 3.4. Global Securities.

(a) Upon the election of the Holder after the Original Issue Date, which election need not be in writing, the Securities owned by such Holder shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Each Global Security issued under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated by the Company for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such Global Security shall constitute a single Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for registered Securities, and no transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof unless (i) such Depositary advises the Trustee and the Company in writing that such Depositary is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as Depositary with respect to such Global Security, and no qualified successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Company of such notice, (ii) such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and no successor is appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days after obtaining knowledge of such event,
(iii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order stating that the Company elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, the Trustee shall notify the Depositary and instruct the

27

Depositary to notify all owners of beneficial interests in such Global Security of the occurrence of such event and of the availability of Securities to such owners of beneficial interests requesting the same. The Trustee may conclusively rely, and be protected in relying, upon the written identification of the owners of beneficial interests furnished by the Depositary, and shall not be liable for any delay resulting from a delay by the Depositary. Upon the issuance of such Securities and the registration in the Securities Register of such Securities in the names of the Holders of the beneficial interests therein, the Trustees shall recognize such holders of beneficial interests as Holders.

(c) If any Global Security is to be exchanged for other Securities or canceled in part, or if another Security is to be exchanged in whole or in part for a beneficial interest in any Global Security, then either (i) such Global Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation as provided in this Article III or (ii) the principal amount thereof shall be reduced or increased by an amount equal to (x) the portion thereof to be so exchanged or canceled, or (y) the principal amount of such other Security to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Securities Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Depositary Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such surrender or adjustment of a Global Security by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver any Securities issuable in exchange for such Global Security (or any portion thereof) in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary. The Trustee shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, such instructions.

(d) Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security, unless such Security is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof.

(e) [Reserved].

(f) The Depositary or its nominee, as the registered owner of a Global Security, shall be the Holder of such Global Security for all purposes under this Indenture and the Securities, and owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Depositary Procedures. Accordingly, any such owner's beneficial interest in a Global Security shall be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Depositary Participants. The Securities Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Indenture relating to a Global Security (including the payment of principal and interest thereon and the giving of instructions or directions by owners of beneficial interests therein and the giving of notices) as the sole Holder of the Security and shall have no obligations to the owners of beneficial interests therein. Neither the Trustee nor the Securities Registrar shall have any liability in respect of any transfers effected by the Depositary.

(g) The rights of owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such owners and the Depositary and/or its Depositary Participants.

28

(h) No holder of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its behalf by a Depositary shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such Global Security, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. None of the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary or impair, as between a Depositary and such holders of beneficial interests, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of any Security.

SECTION 3.5. Registration, Transfer and Exchange Generally.

(a) The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the "Securities Register") in which the registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Securities (the "Securities Registrar"), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers and exchanges of Securities. The Trustee shall at all times also be the Securities Registrar. The provisions of Article VI shall apply to the Trustee in its role as Securities Registrar.

(b) Subject to compliance with Section 2.2(b), upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security at the offices or agencies of the Company designated for that purpose the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of any authorized denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount.

(c) At the option of the Holder, Securities may be exchanged for other Securities of any authorized denominations, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(d) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(e) Every Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.

(f) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Securities.

29

(g) Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.5 (g): (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days before the day of selection for redemption of Securities pursuant to Article XI and ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any such Security to be redeemed in part, any portion thereof not to be redeemed.

(h) The Company shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Securities may be surrendered for registration or transfer or exchange. The Company initially designates the Corporate Trust Office as its office and agency for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and to the Holders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.

SECTION 3.6. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

(a) If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee together with such security or indemnity as may be required by the Trustee to save the Company and the Trustee harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(b) If there shall be delivered to the Trustee (i) evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by it to save each of the Company and the Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and aggregate principal amount as such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

(c) If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

(d) Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 3.6, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

(e) Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 3.6 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

(f) The provisions of this Section 3.6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

30

SECTION 3.7. Persons Deemed Owners.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 3.8. Cancellation.

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities and Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section 3.8, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Securities shall be retained or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary practices and the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a certificate of such disposition.

SECTION 3.9. Deferrals of Interest Payment Dates.

(a) So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the term of the Security, to defer the payment of interest on the Securities for a period of up to twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods (each such period, an "Extension Period"), during which Extension Period(s), the Company shall have the right to make no payments or partial payments of interest on any Interest Payment Date (except any Additional Amounts that otherwise may be due and payable). No Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. No interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period shall bear Additional Interest (to the extent payment of such interest would be legally enforceable) at the rate equal to a fixed rate equal to 9.069% per annum through but excluding June 15, 2011 and thereafter at a variable rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.55% per annum, compounded quarterly, from the dates on which amounts would have otherwise been due and payable until paid or until funds for the payment thereof have been made available for payment. At the end of any such Extension Period, the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid on the Securities together with such Additional Interest. Prior to the termination of any such Extension Period, the Company may extend such Extension Period and further defer the payment of interest; provided, that (i) all such previous and further extensions comprising such Extension Period do not exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. Upon the termination of any such Extension Period and upon the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and any Additional Interest then due on any Interest Payment Date, the Company

31

may elect to begin a new Extension Period; provided, that (i) such Extension Period does not exceed twenty (20) consecutive quarterly interest payment periods, (ii) no Extension Period shall end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date and (iii) no Extension Period shall extend beyond the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Securities. The Company shall notify (i) the Holders of the Securities at the address provided upon request to the Securities Registrar, (ii) the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and (iii) Cohen Bros. Financial Management LLC at Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 1703, Philadelphia, PA 19104, (215) 861-7868, in writing and by telephone (except in the case of notice to the Holders) of its election to begin any such Extension Period at least five (5) Business Days prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date on which interest on the Securities would be payable but for such deferral.

(b) In connection with any such Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 10.6(a).

SECTION 3.10. [Reserved].

SECTION 3.11. Agreed Tax Treatment.

Each Security issued hereunder shall provide that the Company and, by its acceptance or acquisition of a Security or a beneficial interest therein, the Holder of, and any Person that acquires a direct or indirect beneficial interest in, such Security, intend and agree to treat such Security as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal, state and local tax purposes. The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention and agreement of the parties.

SECTION 3.12. CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption and other similar or related materials as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice or other materials may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or other materials and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

ARTICLE IV

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 4.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for and as otherwise provided in this
Section 4.1) and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(a) either

32

(i) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Securities that have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6 and (B) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided in Section 10.2) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(A) have become due and payable, or

(B) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year of the date of deposit, or

(C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and the Company, in the case of subclause (ii)(A), (B) or (C) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose (x) an amount in the currency or currencies in which the Securities are payable, (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (z) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities that have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity (or any date of principal repayment upon early maturity) or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.6, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.11 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (a)(ii) of this
Section 4.1, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2 and Section 10.2(e) shall survive.

SECTION 4.2. Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2(e), all money or Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by the

33

Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment in accordance with Section 3.1, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) for the payment of which such money or obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee. Moneys held by the Trustee under this Section 4.2 shall not be subject to the claims of holders of Senior Debt under Article XII.

SECTION 4.3. Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture.

The Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness on all the Outstanding Securities on the first date all the conditions set forth in the proviso below are satisfied, and the provisions of this Indenture, as it relates to such Outstanding Securities, shall no longer be in effect (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall at Company Request, execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except as to:

(a) the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust funds described in subparagraph (1) hereof, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and each installment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest or on a Redemption Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities;

(b) the Company's obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 2.4, 3.5, 3.6, 4.2, 4.5, 7.1 and 10.2; and

(c) the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 6.6, provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(i) the Company has or caused to be irrevocably deposited (except as provided in Section 4.2) with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities,

(A) money in the currency or currencies in which the Securities are payable in an amount of the applicable currency) in an amount sufficient, or

(B) Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in clause (A) or (B) of this subparagraph money in an amount, or (b) a combination of such money and such Government Obligations, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee,

to pay and discharge the principal of (and premium, if any) and each installment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest or on the applicable Redemption Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of the Securities;

34

(ii) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any applicable laws, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(iii) no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; and

(iv) if the deposit referred to in subparagraph (1) of this section is to be made on or prior to one year from the Stated Maturity for payment of principal of the Outstanding Securities, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a favorable ruling of the Internal Revenue Service, in either case to the effect that Holders of the Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred.

SECTION 4.4. Defeasance of Certain Obligations.

The Company may omit to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in the sections of this Indenture or such Security with respect to the Securities ("Covenant Defeasance") if:

(a) with reference to this section, the Company has deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of that series,

(i) money in the currency or currencies in which the Securities are payable in an amount sufficient, or

(ii) (a) Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in clause (A) or (B) of this subparagraph money in an amount, or (b) a combination of such money and such Government Obligation, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee,

to pay and discharge the principal of (and premium, if any) and each installment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Securities of that series on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest;

(b) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(c) if the deposit referred to in subparagraph (1) of this section is to be made on or prior to one year from the Stated Maturity for payment of principal of the Outstanding Securities, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a favorable ruling of the Internal Revenue Service, in either case to the effect that Holders of the Securities will not

35

recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance of certain obligations and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; and

(e) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the defeasance contemplated by this section have been complied with.

SECTION 4.5. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1, 4.3 or 4.4 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities of the applicable series shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.3 or 4.4, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 4.1, 4.3 or 4.4; provided that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of or interest on the Securities of any series because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE V

REMEDIES

SECTION 5.1. Events of Default.

"Event of Default" means, wherever used herein with respect to the Securities, any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security, including any Additional Interest in respect thereof, when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days (subject to the deferral of any due date in the case of an Extension Period); or

(b) default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security at its Maturity; or

(c) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture and continuance of such default or breach for a period of thirty (30)

36

days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;

(d) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of a decree or order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days;

(e) the institution by the Company of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by the Company to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by the Company of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in furtherance of any such action; or

(f) [Reserved]; or

(g) any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by the Company herein or in any other Operative Document or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any materially adverse respect when made.

SECTION 5.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission, Annulment, Audit Rights and Additional Reports.

(a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may declare the principal amount of all the Securities to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders).

(b) At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article V, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by written notice to the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

37

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all Securities,

(B) any accrued Additional Interest on all Securities,

(C) the principal of and any premium on any Securities that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest (including any Additional Interest) thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to Securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13;

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(c) In the event that either (a) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (b) the Company has elected to defer payments of interest on the Securities by extending the interest payment period (as provided for in Section 3.9 hereof), Holders of not less than twenty five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may audit the quarterly and annual financial statements and statutory statements of the Company.

(d) In the event that either (a) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (b) the Company has elected to defer payments of interest on the Securities by extending the interest payment period (as provided for in Section 3.9 hereof), the Company shall provide to the Trustee and the Holders quarterly and annual statutory statements, as well as quarterly updates on any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, which may be in liquidation, under supervisory regulation or in runoff.

SECTION 5.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

(a) The Company covenants that if:

(i) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of thirty
(30) days, or

(ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of and any premium on any Security at the Maturity thereof,

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) and, in addition thereto, all amounts owing the Trustee under Section 6.6.

(b) If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for

38

the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.

(c) If an Event of Default with respect to Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 5.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or similar judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, at the Company's expense, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized hereunder in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to first pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6.

SECTION 5.5. Trustee May Enforce Claim Without Possession of Securities.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, subject to Article XII and after provision for the payment of all the amounts owing the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 5.6. Application of Money Collected.

Any money or property collected or to be applied by the Trustee with respect to the Securities pursuant to this Article V shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money or property on account of principal or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest), upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

39

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and other Persons under Section 6.6;

SECOND: To the payment of all Senior Debt of the Company if and to the extent required by Article XII;

THIRD: Subject to Article XII, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest), respectively; and

FOURTH: The balance, if any, to the Company.

SECTION 5.7. Limitation on Suits.

Subject to Section 5.8, no Holder of any Securities shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities;

(b) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(d) the Trustee after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding for sixty (60) days; and

(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such sixty (60)-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

SECTION 5.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and

40

any premium on such Security at its Maturity and payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security when due and payable and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. The rights of any Holder hereunder or under any other Operative Document may be exercised by such Holder or any collateral manager thereof.

SECTION 5.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and such Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and such Holder shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.6(f), no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or the Holders, as the case may be.

SECTION 5.12. Control by Holders.

The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, that:

(a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

(c) subject to the provisions of Section 6.2, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow such direction if a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee shall, in good faith,

41

reasonably determine that the proceeding so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not joining in any such direction or would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

SECTION 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults.

(a) The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may waive any past Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except an Event of Default:

(i) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security (unless such Event of Default has been cured and the Company has paid to or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all installments of interest (including any Additional Interest) due and past due and all principal of and any premium on all Securities due otherwise than by acceleration), or

(ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of any Outstanding Security.

(b) Any such waiver shall be deemed to be on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities.

(c) Upon any such waiver, such Event of Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.14. Undertaking for Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his or her acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.14 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or any premium on the Security after the Stated Maturity or any interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security after it is due and payable.

SECTION 5.15. Waiver of Usury, Stay or Extension Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and

42

covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE VI

THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.1. Corporate Trustee Required.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities. The Trustee shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof, authorized to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority and having an office within the United States. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of such supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 6.1, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.1, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VI.

SECTION 6.2. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, that in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they substantially conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.

(b) If an Event of Default known to the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity

43

against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2. To the extent that, at law or in equity, the Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Holders, the Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder for the Trustee's good faith reliance on the provisions of this Indenture. The provisions of this Indenture, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Company and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Trustee.

(d) No provisions of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability with respect to matters that are within the authority of the Trustee under this Indenture for its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

(i) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error or judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee under this Indenture; and

(iii) the Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company and money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 6.3. Notice of Defaults.

Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any default actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give the Holders notice of such default unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, that except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities, the Trustee shall be fully protected in withholding the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of holders of Securities; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.1(c), no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section 6.3, the term "default" means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

SECTION 6.4. Certain Rights of Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.2:

(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith and in accordance with the terms hereof upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,

44

debenture, note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Indenture the Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee finds ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein or (iii) the Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Indenture, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders are entitled to decide under the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Company requesting the Company's written instruction as to the course of action to be taken and the Trustee shall take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall be instructed in writing to take, or to refrain from taking, by the Company; provided, that if the Trustee does not receive such instructions from the Company within ten Business Days after it has delivered such notice or such reasonably shorter period of time set forth in such notice the Trustee may, but shall be under no duty to, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Trustee shall deem advisable and in the best interests of the Holders, in which event the Trustee shall have no liability except for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

(c) any request or direction of the Company shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Trustee, the Company or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction, including reasonable advances as may be requested by the Trustee;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, indenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee in its discretion may make such inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder;

45

(h) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action with respect to enforcing any remedy or right hereunder, the Trustees (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Securities as would be entitled to direct the Trustee under this Indenture in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such action until such instructions are received and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions;

(i) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Indenture;

(j) without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with any bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding referred to in clauses (d) or (e) of the definition of Event of Default, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy laws or law relating to creditors rights generally;

(k) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers' Certificate addressing such matter, which, upon receipt of such request, shall be promptly delivered by the Company;

(l) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless either (i) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or (ii) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a Holder; and

(m) in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent or Securities Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded such Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent, or Securities Registrar.

SECTION 6.5. May Hold Securities.

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Securities Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Securities Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 6.6. Compensation; Reimbursement; Indemnity.

(a) The Company agrees:

(i) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in such amounts as the Company and the Trustee shall

46

agree from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(ii) to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

(iii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify the Trustee and its Affiliates, and their officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives and employees for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, damage, liability, tax (other than income, franchise or other taxes imposed on amounts paid pursuant to (i) or (ii) hereof), penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or the performance of the Trustee's duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

(b) To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 6.6, the Company hereby grants and pledges to the Trustee and the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, other than money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Securities. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.6 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

(d) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(e) In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo, government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations, governmental action or the like which delay, restrict or prohibit the providing of the services contemplated by this Indenture.

SECTION 6.7. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.8.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by
Section 6.8 shall

47

not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series. If the acceptance of appointment is substantially contemporaneous with the resignation, then the notice called for by the first sentence of this subsection may be combined with the instrument called for by
Section 6.8.

(c) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed at any time by the Company by a Board Resolution. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee may be removed by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8. If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any reason, at a time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders, by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, and such successor Trustee and the retiring Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.8. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of a notice of resignation by the Trustee or the removal of the Trustee in the manner required by Section 6.8, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, and any resigning Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) The Company shall give notice to all Holders in the manner provided in
Section 1.6 of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

SECTION 6.8. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

48

(b) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph
(a) of this Section 6.8.

(c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VI.

SECTION 6.9. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided, that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article
VI. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation or as otherwise provided above in this Section 6.9 to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated, and in case any Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor Trustee or in the name of such successor Trustee, and in all cases the certificate of authentication shall have the full force which it is provided anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 6.10. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Securities or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 6.11. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

(a) The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to the Securities, which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities issued upon original issue and upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.6, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, or of any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority. If such

49

Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.11 the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section 6.11.

(b) Any Person into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent shall be the successor Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such Person shall be otherwise eligible under this
Section 6.11, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

(c) An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.11, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under the provisions of this Section 6.11, which shall be acceptable to the Company, and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.

(d) The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.11 in such amounts as the Company and the Authenticating Agent shall agree from time to time.

(e) If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to this
Section 6.11, the Securities may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

This is one of the Securities referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

50

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:
Authenticating Agent

By:

Authorized signatory

ARTICLE VII

HOLDER'S LISTS AND REPORTS BY COMPANY

SECTION 7.1. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(a) semiannually, on or before June 30 and December 31 of each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the delivery thereof, and

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the time such list is furnished,

in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Company and has not otherwise been received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar.

SECTION 7.2. Preservation of Information, Communications to Holders.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Securities Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in
Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided in the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

51

SECTION 7.3. Reports by Company.

(a) The Company shall furnish to (i) the Trustee, (ii) Cohen Bros. Financial Management LLC and (iii) prospective purchasers of Securities (the "Prospective Purchasers"), upon their written request, the information required to be furnished pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The delivery requirements of the Company set forth in the preceding sentence may be satisfied by compliance with Section 7.3(b) hereof by the Company.

(b) The Company shall furnish to each of (i) the Trustee, (ii) Cohen Bros. Financial Management LLC (at Cira Centre, 2929 Arch Street, Suite 1703, Philadelphia, PA 19104, Attn: Matthew Mueller or such other address as designated by Cohen Bros. Financial Management LLC), (iii) First Tennessee Bank National Association and (iv) any beneficial owner of the Securities who requests the same (the Persons set forth in (b)(i) - (iv), each, a "Recipient" and, collectively, the "Recipients"), a duly completed and executed certificate substantially and substantively in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, including all of the Company's financial statements referenced in such Exhibit, which certificate and financial statements shall be so furnished by the Company not later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company and not later than ninety
(90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company. Each Recipient shall maintain the confidentiality of such information except that such information may be disclosed (i) on a no-name basis to any investor in a collateralized debt obligor Holder (a "CDO Investor"), (ii) on a named-basis, to any CDO Investor or Prospective Purchaser who has agreed with such furnishing Recipient or with the Company to hold the information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) to its officers, directors, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that such Persons shall be informed of and subject to the confidentiality requirements hereof), (iv) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (v) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, or (vi) to the extent such information becomes publicly available other than as a result of the action of such Recipient.

(c) If the Company intends to file its annual and quarterly information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") in electronic form pursuant to Regulation S-T of the Commission using the Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval ("EDGAR") system, the Company shall notify the Trustee in the manner prescribed herein of each such annual and quarterly filing. The Trustee is hereby authorized to access the EDGAR system for purposes of retrieving the financial information so filed. Compliance with the foregoing shall constitute delivery by the Company of its financial statements to the Trustee in compliance with the provisions of Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, if applicable. The Trustee shall have no duty to search for or obtain any electronic or other filings that the Company makes with the Commission, regardless of whether such filings are periodic, supplemental or otherwise. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.3(c) shall be solely for purposes of compliance with this Section 7.3(c) and, if applicable, with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee's receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute notice to it of the content thereof or any matter determinable from the content thereof, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder, as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely upon Officers' Certificates.

52

ARTICLE VIII

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

SECTION 8.1. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

The Company shall not, while any of the Securities remain outstanding, consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into any other Person or sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to any Person unless:

(a) if the Company shall consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the entity formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer, or that leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof, the District of Columbia, Bermuda, the Cayman Islands or any other country or state which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, any such supplemental indenture comply with this Article VIII and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with; and the Trustee may rely upon such Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such transaction complies with this Section 8.1.

SECTION 8.2. Successor Company Substituted.

(a) Upon any consolidation or merger by the Company with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Company of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 8.1 and the execution and delivery to the Trustee of the supplemental indenture described in Section 8.1(a), the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, following the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Securities.

53

(b) Such successor Person may cause to be executed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder that theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities that such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be executed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

(c) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate to reflect such occurrence.

ARTICLE IX

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.1. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(a) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

(b) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make or amend any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Indenture, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (b) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders; or

(c) to add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Company or to add to the Events of Default, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (c) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders; or

(d) to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Securities are treated as indebtedness of the Company for United States Federal income tax purposes, provided, that such action pursuant to this clause (d) shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holders; or

(e) provide for any replacement Trustee or Administrative Agent in accordance with Article VI.

54

SECTION 9.2. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

(a) With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities under this Indenture; provided, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security,

(i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal or any premium of any Security or change the date of payment of any installment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or interest thereon is payable, or restrict or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date, or

(ii) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with any provision of this Indenture or of defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture, or

(iii) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2, Section 5.13 or Section 10.7, except to increase any percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any reason, or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Security.

(b) It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 9.3. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such action have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Copies of the final form of each supplemental indenture shall be delivered by the Trustee at the expense of the Company to each Holder promptly after the execution thereof.

55

SECTION 9.4. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 9.5. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.

ARTICLE X

COVENANTS

SECTION 10.1. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest.

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture. As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents that it has no present intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Securities.

SECTION 10.2. Money for Security Payments to be Held in Trust.

(a) If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium or interest (including Additional Interest) so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its failure so to act.

(b) Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided in the Trust Indenture Act and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

(c) The Company will cause each Paying Agent for the Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this
Section 10.2, that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a

56

Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities.

(d) The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(e) Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and any premium or interest has become due and payable shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be paid on Company Request to the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall (unless otherwise required by mandatory provision of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law) be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 10.3. Statement as to Compliance.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers' Certificate covering the preceding calendar year, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder), and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

SECTION 10.4. Calculation Agent.

(a) The Company hereby agrees that for so long as any of the Securities remain Outstanding, there will at all times be an agent appointed to calculate LIBOR in respect of each Interest Payment Date in accordance with the terms of Schedule A (the "Calculation Agent"). The Company has initially appointed the Trustee as Calculation Agent for purposes of determining LIBOR for each Interest Payment Date. The Calculation Agent may be removed by

57

the Company at any time. If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Company, the Company will promptly appoint as a replacement Calculation Agent the London office of a leading bank which is engaged in transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurodollar market and which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Company or its Affiliates. The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties without a successor having been duly appointed.

(b) The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date (as defined in Schedule A), but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day immediately following each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the interest rate (the Interest Payment shall be rounded to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upwards) for the related Interest Payment Date, and will communicate such rate and amount to the Company, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Depositary. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Company the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based and, in any event, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Company before 5:00 p.m. (London time) on each LIBOR Determination Date that either: (i) it has determined or is in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts or (ii) it has not determined and is not in the process of determining the foregoing rates and amounts, together with its reasons therefor. The Calculation Agent's determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Interest Payment Date will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties. For the sole purpose of calculating the interest rate for the Securities, "Business Day" shall be defined as any day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

SECTION 10.5. Additional Amounts.

All payments of principal of and premium, if any, interest (including any Additional Interest) and any other amounts on, or in respect of, the Securities of any series shall be made without withholding or deduction at source for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of Bermuda or any other jurisdiction in which the Company is organized (each, a "taxing jurisdiction") or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, unless such taxes, fees, duties, assessments or governmental charges are required to be withheld or deducted by (i) the laws (or any regulations or ruling promulgated thereunder) of a taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (ii) an official position regarding the application, administration, interpretation or enforcement of any such laws, regulations or rulings (including, without limitation, a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a taxing authority in a taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof).

If a withholding or deduction at source is required, the Company shall, subject to certain limitations and exceptions set forth below, pay to the Holder of any such Security such additional amounts ("Additional Amounts") as may be necessary so that every net payment of principal, premium, if any, interest (including any Additional Interest) or any other amount made to such Holder, after such withholding or deduction, shall not be less than the amount provided for in such Security and this Indenture to be then due and payable; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make payment of such Additional Amounts for or on account of:

58

(a) any tax, fee, duty, assessment or governmental charge of whatever nature which would not have been imposed but for the fact that such Holder: (A) was a resident, domiciliary or national of, or engaged in business or maintained a permanent establishment or was physically present in, the relevant taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or otherwise had some connection with the relevant taxing jurisdiction other than by reason of the mere ownership of, or receipt of payment under, such Security; (B) presented such Security, where presentation is required, for payment in the relevant taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof, unless such Security could not have been presented for payment elsewhere; or (C) presented such Security, where presentation is required, more than thirty (30) days after the date on which the payment in respect of such Security first became due and payable or provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts if it had presented such Security for payment on any day within such period of thirty (30) days;

(b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

(c) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of such Security to comply with any reasonable request by the Company addressed to the Holder within ninety (90) days of such request (A) to provide information concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such beneficial owner or (B) to make any declaration or other similar claim or satisfy any information or reporting requirement, which, in the case of (A) or (B), is required or imposed by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant taxing jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

(d) any withholding or deduction required to be made pursuant to any EU Directive on the taxation of savings implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meetings of 26-27 November 2000, 3 June 2003 or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to confirm to, such EU Directive; or

(e) any combination of items (a), (b), (c) and (d);

nor shall Additional Amounts be paid with respect to any payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, interest or any other amounts on, any such Security to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial owner of such Security to the extent such payment would be required by the laws of the relevant taxing jurisdiction (or any political subdivision or relevant taxing authority thereof or therein) to be included in the income for tax purposes of a beneficiary or partner or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had it been the Holder of the Security.

Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of or any premium, interest (including Additional Interest) or any other amounts on, or in respect of, any Security of any series or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided by the terms of such series established hereby or pursuant hereto to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect

59

thereof pursuant to such terms, and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding the payment of Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

SECTION 10.6. Additional Covenants.

The Company covenants and agrees with each Holder of Securities that if (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) any Significant Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act (the "Significant Subsidiaries") of the Company which is rated by A.M. Best Company, Inc. and which (A) is rated B or below by A.M. Best Company, Inc. or (B) A.M. Best Company, Inc. withdraws its rating or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period with respect to the Securities, then, from the date on which the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin an Extension Period through the end of any such Extension Period (including any extension thereof), then the Company shall not, and shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company to, (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of the Company's or such subsidiary's capital stock (other than payments of dividends or distributions to the Company) or make any guarantee payments with respect to the foregoing, (ii) make any payment of principal of or any interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Securities (other than, with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above, (A) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company or of such subsidiary (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock) as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period, (B) as a result of an exchange or conversion of any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or in the case of a subsidiary of the Company, any class or series of such subsidiary's capital stock) or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of the Company's capital stock (or in the case of indebtedness of a subsidiary of the Company, of any class or series of such subsidiary's indebtedness for any class or series of such subsidiary's capital stock), (C) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the Company's capital stock (or the capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (D) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any Rights Plan, the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any Rights Plan or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (E) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock and any cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issued in connection therewith or (F) any repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company made by the Company or such subsidiary, which the Company's Board of Directors determine in good faith are necessary or advisable in order to avoid, ameliorate or limit any material adverse tax or regulatory consequences for the Company or its shareholders), or (iii) enter into any new (as

60

opposed to existing) contracts with shareholders on less than an arm's-length negotiation basis holding more than 10% of the outstanding shares of Common Shares of the Company.

SECTION 10.7. Waiver of Covenants.

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition contained in Section 10.6 if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10.8. Treatment of Securities.

The Company will treat the Securities as indebtedness, and the amounts, other than payments of principal, payable in respect of the principal amount of such Securities as interest, for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of the Securities will be made free and clear of U.S. withholding tax to any beneficial owner thereof that has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or W-8BEN (or any substitute or successor form) establishing its U.S. or non-U.S. status for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or any other applicable form establishing a complete exemption from U.S. withholding tax.

ARTICLE XI

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 11.1. Optional Redemption.

The Company may, at its option, on any Interest Payment Date, on or after June 15, 2011, redeem the Securities in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a Redemption Price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount thereof (or of the redeemed portion thereof, as applicable), together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, through but excluding the date fixed as the Redemption Date (the "Optional Redemption Price").

SECTION 11.2. Special Event Redemption.

Prior to June 15, 2011, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Special Event, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Securities, in whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to

         TIME PERIOD            PERCENTAGE
         -----------            ----------
June 15, 2006 - June 14, 2007        105%
June 15, 2007 - June 14, 2008     103.75%

61

June 15, 2008 - June 14, 2009      102.5%
June 15, 2009 - June 14, 2010     101.25%
 June 15, 2010 and thereafter        100%

of the principal amount thereof, together, in the case of any such redemption, with accrued interest, including any Additional Interest, through but excluding the date fixed as the Redemption Date (the "Special Redemption Price"). Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Special Redemption Price, on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Securities called for redemption.

SECTION 11.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities, in whole or in part, shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, not less than forty-five (45) days and not more than seventy-five (75) days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee in writing of such date and of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed and provide the additional information required to be included in the notice or notices contemplated by Section 11.5. In the case of any redemption of Securities, in whole or in part, (a) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in this Indenture or the Securities or (b) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in this Indenture or the Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

SECTION 11.4. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.

(a) If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected and redeemed on a pro rata basis not more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption, provided, that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

(b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security that has been or is to be redeemed.

(c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 11.4 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a single Security, whether such Security is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In the case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

62

SECTION 11.5. Notice of Redemption.

(a) Notice of redemption shall be given not later than the thirtieth (30th) day, and not earlier than the sixtieth (60th) day, prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part.

(b) With respect to Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, each notice of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price or, if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price, as calculated by the Company, together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated on the fifth Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

(iii) if less than all Outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

(iv) that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security or portion thereof, and that any interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Security or such portion, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue on and after said date; and

(v) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price.

(c) Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall be irrevocable. The notice if mailed in the manner provided above shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, a failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security.

SECTION 11.6. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in Section 11.5, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents (or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company will segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.2) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and any accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) on, all the Securities (or portions thereof) that are to be redeemed on that date.

63

SECTION 11.7. Payment of Securities Called for Redemption.

(a) If any notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 11.5, the Securities or portion of Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a Place of Payment specified in such notice, the Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable Redemption Price, together with accrued interest (including any Additional Interest) to the Redemption Date.

(b) Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented and having the same Original Issue Date, Stated Maturity and terms.

(c) If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal of and any premium on such Security shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

ARTICLE XII

SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 12.1. Securities Subordinate to Senior Debt.

The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Security, by its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article XII, the payment of the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on each and all of the Securities are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed).

SECTION 12.2. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default; Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc.

(a) In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of any principal of or any premium or interest on any Senior Debt (following any grace period, if applicable) when the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise, then, upon written notice of such default to the Company by the holders of such Senior Debt or any trustee therefor, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no direct or indirect payment (in cash, property, securities, by set-off or otherwise) shall be made or agreed to be made on account of the principal of or any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any of the Securities, or in respect of any redemption, repayment, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any of the Securities.

64

(b) In the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding described in clause (d) or (e) of the definition of Event of Default (each such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a "Proceeding"), all Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any Holder of any of the Securities on account thereof. Any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment), which would otherwise (but for these subordination provisions) be payable or deliverable in respect of the Securities shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of Senior Debt in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders until all Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) shall have been paid in full.

(c) In the event of any Proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Securities, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities and such other obligations before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Securities and such other obligations. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of any character or any security, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than securities of the Company or any other entity provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment) shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder in contravention of any of the terms hereof and before all Senior Debt shall have been paid in full, such payment or distribution or security shall be received in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered and transferred to, the holders of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders as calculated and certified by the Company for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any Proceeding) in full. In the event of the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to endorse or assign any such payment, distribution or security, each holder of Senior Debt is hereby irrevocably authorized to endorse or assign the same.

(d) The Trustee and the Holders, at the expense of the Company, shall take such reasonable action (including the delivery of this Indenture to an agent for any holders of Senior Debt or consent to the filing of a financing statement with respect hereto) as may, in the opinion of counsel designated by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding, be necessary or appropriate to assure the effectiveness of the subordination effected by these provisions.

65

(e) The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall not impair any rights, interests, remedies or powers of any secured creditor of the Company in respect of any security interest the creation of which is not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture.

(f) The securing of any obligations of the Company, otherwise ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities, shall not be deemed to prevent such obligations from constituting, respectively, obligations ranking on a parity with the Securities or ranking junior to the Securities.

SECTION 12.3. Payment Permitted If No Default.

Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time, except during the pendency of the conditions described in paragraph (a) of Section 12.2 or of any Proceeding referred to in Section 12.2, from making payments at any time of principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or (b) the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of and any premium or interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities or the retention of such payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it did not have knowledge (in accordance with Section 12.8) that such payment would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article XII, except as provided in Section 12.8.

SECTION 12.4. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

Subject to the payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on all Senior Debt, or the provision for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company that by its express terms is subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated to the Senior Debt and is entitled to like rights of subrogation by reason of any payments or distributions made to holders of such Senior Debt) to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XII, and no payments made pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII to the holders of Senior Debt by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt.

SECTION 12.5. Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

The provisions of this Article XII are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article XII or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the

66

Securities is intended to or shall (a) impair, as between the Company and the Holders of the Securities, the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of and any premium and interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to the holders of Senior Debt or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, including filing and voting claims in any Proceeding, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XII of the holders of Senior Debt to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.

SECTION 12.6. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

Each Holder of a Security by his or her acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XII and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

SECTION 12.7. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

(a) No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

(b) Without in any way limiting the generality of paragraph (a) of this
Section 12.7, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, without incurring responsibility to such Holders of the Securities and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XII or the obligations hereunder of such Holders of the Securities to the holders of Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding, (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt, (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment of Senior Debt and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

SECTION 12.8. Notice to Trustee.

(a) The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XII or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in

67

respect of the Securities, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any trustee, agent or representative therefor; provided, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this
Section 12.8 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any monies may become payable for any purpose (including, the payment of the principal of and any premium on or interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

(b) The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, agent, representative or attorney-in-fact therefor). In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XII, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

SECTION 12.9. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XII, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XII.

SECTION 12.10. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt.

The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Securities or to the Company or to any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XII or otherwise.

68

SECTION 12.11. Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee's Rights.

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XII with respect to any Senior Debt that may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

SECTION 12.12. Article Applicable to Paying Agents.

If at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article XII shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article XII in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, that Sections 12.8 and 12.11 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if the Company or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

* * * *

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

* * * *

69

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name:
Title:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION as Trustee

By:

Name:
Title:

70

DETERMINATION OF LIBOR

With respect to the Securities, the London interbank offered rate ("LIBOR") shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions (in each case rounded to the nearest .000001%):

(1) On the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined below) prior to an Interest Payment Date (each such day, a "LIBOR Determination Date"), LIBOR for any given security shall for the following interest payment period equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent from Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News, for three-month Eurodollar deposits that appears on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 1991 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions), or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date.

(2) If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Dow Jones Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace such Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal such arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that leading banks in the City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date for three-month Eurodollar deposits in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent by reference to the principal London offices of leading banks in the London interbank market; provided that, if the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR shall be LIBOR as determined on the previous LIBOR Determination Date.

(3) As used herein: "Reference Banks" means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent; and "LIBOR Business Day" means a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London.


[Exhibit 10.9]

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of September 15, 2006 (this "Supplemental Indenture"), between VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the "Company"), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (in such capacity, the "Trustee").

WITNESSETH

REFERENCE is made to the Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2006 (the "Original Indenture" and as amended and modified by this Supplemental Indenture, the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Company issued its Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2036. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee enter into this Supplemental Indenture to amend certain provisions of the Original Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.2 of the Original Indenture provides that with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture supplemental thereto for the purpose of (subject to certain limited exceptions) adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Original Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities;

WHEREAS, all necessary actions for the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture have been taken pursuant to Article IX of the Indenture and the Trustee has received an Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, stating, among other things, that the execution of this Supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by the Original Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein have been complied with, each as contemplated by Section 9.3 of the Indenture in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Trustee has provided a copy of this Supplemental Indenture to the Holders and the Company has obtained the Consent of not less than a majority of aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities to such Supplemental Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of the Holders, as follows:


ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 1.1 Section 1.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the following defined terms in such Section in alphabetical order:

"Closing Date" shall mean June 15, 2006.

"Fixed Rate Period" shall mean the period beginning on the Closing Date through but excluding June 15, 2011.

SECTION 1.2 The form of Security set forth in Section 2.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence of the second paragraph thereof and replacing said sentence with the following:

"The amount of interest payable for any interest period shall be computed and paid (i) during the Fixed Rate Period on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and (ii) thereafter on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period."

SECTION 1.3 Section 3.1(d) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting such Section in its entirety and replacing such Section with the following:

"(d) Payments of interest on the Securities shall include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for the Securities shall be computed and paid (i) during the Fixed Rate Period on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and (ii) thereafter on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period."

ARTICLE II

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 2.1 Successors and Assigns.

This Supplemental Indenture shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company and the Trustee, including any successor by operation of law.

SECTION 2.2 Separability Clause.

If any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.

-2-

SECTION 2.3 Governing Law.

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE HOLDERS, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

* * * *

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

* * * *

-3-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name:
Title:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:

Name:
Title:

-4-

[Exhibit 10.15]

INVESTMENT MANAGER AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, made as of the 8th day of December, 2005, by and between VALIDUS REINSURANCE, LTD. (hereinafter called the "Company") and BLACKROCK (through its subsidiary BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., hereinafter called the "Manager").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company has all requisite authority to appoint one or more investment managers to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of a portion of all of the assets of the Company and of certain subsidiaries of the Company;

THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Appointment and Status as Investment Manager. The Company hereby appoints the Manager as an "Investment Manager." The Manager does hereby accept said appointment and by its execution of this Agreement the Manager represents and warrants that it is registered as an investment adviser under the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act"). The Manager does also acknowledge that it is a fiduciary with respect to the assets under management and assumes the duties, responsibilities and obligations of a fiduciary with respect to the services described in Sections 3 through 5 below.

2. Representations by Company. The Company represents and warrants that (a) it has all requisite authority to appoint the Manager hereunder, (b) the terms of the Agreement do not conflict with any obligation by which the Company is bound, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise and (c) this Agreement has been duly authorized by appropriate corporate action.

3. Management Services. The Manager shall be responsible for the investment and reinvestment of those assets designated by the Company as subject to the Manager's management (which assets, together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto are hereinafter called the "Account"). The Account may include all securities and instruments described in Exhibit A or appropriate to effect the strategies described therein. The Company does hereby delegate to the Manager all of its powers, duties and responsibilities with regard to such investment and reinvestment and hereby appoints the Manager as its agent in fact with full authority to buy, sell or otherwise effect investment transactions involving the assets in its name and for the Account, including without limitation, the power to enter into swap, futures, options and other agreements with counterparties on the Company's behalf as the Manager deems appropriate from time to time in order to carry out the Manager's responsibilities hereunder. Said powers, duties and responsibilities shall be exercised exclusively by the Manager pursuant to and in accordance with its fiduciary responsibilities and the provisions of this Agreement. In deciding on a proper investment of the Account, the Manager shall consider the following factors as communicated in writing to the Manager by the Company from time to time: a) the investment purposes of the Company, b) the Company's financial needs such as liquidity, c) applicable laws, d) the Company's investment policies and guidelines, and e) the


Account's Investment Guidelines attached as Exhibit A. In addition, in accordance with the Manager's guidelines in effect from time to time, the Manager or its agent is authorized, but shall not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Manager shall not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith.

4. Accounting and Reports. At such intervals as shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties, the Manager shall furnish the Company with appraisals of the Account, performance tabulations, a summary of purchases and sales and such other reports as shall be agreed upon from time to time. The Manager shall also reconcile accounting, transaction and asset-summary data with custodian reports at times that are mutually agreeable to the Manager and the Company. In addition, the Manager shall communicate and resolve any significant discrepancies with the custodian.

5. Other Services. The Manager shall, on invitation, attend meetings with representatives of the Company to discuss the position of the Account and the immediate investment outlook, or shall submit its views in writing as the Company shall suggest from time to time.

6. Additional Investment Services; Considerations and Acknowledgments. As agreed between the parties from time to time, the Manager may provide certain operating, analytical, and reporting support ("Additional Investment Services") for those portfolios of the Company managed by the Manager and by other parties. The Additional Investment Services may include, but are not limited to the following: (i) establishing appropriate investment mandates and strategies, (ii) drafting investment policies and guidelines, (iii) supporting the Company's operations, including custodial assistance, (iv) creating a consolidated risk reporting platform for the Company, (v) providing asset-liability reporting,
(vi) providing income projections, and (vii) broad and general consulting on accounting, operational, regulatory, and other strategic issues.

The Company understands and acknowledges that (a) all Additional Investment Services require the Manager to exercise good-faith judgments that may ultimately prove to be erroneous, (b) in connection with providing the Additional Investment Services, the Manager will make certain assumptions about the movements of interest rates, volatility of interest rates, movements of spreads, and the relationship of mortgage prepayments to interest rates, (c) the Manager's assumptions will not necessarily capture all the characteristics and risks inherent in the Company's portfolios, and (d) the Manager's assumptions are based upon information provided to the Manager by the Company or certain of its third-party vendors that is assumed to be reliable and accurate, but the Manager does not represent or warrant that it is accurate or complete, and will not be responsible for verifying the accuracy of any such information.

7. Compensation. For its investment management services rendered hereunder, the Manager shall be compensated in accordance with Exhibit B, attached hereto. If the management of the Account commences or ends at any time other than the beginning or end of a calendar quarter, the quarterly fee shall be prorated based on the portion of such calendar quarter during which this Agreement was in force.


8. Custodian. The securities in the Account shall be held by a custodian duly appointed by the Company and the Manager is authorized to give instructions to the custodian with respect to all investment decisions regarding the Account. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Manager to take or receive physical possession of any of the assets for the Account, it being intended that sole responsibility for safekeeping thereof (in such investments as the Manager may direct) and the consummation of all purchases, sales, deliveries and investments made pursuant to the Manager's direction shall rest upon the custodian.

9. Brokerage. The Company hereby delegates to the Manager sole and exclusive authority to designate the brokers or dealers through whom all purchases and sales on behalf of the Account will be made. The Manager will determine the rate or rates, if any, to be paid for brokerage services provided to the Account. The Manager agrees that securities are to be purchased through such brokers as, in the Manager's best judgment, shall offer the best combination of price and execution. The Manager, in seeking to obtain best execution of portfolio transactions for the Account may consider the quality and reliability of brokerage services, as well as research and investment information and other services provided by brokers or dealers. Accordingly, the Manager's selection of a broker or dealer for transactions for the Account may take into account such relevant factors as (i) price, (ii) the broker's or dealer's facilities, reliability and financial responsibility, (iii) when relevant, the ability of the broker to effect securities transactions, particularly with regard to such aspects as timing, order size and execution of the order, (iv) the broker's or dealer's recordkeeping capabilities and (v) the research and other services provided by such broker or dealer to the Manager which are expected to enhance its general portfolio management capabilities (collectively, "Research"), notwithstanding that the Account may not be the exclusive beneficiary of such Research.

10. Confidential Information. All information regarding operations and investments of the Company shall be regarded as confidential by the Manager. The terms of this Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, also shall be regarded as confidential by the Company and the Manager and shall not be disclosed to any third party except with the consent of both parties or if a party becomes legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to do so, and then only to the extent of such legal compulsion; provided, further, that in the event of legal compulsion to disclose the terms hereof, the party subject to such legal process shall (a) first notify the other party of such legal process, unless such notice is prohibited by statute, rule or court order, (b) attempt to obtain the other party's consent to such disclosure, and (c) in the event consent is not given, agree to permit a motion to quash, or other similar procedural step, to frustrate the production or publication of information. In making any disclosure under such legal process, a disclosing party agrees to use all reasonable efforts to preserve the confidential nature of such information.

11. Directions to the Manager. All directions by or on behalf of the Company to the Manager shall be in writing signed by:

Name           Title
----           -----
Ed Noonan      Chairman
George Reeth   Deputy Chairman


The Manager shall be fully protected in relying upon any direction in accordance with the previous paragraph with respect to any instruction, direction or approval of the Company, and shall be so protected also in relying upon a certification duly executed on behalf of the Company as to the names of persons authorized to act for it and in continuing to rely upon such certification until notified by the Company to the contrary.

The Manager shall be fully protected in acting upon any instrument, certificate or paper believed by it to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper persons or to any statement contained in any such writing and may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained.

12. Liabilities of the Manager and the Company. The Company acting in good faith shall not be liable for any act or omission of the Manager in connection with the Manager's discharge of its duties; provided, however, this limitation shall not act to relieve the Company from any responsibility or liability for any fiduciary responsibility, obligation or duty. The Manager, its officers, directors and employees, acting in good faith shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Company against any and all losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), liabilities, claims and demands (collectively, "Losses"), for any action, omission, information or recommendation in connection with this Agreement, except in the case of the Manager's or such officer's, director's or employee's actual misconduct, gross negligence, willful violation of any applicable statute or reckless disregard for its duties and except as further limited in the paragraph immediately below; provided, however, this limitation shall not act to relieve the Manager, its officers, directors and employees from any responsibility or liability for any responsibility, obligation or duty which the Manager or such officer, director or employee may have under any federal securities act; and provided, further, however, that to the extent any limitations or restrictions contained in the Investment Guidelines are not adhered to as a result of changes in market value, additions to or withdrawals from the Account, portfolio rebalancing or other nonvolitional acts of the Manager, the Manager shall not be liable to the Company.

The Company understands that in connection with the Additional Investment Services provided by the Manager that (i) the Manager is not serving in an investment advisory capacity, or making any recommendations or soliciting any action based upon its analyses with respect to those portfolios of the Company not managed by the Manager and (ii) the Company will be solely responsible for any judgments as to valuation and the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities (other than in the case of the Account). Accordingly, the Manager will not be responsible, and have no liability, for any conclusions drawn by the Company with respect to its portfolio securities, notwithstanding that such conclusions may, in part, be based upon information provided by the Manager in connection with the Additional Investment Services.

13. Non-Exclusive Management. The Company understands that the Manager will continue to furnish investment management and advisory services to others, and that the Manager shall be at all times free, in its discretion, to make recommendations to others which may be the same as, or may be different from those made to the Account. The Company further understands that the Manager, its affiliates, and any officer, director, stockholder, employee or any member of their families may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Manager may recommend. Actions with respect to securities of the same kind may be the same as or different from


the action which the Manager, or any of its affiliates, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee or any member of their families, or other investors may take with respect thereto.

14. Aggregation and Allocation of Orders. The Company acknowledges that circumstances may arise under which the Manager determines that, while it would be both desirable and suitable that a particular security or other investment be purchased or sold for the account of more than one of the Manager's clients' accounts, there is a limited supply or demand for the security or other investment. Under such circumstances, the Company acknowledges that, while the Manager will seek to allocate the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment among those accounts on an equitable basis, the Manager shall not be required to assure equality of treatment among all of its clients (including that the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment will be proportionally allocated among those clients according to any particular or predetermined standards or criteria). Where, because of prevailing market conditions, it is not possible to obtain the same price or time of execution for all of the securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account, the Manager may average the various prices and charge or credit the Account with the average price.

15. Conflict of Interest. The Company agrees that the Manager may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of the Manager's, or affiliates of the Manager's officers, directors, or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which the Manager or any of the Manager's affiliates or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information, unless the Manager either determines in good faith that it may appropriately do so without disclosing such conflict to the Company or discloses such conflict to the Company prior to rendering such advice or services with respect to the Account.

From time to time, when determined by the Manager in its capacity of a fiduciary to be in the best interest of the Company, the Account may purchase securities from or sell securities to another account managed by the Manager at prevailing market levels in accordance with the procedures under Rule 17a-7(b) of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940 and other applicable law.

16. Effective Period of Agreement and Amendments. This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof. Any amendment to this Agreement shall be written and signed by both parties to the Agreement. No such amendment shall be effective to permit the use of the Account or any part thereof for any purpose not authorized by the Company's charter.

17. Resignation or Removal of the Manager. The Manager may be removed by the Company or may resign upon 30 days' notice in writing. On the effective date of the removal or resignation of the Manager or as close to such date as is reasonably possible, the Manager shall provide the Company with a final report containing the same information as paragraph 4 above.

18. Assignment. No assignment (as that term is defined in the Advisers Act) of this Agreement by the Manager may be made without the consent of the Company, and any such assignment made without such consent shall be null and void for all purposes. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.


19. Severable. Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable remaining terms or provisions of the Agreement in any jurisdiction.

20. Applicable Law. To the extent not inconsistent with applicable U.S. federal law, this Agreement shall be construed pursuant to, and shall be governed by, the laws of the state of New York.

21. Investment Manager Brochure. The Company hereby acknowledges that it has received from the Manager a copy of the Manager's Form ADV, Part II, at least forty-eight hours prior to entering into this Agreement.

22. Web-site. The Manager, at the Company's request, will provide access to its account information electronically, via the world wide web, based upon the Company's use of a BlackRock issued user id and password. The Company acknowledges and agrees the world wide web is a continually growing medium and the Manager does not make any warranty regarding the security related to the world wide web. The Company must be aware there is no absolute guaranteed system or technique to fully secure information made available over the web. The Company agrees that it will not share its user id, password and access to information provided electronically with any third party.

23. Notices. All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Manager:

c/o BlackRock, Inc. 40 East 52nd Street New York, NY 10022 Attention: Robert Connolly, General Counsel or by facsimile to (212) 810-3744

if to the Company: Validus Reinsurance, Ltd.


Suite 1790
48 Par-la-Ville Road
Hamilton, HM 11 Bermuda
Attention: Ed Noonan
or by facsimile to: 441-278-9090

or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other party. All notices hereunder shall be sufficient if delivered by facsimile or overnight mail. Any notices shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt.

24. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one agreement.


25. Use of Futures. Pursuant to an exemption from the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the "Commission") in connection with accounts of qualified eligible persons, this Agreement is not required to be, and has not been, filed with the Commission. The Commission does not pass upon the merits of participating in a trading program or upon the adequacy or accuracy of commodity trading advisor disclosure. Consequently, the Commission has not reviewed or approved this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

VALIDUS REINSURANCE, LTD.

By:
Name:
Title:

BLACKROCK
(through its subsidiary BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.)

By:
Name:
Title:

[EXHIBIT 10.16]

RISK REPORTING & INVESTMENT ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT

This RISK REPORTING AND INVESTMENT ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of the 8th day of December, 2005 ("Effective Date") between BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. ("BlackRock") and Validus Reinsurance, Ltd. ("Client"). WHEREAS, Client wishes to engage BlackRock to provide certain risk measurement reporting services for Client as well as to engage and appoint BlackRock as its agent to provide certain investment accounting services for Client, all as set forth below; NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Services. (a) (i) Risk Services: BlackRock will provide Client with certain risk measurement reports as set forth on Schedule A (each, a "Report"; together, the "Reports Package"). Reports will be made available to Client on a website (the "Client Site") that will be created and maintained by BlackRock for password-protected access via the internet by certain Client personnel ("Client Users," as defined in Schedule A). The Reports Package will be produced by BlackRock using the same quality control procedures used for its other clients of similar services. Client acknowledges that the creation of these Reports will be dependent on portfolio and securities data that Client and/or its agents (such as Client's custodian) shall provide in a format specified by BlackRock ("Client Data," as defined in Schedule A), and/or data obtained from BlackRock's Accounting Services (as defined below), which are derived from the Client Data. The "Risk Services" shall consist of provision of the Reports Package.

(ii) Accounting Services: BlackRock will perform investment accounting services for Client as set forth in Schedule B (the "Accounting Services"), and such additional accounting and other services as the parties may agree upon in writing from time to time. BlackRock is hereby authorized to communicate with Client's custodian regarding Client's account and portfolio and regarding reports and information provided by or pertaining to Client, Client's custodian, or BlackRock.

The "Services" shall consist of the Risk Services together with the Accounting Services. The following provisions apply to the Risk Services or Accounting Services as specifically noted.

With respect to the Risk Services:

(b) BlackRock will provide Client with improvements in the Services as and when it makes such improvements generally available to its clients. Client also may request new or additional Reports from BlackRock for an additional fee, as the parties may agree.

(c) "Third Party Data" means any data provided by BlackRock that are not proprietary to BlackRock and are listed in Schedule D. Certain Third Party Data are required to use the Risk Services. Use of Third Party Data is subject to certain additional contract and fee terms with the provider of such data, as outlined in Schedule D.

(d) Client will provide the hardware, software, and internet connectivity necessary for Client Users to access and use the Reports. Current requirements are set forth in Schedule E. All use of the Risk Services will be subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement (and Schedule A), including limitations on the number and identity of Client Users and limitations applicable to Third Party Data (see Schedule D).

(e) Use of the Risk Services shall be for Client's internal business purposes only. Only Client Users, as specified in Schedule A, shall be permitted to access the Risk Services. Client shall not (i) provide Reports to any third party, except as expressly permitted in this Agreement; or (ii) reverse engineer or otherwise use the Risk Services in any way to develop, test, enhance, or calibrate, on behalf of itself or for any other party, any system or services that are similar to any component(s) of the Risk Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the ordinary course of its business, Client shall be permitted to provide excerpts from Reports to its customers and prospective customers, so long as the provision of such materials is not for a fee and is only an incidental component of the service provided by Client to such customers or prospective customers, and to its auditors and regulators as required by law, rule, or practice. At BlackRock's request, Client shall provide BlackRock indicative copies of its materials that include Report excerpts and are provided to its customers.

(f) Client acknowledges that not all securities in its portfolios may lend themselves to explicit analytically derived risk measures and that BlackRock may not have procedures, methods, or models appropriate for


risk analysis of certain types of securities. BlackRock will consult with Client's designated representative in such cases to determine the appropriate methodology for analysis of these securities for the Reports Package. In the absence of input from Client in such instances, BlackRock will use its reasonable judgment to analyze the security.

(g) BlackRock will provide the Reports Package to Client on the schedule set forth in Schedule A. The timely production of each Report will depend on the timely receipt of complete Client Data.

With respect to the Accounting Services.

(h) On the Effective Date, BlackRock shall commence work on the implementation process and other tasks (together, the "Conversion") necessary to provide the Accounting Services beginning after the Conversion is accepted by Client. BlackRock will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Conversion promptly subject to the timely receipt of necessary information from Client.

(i) Client shall be responsible for: (1) coordinating communications among BlackRock and Client's custodian and advisors; (2) filing any claims in connection with Client's invested assets (though BlackRock will facilitate handling of certain claims, such as late-payment claims); (3) representing its interest in any litigation relating to or involving the invested assets of Client; (4) coordinating and controlling any movement of assets not relating to trades and resolving any discrepancies related to the movement of such assets;
(5) notifying BlackRock of all such asset movement activity; (6) ensuring that all necessary information from Client is timely received by BlackRock (see Schedule B); and (7) advising BlackRock of, and ensuring all compliance with, laws, procedures, instructions, and regulations applicable to Client due to the specific nature of Client's business, including performing all acts required with regard to any registration or qualification requirements imposed by any governmental or self-regulatory authority, such as registration with SEC or filings with the NAIC-SVO (notwithstanding the foregoing, BlackRock may assist Client in its compliance efforts, as described in Schedule B). BlackRock shall be entitled to rely on, for all purposes under this Agreement, any and all instructions provided by Client. BlackRock may require, at its discretion, that any such instructions be certified to in writing by an officer of Client.

For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise provided in a separate written agreement with BlackRock, BlackRock's sole responsibility is to provide the Accounting Services to assist Client in its financial reporting, and Client shall be solely responsible for (i) monitoring its investments for compliance with its investment guidelines and (ii) any judgments as to valuation of, or purchase or sale of, securities in its portfolio; and in any case, (iii) BlackRock shall have no responsibility for compliance with or the content of Client's investment guidelines or for any actions of or conclusions drawn by Client with respect to its portfolios or securities, whether or not such conclusions are based on BlackRock's Accounting Services.

(j) Client takes sole responsibility for the acts or omissions of its custodian and will have by the Accounting Services Commencement Date instructed its custodian, and will instruct any future custodian of Client (such instructions to remain in force during the term of this Agreement), to provide BlackRock (at Client's request, on custodian's initiative, or at BlackRock's request) with custodian's reports and other information of Client that BlackRock requires to perform its duties hereunder.

(k) BlackRock will provide reports to Client as provided for in Schedule B. The timely production of reports will depend on the timely receipt of complete Client data.

(l) Third Party Data for the Accounting Services shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 1(b) above as well as Schedule D.

2. Representations by Client. Client represents and warrants that (a) execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized and shall not conflict with any obligation of Client, whether arising by contract, operation of law, or otherwise, (b) this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation, (c) Client has all rights necessary to provide the Client Data to BlackRock for the uses set forth herein, and (d) Client has all rights and power necessary to appoint BlackRock as its accounting agent.

3. Representations by BlackRock. BlackRock represents and warrants that (a) execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized and shall not conflict with any obligation of BlackRock, whether arising by contract, operation of law, or otherwise, (b) this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation, and (c) BlackRock has


all rights and power necessary to provide the Services contemplated herein. No other warranties are provided, express or implied.

4. Risk Considerations. Client understands that risk measurement analyses rely on certain assumptions and judgments, such as with respect to movement in and volatility of interest rates and spreads, and relative risks and the relationship between risk factors (such as the relationship of mortgage prepayments to interest rates). These analyses, models, and methodologies are generally based on observations of past market behavior that may not hold true in the future. Such assumptions may not cover all aspects of, or risks inherent in, Client's portfolios. Client understands that the risk analyses are also dependent on the integrity of the security master data, and the validity of the pricing data, provided by Client (as part of the Client Data), as well as economic data used in the analyses. BlackRock will use its best judgment and practices to model the portfolios using the Client Data, Third Party Data, and other available sources. For portfolios for which Client provides the securities indicative data (see Section 1(a), above), BlackRock will depend solely on Client Data for its analyses. BlackRock's analyses performed to create the Reports are based on information BlackRock deems to be reliable, but BlackRock in no case guarantees their accuracy or completeness. Client acknowledges that significant professional disagreement exists regarding the accuracy and validity of these types of analyses and methodologies, and that there is no assurance that the analyses and methodologies used by BlackRock or provided by BlackRock are or will be appropriate for Client or its portfolios.

Client acknowledges and agrees that (i) BlackRock's sole responsibility in connection with this Agreement is to provide the Services to aid Client's analysis of its portfolios, (ii) BlackRock is not serving as an investment advisor, or making any recommendations or soliciting any action based on its risk measurement analyses or provision of analytic tools, and (iii) Client will be solely responsible for any judgments as to valuation of or purchase or sale of its portfolio securities. Accordingly, BlackRock will not be responsible or have any liability for any actions of or conclusions drawn by Client with respect to any matter, whether or not such conclusions are based to any extent on BlackRock's Services.

5. Fees. (a) Client shall pay BlackRock fees for the Services to be calculated and payable as set forth in Schedule C (the "Risk Fees" and the "Accounting Fees"). If the composition of Client's portfolios substantially changes after the Effective Date, the parties agree to jointly determine in good faith whether an increase in the amount of the Fees, and/or any changes to the Services, is required.

(b) Client agrees to reimburse BlackRock for all fees paid by BlackRock to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners' Security Valuation Office ("NAIC-SVO") to file or register Client's securities with the NAIC-SVO.

6. Confidential Information. (a) All information regarding this Agreement, the parties' business and their subsidiaries and affiliates, any documents exchanged between the parties in connection with the Services, as well as all technology, know-how, financial models, model documentation, processes, trade secrets, contracts, proprietary information, historical or projected financial information, organizational or operating data, strategic or management plans, and customer information or lists, whether received before or after the date hereof ("Confidential Information"), shall be kept in confidence by each of the parties hereto and not disclosed to any third party, other than disclosures to third parties in the ordinary course of business (e.g., contractors and data vendors), subject to the requirement that such third parties be bound by confidentiality obligations substantially equivalent to the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing and use of industry standard security measures, neither party can guarantee to the other the security or integrity of information accessible through the Internet against improper or unauthorized access.

(b) The parties' obligations concerning Confidential Information shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement. These confidentiality obligations shall not apply to information (i) lawfully in the public domain, (ii) lawfully possessed by the recipient before disclosure by the other parry, (iii) lawfully disclosed to a party by a third party without obligation of confidentiality, or
(iv) independently developed by a party without reference to the other party's Confidential Information. (v) If any disclosure is compelled by a court or other competent authority, the compelled party shall make reasonable efforts to allow the disclosing party to oppose and/or limit such disclosure. Disclosures described in (v) shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 6.

(c) Client may provide to BlackRock suggestions, comments, or other feedback ("Feedback") with


respect to Confidential Information and/or the Services. Client agrees that all Feedback is and shall be given entirely voluntarily. Except pursuant to a subsequent written agreement between the parties, BlackRock shall be free to use, disclose, reproduce, license, or otherwise distribute and exploit Feedback provided to it, without obligation or restriction of any kind on account of intellectual property rights or otherwise.

(d) BlackRock shall be permitted to include Client on its list of clients and BlackRock may describe the general nature of its work for Client under this Agreement.

7. Limitations on Liability; Indemnity. (a) BlackRock shall not be liable for any incidental, consequential, special, exemplary, or indirect damages. Except with respect to indemnified claims (as set forth below in subsection (b)(i)), in no case shall BlackRock's liability, in the aggregate, exceed the fees payable by Client to BlackRock during the six-month period immediately preceding the event giving rise to the liability.

(b) (i) BlackRock shall defend and indemnify Client against all losses, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees), and claims ("Losses") arising out of BlackRock's breach of its obligations under Sections 3(c) and 6; and (ii) Client shall defend and indemnify BlackRock against all Losses arising out of Client's breach of its obligations under Sections 1(e), 2(c), and 6, and Client further agrees to reimburse BlackRock for all out-of-pocket expenses (as noted above) incurred by BlackRock in connection with investigating, preparing for or defending any action or claim, whether in connection with pending or threatened litigation to which BlackRock is a party, in each case, as such expenses are incurred or paid. Client, however, will not be responsible for any Losses that are finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, fraud, or illegal acts of BlackRock.

8. Term. (a) The initial term of this Agreement will begin on the Effective Date and will expire on the 36-month anniversary of the availability to Client of the first Reports Package. Thereafter, this Agreement will renew for 12-month terms unless either party provides written notice to the other party of its desire to avoid automatic renewal at least 90 days in advance.

(b) Either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement before its expiration date if the other party commits a material breach of its obligations that remains uncured more than 30 days after a written notice specifying in detail the nature of such breach. In the event that any third parties upon whom BlackRock relies in the provision of the Accounting Services are no longer able or willing to provide the requisite services to BlackRock or will only provide such services on commercially unreasonable terms, then BlackRock will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide alternatives to such services. If BlackRock is unable to provide alternatives to any such terminated services, then it may terminate the Accounting Services without penalty upon notice to Client.

9. Applicable Law. (a) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of New York without regard to its conflicts of laws principles. The parties agree that all disputes arising under this Agreement shall be resolved in the state or federal courts in New York County, New York. Each party consents to jurisdiction and venue in such courts. The prevailing party in any dispute arising under this Agreement shall be entitled to payment of its reasonable attorney's fees by the other party.

(b) Each party acknowledges that certain breaches by it of its obligations hereunder (such as under Sections 1(e) and 6) may cause irreparable harm to the other party, and that the aggrieved party shall be entitled in any such case to seek injunctive or similar relief without the posting of any bond or security.

10. Assignment. Client may not assign this Agreement without BlackRock's written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be for the benefit of and binding upon the parties, their successors and permitted assigns.

11. Auditinq. Client shall have the reasonable right to audit all BlackRock's books and records directly pertaining to the performance of the Accounting Services, and to obtain such copies of such books and records as its auditors may reasonably request in connection with such audit, provided that Client gives reasonable notice of the audit, and reviews the books and records during BlackRock's normal business hours, and promptly reimburses BlackRock for any costs of photocopying such books and records. BlackRock also shall provide to Client on request a copy of its annual "SAS 70" report pertaining to the provision of the Accounting Services.


12. Notices. Any notice given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered by hand, facsimile, or by first class mail, addressed as follows:

IF TO CLIENT:

Ed Noonan
Chairman
Validus Insurance, Ltd.
48 Par-La-Ville Road, Suite 1790
Hamilton, HM 11 Bermuda
Phone: 441-278-9000
Fax: 441-278-9090

IF TO BLACKROCK:                        WITH A COPY TO:

Charles S. Hallac                       Robert P. Connolly
Managing Director                       Managing Director &
                                        General Counsel

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10022
Phone: (212) 810-5502 (212) 810-3743
Fax: (212) 180-3330. (212) 810-3744

Notices will be deemed given only upon actual receipt.

13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No understanding or modification relating hereto shall be valid unless in writing and signed by both parties.

14. Waiver. Waiver by a party of any provision or any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision in any other instance, or of any other breach of any provision hereof.

15. Non-Exclusive Arrangement. Client agrees that BlackRock shall not be restricted from furnishing services similar to the Services, or any other investment management, risk measurement, or advisory services, to others. Client acknowledges that BlackRock, its affiliates, and any officer, director, stockholder, employee, or any member of their families, may have an interest in securities with respect to which Services are performed under this Agreement. If conflicts of interest arise with respect to BlackRock's duties under this Agreement, BlackRock agrees to perform its duties to Client in good faith and shall deal fairly with Client.

16. Severable. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is or may become Invalid or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction shall be, as to such jurisdiction, deemed modified so as to allow enforceability of the parties' original intent, as well as of the remaining terms and provisions of the Agreement.

17. Schedules. References to this Agreement shall be deemed to include any schedules, addenda, and exhibits hereto, taken as a whole with the Agreement.

18. Taxes. Client shall pay or reimburse (and be liable to) BlackRock for taxes arising out of this Agreement, including sales, use, or other taxes (except taxes based on BlackRock's net income or corporate status).

19. Construction. Any conflict between the body of this Agreement and the Schedules or attachments hereto that are expressly referenced herein shall be resolved in favor of such Schedules or attachments.

20. Survival. Sections 6, 7, 9, and any other provision that by its terms survives termination, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

21. Cooperation. The parties recognize that successful delivery of the Services will require mutual cooperation, communication, feedback, and interaction, including action required hereunder or reasonably requested by the other party to enable it to accomplish its obligations and responsibilities hereunder. Both parties agree to perform the foregoing responsibilities in good faith and in a professional manner that reflects the sophisticated nature of the Services to be provided.

22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one agreement.

23. Independent Contractor. BlackRock is an independent contractor and is not an agent or employee of Client. BlackRock has no authority to bind Client by contract or otherwise without Client's prior written authorization. The manner of BlackRock's performance of the Services shall be in its sole discretion, subject to the requirement that BlackRock shall at all times comply with applicable law and its obligations hereunder. Client has no right or authority to control the manner or means by which the Services are rendered.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

VALIDUS REINSURANCE LTD.                BLACKROCK FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.


By:                                     By:
    ---------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Name:                                   Name:
      -------------------------------         ----------------------------------
Title:                                  Title:
       ------------------------------          ---------------------------------


[Exhibit 10.17]

DISCRETIONARY ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of the 8th day of December, 2005 between GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of Delaware (the "Adviser") and Validus Reinsurance, Ltd (the "Client").

WHEREAS, the Adviser and Goldman Sachs Asset Management International, Goldman Sachs Asset Management Japan Limited, Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C., Goldman Sachs (Singapore) Pte., and other advisory affiliates
(collectively, "Affiliate Advisers") of Goldman, Sachs & Co. ("Goldman Sachs")
may, subject to applicable law and contract, provide investment advice to clients;

WHEREAS, the Client desires to appoint the Adviser as the investment adviser of the portion of the assets of the Client constituting the Account (as defined in Section 4), and the Adviser wishes to accept such appointment;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, it is covenanted and agreed as follows;

1. Appointment of Investment Adviser; Acceptance of Appointment. The Adviser is hereby appointed as investment adviser to the Account for the purpose of selecting and executing transactions which are in compliance with the Account's Investment Guidelines (as defined in Section 2) and the Adviser hereby accepts such appointment. In performing its obligations under this Agreement the Adviser may, at its own discretion, delegate any or all of its discretionary investment. advisory and other rights, powers and functions hereunder to any Affiliate Advisers, without further written consent of the Client, provided that the Adviser shall always remain liable to the Client for its obligations hereunder. References herein to the Adviser shall include, except in Section 20 hereof, any of the Affiliate Advisers to which the Adviser delegates responsibilities hereunder.

2. Discretion; Management of Account and Powers of Adviser. (a) The Adviser is hereby authorized to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of assets in the Account, with full authority and at its discretion (without reference to the Client), on the Clients behalf and at the Client's risk, subject to the written investment restrictions and guidelines (the "Investment Guidelines") in respect of one or more sub-accounts and attached hereto as Appendix A. An investment's compliance with the Investment Guidelines shall be determined on the date of purchase only, based upon the price and characteristics of the investment on the date of purchase compared to the value of the Account as of the most recent valuation date; the Investment Guidelines shall not be deemed breached as a result of changes in value or status of an investment following purchase. The Adviser's authority and discretion hereunder shall include, without limitation, the power to buy, sell, retain and exchange investments and affect transactions; and other powers as the Adviser deems appropriate in relation to investing and executing transactions for the Account. The Client hereby authorizes the


Adviser to open accounts and execute documents, indemnities and representation letters in the name of, binding against and on behalf of the Client for all purposes necessary or desirable in the Adviser's view to effectuate the Adviser's activities under this Agreement.

(b) The Client may from time to time amend the Investment Guidelines. The Adviser will not be bound to follow any amendment to the Investment Guidelines, however, until it has received actual written notice of the amendment from the Client and has agreed to accept such amendment. All transactions effected for the Account will be deemed to be in compliance with the Investment Guidelines unless written notice to the contrary is received by the Adviser from the Client within 30 days following the first issue of the periodic report containing such transactions.

(c) The Adviser may in its sole discretion invest the Account in any investment company, unit trust or other collective investment fund, registered or non-registered, for which the Adviser or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser ("Affiliated Fund"); provided, however, that the purposes of such investment are limited management of short-term cash balances in the Account. The Adviser will make such investments only if in its reasonable view the Affiliated Fund is, based on yield, safety, charges, nature of investment program, liquidity and other relevant factors, an equivalent investment to competing investments. In connection with investments in Affiliated Fund(s), the Client will pay its share of all fees, expenses and 12b-1 fees (if any) associated with investing in such Affiliated Fund(s); provided, that the Adviser agrees to waive the advisory fee payable by the Client hereunder for those Account assets invested from time to time in Affiliated Funds. The Client may revoke its consent to investment in Affiliated Funds at any time by written notice to the Adviser.

3. Portfolio Transactions. (a) The Adviser will place orders for the execution of transactions for the Account in accordance with Part II of the Adviser's Form ADV as may be amended from time to time. Best price, giving effect to commissions and commission equivalents, if any, and other transaction costs, is normally an important factor in this decision, but the selection also takes into account the quality of brokerage services, including such factors as execution capability, willingness to commit capital, creditworthiness and financial stability, and clearance and settlement capability, and the provisions of research and other services. Accordingly, transactions will not always be executed at the lowest available price or commission. The Adviser may select a broker-dealer that furnishes the Adviser directly or through correspondent relationships with third party research or other services which provide in the Adviser's view appropriate assistance to the Adviser in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed-price offerings and over-the-counter transactions, if such instruments are permitted by the Investment Guidelines). Such research or other services may include research reports on companies, industries, and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; computer data bases; quotation equipment and services; and research-oriented computer hardware, software and other services. These selections, and the total amount of commissions given a particular broker-dealer, may be made pursuant to an agreement that would bind the Adviser to compensate the selected broker-dealer for the services provided. Research and other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Adviser's clients and may be used in connection with accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker-dealer relating to the research or


other service arrangements. The Adviser may endeavor to direct sufficient commissions to broker-dealers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services the Adviser believes is useful in its investment decision-making process.

(b) The Client authorizes the Adviser, at the Adviser's discretion, to bunch or aggregate orders for the Account with orders of other Clients and to allocate the aggregate amount of the investment among accounts (including accounts in which the Adviser, its affiliates and/or their personnel have beneficial interests) in the manner in which the Adviser shall determine appropriate and may, in accordance with applicable laws or rules of any exchange or regulatory or self-regulatory organization, when placing orders with Goldman Sachs or with unaffiliated brokers, give permission for Goldman Sachs or such other brokers to trade along with or ahead of the Client order. When portfolio decisions are made on an aggregated basis, the Adviser may in its discretion, place a large order to purchase or sell a particular security for the Account and the accounts of several other clients. Because of the prevailing trading activity, it is frequently not possible to receive the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged and the Account will be charged or credited with the average price; and the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the Clients disadvantage. Although in such an instance the Client will be charged the average price, the Adviser will make the information regarding the actual transactions available to the Client upon the Client's request. Neither the Adviser nor its affiliates, however, are required to bunch or aggregate orders.

(c) Subject to the Adviser's execution obligations described in
Section 3(a), the Adviser is hereby authorized to execute so much or all of the transactions for the Account with or through Goldman Sachs or any of Goldman Sachs' affiliates, as agent or as principal, as the Adviser in its sole discretion shall determine, and may execute transactions in which the Adviser, its affiliates and/or their personnel have interests as described in Section 15 hereof. In all such dealings, Goldman Sachs and any of its affiliates shall be authorized and entitled to retain any commissions, remuneration or profits which may be made in such transactions and shall not be liable to account for the same to the Client, and the Adviser's fees as set forth in Section 14 shall not be abated thereby. The Adviser shall, with respect to transactions subject to
Section 11(a) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder (or any similar rule which may be adopted in the future), use its best efforts to provide the Client with information annually disclosing commissions, if any, retained by the Adviser's affiliates in connection with exchange transactions for the Account. The Adviser and its affiliates are also authorized to execute agency and other cross transactions (collectively "Cross transactions") for the Account. Cross transactions are inter-account transactions which may be effected by the Adviser or its affiliates acting for both the Account and the counterparty to the transaction. Cross transactions enable the Adviser to purchase or sell a block of securities for the Account at a set price and possibly avoid an unfavorable price movement that may be created through entrance into the market with such purchase or sell order. The Adviser believes that such transactions can provide meaningful benefits for its clients. However, the Client should note that the Adviser has a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities regarding both parties to Cross transactions and that Goldman Sachs, or any of its affiliates, if acting as broker may receive commissions from both parties to such transactions. The Client understands that its authority to the Adviser to execute Cross transactions for the Account is terminable at will without


penalty, effective upon receipt by the Adviser of written notice from the Client, and that the failure to terminate such authorization will result in its continuation.

(d) The Adviser may cause the Client to enter into short-term borrowings to facilitate execution and settlement of transactions in the Account.

4. Account. The "Account" shall initially consist of the cash and other assets of the Client listed in the schedule of assets separately furnished in writing to the Adviser by the Client or otherwise delivered by the Client to its Custodian (as hereinafter defined) and notified to the Adviser for management hereunder, plus all investments, reinvestments and proceeds of the sale thereof, including, without limitation, all interest, dividends and appreciation on investments, less depreciation thereof and withdrawals therefrom, and at the Client's direction may be comprised of one or more sub-accounts (each a "Sub-Account") subject to different Investment Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit A and which may be subject to different fees as set forth in Appendix B. To the extent that the Account is comprised of two or more Sub-Accounts, the Client acknowledges that the amount of Client assets to be included and managed in each Sub-Account and the Investment Guidelines applicable thereto, have been prescribed by the Client. The Adviser has no responsibility, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Investment Guidelines, to allocate assets from one Sub-Account to another or advise the Client regarding any such allocation from time to time. Cash and other assets may, at the Adviser's discretion, be deemed part of the Account and the Client shall be responsible for all transactions effected on the basis of such assumption, beginning before immediately available funds (in the case of cash) and Client ownership (in the case of securities) are received by the Custodian (as defined below) in its account for the Client. The Client consents and acknowledges that securities issued by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. or any of its affiliates ("GS Securities") received as original or additional assets of the account will be sold as soon as practical, unless Client directs the Adviser to retain the GS Securities by executing the Retention Letter, attached hereto, prior to funding date. Furthermore, Client acknowledges that it is the policy of the Adviser not to give advice with respect to the purchase, sale, retention or voting of GS Securities. The Client shall give reasonable written notice to the Adviser of additions to, or withdrawals from, the Account.

5. Custody. The cash and assets of the Account shall be held by a custodian (the "Custodian") appointed by the Client pursuant to a separate custody agreement or by the Client itself. The Adviser and its affiliates shall at no time have custody or physical control of the assets and cash in the Account. The Adviser shall not be liable for any act or omission of the Custodian. The Client shall instruct the Custodian to act, within the limits of the Adviser's authority hereunder, in accordance with instructions from the Adviser and shall deposit security within the limits provided hereunder as directed by the Adviser. The Client shall instruct the Custodian to provide the Adviser with such periodic reports concerning the status of the Account as the Adviser may reasonably request from time to time. The Client will not change the Custodian without giving the Adviser reasonable prior written notice of its intention to do so together with the name and other relevant information with respect to the new Custodian. The Client authorizes and directs the Custodian to debit its custodial account maintained for Client for all remuneration and expenses payable hereunder. In such a case, the Adviser will send a statement to the Custodian indicating the amount of the fee to be paid to the Adviser hereunder. The Client agrees that if the Custodian does not determine whether the Adviser's fee is properly calculated, it will be the Client's responsibility to undertake such verification. The Client will arrange for


the Custodian to send to the Client, no less than quarterly, a statement showing all amounts disbursed from the Client's Custodian account to the Adviser.

6. Representations and Warranties of the Adviser. The Adviser hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Client that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Adviser and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation and that the Adviser is registered under the U.S. investment Advisers Act of 1940 as an "investment adviser."

7. Representations and Warranties; Certain Agreements of the Client.
(a) The Client hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Adviser that (i) the Client is the sole beneficial owner of all assets in the Account and that no restrictions exist on the transfer, sale or other disposition of any of those assets and no option, lien, charge, security or encumbrance exists or will, due to any act or omission of the Client, exist over any of the said assets; (ii) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Client and constitutes the Client's legal, valid and binding obligation and, without limitation, all transactions in securities, futures, options, forwards and other instruments and obligations of any kind relating thereto authorized by the Client in the Investment Guidelines (collectively, "Obligations") are within the Client's power, are duly authorized by the Client and, when duly entered into with a counterparty, will be the legal, valid and binding Obligations of the Client; (iii) the Client is not an officer, director or controlling person of any corporation whose securities fall within the Investment Guidelines except as may be set forth in writing by the Client to the Adviser as an addendum hereto; (iv) without limitation, the transactions and agreements which the Adviser enters on behalf of the Client with a counterparty pursuant to this Agreement will not violate the constituent documents of, or any law, rule, regulation, order, decree or judgment binding on the Client, or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Client or its properties and no governmental or other notice or consent b required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Client or of any agreements governing or relating to Obligations; (v) the Client shall have full responsibility for payment of all taxes due on capital or income halt or collected for the Account; (vi) the Client will not deal or authorize anyone other than the Adviser to deal with the Account; (vii) the Client is not required to be registered as an Investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; (viii) the Client has independently examined and understands the tax, legal and accounting consequences related to the Account and the transactions permitted under the Investment Guidelines; (ix) the Client is an "accredited investor" as defined in Regulation D and a "Qualified Institutional Buyer" as defined in Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933; (x) the Client is not a commodity pool and the Client and any person with trading authority over the Client's accounts is not required to be registered as a Commodity Pool Operator under the Commodity Exchange Act (the "Act") or has reviewed the registration requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended, and the National Futures Association pertinent to commodity pool operators and has determined that the Client is in compliance with such requirements; and (xi) the Client is a "Qualified Eligible Person" as defined under Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") Regulation 4.7, it consents to its account being an "exempt account" for purposes of such Regulation and it acknowledges that it has not been furnished with a disclosure document prepared in accordance with CFTC Regulation 4.31 because no such document is required pursuant to CFTC Regulation 4.7. In addition, the Client acknowledges receipt of

Part II of GSAM's Form ADV at least 48


hours prior to entering into this Agreement and, to the extent that options are approved Investments for the Account, the Client also acknowledges receipt of the Characteristics and Risks of Standardized Options booklet. Furthermore, the Client agrees to inform the Adviser promptly in writing if any representation, warranty or agreement made by the Client in this Agreement is no longer true, correct or complete or requires exception and/or modification to remain true.

8. Limitation of Liability; Indemnification. (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Adviser shall not be liable for any expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any kind or nature whatsoever (including without limitation any legal expenses and boats and expenses relating to investigating or defending any demands, charges and claims) (collectively "Losses") by or with respect to the Account, except to the extent that such Losses are actual losses of the Client proven with reasonable certainly, are not speculative, are proven to have been fairly within the contemplation of the parties as of the date hereof, and are the direct result of an act or omission taken or omitted by the Adviser during the term of this Agreement which constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct under the Agreement, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser will not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages or other losses (regardless of whether such damages or other losses were reasonably foreseeable). Without limitation, the Adviser shall not be liable for Losses resulting from or in any way arising out of (i) any action of the Client or its previous advisers or its Custodian or other agents, following any direction of the Client or the Adviser's failure to follow any unlawful or unreasonable direction of the Client, (ii) force majeure or other events beyond the control of the Adviser, including without limitation any failure, default or delay in performance resulting from computer or other electronic or mechanical equipment failure, unauthorized access, strikes, failure of common carrier or utility systems, severe weather or breakdown in communications not reasonably within the control of the Adviser or other causes commonly known as "acts of god", whether or not any such cause was reasonably foreseeable, or (iii) general market conditions unrelated to any violation of this Agreement by the Adviser. The Adviser gives no warranty as to the performance or profitability of the Account or any part thereof, nor any guarantee that the investment objectives, expectations or targets described in this Agreement and/or in the Investment Guidelines or any Client Policy Statements will be achieved, including without limitation any risk control, risk management or return objectives, expectations or targets. The Account may suffer lose of principal, and income, if any, may fluctuate. The value of Account investments may be affected by a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, economic and political developments, interest rates and issuer-specific evens, market conditions, sector positioning, and other factors. The Adviser shall not be responsible for the performance by any person not affiliated with the Adviser of such person's commercial obligations in executing, completing or satisfying such person's obligations. The Adviser shall not be responsible for any Losses incurred after termination of the Account. The Adviser shall have no responsibility whatsoever for the management of any other assets of the Client and shall incur no liability for any Losses which may result from the management of such other assets. U.S. federal and state securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons who act in good faith; nothing herein shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which the Client may have, if any, under any applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws. The rights of the Client under this clause (a) shall be the exclusive remedy of the Client for any breach of the Adviser under this Agreement.


(b) The Client shall reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Adviser, its affiliates and their partners, directors, officers and employees and any person controlled by or controlling the Adviser ("indemnities") for, from and against any and all Losses (i) relating to this Agreement or the Account arising out of any misrepresentation or act or omission or alleged act or omission on the part of the Client or previous advisers or the Custodian or any of their agents; or (ii) arising out of or relating to any demand, charge or claim in respect of an indemnitee's acts, omissions, transactions, duties, obligations or responsibilities arising pursuant to this Agreement, unless (y) a court with appropriate jurisdiction shall have determined by a final judgment which is not subject to appeal that such indemnitee is liable in respect of the demands, charges and claims referred to in this subparagraph or (z) such indemnitee shall have settled such demands, charges and claims without the Client's consent.

9. Directions to the Adviser. All directions by or on behalf of the Client to the Adviser shall be in writing signed either by the Client or by an authorized agent of the Client or, if by telephone, confirmed in writing. For this purpose, the term in writing, shall include directions given by facsimile. A list of persons authorized to give instructions to the Adviser hereunder with specimen signatures, is set out in Appendix C to this Agreement. The Client may revise the list of authorized persons from time to time by sending the Adviser a revised list which has been certified either by the Client or by a duty authorized agent of the Client. The Adviser shall incur no liability whatsoever in relying upon any direction from, or document signed by, any person reasonably believed by it to be authorized to give or sign the same, whether or not the authority of such person is then effective. The Adviser shall be under no duty to make any investigation or inquiry as to any statement contained in any writing and may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained. Directions given by the Client to the Adviser hereunder shall be effective only upon actual receipt by the Adviser and shall be acknowledged by the Adviser through its actions hereunder only, unless the Client is advised by the Adviser otherwise.

10. Reports. The Adviser shall provide the Client with reports containing the valuations and status of the Account on a quarterly basis, or otherwise as the Client and the Adviser may from time to time agree. Performance reporting shall begin as of the business day one full month following the date on which cash or securities are deemed part of the Account or Sub-Account as provided in Section 4, or on such earlier date in the Adviser's reasonable discretion. Valuation levels for the assets listed in the Account statements will reflect the Adviser's good faith effort to ascertain fair market levels (including accrued income, if any) for the securities and other assets in the Account based on pricing and valuation information believed by the Adviser to be reliable for round lot sizes. These valuation levels may not be realized by the Account upon liquidation. Market conditions and transaction size will affect liquidity and price received upon liquidation. Then current exchange rates will be applied in valuing holdings in foreign currency. The Client agrees that the Adviser is not obligated to send to the Client copies of any trade confirmations it receives.

11. Exercise of Membership Rights; Proxies; Tender Offers: Class Actions. Subject to any other written instructions of the Client or as otherwise stated herein, the Adviser is hereby appointed the Client's agent and attorney-in-fact to exercise in its discretion all rights and perform all duties which may be exercisable in relation to any assets held or that were held in the Account with respect to the right to vote (or in its discretion, refrain from voting), tender,


exchange, endorse, transfer. or deliver any securities in the Account, to participate in or consent to any distribution, plan of reorganization, creditors committee, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation, underwriting, or similar plan with reference to such securities; and to execute and bind the Client and Account in waivers, consents, covenants and indemnification related thereto. Notwithstanding the above, the Client or its Custodian, and not the Adviser, shall make any and all filings in connection with any securities litigation or class action lawsuits involving securities held or that were held in the Account. Except as may be explicitly provided by applicable law, the Adviser shall not incur any liability to the Client by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion and shall not incur any liability for any failure arising from an act or omission of a person other than the Adviser. The Client understands that the Adviser establishes from time to time guidelines for the voting of proxies and may employ the services of a proxy voting service to exercise proxies in accordance with the Adviser's guidelines. The Adviser is authorized to hire at the Client's expense any agents (including attorneys) the Adviser deems appropriate in connection with and in order to provide services related to matters set forth in this paragraph and the Client agrees to pay for such agents in addition to the fees set forth in this Agreement.

12. Non-Assignability. No assignment (as such term is defined under the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940) of this Agreement may be made by either party to the Agreement except with the written consent of the other party. The Client will be notified by the Adviser of a change in general partners of the Adviser within a reasonable time thereafter.

13. Confidential Information. (a) The Adviser and the Client each agree not to disclose each other's name to the public or to use each others name without the prior written approval of the other party except that the Client hereby consents to the disclosure by the Adviser of the Client's name to (i) brokers and dealers (including any futures brokers and futures commission merchants if futures are permitted by the Investment Guidelines) whether executing or clearing to effectuate the Adviser's trading activities on behalf of the Client, (ii) consultants in connection with the completion of questionnaires and informational surveys, and (iii) prospective clients of the Adviser as part of a representative client list. The Client agrees and acknowledges that confidential information and advice furnished by the Adviser to the Client (including without limitation information evidencing the Adviser's expertise, investment strategies or trading activities) has been developed by the Adviser through the application of methods and standards of judgment and through the expenditure of considerable work, time and money and is the exclusive and proprietary intellectual property of the Adviser which (i) shall be treated as confidential by the Client, (ii) shall not be used by the Client as the basis for effecting transactions in any accounts other than the Account,
(iii) shall not be used for any purpose other than Client's, or Client's consultant's, analysis of the performance of the Adviser, and (iv) shall not be disclosed, directly or indirectly, to third parties by the Client except (in the case of (i) through (iv)) with the prior written consent of the Adviser or as required by law. Notwithstanding the above, confidential information may be disclosed if (i) requested by or through, or related to a judicial, administrative, governmental or self-regulatory organization process, investigation, inquiry or proceeding, or is otherwise legally required, (ii) required in order for each party to carry out its responsibilities hereunder, or
(iii) permitted upon the prior written consent of the other party.


(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Client (and each of the Client's employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of any transaction or potential transaction in the Client's Account and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Client relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure shall remain subject to the confidentiality provisions hereof (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent reasonably necessary to enable the parties hereto, their respective affiliates, and their respective affiliates' directors and employees to comply with applicable securities laws. For this purpose, "tax structure" means any facts relevant to the federal income tax treatment of any such transaction or potential transaction but does not include information relating to the identity of the issuer of any securities bought, sold or transferred in any such transaction, or to be bought, sold or transferred in any such potential transaction, the issuer of any assets underlying any such securities, or any of their respective affiliates that are offering any such securities.

14. Remuneration; Expenses. For its discretionary advisory services hereunder, the Adviser shall be entitled to the fees and terms of payment as set forth in Appendix B to this Agreement. The Adviser may, at its discretion, make payments out of such fees to any affiliate from which the Adviser obtains assistance. Furthermore, the Client acknowledges and agrees that, if Client has been referred to the Adviser by an employee of the Adviser or any of its affiliates, the Adviser may, at its discretion, make payments out of such fees directly or indirectly to said employee, and that such persons may also receive commissions or commission equivalents related to brokerage transactions effected by Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its affiliates as compensation for such referral or for services provided to the Client in relation to the Account. Custodial fees, if any, are charged separately by the Custodian for the Account and are not included in Appendix B unless specifically set forth therein. The Client shall be responsible for payment of brokerage commissions, transfer fees, registration costs, taxes and other similar costs and transaction-related expenses and fees arising out of transactions in the Account as well as any expenses described in
Section 11, and the Client hereby authorizes the Adviser to incur such expenses for the Account.

15. Services to Other Clients; Certain Affiliated Activities. (a) The relationship between the Adviser and the Client is as described in this Agreement and permits, expressly as set forth herein, the Adviser and its affiliates to act in multiple capacities (i.e., act as principal or agent in addition to acting on behalf of Client), and, subject only to the Adviser's execution obligations set forth in Section 3 hereof, to effect transactions with or for the Account in instances in which the Adviser and its affiliates may have multiple interests. In this regard the Client understands that the Adviser is part of a worldwide, full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management organization, and as such, the Adviser and its affiliates (the "Firm") and their managing directors, directors, officers and employees ("Personnel") may have multiple advisory, transactional and financial and other interests in securities, instruments and companies that may be purchased, sold or held by the Adviser for the Account. The Firm may act as adviser to clients in investment banking, financial advisory, asset management and other capacities in advisory or other assignments of all types including those related to instruments that may be purchased, sold or held in the Account and the Firm may issue, or be engaged as underwriter for the issuer of, instruments that the Account may purchase,


sell or hold. At times, these activities may cause departments of the Firm to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Client. The Firm and Personnel may act in a proprietary capacity with long or short positions, in instruments of all types, including those that the Account may purchase, sell, or hold. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities and instruments that the Adviser seeks to buy or sell for the Account, which could adversely impact the performance of the Account. Personnel may serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Account may purchase, sell, or hold. The Firm and Personnel may give advice, and take action, with respect to any of the Firm's clients or proprietary accounts that may differ from the advice given, or may involve a different timing or nature of action taken, than with respect to any one or all of the Adviser's advisory accounts, and effect transactions for such clients or proprietary accounts at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than for the Account. The Firm and Personnel may obtain and keep any profits, commissions and fees accruing to them in connection with their activities as agent or principal in transactions for the Account and other activities for themselves and other clients and their own accounts and the Adviser's fees as set forth in this Agreement shall not be abated thereby.

(b) The Client understands that the ability of the Adviser and its affiliates to effect and/or recommend transactions may be restricted by applicable regulatory requirements in the United States, United Kingdom or elsewhere and/or their internal policies designed to comply with such requirements. As a result, there may be periods when the Adviser will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain investments when the Adviser or its affiliates are performing investment banking or other services or when aggregated position limits have been reached and the Client will not be advised of that fact. Without limitation, when Goldman Sachs or an affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of a company, the Adviser may in certain circumstances be prohibited from purchasing or recommending the purchase of certain securities of that company for its clients. Without limitation, the Adviser and its affiliates may also be prohibited from effecting transactions for the Account with or through its affiliates, from acting as agent for another customer as well as the Client in respect of a particular transaction, or from acting as the counterparty on a transaction with the Client. If not prohibited, the Adviser is nonetheless not required to effect transactions for the Account with or through its affiliates and other clients or in instances in which the Adviser or its affiliates have multiple interests.

(c) The Client should be aware that from time to time at the Adviser's discretion, advisory Personnel may consult with Personnel in proprietary trading or other areas of the Firm or form investment policy committees comprised of such Firm Personnel, and the performance of Firm Personnel obligations related to their consultation with the Adviser could conflict with their areas of primary responsibility within the Firm. In connection with their activities with the Adviser, such Firm Personnel may receive information regarding the Adviser's proposed investment activities which is not generally available to the public. However, there will be no obligation on the part of such Firm Personnel to make available for use by advisory accounts any information or strategies known to them or developed in connection with their client, proprietary or other activities. In addition, the Firm will be under no obligation to make available any research or analysis prior to its public dissemination. Furthermore, the Firm shall have no obligation to recommend for purchase or sale by advisory accounts any security that the Firm or Personnel may purchase for themselves or for any other clients. The Firm shall have no obligation


to seek to obtain any material non-public ("inside") information about any issuer of securities, and will not effect transactions for advisory accounts on the basis of any inside information as may come into its possession.

16. Duration and Termination. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until terminated in writing as set forth below. The Adviser or the Client may terminate the Agreement at any time upon 30 days' written notice without penalty or other additional payment except that the Client will pay the fees of the Adviser referred to in Section 11 and Section 14 of the Agreement prorated to the date upon which all trades have settled and all positions have been liquidated or otherwise transferred upon order of the Client. Termination of the Adviser's discretionary authority hereunder to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of assets in the Account shall be effective immediately upon one party's receipt of written notice of termination from the other party provided that the Client shall honor any trades entered but not settled before the date of any such termination and that, upon such termination, except as the Client may otherwise direct, the Account will be liquidated by the Adviser in an orderly manner. Sections 6, 7, 8,13,14,15,16,17, 18 and 20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

17. Notices. (a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices shall be deemed duly given when sent in writing to the appropriate party at the addresses appearing at the end of this Agreement for each signatory hereto, or to such other address as shall be notified in writing by that party to the other party from time to time or, if sent by facsimile transmission, upon transmission.

(b) The Client agrees that it will be notified only of trading errors by the Adviser that in the Adviser's reasonable view, result in a loss as a result of a direct violation of the Investment Guidelines or fiduciary responsibility but that no other notice of errors is required.

18. Entire Agreement; Amendment, Etc. This Agreement, including the Appendices attached hereto, states the entire agreement of the parties with respect to management of the Account and may not be amended except by a writing signed by the parties. If any provision or any part of a provision of this Agreement shall be found to be void or unenforceable, it shall not affect the remaining part which shall remain in full force and effect. All terms used but not defined in the Appendices shall have the meaning ascribed to herein.

19. Effective Date. (a) This Agreement shall become effective on the day and year first written above.

(b) The Adviser shall commence its discretionary investment management activities, as contemplated under the Agreement, on the later of the date of (i) execution of this Agreement by each of the parties; (ii) either the receipt by the Adviser of confirmation in writing from the Custodian that cleared funds are available to the Adviser for investment on behalf of the Client or that assets initially comprising the Account have been delivered to the Custodian and are available for disposition by the Adviser; or (iii) such other date agreed in writing between the Adviser and the Client.


20. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the law of New York. The Client acknowledges and agrees however that, to the extent that the Adviser delegates power and authority hereunder to an Affiliate Adviser, the laws and regulations applicable to such Affiliate Adviser's activities will apply to the Affiliate Adviser's activities for the Account. Nothing herein shall constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which the Client may have, if any, under any applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly appointed agents so as to be effective on the day, month and year first above written.

GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.

By:
    ---------------------------------
Name:
      -------------------------------
Title:
       ------------------------------

Notice Address:   Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
                  32 Old Slip
                  New York New York  10005
                  Attention: Chief Executive Officer
                  Fax: 212-346-3213

PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION ("CFTC") IN CONNECTION WITH ACCOUNTS OF QUALIFIED ELIGIBLE PERSONS, THIS ACCOUNT DOCUMENT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE, AND HAS NOT BEEN, FILED WITH THE CFTC. THE CFTC DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN A TRADING PROGRAM OR UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR DISCLOSURE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE CFTC HAS NOT REVIEWED OR APPROVED THE TRADING PROGRAM ADOPTED HEREUNDER OR ANY BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT.

[CLIENT]

By:
Name:
Title:

Notice Address:

Mailing Address:
Suite 1790
48 Par-la-Ville Road
Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda


[Exhibit 10.19]

[Form for Employees Without Garden Leave Forms of Employment Agreement]

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of ___________, 2006, between Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the "Company"), a Bermuda corporation, and _______________ (the "Employee").

WHEREAS, the Employee has been granted the following award under the Company's 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan");

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows.

1. Award of Shares. Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, the Employee is hereby awarded ______________ Restricted Shares (the "Award"), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and those herein set forth. The Award is granted as of _____________, 2006. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control.

2. Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the Award of Restricted Shares evidenced hereby is subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Vesting of Award. Subject to the provisions of this Section 2 below and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, this Award shall become vested 100% on _____________. All dividends and other amounts receivable in connection with any adjustments to the Shares under Section 4(b) of the Plan shall be subject to the vesting schedule herein and shall be paid to the Employee upon any vesting of the Restricted Shares hereunder in respect of which such dividends or other amounts are payable. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 2 (b) below, any portion of the Award that is not vested on the date of Termination of Service of the Employee for any reason shall be forfeited by the Employee and become the property of the Company.

(b) Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if, within two years following a Change in Control, the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company not for Cause, the Award shall become immediately vested in full upon such termination of employment. For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" means (a) theft or embezzlement by the Employee with respect to the Company or its Affiliates; (b) malfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of the Employee's duties; (c) the commission by the Employee of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Employee (other than by reason of disability due to physical or mental illness or at the direction of the Company or its Affiliates) or failure,


-2-

neglect or refusal by the Employee to perform his or her duties and responsibilities without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; (e) failure by the Employee to adequately perform his or her duties and responsibilities without the same being corrected within thirty (30) days after being given written notice thereof, as determined by the Company in good faith; (f) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Employee to an extent which materially impairs the Employee's performance of his or her duties without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; (g) the Employee's use of illegal drugs without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; or (h) the Employee's failure to use his or her best efforts to obtain, maintain or renew any required work permit in a timely manner, without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof.

(c) Certificates. Each certificate or other evidence of ownership issued in respect of Restricted Shares awarded hereunder shall be deposited with the Company, or its designee, together with, if requested by the Company, a stock power executed in blank by the Employee, and shall bear a legend disclosing the restrictions on transferability imposed on such Restricted Shares by this Agreement (the "Restrictive Legend"). Upon the vesting of Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 2 hereof and the satisfaction of any withholding tax liability pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the certificates evidencing such vested Shares, not bearing the Restrictive Legend (but still bearing the legend set forth in Section 7(d) below), shall be delivered to the Employee or other evidence of vested Shares shall be provided to the Employee.

(d) Rights of a Stockholder. Prior to the time a Restricted Share is fully vested hereunder, the Employee shall have no right to transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber such Restricted Share. During such period, the Employee shall have all other rights of a stockholder, including, but not limited to, the right to vote and to receive dividends (subject to Section 2(a) hereof) at the time paid on such Restricted Shares.

(e) No Right to Continued Employment. This Award shall not confer upon the Employee any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company nor shall this Award interfere with the right of the Company to terminate the Employee's employment at any time.

3. Transfer of Shares. Any vested Shares delivered hereunder, or any interest therein, may be sold, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered, or transferred or disposed of in any other manner, in whole or in part, only in compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions as set forth in the governing instruments of the Company, the provisions of this Agreement, applicable federal and state securities laws or any other applicable laws or regulations and the terms and conditions hereof.

4. Expenses of Issuance of Shares. The issuance of stock certificates hereunder shall be without charge to the Employee. The Company shall pay, and indemnify the Employee from and against any issuance, stamp or documentary taxes (other than transfer taxes) or charges imposed by any governmental body, agency or official (other than income taxes) by reason of the issuance of Shares.


-3-

5. Withholding. No later than the date of vesting of (or the date of an election by the Employee under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to) the Award granted hereunder, the Employee shall pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld at such time with respect to such Award and the Company shall, to the extent permitted or required by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Employee, federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld at such time.

6. Market Stand Off Period. The Employee covenants and agrees that he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company during such period (a "Market Stand Off Period") as the Company or its underwriters shall establish in connection with the filing of a registration statement in connection with an initial public offering of the stock of the Company (an "Initial Public Offering").

7. Purchase Option. The Employee's Shares are subject to repurchase as provided below in subsections (a) through (g) below:

(a) If the Employee's active service with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated by the Employee or by the Company for Cause, the Company and/or its designee(s) shall have the option (the "Purchase Option") to purchase, and if the Purchase Option is exercised, the Grantor (as defined below) shall sell to the Company and/or its assignee(s), all or any portion (at the Company's option) of the Shares held by the Grantor (such Shares collectively being referred to as the "Purchasable Shares").

(b) The Company shall give notice in writing to the Grantor of the exercise of the Purchase Option within one (1) year after the date of Termination of Service of the Employee. Such notice shall state the number of Purchasable Shares to be purchased by the Company and the determination of the purchase price of such Purchasable Shares. If no notice is given within the time limit specified above, the Purchase Option shall be deemed to have terminated.

(c) The purchase price to be paid for the Purchasable Shares purchased pursuant to the Purchase Option shall be the Book Value (as defined below) per share as of the date of the notice of exercise of the Purchase Option times the number of Shares being purchased. The purchase price for the Purchasable Shares shall be paid in cash or by wire transfer of immediately available funds. The closing of such purchase shall take place at the Company's principal executive offices within ten (10) days after the purchase price has been determined. At such closing, the Grantor shall deliver to the purchaser(s) the certificates or instruments evidencing the Purchasable Shares being purchased, duly endorsed (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers) and otherwise in good form for delivery, against payment of the purchase price by check of the purchaser(s). In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantor shall have failed to obtain the release of any pledge or other encumbrance on any Purchasable Shares by the scheduled closing date, at the option of the purchaser(s) the closing


-4-

shall nevertheless occur on such scheduled closing date, with the cash purchase price being reduced to the extent of, and paid to the holder of, all unpaid indebtedness for which such Purchasable Shares are then pledged or encumbered.

(d) To ensure the enforceability of the Company's rights hereunder, each certificate or instrument representing Shares shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

"THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN OPTION TO REPURCHASE PROVIDED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT THERETO. A COPY OF SUCH LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ARE AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES."

(e) The Company's rights under this Section 7 shall terminate upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

(f) "Book Value" shall mean the book value of a Share at the end of the fiscal quarter in which the termination of active service occurs, as determined on a fully diluted basis by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(g) "Grantor" shall mean, collectively, the Employee, the Employee's assignee, the executor or the administrator of the Employee's estate in the event of the Employee's death, and the Employee's legal representative in the event of the Employee's incapacity.

8. Forfeiture Upon Breach of Certain Other Agreements. The Employee's breach of any noncompete, nondisclosure, nonsolicitation, assignment of inventions, or other intellectual property agreement that he may be a party to with the Company or a Subsidiary, in addition to whatever other equitable relief or monetary damages that the Company or a Subsidiary may be entitled to, shall result in automatic rescission, forfeiture, cancellation, and return of any Shares (whether or not otherwise vested) held by the Employee or Grantor, and all profits, proceeds, gains, or other consideration received through the sale or other transfer of the Shares shall be promptly returned and repaid to the Company.

9. Shareholders' Agreement. If any Restricted Shares are scheduled to vest hereunder at a time when the Company is not a publicly-traded entity and the Employee is not a party to the Shareholders' Agreement by and among the Company and its shareholders, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Shareholders' Agreement"), the Employee shall, as a condition to the Employee's right to have such Restricted Shares vest, become a party to the


-5-

Shareholders' Agreement by execution of a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

10. References. References herein to rights and obligations of the Employee shall apply, where appropriate, to the Employee's legal representative or estate without regard to whether specific reference to such legal representative or estate is contained in a particular provision of this Agreement.

11. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or by courier, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, duly addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently by similar process give notice of:

If to the Company:

Validus Holdings, Ltd.
Mintflower Place
8 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor Hamilton HMO8 Bermuda

Attn.: Chief Financial Officer

If to the Employee:

At the Employee's most recent address shown on the Company's corporate records, or at any other address which the Employee may specify in a notice delivered to the Company in the manner set forth herein.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.


-6-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name:
Title:


Employee

[Exhibit 10.20]

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of February 4, 2006, between Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the "Company"), a Bermuda corporation, and _______________ (the "Employee").

WHEREAS, the Employee has entered into a written employment agreement with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (the "Employment Agreement");

WHEREAS, the Employee has been granted the following award under the Company's 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan");

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows.

1. Award of Shares. Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, the Employee is hereby awarded ______________ Restricted Shares (the "Award"), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and those herein set forth. The Award is granted as of February 4, 2006. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control.

2. Terms and Conditions. It is understood and agreed that the Award of Restricted Shares evidenced hereby is subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Vesting of Award. Subject to the provisions of this Section 2 below and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, this Award shall become vested 100% December 12, 2008. All dividends and other amounts receivable in connection with any adjustments to the Shares under Section 4(b) of the Plan shall be subject to the vesting schedule herein and shall be paid to the Employee upon any vesting of the Restricted Shares hereunder in respect of which such dividends or other amounts are payable.

(b) Termination Not For Cause or For Good Reason. If the Employment Period (as defined in the Employment Agreement) shall be terminated by the Employee for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement), the Award shall continue to vest through the Date of Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, Restricted Shares will vest only to the extent a vesting date, as set forth above, occurs on or prior to the Date of Termination. Any portion of the Award that is not vested on the Date of Termination shall be forfeited by the Employee and become the property of the Company.

(c) Resignation Without Good Reason. If the Employment Period shall be terminated as a result of the Employee's resignation or leaving of his employment, other


-2-

than for Good Reason, no portion of the Award shall vest on or following the date the Employee provides Notice of Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement) without Good Reason to the Company (the "Notice Date"). Any portion of the Award that has not vested on the Notice Date shall be forfeited by the Employee and become the property of the Company.

(d) Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if, within two years following a Change in Control, the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company not for Cause or by the Employee for Good Reason, the Award shall become immediately vested in full upon such termination of employment. For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

(e) Termination of Service; Forfeiture of Unvested Shares. In the event of Termination of Service of the Employee other than as set forth above prior to the date the Award otherwise becomes vested, the unvested portion of the Award shall immediately be forfeited by the Employee and become the property of the Company.

(f) Certificates. Each certificate or other evidence of ownership issued in respect of Restricted Shares awarded hereunder shall be deposited with the Company, or its designee, together with, if requested by the Company, a stock power executed in blank by the Employee, and shall bear a legend disclosing the restrictions on transferability imposed on such Restricted Shares by this Agreement (the "Restrictive Legend"). Upon the vesting of Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 2 hereof and the satisfaction of any withholding tax liability pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the certificates evidencing such vested Shares, not bearing the Restrictive Legend (but still bearing the legend set forth in Section 7(d) below), shall be delivered to the Employee or other evidence of vested Shares shall be provided to the Employee.

(g) Rights of a Stockholder. Prior to the time a Restricted Share is fully vested hereunder, the Employee shall have no right to transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber such Restricted Share. During such period, the Employee shall have all other rights of a stockholder, including, but not limited to, the right to vote and to receive dividends (subject to Section 2(a) hereof) at the time paid on such Restricted Shares.

(h) No Right to Continued Employment. This Award shall not confer upon the Employee any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company nor shall this Award interfere with the right of the Company to terminate the Employee's employment at any time.

3. Transfer of Shares. Any vested Shares delivered hereunder, or any interest therein, may be sold, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered, or transferred or disposed of in any other manner, in whole or in part, only in compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions as set forth in the governing instruments of the Company, the provisions of this Agreement, applicable federal and state securities laws or any other applicable laws or regulations and the terms and conditions hereof.


-3-

4. Expenses of Issuance of Shares. The issuance of stock certificates hereunder shall be without charge to the Employee. The Company shall pay, and indemnify the Employee from and against any issuance, stamp or documentary taxes (other than transfer taxes) or charges imposed by any governmental body, agency or official (other than income taxes) by reason of the issuance of Shares.

5. Withholding. No later than the date of vesting of (or the date of an election by the Employee under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to) the Award granted hereunder, the Employee shall pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld at such time with respect to such Award and the Company shall, to the extent permitted or required by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Employee, federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld at such time.

6. Market Stand Off Period. The Employee covenants and agrees that he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company during such period (a "Market Stand Off Period") as the Company or its underwriters shall establish in connection with the filing of a registration statement in connection with an initial public offering of the stock of the Company (an "Initial Public Offering").

7. Purchase Option. The Employee's Shares are subject to repurchase as provided below in subsections (a) through (g) below:

(a) If the Employee's active service with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated by the Employee other than for Good Reason (such termination of active service shall be treated as occurring on the Notice Date) or by the Company for Cause, the Company and/or its designee(s) shall have the option (the "Purchase Option") to purchase, and if the Purchase Option is exercised, the Grantor (as defined below) shall sell to the Company and/or its assignee(s), all or any portion (at the Company's option) of the Shares held by the Grantor (such Shares collectively being referred to as the "Purchasable Shares").

(b) The Company shall give notice in writing to the Grantor of the exercise of the Purchase Option within one (1) year after the Date of the Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement) of the Employee's service. Such notice shall state the number of Purchasable Shares to be purchased by the Company and the determination of the purchase price of such Purchasable Shares. If no notice is given within the time limit specified above, the Purchase Option shall be deemed to have terminated.

(c) The purchase price to be paid for the Purchasable Shares purchased pursuant to the Purchase Option shall be the Book Value (as defined below) per share as of the date of the notice of exercise of the Purchase Option times the number of Shares being purchased. The purchase price for the Purchasable Shares shall be paid in cash or by wire transfer of immediately available funds. The closing of such purchase shall take place at the


-4-

Company's principal executive offices within ten (10) days after the purchase price has been determined. At such closing, the Grantor shall deliver to the purchaser(s) the certificates or instruments evidencing the Purchasable Shares being purchased, duly endorsed (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers) and otherwise in good form for delivery, against payment of the purchase price by check of the purchaser(s). In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantor shall have failed to obtain the release of any pledge or other encumbrance on any Purchasable Shares by the scheduled closing date, at the option of the purchaser(s) the closing shall nevertheless occur on such scheduled closing date, with the cash purchase price being reduced to the extent of, and paid to the holder of, all unpaid indebtedness for which such Purchasable Shares are then pledged or encumbered.

(d) To ensure the enforceability of the Company's rights hereunder, each certificate or instrument representing Shares shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

"THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN OPTION TO REPURCHASE PROVIDED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT THERETO. A COPY OF SUCH LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ARE AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES."

(e) The Company's rights under this Section 7 shall terminate upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

(f) "Book Value" shall mean the book value of a Share at the end of the fiscal quarter in which the termination of active service occurs (which, in the case of termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason, shall be treated as the Notice Date), as determined on a fully diluted basis by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(g) "Grantor" shall mean, collectively, the Employee, the Employee's assignee, the executor or the administrator of the Employee's estate in the event of the Employee's death, and the Employee's legal representative in the event of the Employee's incapacity.

8. Forfeiture Upon Breach of Certain Other Agreements. The Employee's breach of any noncompete, nondisclosure, nonsolicitation, assignment of inventions, or other intellectual property agreement that he may be a party to with the Company or a Subsidiary, in addition to whatever other equitable relief or monetary damages that the Company or a Subsidiary may be entitled to, shall result in automatic rescission, forfeiture, cancellation, and return of any Shares (whether or not otherwise vested) held by the Employee or Grantor, and all


-5-

profits, proceeds, gains, or other consideration received through the sale or other transfer of the Shares shall be promptly returned and repaid to the Company.

9. Shareholders' Agreement. If any Restricted Shares are scheduled to vest hereunder at a time when the Company is not a publicly-traded entity and the Employee is not a party to the Shareholders' Agreement by and among the Company and its shareholders, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Shareholders' Agreement"), the Employee shall, as a condition to the Employee's right to have such Restricted Shares vest, become a party to the Shareholders' Agreement by execution of a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

10. References. References herein to rights and obligations of the Employee shall apply, where appropriate, to the Employee's legal representative or estate without regard to whether specific reference to such legal representative or estate is contained in a particular provision of this Agreement.

11. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or by courier, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, duly addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently by similar process give notice of:

If to the Company:

Validus Holdings, Ltd.
Mintflower Place
8 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor Hamilton HMO8 Bermuda

Attn.: Chief Financial Officer

If to the Employee:

At the Employee's most recent address shown on the Company's corporate records, or at any other address which the Employee may specify in a notice delivered to the Company in the manner set forth herein.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.


-6-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name:
Title:


Employee

[Exhibit 10.21]

[Form for Employees Without Garden Leave Forms of Employment Agreement]

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT, made and entered into this ___ day of _________, 2006 by and between Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the "Company"), a Bermuda corporation, and _____________ (the "Option Holder").

WHEREAS, the Option Holder has been designated to participate in the Validus Holdings, Ltd. 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan");

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company and the Option Holder agree as follows:

(a) Grant. Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, the Company hereby grants to the Option Holder the right and option (the "Option") to purchase ___________ Shares. The Option is granted as of _________, 2006, and such grant is subject to the terms and conditions herein and the terms and conditions of the Plan. Such Option is not intended to be treated as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). In the event there is any conflict between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

(b) Purchase Price. The purchase price of the Shares subject to the Option shall be equal to $____ per Share.

(c) Term of Option. The Option may be exercised only during the period commencing on the date it vests and becomes exercisable under paragraph (d) below and continuing until the close of business on ________________ (the "Option Period"). The Option Holder's exercise rights during the Option Period shall be subject to limitations as hereinafter provided and shall be subject to sooner termination as provided in paragraph (e) below. At the end of the Option Period or, if earlier, the termination of the period of exercisability as provided in paragraph (e), below, the Option shall terminate.

(d) Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (g) below, the Option shall vest and become exercisable in five equal annual installments, beginning on _________ and continuing on each of the following four anniversaries thereof.

(e) Termination.

(i) (A) Death in Service. In the event of Termination of Service of the Option Holder by reason of the Option Holder's death, the Option Holder's estate or other legal representative shall be entitled to exercise the portion of the Option exercisable at the time of death, if any, determined in accordance with paragraph (d) above, and such portion of the Option shall continue to be exercisable by the estate or other legal representative of the Option Holder during the period ending one (1) year following the date of death (but not beyond the Option Period).


-2-

(B) Death After Service. In the event the Option Holder dies after his or her Termination of Service at a time when all or a portion of the Option remains exercisable, the estate or other legal representative of the Option Holder shall be entitled to exercise the portion of the Option that remains exercisable during the period the Option Holder would have been eligible to exercise the Option had the Option Holder not died.

(ii) Termination Due to Disability. In the event of Termination of Service of the Option Holder by reason of the Option Holder's Disability, the Option Holder shall be entitled to exercise the portion of the Option exercisable at the time of such Termination of Service, if any, determined in accordance with paragraph (d) above, and such portion of the Option shall continue to be exercisable by the Option Holder during the period ending one (1) year following the date of Termination of Service (but not beyond the Option Period). "Disability" means those circumstances where the Option Holder is unable to continue to perform the usual customary duties of his or her assigned job for a period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period because of physical, mental or emotional incapacity resulting from injury, sickness or disease.

(iii) Termination for Cause. In the event of Termination of Service of the Option Holder by the Company or its Subsidiaries for Cause, all rights of the Option Holder to exercise the Option granted to the Option Holder shall be forfeited immediately and the Option shall terminate. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" means (a) theft or embezzlement by the Option Holder with respect to the Company or its Affiliates; (b) malfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of the Option Holder's duties; (c) the commission by the Option Holder of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) willful or prolonged absence from work by the Option Holder (other than by reason of disability due to physical or mental illness or at the direction of the Company or its Affiliates) or failure, neglect or refusal by the Option Holder to perform his or her duties and responsibilities without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; (e) failure by the Option Holder to adequately perform his or her duties and responsibilities without the same being corrected within thirty (30) days after being given written notice thereof, as determined by the Company in good faith;
(f) continued and habitual use of alcohol by the Option Holder to an extent which materially impairs the Option Holder's performance of his or her duties without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; (g) the Option Holder's use of illegal drugs without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof; or (h) the Option Holder's failure to use his or her best efforts to obtain, maintain or renew any required work permit in a timely manner, without the same being corrected within ten (10) days after being given written notice thereof.

(iv) Other Termination of Service. In the event of Termination of Service of the Option Holder for any reason other than as set forth in clauses
(i), (ii) or (iii) above, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (g) below, no portion of the Option shall vest on or following the date of the Option Holder's Termination of Service, the Option Holder shall be entitled to exercise only the portion of the Option exercisable on the date of Termination of Service, if any, determined in accordance with paragraph (d) above, and such portion of the Option shall continue to be exercisable by the Option Holder for ninety (90) days following such Termination of Service (but not beyond the Option Period).


-3-

(v) Forfeiture. That portion of the Option which is unexercisable immediately following the Option Holder's Termination of Service shall be immediately forfeited to the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option. In order to exercise the Option, the Option Holder shall submit to the Company an instrument in writing specifying the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, accompanied by payment, in a manner acceptable to the Committee, of the Option Price of the Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised. Shares shall then be issued by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares hereunder if the issuance of such Shares would violate the provisions of any applicable law.

(g) Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if, within two years following a Change in Control, the Option Holder's employment is terminated by the Company not for Cause, the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full upon such termination of employment. For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

(h) No Rights of Shareholder; No Rights of Continued Employment. The Option Holder shall not, by virtue of the Option, be entitled to any rights of a shareholder of the Company until Shares are issued to the Option Holder. The grant of the Option shall not confer on the Option Holder any right with respect to continuance of the Option Holder's service with the Company nor shall such grant interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Option Holder's service at any time.

(i) Nonassignability. The Option may be assigned or otherwise transferred only in the following circumstances: (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) by valid beneficiary designation taking effect at death made in accordance with procedures established by the Committee; or (iii) by the Option Holder to members of the Option Holder's "immediate family," to a trust established for the exclusive benefit of solely one or more members of the Option Holder's "immediate family" and/or the Option Holder, or to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity under which the only partners, members or equity holders are one or more members of the Option Holder's "immediate family" and/or the Option Holder. Any Option held by the transferee will continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to the Option immediately prior to the transfer, except that the Option will be transferable by the transferee only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. For purposes hereof, "immediate family" means the Option Holder's children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, spouse, siblings (including half brothers and sisters), nieces, nephews, in-laws, and relationships arising because of legal adoption.

(j) Shareholders' Agreement. If this Option is exercised when the Company is not a publicly-traded entity, simultaneous with the exercise of this Option, the Option Holder shall, as a condition to the Option Holder's right to exercise this Option, become a party to the Shareholders' Agreement by and among the Company and its shareholders, as the same may be amended from time to time, by execution of a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.


-4-

(k) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Neither the Shares nor any interest in them may be sold, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or in any other manner transferred or disposed of, in whole or in part, except in compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions as set forth in the governing instruments of the Company, applicable United States federal and state securities laws or other applicable laws or regulations and the terms and conditions hereof.

(l) Market Stand Off Period. The Option Holder covenants and agrees that he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company during such period (a "Market Stand Off Period") as the Company or its underwriters shall establish in connection with the filing of a registration statement in connection with the initial public offering of the stock of the Company (an "Initial Public Offering").

(m) Purchase Option. The Option Holder's Shares and Options are subject to repurchase as provided below in subsections (i) through (vii) below:

(i) If the Option Holder's active service with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated by the Option Holder or by the Company for Cause, the Company and/or its designee(s) shall have the option (the "Purchase Option") to purchase, and if the Purchase Option is exercised, the Grantor (as defined below) shall sell to the Company and/or its assignee(s), all or any portion (at the Company's option) of the Shares and/or Options held by the Grantor (such Shares and Options collectively being referred to as the "Purchasable Shares").

(ii) The Company shall give notice in writing to the Grantor of the exercise of the Purchase Option within one (1) year after the date of the Option Holder's Termination of Service. Such notice shall state the number of Purchasable Shares to be purchased by the Company and the determination of the purchase price of such Purchasable Shares. If no notice is given within the time limit specified above, the Purchase Option shall be deemed to have terminated.

(iii) The purchase price to be paid for the Purchasable Shares purchased pursuant to the Purchase Option shall be, in the case of any Shares, the Book Value (as defined below) per share as of the date of the notice of exercise of the Purchase Option times the number of Shares being purchased, and in the case of any Option, the Book Value per share (less the applicable per share Option exercise price) times the number of vested Shares (including by acceleration if applicable) subject to such Option which are being purchased by the Company. The purchase price for the Purchasable Shares shall be paid in cash or by wire transfer of immediately available funds. The closing of such purchase shall take place at the Company's principal executive offices within ten (10) days after the purchase price has been determined. At such closing, the Grantor shall deliver to the purchaser(s) the certificates or instruments evidencing the Purchasable Shares being purchased, duly endorsed (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers) and otherwise in good form for delivery, against payment of the purchase price by check of the purchaser(s). In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantor shall have failed to obtain the release of any pledge or other encumbrance on any Purchasable Shares by the scheduled closing date, at the option of the purchaser(s) the closing shall nevertheless occur on such scheduled closing date, with the cash purchase price being reduced to the extent of, and paid to the holder of, all unpaid indebtedness for which such Purchasable Shares are then pledged or encumbered.


-5-

(iv) To ensure the enforceability of the Company's rights hereunder, each certificate or instrument representing Shares or Options shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

"THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE [ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT] ARE SUBJECT TO AN OPTION TO REPURCHASE PROVIDED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT THERETO. A COPY OF SUCH LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ARE AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES."

(v) The Company's rights under this paragraph (m) shall terminate upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

(vi) "Book Value" shall mean the book value of a Share at the end of the fiscal quarter in which the termination of active service occurs, as determined on a fully diluted basis by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(vii) "Grantor" shall mean, collectively, the Option Holder, the Option Holder's assignee, the executor or the administrator of the Option Holder's estate in the event of the Option Holder's death, and the Option Holder's legal representative in the event of the Option Holder's incapacity.

(n) Forfeiture Upon Breach of Certain Other Agreements. The Option Holder's breach of any noncompete, nondisclosure, nonsolicitation, assignment of inventions, or other intellectual property agreement that he may be a party to with the Company or a Subsidiary, in addition to whatever other equitable relief or monetary damages that the Company or a Subsidiary may be entitled to, shall result in automatic rescission, forfeiture, cancellation, and return of any Options and Shares (whether or not otherwise vested) held by Optionee or Grantor, and all profits, proceeds, gains, or other consideration received through the sale or other transfer of the Options or Shares shall be promptly returned and repaid to the Company.

(o) Withholding. The Option Holder agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any applicable tax withholding requirements, or similar requirements, arising out of this Agreement.

(p) References. References herein to rights and obligations of the Option Holder shall apply where appropriate, to the Option Holder's legal representative or estate without regard to whether specific reference to such legal representative or estate is contained in a particular provision of this Agreement.


-6-

(q) Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or by courier, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, duly addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently by similar process given notice of:

If to the Company:

Validus Holdings, Ltd.

Mintflower Place
8 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor Hamilton HMO8 Bermuda
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

If to the Option Holder:

At the Option Holder's most recent address shown on the Company's corporate records, or at any other address which the Option Holder may specify in a notice to the Company delivered in the manner set forth herein.

(r) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

(s) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be regarded for all purposes as an original constituting but one and the same instrument.


-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name: Edward Noonan Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

By:

[Exhibit 10.22]

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 4th day of February, 2006 by and between Validus Holdings, Ltd. (the "Company"), a Bermuda corporation, and _____________ (the "Option Holder").

WHEREAS, the Option Holder has been designated to participate in the Validus Holdings, Ltd. 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan");

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Company and the Option Holder agree as follows:

(a) Grant. Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, the Company hereby grants to the Option Holder the right and option (the "Option") to purchase ___________ Shares. The Option is granted as of February 4, 2006, and such grant is subject to the terms and conditions herein and the terms and conditions of the Plan. Such Option is not intended to be treated as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). In the event there is any conflict between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

(b) Purchase Price. The purchase price of the Shares subject to the Option shall be equal to $10.00 per Share.

(c) Term of Option. The Option may be exercised only during the period commencing on the date it vests and becomes exercisable under paragraph (d) below and continuing until the close of business on December 12, 2015 (the "Option Period"). The Option Holder's exercise rights during the Option Period shall be subject to limitations as hereinafter provided and shall be subject to sooner termination as provided in paragraph (e) below. At the end of the Option Period or, if earlier, the termination of the period of exercisability as provided in paragraph (e), below, the Option shall terminate.

(d) Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (g) below, the Option shall vest and become exercisable in five equal annual installments, beginning on December 12, 2006 and continuing on each of the following four anniversaries of December 12, 2006.

(e) Termination.

(i) (A) Death in Service. In the event of Termination of Service of the Option Holder by reason of the Option Holder's death, the Option Holder's estate or other legal representative shall be entitled to exercise the portion of the Option exercisable at the time of death, if any, determined in accordance with paragraph (d) above, and such portion of the Option shall continue to be exercisable by the estate or other legal representative of the Option Holder during the period ending one (1) year following the date of death (but not beyond the Option Period).


-2-

(B) Death After Service. In the event the Option Holder dies after his or her Termination of Service at a time when all or a portion of the Option remains exercisable, the estate or other legal representative of the Option Holder shall be entitled to exercise the portion of the Option that remains exercisable during the period the Option Holder would have been eligible to exercise the Option had the Option Holder not died.

(ii) Termination Due to Disability. In the event of Termination of Service of the Option Holder by reason of the Option Holder's Disability (as defined in the Employment Agreement (as defined below)), the Option Holder shall be entitled to exercise the portion of the Option exercisable at the time of such Termination of Service, if any, determined in accordance with paragraph (d) above, and such portion of the Option shall continue to be exercisable by the Option Holder during the period ending one (1) year following the date of Termination of Service (but not beyond the Option Period).

(iii) Termination for Cause. In the event of Termination of Service of the Option Holder by the Company or its Subsidiaries for Cause, all rights of the Option Holder to exercise the Option granted to the Option Holder shall be forfeited immediately and the Option shall terminate. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall have the meaning set forth in the Option Holder's employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary (the "Employment Agreement").

(iv) Termination Not For Cause or For Good Reason. If the Employment Period (as defined in the Employment Agreement) shall be terminated by the Option Holder for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or by the Company without Cause, the Option shall continue to vest through the Date of Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement) and the exercisable portion of the Option shall continue to be exercisable by the Option Holder during the period ending ninety (90) days following the Date of Termination (but not beyond the Option Period). For the avoidance of doubt, the Option will continue to vest under this clause (iv) only if and to the extent a vesting date, as set forth in (d) above, occurs on or prior to the Date of Termination.

(v) Resignation Without Good Reason. If the Employment Period shall be terminated as a result of the Option Holder's resignation or leaving of his employment, other than for Good Reason, no portion of the Option shall vest on or following the date the Option Holder provides Notice of Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement) without Good Reason to the Company (the "Notice Date"), the Option Holder shall be entitled to exercise only the portion of the Option exercisable on such Notice Date, if any, determined in accordance with paragraph (d) above, and such portion of the Option shall continue to be exercisable by the Option Holder for ninety (90) days following the Notice Date (but not beyond the Option Period).

(vi) Forfeiture. That portion of the Option which is unexercisable immediately following the Option Holder's Termination of Service (in the case of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above), following the Date of Termination (in the case of clause (iv) above), or following the Notice Date (in the case of clause (v) above) shall be immediately forfeited to the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option. In order to exercise the Option, the Option Holder shall submit to the Company an instrument in writing specifying the number of Shares in respect of which


-3-

the Option is being exercised, accompanied by payment, in a manner acceptable to the Committee, of the Option Price of the Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised. Shares shall then be issued by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares hereunder if the issuance of such Shares would violate the provisions of any applicable law.

(g) Change in Control. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if, within two years following a Change in Control, the Option Holder's employment is terminated by the Company not for Cause or by the Option Holder for Good Reason, the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full upon such termination of employment. For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

(h) No Rights of Shareholder; No Rights of Continued Employment. The Option Holder shall not, by virtue of the Option, be entitled to any rights of a shareholder of the Company until Shares are issued to the Option Holder. The grant of the Option shall not confer on the Option Holder any right with respect to continuance of the Option Holder's service with the Company nor shall such grant interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Option Holder's service at any time.

(i) Nonassignability. The Option may be assigned or otherwise transferred only in the following circumstances: (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) by valid beneficiary designation taking effect at death made in accordance with procedures established by the Committee; or (iii) by the Option Holder to members of the Option Holder's "immediate family," to a trust established for the exclusive benefit of solely one or more members of the Option Holder's "immediate family" and/or the Option Holder, or to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity under which the only partners, members or equity holders are one or more members of the Option Holder's "immediate family" and/or the Option Holder. Any Option held by the transferee will continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to the Option immediately prior to the transfer, except that the Option will be transferable by the transferee only by will or the laws of descent and distribution. For purposes hereof, "immediate family" means the Option Holder's children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, spouse, siblings (including half brothers and sisters), nieces, nephews, in-laws, and relationships arising because of legal adoption.

(j) Shareholders' Agreement. If this Option is exercised when the Company is not a publicly-traded entity, simultaneous with the exercise of this Option, the Option Holder shall, as a condition to the Option Holder's right to exercise this Option, become a party to the Shareholders' Agreement by and among the Company and its shareholders, as the same may be amended from time to time, by execution of a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

(k) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Neither the Shares nor any interest in them may be sold, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or in any other manner transferred or disposed of, in whole or in part, except in compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions as set forth in the governing instruments of the Company, applicable United States federal and state securities laws or other applicable laws or regulations and the terms and conditions hereof.


-4-

(l) Market Stand Off Period. The Option Holder covenants and agrees that he or she shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company during such period (a "Market Stand Off Period") as the Company or its underwriters shall establish in connection with the filing of a registration statement in connection with the initial public offering of the stock of the Company (an "Initial Public Offering").

(m) Purchase Option. The Option Holder's Shares and Options are subject to repurchase as provided below in subsections (i) through (vii) below:

(i) If the Option Holder's active service with the Company or a Subsidiary is terminated by the Option Holder other than for Good Reason (such termination of active service shall be treated as occurring on the Notice Date) or by the Company for Cause, the Company and/or its designee(s) shall have the option (the "Purchase Option") to purchase, and if the Purchase Option is exercised, the Grantor (as defined below) shall sell to the Company and/or its assignee(s), all or any portion (at the Company's option) of the Shares and/or Options held by the Grantor (such Shares and Options collectively being referred to as the "Purchasable Shares").

(ii) The Company shall give notice in writing to the Grantor of the exercise of the Purchase Option within one (1) year after the Date of Termination (as defined in the Employment Agreement) of the Option Holder's service. Such notice shall state the number of Purchasable Shares to be purchased by the Company and the determination of the purchase price of such Purchasable Shares. If no notice is given within the time limit specified above, the Purchase Option shall be deemed to have terminated.

(iii) The purchase price to be paid for the Purchasable Shares purchased pursuant to the Purchase Option shall be, in the case of any Shares, the Book Value (as defined below) per share as of the date of the notice of exercise of the Purchase Option times the number of Shares being purchased, and in the case of any Option, the Book Value per share (less the applicable per share Option exercise price) times the number of vested Shares (including by acceleration if applicable) subject to such Option which are being purchased by the Company. The purchase price for the Purchasable Shares shall be paid in cash or by wire transfer of immediately available funds. The closing of such purchase shall take place at the Company's principal executive offices within ten (10) days after the purchase price has been determined. At such closing, the Grantor shall deliver to the purchaser(s) the certificates or instruments evidencing the Purchasable Shares being purchased, duly endorsed (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers) and otherwise in good form for delivery, against payment of the purchase price by check of the purchaser(s). In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantor shall have failed to obtain the release of any pledge or other encumbrance on any Purchasable Shares by the scheduled closing date, at the option of the purchaser(s) the closing shall nevertheless occur on such scheduled closing date, with the cash purchase price being reduced to the extent of, and paid to the holder of, all unpaid indebtedness for which such Purchasable Shares are then pledged or encumbered.

(iv) To ensure the enforceability of the Company's rights hereunder, each certificate or instrument representing Shares or Options shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:


-5-

"THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE [ISSUABLE PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT] ARE SUBJECT TO AN OPTION TO REPURCHASE PROVIDED UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT THERETO. A COPY OF SUCH LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT ARE AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES."

(v) The Company's rights under this paragraph (m) shall terminate upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

(vi) "Book Value" shall mean the book value of a Share at the end of the fiscal quarter in which the termination of active service occurs (which, in the case of termination by the Option Holder other than for Good Reason, shall be treated as the Notice Date), as determined on a fully diluted basis by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(vii) "Grantor" shall mean, collectively, the Option Holder, the Option Holder's assignee, the executor or the administrator of the Option Holder's estate in the event of the Option Holder's death, and the Option Holder's legal representative in the event of the Option Holder's incapacity.

(n) Forfeiture Upon Breach of Certain Other Agreements. The Option Holder's breach of any noncompete, nondisclosure, nonsolicitation, assignment of inventions, or other intellectual property agreement that he may be a party to with the Company or a Subsidiary, in addition to whatever other equitable relief or monetary damages that the Company or a Subsidiary may be entitled to, shall result in automatic rescission, forfeiture, cancellation, and return of any Options and Shares (whether or not otherwise vested) held by Optionee or Grantor, and all profits, proceeds, gains, or other consideration received through the sale or other transfer of the Options or Shares shall be promptly returned and repaid to the Company.

(o) Withholding. The Option Holder agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any applicable tax withholding requirements, or similar requirements, arising out of this Agreement.

(p) References. References herein to rights and obligations of the Option Holder shall apply where appropriate, to the Option Holder's legal representative or estate without regard to whether specific reference to such legal representative or estate is contained in a particular provision of this Agreement.

(q) Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or by courier, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, duly addressed to the


-6-

party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently by similar process given notice of:

If to the Company:

Validus Holdings, Ltd.

Mintflower Place
8 Par-La-Ville Road, Third Floor Hamilton HMO8 Bermuda
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

If to the Option Holder:

At the Option Holder's most recent address shown on the Company's corporate records, or at any other address which the Option Holder may specify in a notice to the Company delivered in the manner set forth herein.

(r) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.

(s) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be regarded for all purposes as an original constituting but one and the same instrument.


-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD.

By:

Name: Edward Noonan Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

By:

[Exhibit 21.1]

LIST OF VALIDUS HOLDINGS, LTD. SUBSIDIARIES*

Validus Reinsurance, Ltd., a Bermuda Company Validus Research Inc., an Ontario Company Validus Specialty, Inc., a Delaware Company

* All subsidiaries are, directly or indirectly, wholly-owned subsidiaries.


Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 22, 2006, relating to the financial statements of Validus Holdings, Ltd. for the year ended December 31, 2005. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" which appears in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
Hamilton, Bermuda
January 16, 2007